Donate
   
Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
Grammar Search
"ghe" has 6 results
ghe: neuter nominative dual stem: gha
ghe: feminine nominative dual stem: gha
ghe: neuter accusative dual stem: gha
ghe: feminine accusative dual stem: gha
ghe: masculine locative singular stem: gha
ghe: neuter locative singular stem: gha
Amarakosha Search
2 results
WordReferenceGenderNumberSynonymsDefinition
kathāFeminineSingulara feighend story/ one of the speices of poetical composition
tauryatrikam1.7.10NeuterSingularnāṭyamsymphony ( dancing, singing instrumental toghether)
Monier-Williams Search
9 results for ghe
Devanagari
BrahmiEXPERIMENTAL
gheñculīf. idem or 'f. Arum orixense (krauñcādana-) ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gheñculikāf. Arum orixense (krauñcādana-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
argheśvaram. Name of śiva-, (see arghīśa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīrghervārum. a kind of cucumber (equals ḍaṅgari-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jaṅgherathaSee gha-r- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jānudaṅgheind. as far up as the knee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
megheśvaranāṭakan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
megheśvaratīrthaName of a tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghellaName of a family View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
Apte Search
211 results
akṛṣṭa अकृष्ट a. [न. त.] Not tilled; not drawn. -Comp. -पच्य a. [अकृष्टे क्षेत्रे पच्यते] growing or ripening in un-ploughed land, growing exuberant or wild; ˚च्या इव सस्य- संपदः Ki.1.17; so ˚च्या ओषधयः; ˚च्यम् अशनं धान्यम्, &c. -पच्या (applied especially to) the earth yielding food grains, fruit etc. without being tilled; very fertile; अकृष्टपच्या पृथिवी विबभौ चैत्यमालिनी Mb. Crit. Ed.12.29.21; 12.216.16. -रोहिन् = ˚पच्य; बीजं च बालेयमकृष्टरोहि R.14.77.
akṣara अक्षर a. [न क्षरतीति; क्षर् चलने अच्-न. त.] 1 Imperishable, indestructible, undecaying, epithet of the Supreme as well as the Individual soul; यमक्षरं क्षेत्रविदो विदुस्तमात्मानमात्मन्यवलोकयन्तम् Ku.3.5; द्वाविमौ पुरुषौ लोके क्षरश्चाक्षर एव च । क्षरः सर्वाणि भूतानि कूटस्थो$क्षर उच्यते Bg.15.16. यस्मात्क्षरमतीतो$हमक्षरादपि चोत्तमः । अतो$स्मि लोके वेदे च प्रथितः पुरुषोत्तमः Bg.15.18; the unconcerned (Spirit); अक्षरं ब्रह्म परमभ् Bg.8.3. -2 Fixed, firm, unalterable. -रः 1 Śiva. -2 Viṣṇu. -3 A sword. -रा Sound, word, speech (Ved.). -रम् [अश्-सरः Uṇ.3.7, अशेः सरः; अश्नुते व्याप्नोति वेदादिशास्त्राणि.] 1 (a) A letter of the alphabet; अक्षराणामकारो$स्मि Bg.1.33; मुद्राक्षराणि, मधुर˚, त्र्यक्षर &c. (b) a syllable; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83 the monosyllable; गिरामस्म्येकमक्षरम् Bg.1.25, Ms. 2.78,84,125 (sacred syllable). Hence (c) a word or words, speech collectively; प्रतिषेधाक्षरविक्लवाभिरामम् Ś.3.24; अहो संदापनान्यक्षराणि U.4; भर्तुरेतानि प्रणयमयान्यक्षराणि M.3 words; ब्राह्मणसंक्रमिताक्षरेण पितामहेन V.3; अक्षंर वर्णनिर्माणं वर्णमप्यक्षरं विदुः । अक्षरं न क्षरं विद्यादश्नोतेर्वा सरो$क्षरम् ॥ -2 A document (letter &c.), sacred writing; writing in general (in pl.); तत्र भुक्तिः प्रमाणं स्यान्न साक्षी नाक्षराणि च Pt.3.93; तत्रभवत्या अक्षराणि विसृष्टानि स्युः V.2. -3 The highest deity or Godhead, the indestructible spirit, Brahman (परमब्रह्मन्, मूलकारणम्); अक्षरं ब्रह्म परमम् Bg.8.3; कर्म ब्रह्मोद्भवं विद्धि ब्रह्माक्षरसमुद्भवम् 3.15; यथा सतः पुरुषात्केशलोमानि तथाक्षरात्संभवतीह विश्वम् Chān. Up. -4 Religious austerity, penance. -5 Sacrifice. -6 Water. ततः क्षरति अक्षरम् Rv. 1.164.42. -7 The sky. -8 Final beatitude, emancipation from further transmigration. -9 Continuance, permanence. -1 Right, justice (Ved. in these two senses). -11 N. of a plant, Achyranthes Aspera. (अपामार्ग Mar. अघाडा.) -12 A measure of time, equal to one-fifth of a Kāṣṭhā. -Comp -अक्षरः a kind of religious meditation; Kāraṇḍavyūha (Metrical recension) -अङ्गम् 1. a part of a syllable. -2. alphabet. -अर्थः [ष. त.] meaning (of words); किं तावत् गीत्या अवगतो$क्षरार्थः Ś.5. -च (ञ्चुं) ञ्चुः -ञ्चणः, -नः [अक्षरेण वर्णविन्यासलिप्या वित्तः अक्षर -चणप् or चु (ञ्चुं) ञ्चुप् तेन वित्तश्चुञ्चुप् चणपौ; P. V. 2.26.] a scribe, writer, copyist; so ˚जीवकः, -जीवी, अक्षरेण जीवति; जीव् णिनि or ण्वुल्; also ˚जीविकः. -च्युतकम् [अक्षरं च्युतं लुप्तं यत्र; ब कप्] getting out a different meaning by the omission of a letter (e. g. कुर्वन् दिवाकरश्लेषं दधच्चरणडम्बरम् । देव यौष्माकसेनयोः करेणुः प्रसरत्यसौ where another meaning may be got by omitting क in करेणुः i. e. by taking रेणुः). -छन्दस् n. -वृत्तम् a metre regulated by the number of syllables it contains; छन्दस्तु द्विविधं प्रोक्तं वृत्तं जातिरिति द्विधा । वृत्तमक्षरसंख्यातं जातिर्मात्राकृता भवेत् ॥ unshaken resolve, resolute (अक्षरं निश्चलं छन्दो$भिप्रायो यस्य); -जननी, -तूलिका [अक्षराणां जननीव; तल्लिपिलेखानां तूलिकेव वा साधनत्वात्] a reed or pen. -जीवकः or -जीविन् m. 'One who lives by writing', a scribe. -(वि) न्यासः [ष. त. भावे घञ्] 1 writing, arrangement of letters; भूर्जपत्रगतो ˚सः V.2. -2 the alphabet. -3 scripture. -4 हृदयाद्याधारस्पर्शपूर्वकं तदक्षराणां स्मरणोच्चारणरूपस्तन्त्रप्रसिद्धो वर्णन्यासः - पङ्क्ति a. 1. having 5 syllables (पङ्क्ति = Gr. pentas-five) सु मत् पद् वग दे इत्येष वै यज्ञो$क्षरपङ्क्तिः Ait. Br. (तान्येतान्यक्षराणि होतृज- पादौ प्रयोक्तव्यानि). -2 N. of a metre of four lines (द्विपदा विराज्) each having five syllables (one dactyl and one spondee). -भाज् a. having a share in the syllables (of a prayer ?). -भूमिका tablet; न्यस्ताक्षरामक्षरभूमिकायाम् R.18. 46. -मुखः [अक्षराणि तन्मयानि शास्त्राणि वा मुखे यस्य] a scholar, student. -खम् [ष. त.] the beginning of the alphabet; the letter अ. -मुष्टिका 'finger-speech', speaking by means of finger-signs. -वर्जित a. unlettered, illiterate, not knowing how to read or write. a. of an epithet of परमात्मन्. -व्यक्तिः f. [ष. त.] distinct articulation of syllables. -शिक्षा [ष. त.] the science of (mystic) syllables; theory of ब्रह्म (ब्रह्मतत्त्व); मह्यं ˚क्षां विधाय Dk.11. -संस्थानम् [अक्षराणां संस्थानं यत्र] arrangement of letters, writing, alphabet.
akṣāra अक्षार a. [नास्ति क्षारं यत्र] Free from artificial salt -रः Natural salt गोक्षीरं गोघृतं चैव धान्यमुद्रास्तिला यवाः । सामुद्र- सैन्धवं चैव अक्षारंलवणं स्मृतम् ॥ -Comp. -लवणम् (-रा˚) [क्षारेण ऊषरमृत्तिकया निर्वृत्तं-अण् क्षारं कृत्रिमं लवणं; न. त.] natural salt; मुन्यन्नानि पयः सोमो मांसं यच्चानुपस्कृतम् । अक्षारलवणं चैव प्रकृत्या हविरुच्यते ॥ Ms.3.257 (अकृत्रिमलवणं सैन्धवादि); ˚लवणान्नाः- स्युः 5.73; चतुर्थकालमश्नीयादक्षारलवणं मितम्11.19; sometimes used for food that may be eaten at times unfit for the performance of religious duties; a class of objects such as cow's milk, ghee, rice, &c.
akhila अखिल a. [नास्ति खिलं अवशिष्टं यस्य Tv.] 1 Whole, entire, complete; oft. with सर्व. एतद्धि मत्तो$धिजगे सर्वमेषो$खिलं मुनिः Ms.1.59; ˚लेन entirely. -2 Not uncultivated or fallow, ploughed (land); ˚आत्मन् the universal spirit.
agasti अगस्ति [विन्ध्याख्यं अगं अस्यति; अस्-क्तिच् शकन्ध्वादि˚, Uṇ.4. 179, or अगं विन्ध्याचलं स्त्यायति _x001F_+स्तभ्नाति, स्त्यै-क; or अगः कुम्भः तत्र स्त्यानः संहतः इत्यगस्त्यः] 1 'Pitcher-born,' N. of a celebrated Ṛiṣi or sage. -2 N. of the star Canopus, of which Agastya is the regent. -3 N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष) Sesbana (or Ӕschynomene) Grandiflora [Mar. रुईमंदार]. [The sage Agastya is a very reputed personage in Hindu mythology. In the Ṛigveda he and Vasiṣṭha are said to be the off-springs of Mitra and Varuṇa, whose seed fell from them at the sight of the lovely nymph Urvaśī at a sacrificial session. Part of the seed fell into a jar and part into water; from the former arose Agastya, who is, therefore, called Kumbhayoni, Kumbhajanman, Ghaṭodbhava, Kalaśayoni &c; from the latter Vasiṣṭha. From his parentage Agastya is also called Maitrāvaruṇi, Aurvaśeya, and, as he was very small when he was born, he is also called Mānya. He is represented to have humbled the Vindhya mountains by making them prostrate themselves before him when they tried to rise higher and higher till they wellnigh occupied the sun's disc and obstructed his path. See Vindhya. (This fable is supposed by some, to typify the progress of the Āryas towards the south in their conquest and civilization of India, the humbling of the mountain standing meta-phorically for the removal of physical obstacles in their way). He is also known by the names of Pītābdhi, Samudra-chuluka &c.; from another fable according to which he drank up the ocean because it had offended him and because he wished to help Indra and the gods in their wars with a class of demons called Kāleyas who had hid themselves in the waters and oppressed the three worlds in various ways. His wife was Lopāmudrā. She was also called Kauṣītakī and Varapradā. She bore him two sons, Dṛḍhāsya and Dṛḍhāsyu. In the Rāmāyaṇa Agastya plays a distinguished part. He dwelt in a hermitage on mount Kunjara to the south of the Vindhya and was chief of the hermits of the south. He kept under control the evil spirits who infested the south and a legend relates how he once ate up a Rākṣasa named Vātāpi, who had assumed the form of a ram, and destroyed by a flash of his eye the Rākṣasa's brother who attempted to avenge him. In the course of his wandering Rāma with his wife and brother came to the hermitge of Agastya who received him with the greatest kindness and became his friend, adviser and protector. He gave Rāma the bow of Viṣṇu and accompanied him to Ayodhyā when he was restored to his kingdom after his exile of 14 years. The superhuman power which the sage possessed, is also represented by another legend, according to which he turned king Nahuṣa into a serpent and afterwards restored him to his proper form. In the south he is usually regarded as the first teacher of science and literature to the primitive Dravidian tribes, and his era is placed by Dr. Caldwell in the 7th or 6th century B.C. The Purāṇas represent Agastya as the son of Pulastya (the sage from whom the Rākṣsas sprang) and Havirbhuvā the daughter of Kardama. Several 'hymn-seers' are mentioned in his family, such as his two sons, Indra-bāhu, Mayobhuva and Mahendra, also others who served to perpetuate the family. The sage is represented as a great philosopher, benevolent and kind-hearted, unsurpassed in the science of archery and to have taken a principal part in the colonization of the south; निर्जितासि मया भद्रे शत्रुहस्तादमर्षिणा । अगस्त्येन दुराधर्षा मुनिना दक्षिणेव _x001F_.दिक् ॥ Rām; अगस्त्याचरितामाशाम् R.4.44; cf. also; अगस्त्यो दक्षिणामाशामाश्रित्य नभसिः स्थितः । वरुणस्यात्मजो योगी विन्ध्यवातापिमर्दनः ॥ and R.6.61; Mv.7.14.] अगस्तितुल्या हि घृताब्धिशोषणे । Udbhaṭa.
agniḥ अग्निः [अङ्गति ऊर्ध्वं गच्छति अङ्ग्-नि,नलोपश्च Uṇ.4.5., or fr. अञ्च् 'to go.'] 1 Fire कोप˚, चिन्ता˚, शोक˚, ज्ञान˚, राज˚, &c. -2 The God of fire. -3 Sacrificial fire of three kinds (गार्हपत्य, आहवनीय and दक्षिण); पिता बै गार्हपत्यो$ ग्निर्माताग्निर्दक्षिणः स्मृतः । गुरुराहवनीयस्तु साग्नित्रेता गरीयसी ॥ Ms. 2.232. -4 The fire of the stomach, digestive faculty, gastric fluid. -5 Bile (नाभेरूर्ध्व हृदयादधस्तादामाशयमाचक्षते तद्गतं सौरं तेजः पित्तम् इत्याचक्षते). -6 Cauterization (अग्नि- कर्मन्). -7 Gold. -8 The number three. शराग्निपरिमाणम् (पञ्चत्रिंशत्) Mb.13.17.26. -9 N. of various plants: (a) चित्रक Plumbago Zeylanica; (b) रक्तचित्रक; (c) भल्लातक Semicarpus Anacardium; (d) निम्बक Citrus Acida. -1 A mystical substitute for the letter र्. In Dvandva comp. as first member with names of deities, and with particular words अग्नि is changed to अग्ना, as ˚विष्णू, ˚मरुतौ, or to अग्नी, ˚पर्जन्यौ, ˚ वरुणौ, ˚षोमौ -11 पिङगला नाडी; यत्र तद् ब्रह्म निर्द्वन्द्वं यत्र सोमः, (इडा) सहाग्निना (अग्निः पिङ्गला) Mb.14.2.1. -12 Sacrificial altar, अग्निकुण्ड cf. Rām. 1.14.28. -13 Sky. अग्निर्मूर्धा Muṇḍ 2.1.4. [cf. L. ignis.] [Agni is the God of Fire, the Ignis of the Latins and Ogni of the Slavonians. He is one of the most prominent deities of the Ṛigveda. He, as an immortal, has taken up his abode among mortals as their guest; he is the domestic priest, the successful accomplisher and protector of all ceremonies; he is also the religious leader and preceptor of the gods, a swift messenger employed to announce to the immortals the hymns and to convey to them the oblations of their worshippers, and to bring them down from the sky to the place of sacrifice. He is sometimes regarded as the mouth and the tongue through which both gods and men participate in the sacrifices. He is the lord, protector and leader of people, monarch of men, the lord of the house, friendly to mankind, and like a father, mother, brother &c. He is represented as being produced by the attrition of two pieces of fuel which are regarded as husband and wife. Sometimes he is considered to have been brought down from heaven or generated by Indra between two clouds or stones, created by Dyau, or fashioned by the gods collectively. In some passages he is represented as having a triple existence, which may mean his three-fold manifestations as the sun in heaven, lightning in the atmosphere, and as ordinary fire on the earth, although the three appearances are also elsewhere otherwise explained. His epithets are numberless and for the most part descriptive of his physical characteristics : धूमकेतु, हुतभुज्, शुचि, रोहिताश्व, सप्तजिह्व, तोमरधर, घृतान्न, चित्रभानु, ऊर्ध्वशोचिस्, शोचिष्केश, हरिकेश, हिरण्यदन्त, अयोदंष्ट्र &c. In a celebrated passage he is said to have 4 horns, 3 feet, 2 heads, and 7 hands. The highest divine functions are ascribed to Agni. He is said to have spread out the two worlds and _x001F_+ produced them, to have supported heaven, formed the mundane regions and luminaries of heaven, to have begotten Mitra and caused the sun to ascend the sky. He is the head and summit of the sky, the centre of the earth. Earth, Heaven and all beings obey his commands. He knows and sees all worlds or creatures and witnesses all their actions. The worshippers of Agni prosper, they are wealthy and live long. He is the protector of that man who takes care to bring him fuel. He gives him riches and no one can overcome him who sacrifices to this god. He confers, and is the guardian of, immortality. He is like a water-trough in a desert and all blessing issue from him. He is therefore constantly supplicated for all kinds of boons, riches, food, deliverance from enemies and demons, poverty, reproach, childlessness, hunger &c. Agni is also associated with Indra in different hymns and the two gods are said to be twin brothers. Such is the Vedic conception of Agni; but in the course of mythological personifications he appears as the eldest son of Brahmā and is called Abhimānī [Viṣṇu Purāṇa]. His wife was Svāhā; by her, he had 3 sons -Pāvaka, Pavamāna and Śuchi; and these had forty-five sons; altogether 49 persons who are considered identical with the 49 fires. He is also represented as a son of Aṅgiras, as a king of the Pitṛs or Manes, as a Marut and as a grandson of Śāṇḍila, and also as a star. The Harivaṁśa describes him as clothed in black, having smoke for his standard and head-piece and carrying a flaming javelin. He is borne in a chariot drawn by red horses and the 7 winds are the wheels of his car. He is accompanied by a ram and sometimes he is represented as riding on that animal. Agni was appointed by Brahamā as the sovereign of the quarter between the south and east, whence the direction is still known as Āgneyī. The Mahābhārata represents Agni as having exhausted his vigour and become dull by devouring many oblations at the several sacrifices made by king Śvetaki, but he recruited his strength by devouring the whole Khāṇḍava forest; for the story see the word खाण्डव]. -Comp. -अ (आ) गारम् -रः, -आलयः, -गृहम् [अग्निकार्याय अगारम् शाक˚ त.] a fire-sanctuary, house or place for keeping the sacred fire; वसंश्चतुर्थो$ग्निरिवाग्न्यगारे R.5.25. रथाग्न्यगारं चापार्चीं शरशक्तिगदे- न्धनम् Mb.11.25.14. -अस्त्रम् fire-missile, a rocket, -आत्मक a. [अग्निरात्मा यस्य] of the nature of fire सोमा- त्मिका स्त्री, ˚कः पुमान्. -आधानम् consecrating the fire; so ˚आहिति. -आधेयः [अग्निराधेयो येन] a Brāhmana who maintains the sacred fire. (-यम्) = ˚आधानम्. -आहितः [अग्निराहितो येन, वा परनिपातः P.II.2.37.] one who maintains the sacred fire; See आहिताग्नि. -इध् m. (अग्नीध्रः) [अग्निम् इन्द्धे स अग्नीध्] the priest who kindles fire (mostly Ved). -इन्धनः [अग्निरिध्यते अनेन] N. of a Mantra. (नम्) kindling the fire; अग्नीन्धनं भैक्षचर्याम् Ms.2.18. -उत्पातः [अग्निना दिव्यानलेन कृतः उत्पातः] a fiery portent, meteor, comet &c. In Bṛ. S.33 it is said to be of five kinds: दिवि भुक्तशुभफलानां पततां रूपाणि यानि तान्युल्काः । धिष्ण्योल्का- शनिविद्युत्तारा इति पञ्चधा भिन्नाः ॥ उल्का पक्षेण फलं तद्वत् धिष्ण्याशनिस्त्रिभिः पक्षैः । विद्युदहोभिः ष़ड्भिस्तद्वत्तारा विपाचयति ॥ Different fruits are said to result from the appearances of these portents, according to the nature of their colour, position &c. -उद्धरणम्, -उद्धारः 1 producing fire by the friction of two araṇis. -2 taking out, before sun-rise, the sacred fire from its cover of ashes previous to a sacrifice. -उपस्थानम् worship of Agni; the Mantra or hymn with which Agni is worshipped (अग्निरुपस्थीयते$नेन) अग्निस्त्रिष्टुभ् उपस्थाने विनियोगः Sandhyā. -एधः [अग्निमेधयति] an incendiary. -कणः; -स्तोकः a spark. -कर्मन् n. [अग्नौ कर्म स. त.] 1 cauterization. -2 action of fire. -3 oblation to Agni, worship of Agni (अग्निहोत्र); so ˚कार्य offering oblations to fire, feeding fire with ghee &c.; निर्वर्तिताग्निकार्यः K.16.; ˚र्यार्धदग्ध 39, Ms.3.69, अग्निकार्यं ततः कुर्यात्सन्ध्ययोरुभयोरपि । Y.1.25. -कला a part (or appearance) of fire; ten varieties are mentioned धूम्रार्चिरुष्मा ज्वलिनी ज्वालिनी विस्फु- लिङ्गिनी । सुश्री: सुरूपा कपिला हव्यकव्यवहे अपि ॥ यादीनां दश- वर्णानां कला धर्मप्रदा अमूः ।). -कारिका [अग्निं करोति आधत्ते करणे कर्तृत्वोपचारात् कर्तरि ण्वुल्] 1 the means of consecrating the sacred fire, the Ṛik called अग्नीध्र which begins with अग्निं दूतं पुरो दधे. 2. = अग्निकार्यम्. -काष्ठम् अग्नेः उद्दीपनं काष्ठं शाक ˚त.] agallochum (अगुरु) -कुक्कुटः [अग्नेः कुक्कुट इव रक्तवर्णस्फुलिङ्गत्वात्] a firebrand, lighted wisp of straw. -कुण्डम [अग्नेराधानार्थं कुण्डम्] an enclosed space for keeping the fire, a fire-vessel. -कुमारः, -तनयः; सुतः 1 N. of Kārttikeya said to be born from fire; Rām.7. See कार्त्तिकेय. -2 a kind of preparation of medicinal drugs. -कृतः Cashew-nut; the plant Anacardium occidentale. [Mar.काजू] -केतुः [अग्नेः केतुरिव] 1 smoke. -2 N. of two Rākṣasas on the side of Rāvaṇa and killed by Rāma. -कोणः -दिक् the south-east corner ruled over by Agni; इन्द्रो वह्निः पितृपतिर्नौर्ऋतो वरुणो मरुत् । कुबेर ईशः पतयः पूर्वादीनां दिशां क्रमात् ॥ -क्रिया [अग्निना निर्वर्तिता क्रिया, शाक. त.] 1 obsequies, funeral ceremonies. -2 branding; भेषजाग्निक्रियासु च Y.3.284. -क्रीडा [तृ. त.] fire-works, illuminations. -गर्भ a. [अग्निर्गर्भे यस्य] pregnant with or containing fire, having fire in the interior; ˚र्भां शमीमिव Ś 4.3. (--र्भः) [अग्निरिव जारको गर्भो यस्य] 1 N. of the plant Agnijāra. -2 the sun stone, name of a crystal supposed to contain and give out fire when touched by the rays of the sun; cf Ś2.7. -3 the sacrificial stick अरणि which when churned, gives out fire. (-र्भा) 1 N. of the Śamī plant as containing fire (the story of how Agni was discovered to exist in the interior of the Śamī plant is told in chap. 35 of अनु- शासनपर्व in Mb.) -2 N. of the earth (अग्नेः सकाशात् गर्भो यस्यां सा; when the Ganges threw the semen of Śiva out on the Meru mountain, whatever on earth &c. was irradiated by its lustre, became gold and the earth was thence called वसुमती) -3 N. of the plant महा- ज्योतिष्मती लता (अग्निरिव गर्भो मध्यभागो यस्याः सा) [Mar. माल- कांगोणी] -ग्रन्थः [अग्निप्रतिपादको ग्रन्थः शाक. त.] the work that treats of the worship of Agni &c. -घृतम् [अग्न्युद्दीपनं घृतं शाक. त.] a kind of medicinal preparation of ghee used to stimulate the digestive power. -चित् m. अग्निं चितवान्; चि-भूतार्थे क्विप् P.III.2.91] one who has kept the sacred fire; यतिभिः सार्धमनग्निमग्निचित् R.8.25; अध्वरे- ष्वग्निचित्वत्सु Bk.5.11. -चयः, -चयनम्, -चित्या. arranging or keeping the sacred fire (अग्न्याधान); चित्याग्निचित्ये च P.III.1.132. -2 (-यः, -यनः) the Mantra used in this operation. -3 a heap of fire -चित्वत् [अग्निचयनम् अस्त्यस्मिन् मतुप्; मस्य वः । तान्तत्वान्न पद- त्वम् Tv.] having अग्निचयन or अग्निचित्. -चूडः A bird having a red tuft. -चर्णम् gunpowder. कार्यासमर्थः कत्यस्ति शस्त्रगोलाग्निचूर्णयुक् Śukranīti 2.93. -ज, -जात a. produced by or from fire, born from fire. (-जः, -जातः) 1 N. of the plant अग्निजार (अग्नये अग्न्युद्दीपनाय जायते सेवनात् प्रभवति). 1 N. of Kārttikeya पराभिनत्क्रौञ्चमिवाद्रिमग्निजः Mb.8.9. 68.3. Viṣṇu. (-जम्, -जातम) gold; so ˚जन्मन्. -जित् m. God; Bhāg.8.14.4. -जिह्व a. 1 having a fiery tongue. -2 one having fire for the tongue, epithet of a God or of Visṇu in the boar incarnation. (-ह्वा) 1 a tongue or flame of fire. -2 one of the 7 tongues of Agni (कराली धूमिनी श्वेता लोहिता नीललोहिता । सुवर्णा पद्मरागा च जिह्वा: सप्त विभावसोः -3 N. of a plant लाङ्गली (अग्नेर्जिह्वेव शिखा यस्याः सा); of another plant (जलपिप्पली) or गजपिप्पली (विषलाङ्गला) (Mar. जल-गज पिंपळी) -ज्वाला 1 the flame or glow of fire. -2 [अग्नेर्ज्वालेव शिखा यस्याः सा] N. of a plant with red blossoms, chiefly used by dyers, Grislea Tomentosa (Mar. धायफूल, धायटी). -तप् a. [अग्निना तप्यते; तप्-क्विप्] having the warmth of fire; practising austerities by means of fire. -तपस् a. [अग्निभिः तप्यते] 1 practising very austere penance, standing in the midst of the five fires. -2 glowing, shining or burning like fire (तपतीति तपाः अग्निरिव तपाः) hot as fire -तेजस् a. having the lustre or power of fire. (अग्नेरिव तेजो यस्य). (-स् n.) the lustre of fire. (-स् m.) N. of one of the 7 Ṛiṣis of the 11th Manvantara. -त्रयम् the three fires, See under अग्नि. -द a. [अग्निं दाहार्थं गृहादौ ददाति; दा. -क.] 1 giving or supplying with fire -2 tonic, stomachic, producing appetite, stimulating digestion. -3 incendiary; अग्निदान् भक्तदांश्चैव Ms.9.278; अग्निदानां च ये लोकाः Y.2.74; so ˚दायक, ˚दायिन्. यदग्निदायके पापं यत्पापं गुरुतल्पगे. Rām.2.75.45. -दग्ध a. 1 burnt on the funeral pile; अग्निदग्धाश्च ये जीवा ये$प्यदग्धाः कुले मम Vāyu. P. -2 burnt with fire. -3 burnt at once without having fire put into the mouth, being destitute of issue (?); (pl.) a class of Manes or Pitṛis who, when alive, kept up the household flame and presented oblations to fire. -दमनी [अग्निर्दम्यते$नया; दम्-णिच् करणे ल्युट] a narcotic plant, Solanum Jacquini. [Mar. रिंगणी] -दातृ [अग्निं विधानेन ददाति] one who performs the last (funeral) ceremonies of a man; यश्चाग्निदाता प्रेतस्य पिण्डं दद्यात्स एव हि. -दीपन a. [अग्निं दीपयति] stimulating digestion, stomachic, tonic. -दीप्त a. [तृ. त्त.] glowing, set on fire, blazing (-प्ता) [अग्निर्जठरानलो दीप्तः सेवनात् यस्याः सा] N. of a plant ज्योतिष्मती लता (Mar. मालकांगोणी), which is said to stimulate digestion. -दीप्तिः f. active state of digestion. -दूत a. अग्निर्दूत इव यस्मिन् यस्य वा] having Agni for a messenger, said of the sacrifice or the deity invoked; यमं ह यज्ञो गच्छत्यग्निदूतो अरंकृतः Rv.1.14.13. -दूषितः a. branded. -देवः [अग्नि- रेव देवः] Agni; a worshipper of Agni. -देवा [अग्निर्देवो यस्याः] the third lunar mansion, the Pleiades (कृत्तिका). -द्वारम् the door on the south-east of a building; पूर्व- द्वारमथैशाने चाग्निद्वारं तु दक्षिणे । Māna.9.294-95. -धानम् [अग्निर्धियते$स्मिन्] the place or receptacle for keeping the sacred fire, the house of अग्निहोतृ; पदं कृणुते अग्निधाने Rv. 1.165.3. -धारणम् maintaining the sacred fire; व्रतिनां ˚णम् K. 55. -नयनम् = ˚प्रणयनम्. -निर्यासः [अग्नेर्ज- ठरानलस्येव दीपको निर्यासो यस्य] N. of the plant अग्निजार. -नेत्र a. [अग्निर्नेता यस्य] having Agni for the leader or conveyer of oblations, an epithet of a god in general. -पदम् 1 the word Agni. -2 fire-place. -3 N. of a plant. -परिक्रि-ष्क्रि-या care of the sacred fire, worship of fire, offering oblations; गृहार्थो$ग्निपरिष्क्रिया Ms.2.67. -परिच्छदः the whole sacrificial apparatus; गृह्यं चाग्निपरिच्छदम् Ms.6. 4. -परिधानम् enclosing the sacrificial fire with a kind of screen. -परीक्षा [तृ. त.] ordeal by fire. -पर्वतः [अग्निसाधनं पर्वतः] a volcano; महता ज्वलता नित्यमग्निमेवाग्नि- पर्वतः Rām.5.35.43. -पुच्छः [अग्नेः अग्न्याधानस्थानस्य पुच्छ इव]. tail or back part of the sacrificial place; the extinction of fire. -पुराणम् [अग्निना प्रोक्तं पुराणम्] one of the 18 Purāṇas ascribed to Vyāsa. It derives its name from its having been communicated originally by Agni to the sage Vasiṣṭha for the purpose of instructing him in the two-fold knowledge of Brahman. Its stanzas are said to be 145. Its contents are varied. It has portions on ritual and mystic worship, cosmical descriptions, chapters on the duties of Kings and the art of war, a chapter on law, some chapters on Medicine and some treatises on Rhetoric, Prosody, Grammar, Yoga, Brahmavidyā &c. &c. -प्रणयनम् bringing out the sacrificial fire and consecrating it according to the proper ritual. -प्रणिधिः Incendiary. Dk.2.8. -प्रतिष्ठा consecration of fire, especially the nuptial fire. -प्रवेशः; -शनम [स. त.] entering the fire, self-immolation of a widow on the funeral pile of her husband. -प्रस्कन्दनम् violation of the duties of a sacrificer (अग्निहोमाकरण); ˚परस्त्वं चाप्येवं भविष्यसि Mb.1.84.26. -प्रस्तरः [अग्निं प्रस्तृणाति अग्नेः प्रस्तरो वा] a flint, a stone producing fire. -बाहुः [अग्ने- र्बाहुरिव दीर्घशिखत्वात्] 1 smoke. -2 N. of a son of the first Manu; Hariv. N. of a son of Priyavrata and Kāmyā. V. P. -बीजम् 1 the seed of Agni; (fig.) gold (रुद्रतेजः समुद्भूतं हेमबीजं विभावसोः) -2 N. of the letter र्. -भम [अग्नि- रिव भाति; भा-क.] 1 'shining like fire,' gold. -2 N. of the constellation कृत्तिका. -भु n. [अग्नेर्भवति; भू-क्विप् ह्रस्वान्तः] 1 water. -2 gold. -भू a. [अग्नेर्भवतिः भू-क्विप्] produced from fire. (भूः) 1 'fire-born,' N. of Kārttikeya. -2 N. of a teacher (काश्यप) who was taught by Agni. -3 (arith.) six. -भूति a. produced from fire. (-तिः) [अग्निरिव भूतिरैश्वर्यं यस्य] N. of a pupil of the last Tīrthaṅkara. (-तिः) f. the lustre or might of fire. -भ्राजस् a. Ved. [अग्निरिव भ्राजते; भ्राज्-असुन्] shining like fire. अग्निभ्राजसो विद्युतः Ṛv.5.54.11. -मणिः [अग्नेरुत्थापको मणिः शाक. त.] the sunstone. -मथ् m. [अग्निं मथ्नाति निष्पादयति; मन्थ्-क्विप्- नलोपः] 1 the sacrificer who churns the fuel-stick. -2 the Mantra used in this operation, on the अरणि itself. -मन्थः, -न्थनम्, producing fire by friction; or the Mantra used in this operation. (-न्थः) [अग्निर्मथ्यते अनेन मन्थ्-करणे घञ्] N. of a tree गणिकारिका (Mar. नरवेल) Premna Spinosa (तत्काष्ठयोर्घर्षणे हि आशु वह्निरुत्पद्यते), -मान्द्यम् slowness of digestion, loss of appetite, dyspepsia. -मारुतिः अग्निश्च मरुच्च तयोरपत्यं इञ् ततो वृद्धिः इत् च; द्विपदवृद्धौ पृषो. पूर्वपदस्य ह्रस्वः Tv.] N. of the sage Agastya. -मित्रः N. of a king of the Śunga dynasty, son of Puṣypamitra who must have flourished before 15 B. C. -the usually accepted date of Patañjali-as the latter mentions पुष्यमित्र by name. -मुखः a. having Agni at the head. (-खः) [अग्निर्मुखमिव यस्य] 1 a deity, god, (for the gods receive oblations through Agni who is, therefore, said to be their mouth; अग्निमुखा वै देवाः; अग्निर्मुखं प्रथमं देवतानाम् &c; or अग्निर्मुखे अग्रे येषाम्, for fire is said to have been created before all other gods.) -2 [अग्निर्मुखं प्रधानमुपास्यो यस्य] one who maintains the sacred fire (अग्निहोतृद्विज) -3 a Brāhmaṇa in general (अग्निर्दाहकत्वात् शापाग्निर्मुखे यस्य for Brāhmaṇas are said to be वाग्वज्राः). -4 N. of two plants चित्रक Plumbago Zeylanica and भल्लातक Semicarpus Anacardium अग्निरिव स्पर्शात् दुःखदायकं मुखमग्रम् यस्य, तन्निर्यासस्पर्शेन हि देहे क्षतोत्पत्तेस्थयोस्तथात्वम्) -5 a sort of powder or चूर्ण prescribed as a tonic by चक्रदत्त -6 'fire-mouthed, sharp-biting, an epithet of a bug. Pt. 1. (-खी) अग्निरिव मुखमग्रं यस्याः; गौरादि-ङीष्] 1 N. of a plant भल्लातक (Mar. बिबवा, भिलावा) and लाङ्गलिका (विषलाङ्गला). -2 N. of the Gāyatri Mantra (अग्निरेव मुखं मुखत्वेन कल्पितं यस्याः सा, or अग्नेरिव मुखं प्रजापतिमुखं उत्पत्ति- द्वारं यस्याः, अग्निना समं प्रजापतिमुखजातत्वात्; कदाचिदपि नो विद्वान् गायत्रीमुदके जपेत् । गायत्र्याग्निमुखी यस्मात्तस्मादुत्थाय तां जपेत् ॥ गोभिल). -3 a kitchen [पाकशाला अग्निरिव उत्तप्तं मुखं यस्याः सा]. -मूढ a. [तृ. त.] Ved. made insane or stupefied by lightning or fire. -यन्त्रम् A gun अग्नियन्त्रधरैश्चक्रधरैश्च पुरुषैर्वृतः Śivabhārata 12.17. -यानम् An aeroplane. व्योमयानं विमानं स्यात् अग्नियानं तदेव हि । अगस्त्यसंहिता. -योगः See पञ्चाग्निसाधन. अग्नियोगवहो ग्रीष्मे विधिदृष्टेन कर्मणा । चीर्त्वा द्वादशवर्षाणि राजा भवति पार्थिवः ॥ Mb.13.14,2.43. -योजनम् causing the sacrificial fire to blaze up. -रक्षणम् 1 con-secrating or preserving the sacred (domestic) fire or अग्निहोत्र. -2 [अग्निः रक्ष्यते अनेन अत्र वा] a Mantra securing for Agni protection from evil spirits &c. -3 the house of an अग्निहोतृ. -रजः, -रजस् m. [अग्निरिव रज्यते दीप्यते; रञ्ज्-असुन् नलोपः] 1 a scarlet insect by name इन्द्रगोप. -2 (अग्नेः रजः) the might or power of Agni. -3 gold. Mb.3. 16.86.7 -रहस्यम् mystery of (worshipping &c.) Agni; N. of the tenth book of Śatapatha Brāhmaṇa. -राशिः a heap of fire, burning pile. -रुहा [अग्निरिव रोहति रुह्-क] N. of the plant मांसादनी or मांसरोहिणी (तदङ्कुरस्य वह्नितुल्य- वर्णतया उत्पन्नत्वात्तथात्वं तस्याः). -रूप a. [अग्नेरिव रूपं वर्णो यस्य] fire-shaped; of the nature of fire. -रूपम् the nature of fire. -रेतस् n. the seed of Agni; (hence) gold. -रोहिणी [अग्निरिव रोहति; रुह्-णिनि] a hard inflammatory swelling in the armpit. -लोकः the world a Agni, which is situated below the summit of Meru; in the Purāṇas it is said to be in the अन्तरिक्ष, while in the Kāśī Khaṇḍa it is said to be to the south of इन्द्रपुरी; एतस्या दक्षिणे भागे येयं पूर्दृश्यते शुभा । इमामर्चिष्मतीं पश्य वीतिहोत्रपुरीं शुभाम् ॥ -वधूः Svāhā, the daughter of Dakṣa and wife of Agni -वर्चस् a. [अग्नेर्वर्च इव वर्चो यस्य] glowing or bright like fire. (n.) the lustre of Agni. (-m.) N. of a teacher of the Purāṇas. -वर्ण a. [अग्नेरिव वर्णो यस्य] of the colour of fire; hot; fiery; सुरां पीत्वा द्विजो मोहादग्निवर्णां सुरां पिबेत् Ms.11.9; गोमूत्रमग्निवर्णं वा पिबेदुदकमेव वा 91. (र्णः) 1 N. of a prince, son of Sudarśana. -2 N. of a King of the solar race, See R.19.1. the colour of fire. (-र्णा) a strong liquor. -वर्धक a. stimulating digestion, tonic. (-कः) 1 a tonic. -2 regimen, diet (पथ्याहार). -वल्लभः [अग्नेर्वल्लभः सुखेन दाह्यत्वात्] 1 the Śāla tree, Shorea Robusta. -2 the resinous juice of it. -वासस् a. [अग्निरिव शुद्धं वासो यस्य] having a red (pure like Agni) garment. (n.) a pure garment. -वाह a. [अग्निं वाहयति अनुमापयति वा] 1 smoke. -2 a goat. -वाहनम् a goat (छाग). -विद् m. 1 one who knows the mystery about Agni. -2 an अग्निहोत्रिन् q. v. -विमोचनम् ceremony of lowering the sacrificial fire. -विसर्पः pain from an inflamed tumour, inflammation. -विहरणम्, -विहारः 1 taking the sacrificial fire from आग्नीध्र to the उत्तरवेदि. -2 offering oblations to fire; प्रत्यासन्ना ˚वेला K.348. -वीर्यम् 1 power or might of Agni. -2 gold. -वेतालः Name of Vetāla (connected with the story of Vikra-māditya). -वेशः [अग्नेर्वेश इव] N. of an ancient medical authority (चरक). -वेश्मन् m. the fourteenth day of the karma-ṃāsa; Sūryaprajñapti. -वेश्यः 1 N. of a teacher, Mbh. -2 Name of the 22nd muhūrta; Sūryapraj-ñapti. धौम्य cf. Mb 14.64.8. -शरणम्, -शाला-लम् a fire-sanctuary; ˚मार्गमादेशय Ś.5; a house or place for keeping the sacred fire; ˚रक्षणाय स्थापितो$हम् V.3. -शर्मन् a. [अग्निरिव शृणाति तीव्रकोपत्वात् शॄ-मनिन्] very passionate. (-m.) N. of a sage. -शिख a. [अग्नेरिव अग्निरिव वा शिखा यस्य] fiery, fire-crested; दहतु ˚खैः सायकैः Rām. (-खः) 1 a lamp. -2 a rocket, fiery arrow. -3 an arrow in general. -4 safflower plant. -5 saffron. -6 जाङ्गलीवृक्ष. (-खम्) 1 saffron. -2 gold. (-खा) 1 a flame; शरैरग्निशिखोपमैः Mb. -2 N. of two plants लाङ्गली (Mar. वागचबका or कळलावी) Gloriosa Superba; of other plants (also Mar. कळलावी) Meni-spermum Cordifolium. -शुश्रूषा careful service or worship of fire. -शेखर a. fire-crested. (-रः) N. of the कुसुम्भ, कुङ्कुम and जाङ्गली trees (-रम्) gold, -शौच a. [अग्नेरिव शौचं यस्य] bright as fire; purified by fire K.252. -श्री a. [अग्नेरिव श्रीर्यस्य] glowing like fire; lighted by Agni -ष्टुत्, -ष्टुभ, -ष्टोम &c. see ˚ स्तुत्, ˚स्तुभ् &c. -ष्ठम् 1 kitchen; अग्निष्ठेष्वग्निशालासु Rām.6.1.16. -2 a fire-pan. -संयोगाः explosives. Kau. A.2.3. -ष्वात्तः see स्वात्तः -संस्कारः 1 consecration of fire. -2 hallowing or con-secrating by means of fire; burning on the funeral pile; यथार्हं ˚रं मालवाय दत्वा Dk.169; नास्य कार्यो$ग्निसंस्कारः Ms.5.69, पितरीवाग्निसंस्कारात्परा ववृतिरे क्रियाः । R.12.56. -सखः; -सहायः 1 the wind. -2 the wild pigeon (smoke-coloured). -3 smoke. -सम्भव a. [प. ब.] sprung or produced from fire. (-वः) 1 wild safflower. -2 lymph, result of digestion. (-वम्) gold. -साक्षिक [अग्निः साक्षी यत्र, कप्] a. or adv. keeping fire for a witness, in the presence of fire; पञ्चबाण˚ M.4.12. ˚मर्यादो भर्ता हि शरणं स्त्रियाः H.1.v. l, R.11.48. -सारम् [अग्नौ सारं यस्य अत्यन्तानलोत्तापनेपि सारांशादहनात् Tv.] रसाञ्जन, a sort of medical preparation for the eyes. (-रः -रम्) power or essence of fire. -सुतः Kārttikeya; त्वामद्य निहनिष्यामि क्रौञ्चमग्निसुतो यथा । Mb.7.156.93. -सूत्रम् a thread of fire. -2 a girdle of sacrificial grass (मौञ्जीमेखला) put upon a young Brāhmaṇa at the time of investiture. -सूनुः (See -सुतः), (सेनानीरग्निभूर्गुहः । Amar.); देव्यङ्कसंविष्ट- मिवाग्निसूनुम् । Bu. ch.1.67. -स्तम्भः 1 stopping the burning power of Agni. -2 N. of a Mantra used in this operation. -3 N. of a medicine so used. -स्तुत् m. (अग्निष्टुत्) [अग्निः स्तूयते$त्र; स्तु-आधारे क्विप् षत्वम्] the first day of the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice; N. of a portion of that sacrifice which extends over one day; यजेत वाश्वमेधेन स्वर्जिता गोसवेन वा । अभिजिद्विश्वजिद्भ्यां वा त्रिवृता- ग्निष्टुतापि वा ॥ Ms.11.74. -स्तुभ् (˚ष्टुभ्) m. [अग्निः स्तुभ्यते$त्र; स्तुभ्-क्विप् षत्वम्] 1 = अग्निष्टोम. -2 N. of a son of the sixth Manu. -रतोमः (˚ष्टोमः) [अग्नेः स्तोमः स्तुतिसाधनं यत्र] 1 N. of a protracted ceremony or sacrificeial rite extending over several days in spring and forming an essential part of the ज्योतिष्टोम. -2 a Mantra or Kalpa with reference to this sacrifice; ˚मे भवो मन्त्रः ˚मः; ˚मस्य व्याख्यानम्, कल्पः ˚मः P.IV.3.66. Vārt. -3 N. of the son of the sixth Manu. -4 a species of the Soma plant; ˚सामन् a part of the Sāma Veda chanted at the conclusion of the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice. -सावर्णिः Name of Manu. -स्थ a. (ष्ठ) [अग्नौ स्थातुमर्हति; स्था-क षत्वम्] placed in, over, or near the fire. (ष्ठः) an iron frying-pan; in the अश्वमेध sacrifice the 11th Yūpa which of all the 21 is nearest the fire. -स्वात्तः (written both as ˚स्वात्त and ˚ष्वात्त) (pl.) [अग्नितः i. e. श्राद्धीयविप्रकर- रूपानलात् सुष्ठु आत्तं ग्रहणं येषां ते] N. of a class of Pitṛs or Manes who, when living on earth, maintained the sacred or domestic fires, but who did not perform the Agniṣṭoma and other sacrifices. They are regarded as Manes of Gods and Brāhmaṇas and also as descendants of Marīchi; Ms.3.195. अग्निष्वात्ताः पितर एह गच्छत Tsy.2.5.12.2. (मनुष्यजन्मन्यग्निष्टोमादियागमकृत्वा स्मार्तकर्मनिष्ठाः सन्तो मृत्वा च पितृत्वं गताः इति सायणः). -हुत्, -होतृ Ved. sacrificing to Agni, having Agni for a priest; Rv.1.66.8. -होत्रम् [अग्नये हूयते$त्र, हु-त्र, च. त.] 1 an oblation to Agni (chiefly of milk, oil and sour gruel.). -2 maintenance of the sacred fire and offering oblation to it; (अग्नये होत्रं होमो$स्मिन् कर्मणीति अग्निहोत्रमिति कर्मनाम); or the sacred fire itself; तपोवनाग्निहोत्रधूमलेखासु K.26. होता स्यात् ˚त्रस्य Ms.11.36. ˚त्रमुपासते 42; स्त्रीं दाहयेत् ˚त्रेण Ms.5.167,6.4, दाहयित्वाग्निहोत्रेण स्त्रियं वृत्तवतीम् Y.1.89. The time of throwing oblations into the fire is, as ordained by the sun himself, evening (अग्नये सायं जुहुयात् सूर्याय प्रातर्जुहुयात्). Agnihotra is of two kinds; नित्य of constant obligation (यावज्जीवमग्निहोत्रं जुहोति) and काम्य occasional or optional (उपसद्भिश्चरित्वा मासमेकमग्निहोत्रं जुहोति). (-त्र) a. Ved. 1 destined for, connected with, Agnihotra. -2 sacrificing to Agni. ˚न्यायः The rule according to which the नित्यकर्मन्s (which are to be performed यावज्जीवम्) are performed at their stipulated or scheduled time only, during one's life time. This is discussed and established by जैमिनि and शबर at Ms.6. 2.23-26. in connection with अग्निहोत्र and other कर्मन्s. ˚हवनी (णी) a ladle used in sacrificial libations, or अग्निहोत्रहविर्ग्रहणी ऋक् Tv.; See हविर्ग्रहणी; ˚हुत् offering the अग्निहोत्र; ˚आहुतिः invocation or oblation connected with अग्निहोत्र. -होत्रिन् a. [अग्निहोत्र-मत्वर्थे इनि] 1 one who practises the Agnihotra, or consecrates and maintains the sacred fire. -2 one who has prepared the sacrificial place. -होत्री Sacrificial cow; तामग्निहोत्रीमृषयो जगृहु- र्ब्रह्मवादिनः Bhāg.8.8.2.
agra अग्र a. [अङ्ग्-रन् नलोपः Uṇ.2.28] 1 First, foremost, chief, best, prominent, principal, pre-eminent; ˚महिषी chief queen; ˚वातमासेवमाना M.1. front (and hence, fresh) breeze; ˚आसनम् chief seat, seat of honour; माम- ग्रासनतो$वकृष्टमवशं ये दृष्टवन्तः पुरा Mu.1.12. -2 Excessive, over and above, surplus; supernumerary, projecting (अधिक). -ग्रः Setting mountain; अग्रसानुषु नितान्तपिशङ्गैः Ki.9.7. -ग्रम् 1 (a) The foremost or topmost point, tip, point (opp. मूलम्, मध्यम्); (fig.) sharpness, keenness; धर्मस्य ब्राह्मणो मूलम् मग्रं राजन्य उच्यते Ms.11.83; दर्व्याम् अग्रं मूलम् मध्यम् &c.; नासिका˚ tip of the nose; सूचि˚ &c.; समस्ता एव विद्या जिह्वाग्रे$भवन् K.346 stood on the tip of the tongue; अमुष्य विद्या रसनाग्रनर्तकी N.1.5. (b) Top, summit, surface; कैलास˚, पर्वत˚, &c. -2 Front, van; अग्रे कृ put in the front or at the head; तामग्रे कृत्वा Pt.4. See अग्रे. -3 The best of any kind; स्यन्दनाग्रेण with the best of chariots; प्रासादाग्रैः Rām. -4 Superiority, excellence (उत्कर्ष); अग्रादग्रं रोहति Tāṇḍya. -5 Goal, aim, resting place (आलम्बनम्); मनुमेकाग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1, See ˚भूमि also. -6 Beginning, See अग्रे. -7 A multitude, assemblage. -8 Overplus, excess, surplus; साग्रं स्त्रीसहस्रम् Rām. 1 women and more; so साग्रकोटी च रक्षसाम्. -9 A weight = पल q. v. -1 A measure of food given as alms (ब्राह्मणभोजनम् occurring in अग्रहार); प्रयतो ब्राह्मणाग्रे यः श्रद्धया परया युतः । Mb.13.65.13. -11 (Astr.) Amplitude of the sun (˚ग्रा, अग्रका also). cf. ...अग्रमालम्बने$धिके । पुरोपरिप्रान्ताद्येषु न पुंसि प्रमिताशने । Nm. -12 Forepart of time; नैवेह किंचनाग्र आसीत् Bṛi. Up.1.2.1. In compounds as first member meaning 'the forepart', 'front', 'tip' &c.; e. g. ˚अक्चयः First procurement (cf. Daṇḍa-viveka G. O. S.52, p.43). ˚पादः -चरणः the forepart of the foot, toe; so ˚हस्तः, ˚करः, ˚पाणिः &c.; ˚सरोरूहम् the topmost lotus. पद्मानि यस्याग्रसरोरुहाणि Ku.1.16. ˚कर्णम् Tip-ear; top of the ear; Mātaṅga L.5.7. ˚कायः forepart of the body; so ˚नखम्, ˚नासिका tip of the nail, nose &c., -adv. In front, before, ahead. -Comp. -अंशुः [अग्रम् अंशोः] the focal point. -अक्षि n. [कर्म.] sharp or pointed vision, side-look (अपाङ्गवीक्षण); अग्राक्ष्णा वीक्षमाणस्तु तिर्यग् भ्रातरमब्रवीत् Rām. -अद्वन् a. having precedence in eating. -अनी (णी) कः (कम्) vanguard; दीर्घाल्लँघूंश्चैव नरानग्रानीकेषु योधयेत् Ms.7.193; [अग्राणीकं रघुव्याघ्रौ राक्षसानां बभञ्जतुः Rām. -अयणीयम [अग्रं श्रेष्टं अयनं ज्ञानं तत्र साधु छ]. 1 N. of a Buddhistic tenet (उत्पादपूर्वमग्रायणीयमथ वीर्यता प्रवादः स्यात् -हेमचन्द्रः). -2 title of the second of the fourteen oldest Jain books (Pūrvas). -अवलेहितम् [अग्रम् अव- लेहितम् आस्वादितं यस्य] food at a Śrāddha ceremony, the chief part of which has been tested. -आसनम् First seat of honour; मामग्रासनतो$वकृष्टमवशम् Mu.1.12. -उत्सर्गः taking a thing by leaving its first portion in conformity with the rule of laying by nothing for the next day (i. e. the rule of non hoarding); cf. Daṇḍaviveka G. O. S.52, pp.43-44. -उपहरणम् first supply. -उपहरणीय a. [अग्रे उपह्रियते कर्मणि अनीयर्] 1 that which is first offered or supplied. -2 [अग्रम् उपह्रियते यस्मै हृ- संप्रदाने अनीयर्] श्राद्धाद्यर्थमुपकल्पितस्य अन्नादेरग्रे दानोद्देश्यः वास्तु- देवादिः Tv. -करः 1 = अग्रहस्तः q. v. -2 the focal point. -केशः front line of hair; ˚शेषु रेणुः अपहरति K.86. -गः [अग्रे गच्छतीति, गम्-ड] a leader, a guide; taking the lead; marching foremost. -गण्य a. [अग्रे गण्यते$सौ] foremost, to be ranked first; शमनभवनयाने यद्भवानग्रगण्यः Mahān. -गामिन् a. [अग्रे गच्छति] a leader; प्रष्ठो$ग्रगामिनि P.VIII.3.92. -ज a. [अग्रे जायते; जन्-ड.] first born or produced; आनन्देनाग्रजेनेव R.1.78. (-जः) 1 the first born, an elder brother; सुमतिं ममाग्रजमवगच्छ M.5; अस्त्येव मन्युर्भरताग्रजे मे R.14.73. -2 a Brāhmaṇa. (-जा) an elder sister; so ˚जात, ˚जातक, ˚जाति. -जङ्घा the forepart of the calf. -जन्मन् m. [अग्रे जन्म यस्य सः] 1 the first-born, an elder brother; जनकाग्रजन्मनोः शासनमतिक्रम्य Dk.2. -2 a Brāhmaṇa (वर्णेषु मध्ये अग्रजातत्वात्, or अग्रात् प्रधानाङ्गात् मुखात् जातत्वात्, ब्राह्मणो$स्य मुखमासीत्, तस्मात् त्रिवृत् स्तोमानां मुखम... अग्निर्देवतानां ब्राह्मणो मनुष्याणाम्; तस्माद् ब्राह्मणो मुखेन वीर्यं करोति मुखतो हि सृष्टः Tāṇḍya); अतिवयसमग्रजन्मानम् K.12; अवो- चत् ˚न्मा Dk.13.3; N. of Brahmā, as he was the first to be born in the waters. cf. अग्रजन्मा द्विजे ज्येष्ठभ्रातरि ब्रह्मणि स्मृतम् Nm. -जिह्वा the tip of the tongue. -ज्या (astr.) the sign of the amplitude. -दानिन् [अग्रे दानम् अस्य; अग्र- दान-इनि] a (degraded) Brāhmaṇa who takes presents offered in honour of the dead (प्रेतोद्देशेन यद्दानं दीयते तत्प्रति- ग्राही); लोभी विप्रश्च शूद्राणामग्रेदानं गृहीतवान् । ग्रहणे मृतदानानां (ग्रहणात्तिलदानानां Tv.) अग्रदानी बभूव सः ॥ -दानीयः [अग्रे दानमर्हति छ] = अग्रदानिन्. -दूतः a harbinger; कृष्णाक्रोधा- ग्रदूतः Ve.1.22; ˚दूतिका Dk.2; महीपतीनां प्रणयाग्रदूत्यः R.6.12; -देवी the chief queen; समग्रदेवीनिवहाग्र- देवी... । Bu.ch.1.15. -धान्यम a cereal grain. (Mar. जोंधळा), Holcus soraghum or Holcus spicatus. (Mar. बाजरी). -निरूपणम् predestination; prophecy, determining beforehand. -नीः (णीः) [अग्रे नीयते असौ नी-क्विप्, णत्वम्] 1 a leader, foremost, first, chief; ˚णी- र्विरागहेतुः K.195; अप्यग्रणीर्मन्त्रकृतामृषीणाम् R.5.4. chief. -2 fire. -पर्णी [अग्रे पर्णं यस्याः सा-ङीप्] cowage, Carpopogon Pruriens (अजलोमन्). [Mar. कुयली]. -पातिन् a. [अग्रे आदौ पतति; पत्-णिनि] happening beforehand, antecedent; [˚तीनि शुभानि निमित्तानि K.65. -पादः the forepart of the foot; toes; नवकिसलयरागेणाग्रपादेन M.3.12; ˚स्थिता standing on tiptoe. Ś.5. -पाणिः = ˚हस्तः q. v. -पूजा the highest or first mark of reverence or respect; ˚जामिह स्थित्वा गृहाणेदं विषं प्रभो Rām. -पेयम् precedence in drinking. -प्रदायिन् a. giving in advance; तेषामग्र- प्रदायी स्याः कल्पोत्थायी प्रियंवदः Mb.5.135.35. -बीज a. [अग्रं शाखाग्रं बीजमुत्पादकं यस्य] growing by means of the tip or end of branches, growing on the stock or stem of another tree, such as 'कलम' in Mar. (-जः) a viviparous plant. -भागः [कर्म.] 1 the first or best part (श्राद्धादौ प्रथममुद्धृत्य देयं द्रव्यम्) -2 remnant, remainder (शेषभाग). -3 fore-part, tip, point. -4 (astr.) a degree of amplitude. -भागिन् a. [अग्र- भागो$स्यास्ति; अस्त्यर्थे इनि] first to take or claim (the remnant); अलङ्क्रियमाणस्य तस्य अनुलेपनमाल्ये ˚गी भवामि V. 5, claiming the first share of the remnant etc. -भावः precedence. उदारसंख्यैः सचिवैरसंख्यैः कृताग्रभावः स उदाग्रभावः Bu.ch.I.15. -भुज् a. 1 having precedence in eating. स तानग्रभुजस्तात धान्येन च धनेन च Mb.1.178.12. -2 gluttonous, voracious (औदरिक). -भूः [अग्रे भवति भू-क्विप्] = ˚ज. -भूमिः f. 1 goal of ambition or object aimed at; ततो$ग्रभूमिं व्यवसायासिद्धेः Ki.17.55; त्वमग्र- भूमिर्निरपायसंश्रया Śi.1.32 (प्राप्यस्थानम्). -2 the topmost part, pinnacle; विमान˚ Me.71. -महिषी the principal queen. -मांसम् [अग्रं भक्ष्यत्वेन प्रधानं मांसम्] flesh in the heart, the heart itself; ˚सं चानीतं Ve.3.2. morbid protuberance of the liver. -यणम् [अग्रम् अयनात् उत्तरायणात् णत्वं शकं˚ तद्विधानकालो$स्य अच् (?) Tv.] a kind of sacrificial ceremony. See आग्रयण. -यान a. [अग्रे यानं यस्य, या-ल्युट्] taking the lead, foremost. (-नम्) an army that stops in front to defy the enemy. मनो$ग्रयानं वचसा निरुक्तं नमामहे Bhāg.8.5.26. -यायिन् a. [अग्रे यास्यति या-णिनि] taking the lead, leading the van; पुत्रस्य ते रणशिरस्ययमग्रयायी Ś.7.26. मान- धनाग्रयायी R.5.3,5.62.18.1. -योधिन् [अग्रे स्थित्वा युध्यते] the principal hero, champion राक्षसानां वधे तेषां ˚धी भविष्यति Rām.; so ˚वीर; कर्मसु चाग्रवीरः. -रन्ध्रम् opening fore-part; त्रासान्नासाग्ररन्ध्रं विशति Māl.1.1. -लोहिता [अग्रं लोहितं यस्याः सा] a kind of pot-herb (चिल्लीशाक). -संख्या the first place or rank; पुत्रः समारोपयदग्रसंख्याम् R.18.3. -वक्त्रम् N. of a surgical instrument, Suśr. -वातः fresh breeze; अग्रवातमासेवमाना M.1. -शोमा towering beauty or the beauty of the peaks; कैलासशैलस्य यदग्रशोभाम् । Bu. ch.1.3. -संधानी [अग्रे फलोत्पत्तेः प्राक् संधी- यते ज्ञायते $नया कार्यम् Tv.] the register of human actions kept by Yama (यत्र हि प्राणिवर्गस्य प्राग्भवीयकर्मानुसारेण शुभा- शुभसूचकं सर्वं लिख्यते सा यमपञ्जिका). -सन्ध्या early dawn; कर्कन्धूनामुपरि तुहिनं रञ़्जयत्यग्रसन्ध्या Ś.4. v.1. -सर = यायिन् taking the lead; आयोधनाग्रसरतां त्वयि वीर याते R.5.71. -सारा [अग्रं शीर्षमात्रं सारो यस्याः सा] 1 a sprout which has tips without fruits. -2 a short method of counting immense numbers. -हर a. [अग्रे ह्रियते दीयते$सौ; हृ-अच्] 1 that which must be given first. -2 = अग्रहारिन्. -हस्त (˚कर; ˚पाणिः,) the forepart of the hand or arm; अग्रहस्तेन गृहीत्वा प्रसादयैनाम् Ratn.3; forepart of the trunk (of an elephant); often used for a finger or fingers taken collectively; शीतलस्ते ˚स्तः Mk.3; अतिसाध्वसेन वेपते मे ˚स्तः Ratn.1; कुसुमित इव ते ˚स्तः प्रतिभाति M.1.; प्रसारिते ˚स्ते M.4; ˚हस्तात्प्रभ्रष्टं पुष्पभाजनम् Ś.4. slipped from the fingers; also the right hand; अथ ˚हस्ते मुकुलीकृताङ्गुलौ Ku.5.63. (अग्रश्चासौ हस्तश्च Malli.). Ki.5.29. -हायनः (णः) [अग्रः श्रेष्ठः हायनो व्रीहिः अत्र, णत्वम्] the beginning of the year; N. of the month मार्गशीर्ष; (मासानां मार्गशीर्षो$हम् Bg. 1.35.); ˚इष्टिः नवशस्येष्टिर्यागभेदः. -हारः 1 a grant of land given by kings (to Brāhmaṇas) for sustenance (अग्रं ब्राह्मणभोजनं, तदर्थं ह्रियन्ते राजधनात् पृथक् क्रियन्ते ते क्षेत्रादयः- नीलकण्ठ; क्षेत्रोत्पन्नशस्यादुद्धृत्य ब्राह्मणोद्देशेन स्थाप्यं धान्यादि, गुरुकुला- दावृत्तब्रह्मचारिणे देयं क्षेत्रादि, ग्रामभेदश्च Tv.); अग्रहारांश्च दास्यामि ग्रामं नगरसंमितम् Mb.3.64.4. कस्मिंश्चिदग्रहारे Dk.8.9. -2 the first offering in वैश्वदेव Mb.3.234.47.
agऱ्ya अग्ऱ्य a. [अग्रे जातः, अग्र-यत्] 1 Foremost, best, choicest, most essential or important, highest, pre-eminent, first; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोः R.3.46.; ˚महिषी 1.66; उपेयुषः स्वामपि मूर्तिमग्ऱ्याम् 6.73,8.28,14.19,18.39, Ku. 7.78, Ms.5.166,12.3; अद्याहं पुत्रिणामग्ऱ्यः V.5.14: also with loc.; अग्ऱ्याःसर्वेषु वेदेषु Ms.3.184. -ग्ऱ्यः An elder brother -ग्ऱ्यम् The roof of a house. -ग्ऱ्या The tree myrobalans. (Mar. त्रिफळा) or a mixture of हिरडा, बेहडा, आंवळकाठी). -Comp. -तपस् N. of a muni; Kathās.
ajāpakvamm अजापक्वम्म् N. of a sort of medicinal preparation of ghee (used as a remedy against cough, asthma, consumption &c.) (अजादुग्धादिभ्यो जातम्).
ajeya अजेय a. [न. त.] Not fit to be conquered. -यम् A sort of medicinal preparation of ghee said to serve as an antidote; पिबेत् घृतमजेयाख्यम् Suś.
ati अति ind. [अत्-इ] 1 A prefix used with adjectives and adverbs, meaning 'very', 'too', 'exceedingly', 'excessively', 'very much', and showing उत्कर्ष; Surpassing, superior अत्याश्रमानयं सर्वानू Mb.12.12.6. नातिदूरे not very far from; ˚कृश very lean; ˚भृशम् _x001F_+very much; also with verbs or verbal forms; ˚सिक्तमेव भवता Sk.; स्वभावो ह्यतिरिच्यते &c. -2 (With verbs) Over, beyond; अति-इ go beyond, overstep; so ˚क्रम् ˚चर् ˚वह् &c. In this case अति is regarded as a preposition उपसर्ग. -3 (a) (With nouns or pronouns) Beyond, past, surpassing, superior to, eminent, respectable, distinguished, higher, above, (used with acc. as a कर्मप्रवचनीय, or as first member of Bah. or Tat. Comp. ज्याशब्दस्तावुभौ शब्दावति रामस्य शुश्रुवे Rām. 6.75.37. in which last case it has usually the sense of eminence or higher degree: अतिगो, ˚गार्ग्यः, = प्रशस्ता गौः, शोभनो गार्ग्यः; ˚राजन् an excellent king; or the sense of अतिक्रान्त must be understood with the latter member which will then stand in the accusative case; अतिमर्त्यः = मर्त्यमतिक्रान्तः; ˚मालः, अतिक्रान्तो मालाम्; so अतिकाय, ˚केशर, q. v.):, अत्यादित्यं _x001F_+ हुतवहमुखे संभृतं तद्धि तेजः Me 1.45. Surpassing the sun. अति देवानू कृष्णः Sk.; मानुषानतिगन्धर्वान् सर्वान्गन्धर्व लक्षये _x001F_/Mb; ˚मानुषं कर्म a deed which is beyond human power, i. e. a superhuman action; ˚कशः past the whip (as a horse), unmanageable; ˚त्यद् surpassing that; ˚त्वाम्, ˚त्वान् him or them that surpasses or surpass thee, so ˚मां, ˚यूयं _x001F_+&c. _x001F_+(b) (With nouns derived from roots) Extravagant, exaggerated, inordinate, excessive, extraordinary; e. g. ˚आदरः excessive regard; ˚आशा extravagant hope; so _x001F_+ ˚भयं, ˚तृष्णा, ˚आनन्दः &c. &c.; अतिदानाद् बलिर्बद्धो नष्टो मानात्सुयोधनः । विनष्टो रावणो लौल्यादति सर्वत्र वर्जयेत् ॥ cf. 'extremes are ever bad.' (c) Unfit, idle, improper, in the sense of असंप्रति or क्षेप 'censure'; अतिनिद्रम् = निद्रा सम्प्रति न युज्यते Sk. The गणरत्नमहोदधि gives the following senses of अतिः--विक्रमातिक्रमाबुद्धिभृशार्थातिशयेष्वति । e. g. अतिरथः रथाधिकं विक्रमवान्; ˚मतिः बुद्ध्यतिक्रमः; ˚गहनं वुद्धेरविषयः; ˚तप्तं भृशतप्तं; ˚वेगः अतिशयितो वेगः. Cf. also प्रकर्षे लङ्घने$प्यति Nm.
atiḍīnam अतिडीनम् Extraordinary flight (of birds). अतितराम् atitarām अतितमाम् atitamām अतितराम् अतितमाम् ind. [अति-तर _x001F_+(म) प् आमु] 1 more, higher (abl.); नृत्तादस्याः स्थितमतितरां कान्तम् M.2.6. -2 Exceedingly, very much; excessive, great; ˚सुदुःसहः R.3.37; ˚रां कान्तिमापत्स्यते Me.15 will attain great splendour. -3 Above, higher in rank (acc.); तस्माद्वा एते देवा ˚रामिवान्यान् देवान् Ken.4.2.
atidevaḥ अतिदेवः The Supreme or highest God; N. of Śiva.
atidharmaḥ अतिधर्मः The highest type of Dharma; Rām.7.
atibhūmiḥ अतिभूमिः f. 1 Excess, culmination, highest pitch; ˚मिं गम्-या to go to excess, to reach the climax; ˚मिं तस्या अभिनिवेशो गमिष्यति Māl.2; ˚मिं गतोनुरागः 7; तत्र सर्व- लोकस्य ˚मिं गतः प्रवादः ibid. widely known, become notorious, noised abroad; ˚मिमयं गतो न शक्यते निवर्तयितुम् K.156; सर्वोत्सवानामतिभूमिमिवाधिशयाना 158; सर्वपौरुषातिभूमिः Dk.3; ˚मिं गतेन रणरणकेन U.1, प्रणयातिभूमिमगमन् Śi.9.78, 1.8. -2 Boldness, impropriety, violation of due limits (अमर्यादा); विपदि न दूषितातिभूमिः Śi.3.2. -3 Eminence, superiority. -4 Extensive land.
atiric अतिरिच् (Gen. used in pass.) 1 To surpass, excel, be superior to (with abl.); अश्वमेधसहस्रेभ्यः सत्यमेवाति- रिच्यते H.4.131; गृहं तु गृहिणीहीनं कान्तारादतिरिच्यते Pt.4. 81; वाचः कर्मातिरिच्यते 'example is better than precept'; sometimes with acc.; न च नारायणो$त्रभवन्तमतिरिच्यते K. 23; or used by itself in the sense of 'to be supreme', 'prevail' 'triumph', 'predominate', 'be mightier'; अन्योन्यगुणवैशेष्यान्न किञ्चिदतिरिच्यते Ms.9.296 none is supreme or higher than another; 12.25; so दैवमत्रातिरिच्यते, स्वभावो$तिरिच्यते H.1.16; स्वल्पमप्यतिरिच्यते H.2 is of great importance. -2 To be left with a surplus, be redundant or superfluous.
atiśayaḥ अतिशयः [शी-अच्] 1 Excess, pre-eminence, excellence; वीर्य˚ R.3.62; महिम्नां...अतिशयः U.4.21; तस्मिन् विधानातिशये विधातुः R.6.11 excellence, highest perfection of art. -2 Superiority (in quality, rank, quantity &c.); महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11; often in comp. with adjectives, in the sense of 'exceedingly'; ˚रमणीयः Mu.3; आसीदतिशयप्रेक्ष्यः R.17.25; मुक्ता गुणातिशयसंभृतमण्डनश्रीः V.5.19; or with nouns, meaning 'excellent'; 'excessive'; 'very great'; ˚रयः, अश्वातिशयम् K.8 the best of horses; ˚दारिद्य्रोपहताः. -3 Advantageous result, one of the superhuman qualities attributed to Jain saints. -a. [अतिशयः अस्त्यर्थे अच् Superior, pre-eminent, excessive, very great, abundant. -Comp. -उक्तिः f. 1 exaggerated or hyperbolical language, extreme assertion. -2 a figure of speech, (corr. to hyperbole) said to be of 5 kinds in S. D., but of 4 in K. P.; निगीर्याध्यवसानं तु प्रकृतस्य परेण यत् । प्रस्तुतस्य यदन्यत्वं यद्यर्थोक्तौ च कल्पनम् ॥ कार्यकारणयोर्यश्च पौर्वापर्य- विपर्ययः । विज्ञेयातिसयोक्तिः सा; Ex. of the first kind: कमल- मनम्भसि कमले च कुवलये तानि कनकलतिकायाम् । सा च सुकुमार- सुभगेत्युत्पातपरम्परा केयम् ॥ -3 verbosity.
atyanta अत्यन्त a. [अतिक्रान्तः अन्तं सीमां नाशम्] 1 Excessive, much, very great or strong; ˚वैरम् great enmity; ˚मैत्री; ˚हिमोत्किरानिलाः Ku.5.26. -2 Complete, perfect, absolute; ˚अभावः absolute non-existence; See below. -3 Endless, perpetual, permanent, everlasting, uninterrupted, unbroken; किं वा तवात्यन्तवियोग- मोघे हतजीविते R.14.65; भवत्यजरमत्यन्तम् Pt.1.151; यो बन्धनवधक्लेशान् प्राणिनां न चिकीर्षति । स सर्वस्य हितप्रेप्सुः सुखम- त्यन्तमश्नुते ॥ Ms.5.46; Bg.6.28; कस्यात्यन्तं सुखमुपनतम् Me.111. नायमत्यन्तसंवासो लभ्यते येन केनचित् H.4.73. -तम् ind. 1 Exceedingly, excessively, very much, to the highest degree; स्थायीभवति चात्यन्तं रङ्गः शुक्लपटे यथा Pt.1.33; स्तनंधयो$त्यन्तशिशुः स्तनादिव Mu.4.14. very young. -2 For ever, to the end (of life), through life; अत्यन्तमात्मसटृशेक्षणवल्लभाभिराहो निवत्स्यति Ś1.26 For all time, in perpetuity; सा चात्यन्तमदर्शनं नयनयोर्याता V.4.9; oft. in comp.; ˚गता See below; प्रियमत्यन्त- विलुप्तदर्शनम् Ku.4.2. For ever lost to view; R.14.3; -3 Absolutely, perfectly, completely. -Comp. -अपह्नवः A flat, categorical or total denial; a denial nipping the accusation in the bud (P. वार्त्तिक III.2.115.). -अभावः absolute or complete nonexistence, absolute non-entity, a thing which does not exist at any one of the three periods of time, or does not exist for all time; त्रैकालिकसंसर्गावच्छिन्नप्रतियोगिकः (This is considered to be नित्य or eternal and different from the other kinds of अभाव). -ग a. going or walking too much or too fast. -गत a. gone or departed forever, gone never to return; कथमत्यन्तगता न मां दहेः R.8.56.2. always applicable, perfectly intimate or pertinent. -गति f. 1 sense of 'completely'; अनत्यन्तगतौ क्तात् P.V. 4.4. completion, accomplishment. -गामिन् a. 1 going or walking very much, going too fast or quickly. -2 excessive, much. -निवृत्तिः f. complete disappearance, absolute cessation. -वासिन् m. [वस्-णिनि] one who constantly stays with his preceptor, as a student. -सहचरित a. going together invariably (P. वार्त्तिक VIII.1. 15.) -संयोगः 1 close proximity, uninterrupted continuity; कालाध्वनोरत्यन्तसंयोगे P.II.1.29. -2 Inseparable co-existence. -संपर्कः excessive sexual intercourse. -सुकुमार a. very tender. (-रः) a kind of grain.
advaya अद्वय a. [नास्ति द्वयं यस्य] 1 Not two. -2 Without a second, unique; sole; अद्वयं ब्रह्म Ved. Sūtra. -यः [अद्वयं विज्ञानाभेदः पदार्थानाम् अस्त्यस्य वादकत्वेन अस्त्यर्थे अच्] N. of Buddha -यम् [न. त.] Non-duality, unity, identity; especially of Brahman and the universe, or of spirit and matter; the highest truth. -Comp. -आनन्दः = अद्वैतानन्दः q. v. -वादिन् (= अद्वैत˚) one who propounds the identity of spirit and matter or of Brahman _x001F_+and the universe (सर्वमेव वस्तु चित्स्वरूपं नान्यदतो द्वितीयमस्ति इति यः प्रतिपादयति) 2. Buddha; Jina; षडभिज्ञो दशबलो$द्वयवादी विनायकः Ak.
advaita अद्वैत a. [न. ब.] 1 Not dual; of one or uniform nature, equable, unchanging; ˚तं सुखदुःखयोः U.1.39. -2 Matchless, peerless, sole, only, unique. -तम् [न. त.] 1 Non-duality, identity; especially that of Brahman with the universe or with the soul, or of soul and matter; See अद्वय also. -2 The supreme or highest truth or Brahman itself. -3 N. of an Upaniṣad; अद्वैतेन solely, without any duplicity. -Comp. -आनन्दः (अद्वय˚) 1 the joy arising from a knowledge of the identity of the universe and the Supreme Spirit. -2 N. of an author and Founder of the Vaiṣṇava sect in Bengal, flourished at the close of the 15th century. -वादिन् = अद्वयवादिन् q. v. above; a Vedāntin.
adhara अधर a. [न ध्रियते; धृ-अच्, न. त.] 1 Lower (opp. उत्तर), (lit. not held up); tending downwards; under, nether, downwards; ˚वासः under garment; असितमधरवासो विभ्रतः Ki.4.38; cf. अम्बर; सुवर्णसूत्राकलिताधराम्बराम् Śi.1.6; ˚ओष्ठ lower or nether lip, see below. (In this sense अधर partakes of the character of a pronoun). -2 Low, mean, vile; ˚उत्तरम् See below; lower in quality, inferior. -3 Silenced, worsted, not able to speak; See हीन, हीनवादिन्. -4 Previous, preceding as in अधरेद्युः q. v. -रः The nether (or sometimes the upper) lip; in general ˚पत्रम्. प्रवेपमानाधरपत्रशोभिना Ku.5.27 leaf-like lower lip; बिम्बाधरालक्तकः M.3.5.; पक्कबिम्बाधरोष्ठी Me.84; पिबसि रतिसर्वस्वमधरम् Ś.1.21;1.23;3.23; cf. अधरं खलु बिम्बनामकं फलमाभ्यामिति भव्यमन्वयम् । लभते$धरबिम्ब इत्यदः पदमस्या रदनच्छदे वदत् ॥ N.2.24. -रा The nadir; (अधोदिश्) or the southern direction. -रम् The lower part (of the body); पृष्ठवंशाधरे त्रिकम् Ak. -2 Pudendum Muliebre (also m.). -3 Address. speech (opp. उत्तर); statement, sometimes used for reply also. -Comp. -उत्तर a. 1 higher and lower, inferior and superior, worse and better; राज्ञः समक्षमेवाक्योः ˚व्यक्तिर्भविष्यति M.1; व्यत्यये कर्मणां साम्यं पूर्ववच्चा- धरोत्तरम् Y.1.96. -2 former; prior and later; sooner and later; यश्चाधरोत्तरानर्थान् विगीतान्नावबुध्यते Ms.8.53. -3 in a contrary way, topsy-turvy, upside down (the natural order of things being inverted); श्रुतं भवद्भिरधरोत्तरम् Ś.5. you have (certainly) learnt in a contrary way, i. e. to consider good as bad and vice versa; (it might perhaps also mean "have you, i. e. the members of the King's court", heard this mean or base reply अधरं च तदुत्तरम्; (यदि न प्रणयेद्राज दण्ड) स्वाम्यं च न स्यात्कस्मिंश्चित् प्रवर्तेताधरोत्तरम् Ms.7.21. (अधरम् = शूद्रादि, उत्तरम् = प्रधानम्); अधर्मेण जितो धर्मः प्रवृत्तमधरोत्तरम् Mb. -4 nearer and further. -5 question and answer; -ओष्ठः, -औष्ठः P. वार्त्तिक ओत्वोष्ठदोःसमासे वा. the lower lip; अङ्गुलिसंवृत˚ Ś.3. 24; Me.84 (-ष्ठम्) the lower and upper lip. -कंटकः a prickly plant; Hedysarum Alhagi (धमासा Mar.). -कंटिका a plant, Asparagus racemosus (Mar. लघुशतावरी). -कण्ठः the lower part of the neck. -कायः [अधरं कायस्य] the lower part of the body. -पानम् kissing, lit. drinking the lower lip. -मधु, -अमृतम् the nectar of the lips. -स्वस्तिकम् the nadir.
adhika अधिक a. [abbreviation of अध्यारूढ; अध्यारूढशब्दात् कन् उत्तरपदलोपश्च P.V.2.73]. 1 More, additional, greater (opp. ऊन or सम); तदस्मिन्नधिकम् P.V.2.45. (In comp. with numerals) plus, greater by; अष्टाधिकं शतम् 1 plus 8 = 18; चत्वारिंशतो$धिकाः = ˚चत्वारिंशाः more than 4; नवाधिकां नवतिम् R.3.69; एकाधिकं हरेज्जयेष्टः Ms.9.117. -2 (a) Surpassing in quantity, more numerous, copious, excessive, abundant; in comp. or with instr.; श्वासः प्रमाणाधिकः Ś.1.29. more than the usual measure. (b) Inordinate, grown, increased, become greater; abounding in, full of; strong in; ˚क्रोध R.12.9; वयो$धिकः Ms.4.141 senior in years; शिशुरधिकवयाः Ve.3.32. old, advanced in years; भवनेषु रसाधिकेषु v. l. (सुधारितेषु) पूर्वं Ś.7.2; करोति रागं हृदि कौतुकाधिकं K.2.; रसाधिके मनसि Śi.17.48 abounding in. -3 (a) More, greater, stronger, mightier, more violent or intense; अधिकां कुरु देवि गुरुभक्तिम् K.62; ऊनं न सत्त्वेष्वधिको बबाधे R.2.14 the stronger animal did not prey on the weaker; पुमान्पुंसो$धिके शुक्रे स्त्री भवत्यधिके स्त्रियाः Ms.3.49; अधिकं मेनिरे विष्णुम् Rām.; अधिकं मित्रम् Pt.2; यवीयान्गुणतो$धिकः Ms.11.185;9.154. (b) Superior to, better than; higher than [with abl. or in comp.); प्रमाणादधिकस्यापि मत्तदन्तिनः Pt.1.327; सेनाशते- भ्यो$धिका बुद्धिः Mu.1.27 surpassing, more than a match for &c.; विधेरधिकसंभारः R.15.62 more than what was sanctioned by rules; तपस्विभ्यो$धिको योगी Bg.6.46; ब्रह्म प्रदानेभ्यो$धिकम् Y.1.212; अश्वाधिको राजा H.3.77 strong in cavalry; धनधान्याधिको वैश्यः H.4.21 excels in, is superior by reason of; लोकाधिकं तेजः Mu.4.1 superior to; sometimes with gen.; पञ्चदशानां भ्रातणामधिको गुणैः K.136. -4 Later, subsequent, further than (of time); राजन्य- बन्धोर्द्वाविंशे (केशान्तो विधीयते) वैश्यस्य द्वयधिके ततः Ms.2.65.2 years later i. e. in the 24th year; sometimes with gen.; ममाधिका वा तुल्या वा Rām. -5 Eminent, uncommon, special, peculiar (असाधारण); विद्या नाम नरस्य रूपमधिकम् Bh.2.2 superior or uncommon form or beauty; धर्मो हि तेषामधिको विशेषः H. Pr.25; इज्याध्ययनदानानि वैश्यस्य क्षत्रियस्य च । प्रतिग्रहो$धिको विप्रे याजनाध्यनापने तथा ॥ Y.1.118; sometimes used in the comparative in the above senses; क्लेशो$धिकतरस्तेषाम् Bg.12.5; ˚तरमिदानीं राजते राजलक्ष्मीः V. 5.22; स्वर्गादधिकतरं निर्वृत्तिस्थानम् Ś.7. -6 Redundant, superfluous; ˚अङ्ग having a redundant limb; नोद्वहेत्कपिलां कन्यां नाधिकाङ्गीं न रोगिणीम् Ms.3.8. -7 Intercalated, intercalary (as a month &c.) -8 Inferior, secondary. -कम् 1 Surplus, excess, more; लाभो$धिकं फलम् Ak. -2 Abundance, redundancy, superfluity. -3 A figure of speech equivalent to hyperbole; आश्रयाश्रयिणोरेकस्याधिक्ये$धिक- मुच्यते । किमधिकमस्य ब्रूमो महिमानं वारिधेईरिर्यत्र । अज्ञात एव शेते कुक्षौ निक्षिप्य भुवनानि ॥ अत्र आश्रयस्याधिक्यम् । युगान्तकालप्रतिसंहृता- त्मनो जगन्ति यस्यां सविकाशमासत । तनौ ममुस्तत्र न कैटभद्विपस्तपो- धनाभ्यागमसंभृता मुदः ॥ S. D; महतोर्यन्महीयांसावाश्रिताश्रययोः क्रमात् । आश्रयाश्रयिणौ स्यातां तनुत्वे$यधिकं तु तत् ॥ K. P.1. -adv. 1 More, in a greater degree; स राज्यं गुरुणा दत्तं प्रतिपद्याधिकं बभौ R.4.1; shone the more; 3.18; यस्मिन्नैवा- धिकं चक्षुरारोपयति पार्थिवः Pt.1.243; oft. in comp.; इयम- धिकमनोज्ञा Ś.1.2; ˚सुरभि Me.21. -2 Exceedingly, too much. -Comp. -अङ्ग a. (-ङ्गी f.) having a redundant limb. Ms.3.8. (see above -6) (-ङ्गम्) [अधिको$ङ्गात्] a sash, girdle or belt worn over the mail coat. -अधिक a. more and more, out-doing one another. -अर्थ a. exaggerated; ˚वचनम् exaggeration, an exaggerated statement or assertion (whether of praise or of censure); कृत्यैरधिकार्थवचने P.II,1.33; (˚नम् = स्तुति- निन्दाफलकमर्थवादवचनम्; e. g. वातच्छेद्यं तृणम् i. e. so light and weak; काकपेया नदी so deep and full). -ऋद्धि a. abundant, prosperous; ऋद्धिमन्तमधिकर्द्धिरुत्तरः पूर्वमुत्सवमपोहदुत्सवः R.19.5. -तिथिः, f. -दिनं, -दिवसः an intercalated day. -दन्तः = अधिदन्तः -मांसार्मन् = अधिमांस q. v. -वाक्योक्तिः f. exaggeration, hyperbole. -षाष्टिक- साप्ततिक a. containing or costing more than 6 or 7.
adhikarman अधिकर्मन् n. [अधिकं कर्मं] 1 A higher or superior act. -2 Superintendence, -m. One who is charged with superintendence. -Comp. -करः, कृत् a sort of servant, overseer of workmen. -कृतः [अधिकर्म कृतं येन निष्ठान्तस्य परनिपातः] one appointed to superintend an institution or establishment; सर्वेष्वधिकृतो यः स्यात् कुटुम्बस्य तथोपरि । सो$धिकर्मकृतो ज्ञेयः स च कौटुम्बिकः स्मृतः ॥ In families he is the head or paterfamilias
adhidevaḥ अधिदेवः वता [अधिष्ठाता-त्री देवः देवता वा] 1 A presiding or tutelary deity; ययाचे पादुके पश्चात्कर्तुं राज्याधिदेवते R.12. 17;13.68;16.9; (सा) नैवापयाति हृदयाधिदेवतेव Bv.3.3; सा रामणीयकनिधेरधिदेवता वा Māl.1.21. (The eleven organs of sense are said to have each a presiding deity: श्रोत्रस्य दिक्, त्वचो वातः, नेत्रस्य अर्कः, रसनाया वरुणः, घ्राणस्य अश्विनौ, वागि- न्द्रियस्य वह्निः, हस्तस्य इन्द्रः, पादस्य उपेन्द्रः, पायोः मित्रः, उपस्थस्य प्रजापतिः, मनसः चन्द्रश्च. -2 [अधिकृतो देवो येन गुणातिशयात्] The supreme or highest god, Almighty.
adhibhatam अधिभतम् [अधिष्ठायिभूतं or भूतं प्राणिमात्रमधिकृत्य वर्तमानम्] The highest being; the Supreme Spirit or its all-pervading influence; the whole inanimate creation; अधिभूतं च किं प्रोक्तं Bg.8.1; अधिभूतं क्षरो भावः 8.4 'अधिभूत is all perishable things.'
anasūya अनसूय यक a. [न. ब.] Free from malice, not envious, not spiteful; श्रद्दधानो$नसूयश्च Ms.4.158; श्रद्धावाननसूयश्च शृणुयादपि यो नरः । Bg.18.71. -या [न. त.] 1 Absence of envy, charity of disposition, freedom from spite or illwill; न गुणान् गुणिनो हन्ति स्तौति चान्यगुणानपि । न हसेच्चान्यदो- षांश्च सानसूया प्रकीर्तिता. -2 N. of a friend of Śakuntalā. -3 N. of a daughter of Dakṣa. -4 N. of Atri's wife, the highest type of chastity and wifely devotion. [She was very pious and given to austere devotion by virtue of which she had obtained miraculous powers. Several stories are told o illustrate them. When the earth was devastated by a terrible drought which lasted for 1 years, Anasūyā created water, fruits, roots &c. by means of her ascetic powers and saved many lives. On one occasion when the sage Māṇḍavya was about to be impaled, the wife of a sage happened to touch the stake as she passed by, whereupon Māṇḍavya cursed her that she would become a widow at sunrise. She, however, prevented the sun from rising, and all actions of men being consequently stopped, the gods, sages &c. went to Anasūyā, her friend, who, by the force of her penance, made the sun rise without, at the same time, bringing widowhood on her friend. Another legend is also told in which Anasūyā changed Brahmā, Viṣṇu and Maheśa into infants, when, at the instigation of their wives, they attempted to test her chastity, but restored them to their former shapes at the importunities of their humbled consorts. She is also said to have caused the three-streamed Ganges to flow down on the earth near the hermitage of her husband for the ablutions of sages; see R.13.51. In the Rāmāyaṇa she is represented as having been very kind and attentive to Sītā whom she favoured with sound motherly advice on the virtues of chastity, and at the time of her departure gave her an unguent (See R.12.27,14.14) which was to keep her beautiful for ever and to guard her person from the attempts of rapacious beasts, demons &c. She was the mother of the irascible sage Durvāsas]. सा त्वेवमुक्ता वैदेही त्वनसूयानसूयया Rām.2.18.1.
anuttama अनुत्तम a. [न उत्तमो यस्मात्] 1 Than which there is nothing better, having no superior or better, unsurpassed, the very best or highest, incomparably or preeminently the best, सर्वद्रव्येषु विद्यैव द्रव्यमाहुरनुत्तमम् H. Pr.4; कान् गतिमनुत्तमाम् Ms.2.242; Y.1.87; अद्रस्त्वया नुन्नमनुत्तमं तमः Śi.1.27 all-pervading; Bg.7.18; Ms.2.9;5.158; 8.81. -2 Not the best. -3 (in gram.) Not used in the उत्तम or first person. -मः N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. -Comp. -अम्भस्, -अम्भसिकम् a term in Sāṅkhya Philosophy, said to mean 'indifference to and abstinence from sensual enjoyment, as fatiguing or involving injury to external objects.'
anuloma अनुलोम a. [अनुगतः लोम P.V.4.75.] 1 'With the hair', regular, in natural order, successive (opp. प्रतिलोम); hence favourable, agreeable; ˚सुखो वायु- रनुसारयतीव माम् Rām.; त्रिरेनामनुलोमामनुमार्ष्टि Śat. Br.; °reeकृष्टं क्षेत्रं प्रतिलोमं कर्षति Sk. ploughed in the regular direction. -2 Mixed as a tribe. -मा A woman of the lower caste than that of the man's whom she marries; सकामास्वनु- लोमासु न दोषस्त्वन्यथा दमः Y.2.288. -मम् adv. In regular or natural order; प्रतिलोममालिम्पेन्नानुलोमम् Suśr. -माः (pl.) Mixed castes. -Comp. -अय a. having fortune favourable. -अर्थ a. speaking in favour of; जडानप्यनु- लोमार्थान् प्रवाचः कृतिनां गिरः Śi.2.25. -कल्पः the thirty-fourth of the Atharvaveda Pariśiṣṭas. -ग a. straight going; प्रदक्षिणा ग्रहाश्चापि भविष्यन्त्यनुलोमगाः Mb.3.19.92. -ज, -जन्मन् a. born in due gradation, offspring of a mother inferior in caste to the father; said of the mixed tribes; संकीर्णयोनयो ये तु प्रतिलोमानुलोमजाः Ms.1.25; Y.1.95. -परिणीत a. married in regular gradation.
anuṣṭubh अनुष्टुभ् f. [अनु निरन्तरम् स्तुभ्यते$नया अनुष्टुप् वाक्] 1 Following in praise; speech. -2 Sarasvatī. -3 N. of a class of metres consisting of four Pādas of 8 syllables each, the whole stanza consisting of 32 syllables (so called because it follows with its praise i. e. अनुष्टोभति the Gāyatrī, which has 3 Pādas), अनुष्टोभनादनुष्टुप्. In later metrical systems it stands as a general name for all metres which have 8 syllables in each foot (the highest possible number being computed to be 256); पञ्चमं लघु सर्वत्र सप्तमं द्विचतुर्थयोः । गुरु षष्ठं च पादानां शेषेष्वनियमो मतः ॥ which rule is sometimes violated. अनुष्टुभा सोम उक्थै- र्महस्वान् Rv.1.13.4.
antya अन्त्य a. [अन्ते भवति वसति &c., अन्ताय हितः; अन्त-यत्] 1 Last, final (as a letter, word &c.); last (in time, order or place) P.I.1.47; as ह of letters, Revatī of asterisms, Mīna of the zodiacal signs. &c.; अन्त्ये वयसि in old age R.9.79; अन्त्यं ऋणम् R.1.71 last debt; ˚मण़्डनम् 8.71 last funeral decoration, Ku.4.22. -2 Immediately following (in comp.); अष्टम˚ ninth. -3 perishable, transitory; देहाद्यपार्थमसदन्यमभिज्ञमात्रं (विन्देत) Bhāg.12.8.44. -4 Lowest (in rank, degree or position), undermost, worst, inferior, base, vile, wretched; ˚अवस्थां गतः Pt.4.11 reduced to the worst plight; अन्त्यासु दशासु Pt.1.336 at perilous (critical) times; belonging to the lowest caste; चण्डाल ˚स्त्रियःMs.11.175; ˚स्त्रीनिषेविणः 12.59; अन्त्यादपि वरं रत्नं स्त्रीरत्नं दुष्कुलादपि; शूद्राश्च सन्तः शूद्राणामन्त्यानामन्त्ययोनयः (साक्ष्यं कुर्युः) 8.68, 3.9; 4.79; Y.1.148, 2.294. -न्त्यः 1 A man of the lowest caste; see above. -2 N. of a plant (मुस्ता Mar. नागर- मोथा) (f. also) (the roots of which are prescribed for colic). -3 The last syllable of a word. -4 The last lunar month i. e. Fālguna. -5 A Mlechcha, foreigner, barbarian. अन्त्येषु स विनिक्षिप्य पुत्रान् यदुपुरोगमान् Mb.1.86.12. -6 (In Vaiśeṣika Phil.) A name for the category विशेष; अन्त्यो नित्यद्रव्यवृत्तिर्विशेषः परिकीर्तितः Bhāṣā P. -न्त्या 1 A technical name for त्रिज्या in astronomy. -2 A woman of the lowest tribe. -न्त्यम् 1 A measure of number; 1 billions (1,,,,.) -2 The 12th sign of the zodiac. -3 The last member or term of a progression (series), the last figure; स्थाप्योन्तवर्गो द्विगुणान्त्यनिघ्नः Līlā. -Comp. -अनुप्रासः see under अनुप्रास. -अवसायिन् m., f. (˚यी, ˚यिनी) a man or woman of the lowest caste, begotten by a chāṇḍāla on a Niṣādī woman; निषादस्त्री तु चाण्डालात्पुत्रमन्त्यावसा- यितम् । स्मशानगोचरं सूते बाह्यानामपि गर्हितम् ॥ Ms.1.39; the following 7 are regarded as belonging to this class; चाण्डालः श्वपचः क्षत्ता सूतो वैदेहकस्तथा । मागधायोगवौ चैव सप्तैते$- न्त्यावसायिनः ॥ सो$हमन्त्यावसायानां हराम्येनां प्रतिगृहात् Mb.12.141.41. see अन्तेवसायिन्. -आश्रमिन् m. one who belongs to the last or mendicant order. -आहुतिः -इष्टिः f. -कर्मन्, -क्रिया last or funeral oblations, sacrifices or rites; ˚कर्म Ms.11.197,5.168; अन्त्याहुतिं हावयितुं सविप्राः Bk. -ऋणम् the last of the three debts which every one has to pay, i. e. begetting children; see अनृण. -गमनम् intercourse by a woman of the higher caste with a man of the lowest caste. -ज. a 1 latest born, younger -2 belonging to the lowest caste; ˚जैर्नृभिः Ms.4.61; ˚स्त्री 8.385. (-जः) 1 a śūdra (अन्त्यः सन् जायते, वर्णमध्ये शेषभवत्वात्). -2 one of the 7 inferior tribes; chāṇḍāla &c.; रजकश्चर्मकारश्च नटो वरुड एव च । कैवर्तमेदभिल्लाश्च सप्तैते चान्त्यजाः स्मृता ॥ Yama; also Ms.8.279; Y.1.273. (-जा) a woman of the lowest caste; Ms.11.59.171; Y.3.231. -जन्मन्, -जाति, -जातीय a. 1 one belonging to the lowest caste; प्रतिग्रहस्तु क्रियते शूद्रादप्यन्त्यजन्मनः Ms.1.11. -2 a Śūdra; ˚तिता Ms.12.9. -3 a chāṇḍāla. -धनम् the last term of a progression or series. -पदम्, -मूलम् the last or greatest root (in a square). -भम् 1 the last lunar mansion रेवती. -2 the last sign of zodiac; मीन Pisces.. -युगम् the last or Kali age. -योनि. a. of the lowest origin; अन्त्याना- मन्त्ययोनयः (साक्ष्यम्) Ms.8.68. (-निः) the lowest source or origin. -लोपः dropping of the last letter or syllable of a word. -वर्णः, -वर्णा a man or woman of the lowest caste, a śūdra male or female. -विपुला N. of a metre.
andhas अन्धस् n. [अद्-असुन् नुम् धश्च; अदेर्नुम्धौ च Uṇ.4.25] 1 Food; द्विजातिशेषेण यदेतदन्धसा Ki.1.39; सशेष एवान्धसि असावतृप्यत् Dk.133,157 Viś. Guṇa.11; Mb.3.193.34. (supposed to have in the Veda the senses of Soma, the herb itself, or its juice; juice, ghee or boiled rice, but usually taken to mean 'food' only by Indian lexicographers and commentators. -2 Grassy ground उभे यत्ते महिना शुभ्रे अन्धसी अधिक्षियन्ति पूरवः Rv.7.96.2. [cf. Gr. andhos.]
apadhvaṃsaḥ अपध्वंसः 1 Degradation, falling off or from, disgrace. -2 Concealment. -Comp. -जः, -जा a person of a mixed, degraded and impure caste (where the mother belongs to a higher caste than the father's) एको विड्वर्ण एवाथ तथा$त्रैवोपलक्षितः । षडपध्वंसजास्ते हि...Mb.13.49.8. अपध्वंसजाः स्मृताः Ms.1.41.46.
apara अपर a. (treated as a pronoun in some senses) 1 Having nothing higher or superior, unrivalled. matchless; without rival or second (नास्ति परो यस्मात्); स्त्रीरत्नसृष्टिर- परा प्रतिभाति सा मे Ś.2.1; cf. अनुत्तम, अनुत्तर. -2 [न पृणाति संतोषयति पृ अच्] (a) Another, other (used as adj. or subst.). वासांसि जीर्णानि यथा विहाय नवानि गृह्णाति नरो$पराणि Bg.2.22. (b) More, additional; कृतदारो$परान् दारान् Ms.11.5. (c) Second, another Pt.4.37; स्वं केशवो$पर इवाक्रमितुं प्रवृत्तः Mk.5.2 like another (rival) Keśava. (d) Different; other; अन्ये कृतयुगे धर्मास्त्रेतायां द्वापरे$परे Ms. 1.85; Ks.26.235; Pt.4.6 (with gen.). (e) Ordinary, of the middle sort (मध्यम); परितप्तो$प्यपरः सुसंवृतिः Śi. 16.23. -3 Belonging to another, not one's own (opp. स्व); यदि स्वाश्चापराश्चैव विन्देरन् योषितो द्विजाः Ms.9.85 of another caste. -4 Hinder, posterior, latter, later, (in time space) (opp. पूर्व); the last; पूर्वां सन्ध्यां जपंस्तिष्ठेत्स्वकाले चापरां चिरम् Ms.4.93; रात्रेरपरः कालः Nir.; oft. used as first member of a genitive Tatpuruṣa comp. meaning 'the hind part,' 'latter part or half'; ˚पक्षः the latter half of a month; ˚हेमन्तः latter half of a winter; ˚कायः hind part of the body &c.; ˚वर्षा, ˚शरद् latter part of the rains, autumn &c. -5 Following, the next. -6 Western; पयसि प्रतित्सुरपराम्बुनिधेः Śi.9.1. पूर्वापरौ तोयनिधी वगाह्य Ku. 1.1; Mu.4.21 -7 Inferior, lower (निकृष्टः); अपरेयमि- तस्त्वन्यां प्रकृतिं विद्धि मे पराम् Bg.7.5. -8 (In Nyāya) Non-extensive, not covering too much, one of the two kinds of सामान्य, see Bhāṣā P.8. (परं = अधिकवृत्ति higher अपरम् = न्यूनवृत्ति lower or अधिकदेशवृत्तित्वं परं, अल्पदेशवृत्तित्वं अपरम् Muktā.) -9 Distant; opposite. When अपर is used in the singular as a correlative to एक the one, former, it means the other, the latter; एको ययौ चैत्ररथप्रदेशान् सौराज्य- रम्यानपरो विदर्भान् R.5.6; when used in pl. it means 'others', 'and others', and the words generally used as its correlatives are एके, केचित्-काश्चित् &c., अपरे, अन्ये; केचिद् रक्तपटीकृताश्च जटिलाः कापालिकाश्चापरे Pt.4.34; एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः Śi.12.45 some-others; शाखिनः केचिदध्यष्ठुर्न्यमाङ्क्षुरपरे$म्बुधौ । अन्ये त्वलङ्घिषुः शैलान् गुहास्त्वन्ये न्यलेषत ॥ केचिदासिषत स्तब्धा भयात्केचिदघूर्णिषुः । उदतारिषुरम्भोधिं वानराः सेतुनापरे Bk. 15.31.33. -रः 1 the hind foot of an elephant; बद्धापराणि परितो निगडान्यलावीत् Śi.5.48 (Malli. चरमपादाग्राणि). -2 An enemy (न पृणाति सन्तोषयति). -रा 1 Western direction, the west अपरां च दिशं प्राप्तो वालिना समभिद्रुतः Rām.4.46.18. -2 The hind part of an elephant. -3 Sacred learning, learning the four Vedas with the 6 Aṅgas. -4 The womb; the outer skin of the embryo. -5 Suppressed menstruation in pregnancy. -री Ved. The future, future times; उतापरीभ्यो मघवा विजिग्ये Rv.1.32.13. -रम् 1 The future, any thing to be done in future (कार्य); तदेतद्ब्रह्मापूर्वमपरमनन्तम् Bṛi. Ār. Up. (नास्ति अपरं कार्यं यस्य). -2 The hind quarter of an elephant. -रम् adv. Again, moreover, in future, for the future; अपरं च moreover; अपरेण behind, west of, to the west of (with gen. or acc.). [cf. Goth. afar; Germ. aber, as in aberglauben]. -Comp. -अग्नि (अग्नी dual) 1 the southern and western fires (दक्षिण and गार्हपत्य). -2 the last fire i. e. used at the funeral ceremony (˚ग्निः). -अङ्गम् one of the 8 divisions of गुणीभूतव्यङ्ग्य (the second kind of काव्य) mentioned in K. P.5. In this the व्यङ्ग्य or suggested sense is subordinate to something else; अगूढमपरस्याङ्गम्; अपरस्य रसादेर्वाच्यस्य वा (वाक्यार्थीभूतस्य) अङ्गं रसादि अनुरणनरूपं वा; e. g. अयं स रसनोत्कर्षी पीनस्तनविमर्दनः । नाभ्यूरुजघनस्पर्शी नीवीविस्रंसनः करः ॥ where शृङ्गार is subordinate to करुण. -अन्त a. living at the western borders. (-न्तः) 1 the western border or extremity, the extreme end or term. the western shore. -2 (pl.) the country or inhabitants of the western borders near the Sahya mountain; अपरान्तजयोद्यतैः (अनीकैः) R.4.53 Western people. दशार्णाश्चापरान्ताश्च द्विपानां मध्यमा मताः Kau.A.1.2. -3 the kings of this country. -4 death, Pātañjala Yogadarśana 3.22. ˚ज्ञानम् anticipation of one's end. -5 the hind foot of an elephant; मृदुचलदपरान्तोदीरितान्दूनिनादम् Śi.11.7;18.32. -6 Islander, inhabitant of an island (द्वीपवासिन्) कोट्यापरान्ताः सामुद्रा रत्नान्युपहरन्तु ते Rām.2.82.8. -अन्तकः 1. = ˚अन्तः pl. -2 N. of a song; अपरान्तकमुल्लोप्यं मद्रकं प्रकरीं तथा । औवेणकं सरोबिन्दुमुत्तरं गीतकानि च ॥ Y3.113; ˚अन्तिका N. of a metre consisting of 64 mātrās. -अपराः, -रे, -राणि another and another, several, various. -अपरम् ind. Further and further (उत्तरोत्तरम्); अहं हि वचनं त्वत्तः शुश्रूषुरपरापरम् Mb.5.136.14. -अर्धम् the latter or second half. -अह्न [fr.अहन् changed to अह्न P.II. 4.29, V.4.88.] the latter part of the day, the afternoon, closing or last watch of the day; Ms.3.278; अपराह्णशीतलतरेण शनैरनिलेन Śi.9.4; ˚तन, ˚ह्णेतन belonging to this time; ˚कृतं P.II.1.45. -इतरा the east. -कान्य- कुब्ज a. situated in or belonging to the western part of Kānyakubja. -कालः later period. -गात्रम् a minor limb (hand, foot etc.); कोपप्रसादापरगात्रहस्तः (सुप्तः क्षितौ) रावणगन्धहस्ती) Rām.6.19.1. -गोदानम् (also गोडनि or गोडानि) N. of a country to the west of Mahāmeru (according to Buddhistic ideas). -ज a. born later or at the end of the world. (-जः) the destroying fire. -जनः an inhaditant of the west, the western people. -दक्षिणम् ind. in the south-west (belonging to the तिष्ठद्गु class). -पक्षः 1 the second or dark half of the month. -2 the other or opposite side; a defendant (in law). -पञ्चालाः the western Pañchālas. -पर a. one and the other, several, various; अपरपराः सार्थाः गच्छन्ति P.VI.1.144. Sk. several caravans go; (अपरे च परे च सकृदेव गच्छन्ति). -पाणिनीयाः the pupils of Pāṇini living in the west. -प्रणेय a. easily led or influenced by others, docile, tractable. -भावः 1 being another or different, difference. -2 succession, continuation. -रात्रः [अपरं रात्रेः] the latter or closing part of night, the last watch of night (P.V.4.87); उत्थायापररात्रान्ते प्रयताः सुसमाहिताः Bhāg.8.4.24. ˚कृतम् P.II.1.45. -लोकः the other world, the next world. Paradise. -वक्त्रा, -क्त्रम् N. of a metre. -वैराग्यम् a kind of Vairāgya mentioned by Patañjali (दुष्टानुश्राविकविषयवितृष्णस्य वशीकारसंज्ञं वैराग्यम्). -सक्थम् the hind thigh. -स्वस्तिकम् the western point in the horizon. -हैमन a. belonging to the latter helf of winter (P.VII.3.11).
api अपि ind. (Sometimes with the अ dropped according to the opinion of Bhāguri; वष्टि भागुरिरल्लोपमवाप्योरुपसर्गयोः; पिधा, पिधान &c.) 1 (Used with roots and nouns in the sense of) Placing near or over, taking towards, uniting with; reaching or going up to, proximity, nearness &c. [cf. Gr. epi, Zend api, Germ. and Eng. be]. (Note :- अपि, as a prefix to roots, occurs mostly in Veda, its place being taken by अभि in classical literature). -2 (As a separable adverb or conjunction) And, also, too, moreover, besides, in addition, having a cumulative force (समुच्चय); अस्ति मे सोदरस्नेहो$प्येतेषु; Ś.1 on one's part, in one's turn; विष्णुशर्मणा$पि राजपुत्राः पाठिताः Pt.1; राजा$पि मुनिवाक्यमङ्गीकृत्यातिष्ठत् Dk.2; अपि-अपि or अपि च as well as, and also; अपि स्तुहि, अपि सिञ्च P.I.4.46 Sk., न नापि-न चैव, न वा$पि, नापि वा चापि neither-nor; न चापि काव्यं नवमित्यवद्यम् M.1.2 nor; वा$पि or; अल्पो$प्येवं महान् वा$पि Ms.3.53 whether small or great. -3 It is often used to express emphasis in the sense of 'too', 'even', 'very'; विधुरपि विधियोगाद् ग्रस्यते राहुणा$सौ H.1.19 the very moon; यूयमप्यनेन कर्मणा परिश्रान्ताः Ś.1 even you, you also; अन्यदपि also another; अद्यापि even, yet, still, even now; इदानीमपि even now; मुहूर्तमपि even for a moment, for one moment at least; नाद्यापि not yet; यद्यपि though, although, even if; तथापि still, यद्यपि बहु नाधीषे तथापि पठ पुत्र व्याकरणम्; nevertheless, notwithstanding, yet; sometimes यद्यपि is understood, तथा$पि only being used; as in भवादृशेषु प्रमदाजनोदितं भवत्यधिक्षेप इवानुशासनम् । तथा$पि वक्तुं व्यवसाययन्ति मां निरस्तनारीसमया दुराधयः Ki 1.28. -4 Though (oft. translatable by 'even', 'even if'); सरसिजमनुविद्धं शैवलेनापि रम्यम् Ś.1.2 though over-spread &c.; इयमधिकमनोज्ञा वल्कलेनापि तन्वी ibid. though in her bark dress; बलवदपि शिक्षितानाम् 1.2 though ever so learned. In this sense अपि is most frequently used by writers to show real or imaginary opposition (विरोध); कृष्णमपि असुदर्शनम्, पुष्पवत्यपि पवित्रा &c. -5 But however. -6 Used at the beginning of sentences अपि introduces a question; अपि सन्निहितो$त्र कुलपतिः Ś.i; अपि क्रियार्थं सुलभं समित्कुशं...अपि स्वशक्त्या तपसि प्रवर्तसे Ku.5.33,34,35; अप्यग्रणीर्मन्त्रकृतामृषीणां कुशाग्रबुद्धे कुशली गुरुस्ते R.5.4. -7 Hope, expectation (usually with the potential mood); कृतं रामसदृशं कर्म । अपि जीवेत्स ब्राह्मणशिशुः U.2 I hope the Brāhmaṇa boy comes to life. Note-- In this sense अपि is frequently used with नाम and has the sense of (a) 'is it likely', 'may it be'; (b) 'perhaps', 'in all probability' or (c) 'would that', 'I wish or hope that'; अपि नाम कुलपतेरियमसवर्णक्षेत्रसंभवा स्यात् Ś.1; Ś.7; तदपि नाम मनागवतीर्णो$सि रतिरमणबाणगोचरम् Māl.1 perhaps, in all probability; अपि नाम तयोः कल्याणिनोः अभिमतः पाणिग्रहः स्यात् ibid.; अपि नाम रामभद्रः पुनरपीदं वनमलङ्कुर्यात् U.2; 'is it likely', 'I wish'; यथा वनज्योत्स्नानुरूपेण पादपेन संगता अपि नाम एवमहमप्यात्मनो$नुरूपं वरं लभेयेति Ś.1 would that; अपि नामाहं पुरूरवा भवेयम् V.2 I wish I were P. -8 Affixed to interrogative words, अपि makes the sense indefinite, 'any', 'some'; को$पि some one; कीमपि something; कुत्रापि somewhere; कदा$पि at any time; कथमपि any how &c. के$पि एते प्रवयसः त्वां दिदृक्षवः U.4 some people. It may often be translated by 'unknown', 'indescribable', 'inexpressible' (अनिर्वाच्य); व्यतिषजति पदार्थानान्तरः को$पि हेतुः U.6.12. तत्तस्य किमपि द्रव्यं यो हि यस्य प्रियो जनः 2.19; Mu.3.22; K.143; को$पि महिमा स्यात् U.6,6.11,7.12; Māl.1.26; R.1.46. -9 After words expressing number, अपि has the sense of 'totality', 'all'; चतुर्णामपि वर्णानाम् of all the 4 castes; सर्वैरपि राज्ञां प्रयोजनम् Pt.1. -1 It sometimes expresses 'doubt' or 'uncertainty', 'fear' (शङ्का); अपि चोरो भवेत् G. M. there is perhaps a thief. -11 (with pot. mood) It has the sense of संभावना 'possibility', 'supposition'; P.I.4.96;III.3.154; अपि स्तुयाद्विष्णुम्, अपि स्तुयाद्राजानम्, अपि गिरिं शिरसा भिन्द्यात् Sk.; सो$यमपि सिञ्चेत्सहस्रं द्राक्षाणां क्षणेनैकेन Dk.127. -12 Contempt, censure, or reproof; P.I.4.96,III.3.142; धिग्देवदत्तमपि स्तुयाद् वृषलम्; धिग्जाल्मं देवदत्तमपि सिञ्चेत् पलाण्डुम्; अपि जायां त्यजसि जातु गणिका- माधत्से गर्हितमेतत् Sk. shame to &c. or fie upon, Devadatta &c. -13 It is also used with the Imperative mood to mark 'indifference on the part of the speaker', where he permits another to do as he likes, (अन्ववसर्ग or काम- चारानुज्ञा, the imperative being softened;) अपि स्तुहि Sk. you may praise (if you like); अपि स्तुह्यपि सेधा$स्मांस्तथ्यमुक्तं नराशन Bk.8.92. -14 अपि is sometimes used as a particle of exclamation, -15 Rarely in the sense of 'therefore', 'hence' (अत एव). -16 Used as a separable preposition with gen. it is said to express the sense of a word understood (पदार्थ), and is treated as a कर्म- प्रवचनीय P.I.4.96; the example usually given is सर्पि- षो$पि स्यात् where some word like बिन्दुरपि 'a drop,' 'a little' &c. has to be understood, 'there may perhaps be a drop of ghee', 'I presume there may be at least a drop' &c. अपि संभावनाप्रश्नशङ्कागर्हासमुच्चये । तथायुक्तपदार्थेषु कामचारक्रियासु च ॥ Viśva.; अपिः पदार्थसंभावनान्ववसर्गगर्हासमुच्चयेषु P.I.4.96. G. M. adds the sense of आशिस् 'blessing' (भद्रमपि), मृति 'death' (मरणमपि) and भूषा 'decoration' (अपि नह्यति हारं). cf. also...अपिः प्रश्नविरोधयोः । संभावनायां गर्हायां समुच्चयवितर्कयोः । Nm.
aprahata अप्रहत a. 1 Unhurt, intact. -2 Waste, unploughed, K.326. -3 New and unbleached (as cloth); ईषद्धौतं नवं श्वेतं सदशं यन्त्रधारितम् । निर्णेजकाक्षालितं चाप्रहतं वास उच्यते ॥.
abhighāraḥ अभिघारः [घृ-णिच्-भावे घञ्] 1 Ghee or clarified butter. -2 Dropping down ghee upon offerings at sacrifices; प्रणीतपृषदाज्याभिघारघोरस्तनूनपात् Mv.3.
abhighāraṇam अभिघारणम् Act of sprinkling (with ghee), besprinkling.
abhūmiḥ अभूमिः f. 1 Non-earth, anything but earth, -2 An unfit place or object, no proper object for, beyond the reach or scope of; अभूमिरियं मालविकायाः M.3; अभूमिरियमविनयस्य Ś7; स खलु मनोरथानामप्यभूमिर्वि- सर्जनावसरसत्कारः ibid. far exceeded or transcended my (highest) expectations; Śi.1.42; Śānti.4.22. K. 45,196,24. -Comp. -ज 1 produced in a bad or improper place. -2 not produced in earth. अभूयःसंनिवृत्तिः abhūyḥsannivṛttiḥ अभूयःसंनिवृत्तिः f. No return any more i. e. absolution; त्वय्यावेशितचित्तानां त्वत्समर्पितकर्मणाम् । गतिस्त्वं वीत- रागाणामभूयःसंनिवृत्तये ॥ R.1.27.
abhyadhika अभ्यधिक a. 1 More than, exceeding, beyond; सद्यः- प्रसूताप्रियापीतादभ्यधिकम् U.4.1 remaining after &c. Pt. -2 Surpassing, more than in quality or quantity, higher, greater; एष चाभ्यधिको$स्माकं गुणः Rām.; न त्वत्सगो$स्त्यभ्यधिकः कुतो$न्यः Bg.11.43; M.3.3. Ms.7. 177; Y.2.295; sometimes with abl. or instr.; धान्यं दशभ्यः कुम्भेभ्यो हरतो$भ्यधिकं वधः Ms.8.32,322; Y.2. 27. प्रभुः क्षमावान् वीरश्च दाता चाभ्यधिको नृपैः Nala.21.13. -3 More than ordinary, extraordinary, pre-eminent; कृष्णाङ्घ्रिरेण्वभ्यधिकाभ्यनेत्री Bhāg 1.19.6. पञ्चाभ्यधिकः शरोभव Ś.6.3. -कम् adv. Very much, exceedingly.
abhriḥ अभ्रिः भ्री f. [अभ्रति गच्छति मलं यस्मात् or येन, अभ्र-इन्] 1 A wooden scraper or sharp-pointed stick (for cleaning a boat). -2 A spade, hoe in general, अभ्रिं कार्ष्णायसीं दद्यात्सर्पं हत्वा द्विजोत्तमः Ms.11.134. -Comp. -खातम् 'dug up with a spade', a ploughed field.
amṛta अमृत a. 1 Not dead; अमृते जारजः कुण्डः Ak. -2 Immortal; अपाम सोममृता अभूम Rv.8.48.3; U.1.1. ब्रह्मणो हि प्रतिष्ठाहममृतस्याव्ययस्य च Bg.14.27. -3 Imperishable, Indestructible, eternal. -4 Causing immortality. -5 Beautiful, agreeable, desired. पाञ्चजन्याभिषिक्तश्च राजा$- मृतमुखो$भवत् Mb.12.4.17. -तः 1 A god, an immortal, deity. आरुरोह यथा देवः सोमो$मृतमयं रथम् Mb.12.37.44. -2 N. of Dhanvantari, physician of the gods; also N. of Indra, of the sun, of Prajāpati, of the soul, Viṣṇu and Śiva. -3 N. of a plant (वनमुद्ग, Mar. मटकी) -4 N. of the root of a plant (वाराहीकन्द, Mar. डुकरकंद). -ता 1 Spirituous liquor. -2 N. of various plants; e. g. आमलकी, हरीतकी, गुडूची, मागधी, तुलसी, इन्द्रवारुणी, ज्योतिष्मती, गोरक्षदुग्धा, अतिविषा, रक्तत्रिवृत्, दूर्वा, स्थूलमांसहरीतकी. -3 N. of one of the Nāḍīs in the body; नाडीनामुदयक्रमेण जगतः पञ्चामृताकर्षणात् Māl.5.2. -5 One of the rays of the sun; सौरीभिरिव नाडीभिरमृताख्याभिरम्मयः R.1.58. -तम् 1 (a) Immortality, imperishable state; न मृत्युरासीदमृतं न तर्हि Rv.1.129.2; Ms.22.85. (b) Final beatitude, absolution; तपसा किल्विषं हन्ति विद्ययामृतमश्रुते Ms.12.14; स श्रिये चामृताय चAk. -2 The collective body of immortals. -3 (a) The world of immortality, Paradise, Heaven; the power of eternity, immortal light, eternity. -4 Nectar of immortality, ambrosia, beverage of the gods (opp. विष) supposed to be churned out of the ocean; देवासुरैरमृतमम्बुनिधिर्ममन्थे Ki.5.3; विषादप्यमृतं ग्राह्यम् Ms.2.239; विषमप्यमृतं क्वचिद्भवेदमृतं वा विषमीश्वरेच्छया R.8.46; oft. used in combination with words like वाच्, वचनम्, वाणी &c; कुमारजन्मामृतसंमिताक्षरम् R.3.16; आप्यायितो$सौ वचनामृतेन Mb.; अमृतं शिशिरे वह्निरमृतं क्षीरभोजनम् Pt.1.128 the height of pleasure or gratification. -5 The Soma juice. -6 Antidote against poison. -7 The residue or leavings of a sacrifice (यज्ञशेष); विघसाशी भवेन्नित्यं नित्यं वा$मृतभोजनः Ms.3.285. -8 Unsolicited alms, alms got without solicitation; मृतं स्याद्याचितं भैक्षम- मृतं स्यादयाचितम् Ms.4.4-5. -9 Water; मथितामृतफेनाभमरजो- वस्त्रमुत्तमम् Rām.5.18.24. अमृताध्मातजीमूत U.6.21; अमृता- दुन्मथ्यमानात् K.136; cf. also the formulas अमृतोपस्तरणमसि स्वाहा and अमृतापिधानमसि स्वाहा; Mahānār. Up.7 and 1; repeated by Brāhmaṇas at the time of sipping water before the commencement and at the end of meals. -1 A drug. -11 Clarified butter; अमृतं नाम यत् सन्तो मन्त्रजिह्वेषु जुह्वति Śi.2.17. -12 Milk; अमृतं च सुधा चैव सुधा चैवामृतं तथा Mb.13.67.12. -13 Food in general. -14 Boiled rice. -15 Anything sweet, anything lovely or charming; a sweetmeat. यथामृतघटं दंशा मकरा इव चार्णवम् Rām.7.7.3. -16 Property. -17 Gold. -18 Quicksilver. -19 Poison. -2 The poison called वत्सनाभ. -21 The Supreme Spirit (ब्रह्मन्). -22 N. of sacred place. -23 N. of particular conjunctions of Nakṣatras (lunar asterisms) with week days (वारनक्षत्रयोग) or of lunar days with week days (तिथि- वारयोग). -24 The number four. -25 splendour, light. [cf. Gr. ambrotos, ambrosia; L. immortalis]. cf. अमृतं वारि सुरयोर्निर्वाणे चातिसुन्दरे । अयाचिते यज्ञशेषे पुंसि धन्वन्तरे$पि च । पीयूषे च धृते दीप्तावाचार्ये विबुधे$पि च । हरीतक्यामाम- लक्यां गलूच्यामपि तत्स्त्रियाम् । Nm. -Comp. -अंशुः, -करः, -दीधितिः, -द्युतिः, -रश्मिः &c. epithets of the moon; अमृतदीधितिरेष विदर्भजे N.4.14; अमृतांशूद्भव born from the moon; from whom was born the moon, N. of Viṣṇu. -अंशुकः An interior variety of gems having white rays, Kau. A.2.11. -अक्षर a. immortal and imperishable; क्षरं प्रधानममृताक्षरं हरः Śvet. Up. -अग्रभूः N. of the horse of Indra (उच्चैःश्रवस्); अमृताग्रभुवः पुरेव पुच्छम् Śi. 2.43. -अन्धस्, -अशनः, -आशिन् m. 'one whose food is nectar'; a god, an immortal. -अपिधानम् Water sipped after eating nectar-like food so as to overlay it like a cover. -असु a. whose soul is immortal; अमृतासुर्वर्धमानः सुजन्मा Av.5.1.1. -आशः 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 a god; इदं कार्यममृताशाः शृणोमि Mb.12.299.7. -आसङ्गः a sort of collyrium. -आहरणः N. of Garuḍa who once stole Amṛita. -इष्टका a kind of sacrificial brick shaped like the golden head of men, beasts &c. (पशुशीर्षाणि). -ईशः, ईश्वरः N. of Śiva. -उत्पन्ना a fly. (-न्नम्), -उद्भवम् 1 A kind of collyrium (खर्परीतुत्थम्). -2 Potassium permanganate -उपस्तरणम् Water sipped as a substratum for the nectar-like food. (-वः) N. of the Bilva tree. -ओदनः Name of a son of Siṁhahanu, and uncle of Śākyamuni. -करः, -किरणः 'nectar-rayed', the moon. -कुण्डम् a vessel containing nectar. -क्षारम् sal ammoniac. (Mar. नवसागर). -गतिः N. of a metre consisting of 4 syllables. -गर्भ a. filled with water or nectar; ambrosial. (-र्भः) 1 the individual soul. -2 the Supreme Soul. -3 child of immortality (said of sleep); देवानाममृतगर्भो$सि स्वप्न Av.6.46.1. -चितिः f. an arrangement or accumulation of sacrificial bricks conferring immortality. -ज a. produced by or from nectar. (-जः) a sort of plant, Yellow Myrobalan (Mar. हिरडा). -जटा N. of a plant (जटामासी). -तरङ्गिणी moonlight. -तिलका N. of a metre of 4 lines, also called त्वरितगति. -द्रव a. shedding nectar. (-वः) flow of nectar. -धार a. shedding nectar. (-रा) 1 N. of a metre. -2 flow of nectar. -नन्दनः A pavilion with 58 pillars (Matsya P.27.8.). -नादोपनिषद् f. 'The sound of immortality', Name of an Upaniṣad. -पः 1 a drinker of nectar' a god or deity. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 one who drinks wine; ध्रुवममृतपनामवाञ्छयासावधरममुं मधुपस्तवा- जिहीते Śi.7.42. (where अ˚ has sense 1 also). -पक्षः 1 having golden or immortal wings, a sort of hawk. -2 the immortal or golden wings of sacrificial fire. -3 fire itself. -फलः N. of two trees पटोल and पारावत. (-ला) 1 a bunch of grapes, vine plant, a grape (द्राक्षा) -2 = आमलकी. (-लम्) a sort of fruit (रुचिफल) found in the country of the Mudgalas according to Bhāva P. -बन्धुः Ved. 1 a god or deity in general. -2 a horse or the moon. -3 A friend or keeper of immortality; तां देवा अन्वजायन्त भद्रा अमृतबन्धवः Rv.1.72.5. -बिन्दू- पनिषद् f. 'drop of nectar', :N. of an Upaniṣad of the Atharvaveda. -भल्लातकी a sort of medicinal preparation of ghee mentioned by Chakradatta. -भवनम् N. of a monastery (built by Amṛitaprabha); Raj. T. -भुज् m. an immortal, a god, deity; one who tastes the sacrificial residues. -भू a. free from birth and death. -मति = ˚गति q. v. -मन्थनम् 1 churning (of the ocean) for nectar. -2 N. of the chapters 17 to 19 of Mb.1. -मालिनी N. of Durgā. -मूर्तिः The moon; आप्याययत्यसौ लोकं वदनामृतमूर्तिना Bhāg.4.16.9. -योगः see under अमृत. -रसः 1 nectar, ambrosia; काव्यामृतरसास्वादः H.1; विविधकाव्यामृतरसान् पिवामः Bh.3.4. -2 the Supreme Spirit. (-सा) 1 dark-coloured grapes. -2 a sort of cake (Mar. अनर्सा). -लता, -लतिका a nectar-giving creeping plant (गुडूची). -वाक a. producing nectar like sweet words. -संयावम् a sort of dish mentioned in Bhāva P. -सार a. ambrosial; ˚राणि प्रज्ञानानि U.7. (-रः) 1 clarified butter. -2 a sort of अयःपाक. ˚जः raw sugar, molasses (गुड). -सूः, -सूतिः 1 the moon (distilling nectar). -2 mother of the gods. -सोदरः 1 'brother of nectar', the horse called उच्चैःश्रवस्. -2 a horse in general. -स्रवः flow of nectar. (-वा) N. of a plant and tree (रुदन्ती-रुद्रवन्ती; Mar. रानहरभरा). -स्त्रुत् a. shedding or distilling nectar; स्वरेण तस्याममृतस्रुतेव Ku.1.45.
arundhatī अरुन्धती [न रुन्धती प्रतिरोधकारिणी] 1 A medicinal climbing plant. -2 N. of the wife of Vasiṣṭha; अन्वासितमरुन्धत्या स्वाहयेव हविर्भुजम् R.1.56. -3 The morning star personified as the wife of Vasiṣṭha; one of the Pleiades. -4 N. of the daughter of प्राचेतसदक्ष, one of the 1 wives of Dharma. [In mythology Arundhatī is represented as the wife of the sage Vasiṣṭha, one of the 7 sages. She was one of the 9 daughters of Kardama Prajāpati by Devahūti. She is regarded as the highest pattern of conjugal excellence and wifely devotion and is so invoked by the bridegroom at nuptial ceremonies. Though a woman she was regarded with the same, even more, veneration as the Saptarṣis; cf. Ku.6.12; तामगौरवभेदेन मुनींश्चापश्यदीश्वरः । स्त्री पुमानि- त्यनास्थैषा वृत्तं हि महितं सताम् ॥ cf. also Janaka's remarks in U.4.1. She, like her husband, was the guide and controller of Raghu's line in her own department and acted as guardian angel to Sitā after she had been abandoned by Rāma. It is said that Arundhatī (the star) is not seen by persons whose end has approached. cf. Suśruta. न पश्यति सनक्षत्रां यस्तु देवीमरुन्धतीम् । ध्रुवमाकाशगङ्गां च तं वदन्ति गतायुषम् ॥; See H.1.66. also]. -5 The tongue (personified). -Comp. -जानिः, -नाथः -पतिः N. of Vasiṣṭha one of the seven Ṛiṣis or stars in the Ursa Major. -दर्शनन्यायः see under न्याय.
arhat अर्हत् a. [अर्ह-शतृ] 1 Worthy, deserving, deserving respect, respectable, adorable; त्वमर्हतां प्राग्रसरः स्मृतो$सि नः Ś.5.15; R.5.25;1.55; Ku.6.56; Ms.3.128. -2 Praised, celebrated (स्तुत, ख्यात). -3 Worthy of, deserving, entitled to (mostly Ved.). m. 1 A Buddha; the highest rank in Buddhist hierarchy. -2 A superior divinity with the Jainas; सर्वज्ञो जितरागादिदोषस्त्रैलोक्यपूजितः । यथास्थितार्थवादी च देवो$र्हन् परमेश्वरः ॥; see the word जैन also. -त्तम a. most worthy or venerable; अर्हत्तमाय विप्राय तस्मै दत्तं महाफलम् Ms.3.128.
ātman आत्मन् m. [अत्-मनिण् Uṇ 4.152 said to be from अन् to breathe also] 'आत्मा यत्नो धृतिर्बुद्धिः स्वभावो ब्रह्मवर्ष्म च' इत्यमरः 1 The soul, the individual soul, the breath, the principle of life and sensation; किमात्मना यो न जितेन्द्रियो भवेत् H.1; आत्मानं रथिनं विद्धि शरीरं रथमेव तु Kaṭh.3.3. (In आत्मा नदी संयमपुण्यतीर्था H.4.87 आत्मन् is compared to a river). -2 Self, oneself; in this sense mostly used reflexively for all three persons and in the singular number, masculine gender, whatever be the gender or number of the noun to which it refers; अनया चिन्तयात्मापि मे न प्रतिभाति Ratn.1; आश्रमदर्श- नेन आत्मानं पुनीमहे Ś.1; गुप्तं ददृशुरात्मानं सर्वाः स्वप्नेषु वामनैः R.1.6,4.35,14.57; Ku.6.2; देवी... प्राप्तप्रसवमात्मानं गङ्गादेव्यां विमुञ्चति U.7.2; गोपायन्ति कुलस्त्रिय आत्मानमात्मना Mb.; K.17; sometimes used in pl. also; आत्मनः स्तुवन्ति Śi.17.19; Māl.8. -3 Supreme deity and soul of the universe, Supreme Soul, Brahman; तस्माद्वा एतस्मादात्मन आकाशः संभूतः T. Up.2.1.1; Ms.1.15,12.24. -4 Essence, nature; काव्यस्यात्मा ध्वनिः S. D., see आत्मक below. -5 Character, peculiarity; आत्मा यक्ष्मस्य नश्यति Rv.1. 97.11. -6 The natural temperament or disposition; Bhāg.11.22.2. -7 The person or whole body (considered as one and opposed to the separate members of it); स्थितः सर्वोन्नतेनोर्वीं क्रान्त्वा मेरुरिवात्मना R.1.14; योस्या- त्मनः कारयिता Ms.12.12; Ki.9.66. -8 Mind, intellect; मन्दात्मन्, नष्टात्मन्, महात्मन् &c. अथ रामः प्रसन्नात्मा श्रुत्वा वायु- सुतस्य ह Rām.6.18.1. -9 The understanding; cf. आत्म- संपन्न, आत्मवत् &c. -1 Thinking faculty, the faculty of thought and reason. -11 Spirit, vitality, courage; त्यक्त्वा$$त्मानमथाब्रवीत् Mb.12.18.6. -12 Form, image; आत्मानमाधाय Ku.3.24 assuming his own form; 2.61; संरोपिते$प्यात्मनि Ś.6.24 myself being implanted in her. -13 A son; 'आत्मा वै पुत्रनामासि' इति श्रुतेः । तस्यात्मा शितिकण्ठस्य Śi.2.61. -14 Care, efforts, pain. -15 The sun. -16 Fire. -17 Wind, air. -18 Mental quality; बाहुश्रुत्यं तपस्त्यागः श्रद्धा यज्ञक्रिया क्षमा । भावशुद्धिर्दया सत्यं संयमश्चात्मसंपदः ॥ Mb.12.167.5. आत्मन् is used as the last member of comp. in the sense of 'made or consisting of'; see आत्मक. The form त्मन् is also found to be used; कृतार्थं मन्यते त्मानं Mb. [cf. Gr. atmos, aitmen] -Comp. -अधीन a. 1 dependent on oneself, independent. -2 sentient, existing. (-नः) 1 a son. -2 a wife's brother. -3 the jester or विदूषक (in dramatic literature). -अनुरूप a. worthy of oneself; तस्यामात्मानुरूपायामात्मजन्मसमुत्सुकः Ku. 1.18; R.1.33. -अनुगमनम् peronal attendance; शश्वदा- त्मानुगमनेन गाम् R.1.88. -अपहारः concealing oneself; कथं वा आत्मापहारं करोमि Ś.1. -अपहारकः one who pretends to belong to a higher class than his own, an impostor, a pretender; यो$न्यथा सन्तमात्मानमन्यथा सत्सु भाषते । स पापकृत्तमो लोके स्तेन आत्मापहारकः ॥ Ms.4.255. -आदिष्ट a. self-counselled. (-ष्टः) a treaty dictated by the party wishing it himself; स्वसैन्येन तु संघानमात्मादिष्ट उदाहृतः H.4.121. -आनन्द a. Rejoicing in the soul or Supreme Spirit; आत्ममिथुनः आत्मानन्दः Ch. Up.7.25.2. -आराम a. 1 striving to get knowledge; (as an ascetic or योगिन्), seeking spiritual knowledge; आत्मारामा विहितरतयो निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Ve.1.23. -2 selfpleased, delighted in self; आत्मारामः फलाशी. see आत्मानन्द Bh.3.93; cf. Bg.5.24. -आशिन् m. a fish supposed to feed on its young, or on the weakest of its species; cf. मत्स्या इव जना नित्यं भक्षयन्ति परस्परम् Rām. -आश्रय a. 1 dependent on oneself or on his own mind. -2 About or relating to oneself; कौलीनमात्माश्रयमाचचक्षे R.14.36. (-यः) 1 self dependence. -2 innate idea, abstract knowledge independent of the thing to be known. -ईश्वर a. Self-possessed, master of self; आत्मेश्वराणां न हि जातु विघ्नाः समाधिभेदप्रभवो भवन्ति Ku.3.4. -उदयः self-exaltation or elevation; आत्मोदयः परज्यानिर्द्वयं नीतिरितीयति Śi.2.3 -उद्भव a. born or produced from oneself. (-वः) 1 a son; आत्मोद्भवे वर्णचतुष्टयस्य R.18.12. -2 Cupid. -3 sorrow, pain. (-वा) 1 daughter. -2 intellect. -3 N. of a plant (माषपर्णी; Mar. रानउडीद). -उपजीविन् m. 1 one who lives by his own labour; Ms.7.138. -2 a day-labourer. -3 one who lives by his wife (Kull. on Ms.8.362). -4 an actor, public performer. -उपनिषद् f. N. of an उपनिषद् which treats of the Supreme Spirit. -उपम a. like oneself. (-मः) a son. -औपम्यम् Likeness to self. आत्मौपम्येन सर्वत्र Bg.6.32. -कर्मन् One's own duty; आत्मौपकर्मक्षमं देहं क्षात्रो धर्म इवाश्रितः R. -काम a. 1 loving oneself, possessed of self-conceit, proud; आत्मकामा सदा चण्डी Rām.2.7.1. -2 loving Brahman or the Supreme Spirit only; भगवन् वयमात्मकामाः Maitr. Up.7.1. -कार्यम् one's own business, private affair. -कृत a. 1 self-executed, done by oneself; पौरा ह्यात्मकृताद्दुःखाद्विप्रमोच्या नृपात्मजैः Rām.2.46.23. -2 done against one's own self; Vāj.8.13. -गत a. produced in one's mind; ˚तो मनोरथः Ś.1. (-तम्) ind. aside (to oneself) being considered to be spoken privately (opp. प्रकाशम् aloud); frequently used as a stage-direction in dramas; it is the same as स्वगतम् which is thus defined; अश्राव्यं खलु यद्वस्तु तदिह स्वगतं मतम् S. D.6. -गतिः f. 1 course of the soul's existence. -2 one's own course; Bhāg.5.17.3. ˚गत्या by one's own act. -गुप्ता The plant Mucuna Pruritus Hook (Mar. कुयली). -गुप्तिः f. a cave, the hiding place of an animal, lair. -ग्राहिन् a. selfish, greedy. -घातः 1 suicide. -2 heresy. -घातकः, -घातिन् 1 a suicide, a self-destroyer; K.174; व्यापादयेद् वृथात्मानं स्वयं यो$गन्युदका- दिभिः । अवैधेनैव मार्गेण आत्मघाती स उच्यते ॥ -2 a heretic. -घोषः 1 a cock (calling out to himself). -2 a crow. -3 One who flatters himself. cf. आत्मघोषो वायसे स्यादात्म- स्तुतिपरे$पि च Nm. -जः, -जन्मन् m. -जातः, -प्रभवः, -संभवः, -समुद्भवः 1 a son; यः स वासवनिर्जेता रावणस्यात्म- संभवः Rām.6.86.33; हतान्निहन्मेह नरर्षभेण वयं सुरेशात्मसमु- द्भवेन Mb.7.118.2; तमात्मजन्मानमजं चकार R.5.36; तस्यामात्मानुरूपायामात्मजन्मसमुत्सुकः R.1.33; Māl.1; Ku.6.28. -2 Cupid; ममायमात्मप्रभवो भूयस्त्वमुपयास्यति Rām.4.1.34. -3 a descendant; मृगयां विरन्काश्चिद्विजने जनकात्मजः Mb.12.39.1. -जा 1 a daughter; वन्द्यं युगं चरणयोर्जनकात्मजायाः R.13.78; cf. नगात्मजा &c. -2 the reasoning faculty, understanding. -जयः 1 one's own victory. -2 victory over oneself, self-denial or abnegation. -ज्योतिस् n. The light of the soul or Supreme Spirit (चैतन्य); कौस्तुभव्यपदेशेन स्वात्मज्योतिर्बिभर्त्यजः Bhāg. 12.11.1. -ज्ञः, -विद् m. a sage, one who knows himself; तस्मादात्मज्ञं ह्यर्चयेद्भूतिकामः Muṇḍ.3.1.1. -ज्ञानम् 1 self-knowledge. -2 spiritual knowledge, knowledge of the soul or the Supreme Spirit; सर्वेषामपि चैतेषामात्मज्ञानं परं स्मृतम् Ms.12.85,92. -3 true wisdom. -तत्त्वम् 1 the true nature of the soul or the supreme spirit; यदात्म- तत्त्वेन तु ब्रह्मतत्त्वं प्रपश्येत Śvet.2.15. -2 the highest thing. ˚ज्ञः a sage versed in the Vedānta doctrines. -तृप्त a. Self-satisfied; आत्मतृप्तश्च मानवः Bg.3.17. -तुष्टि a. self-satisfied. (-ष्टिः f.) self-satisfaction. -त्यागः 1 self-sacrifice. -2 suicide. -त्यागिन् m. a. 1 suicide; आत्मत्यागिन्यो नाशौचोदकभाजनाः Y.3.6. -2 a heretic, an unbeliever. -त्राणम् 1 self-preservation. -2 a body-guard; Rām.5. -दर्शः a mirror; प्रसादमात्मीयमिवात्म- दर्शः R.7.68. -दर्शनम् 1 seeing oneself. -2 spiritual knowledge, true wisdom; सर्वभूतात्मदर्शनम् Y.3.157; cf. Ms.12.91. see आत्मयाजिन. -दा a. Ved. granting one's existence or life; य आत्मदा बलदा यस्य विश्व Rv.1.121.2. -दानम् self-sacrifice, resigning oneself. -दूषि a. Ved. corrupting the soul; self-destroying; Av.16.1.3. -देवता a tutelary deity. -द्रोहिन् a. 1 self-tormenting, fretful. -2 suicide. -नित्य a. being constantly in the heart, greatly endeared to oneself. -निन्दा self-reproach. -निवेदनम् offering oneself (as a living sacrifice to the deity). -निष्ठ a. one who constantly seeks for spiritual knowledge. -पराजित a. one who has lost himself (Ved.) Av.5.18.2. -पुराणम् N. of a work elucidating the Upaniṣads (consisting of 18 chapters). -प्रत्ययिक a. knowing from one's experience; आत्मप्रत्ययिकं शास्त्रमिदम् Mb.12.246.13. -प्रबोधः 1 cognition of the soul; self-consciousness. -2 title of an उपनिषद्. -प्रभ a. self-illuminated. -प्रवादः 1 conversation about the Supreme Spirit. -2 N. of the seventh of the fourteen Pūrvas of the Jainas. -प्रशंसा self-praise. -बन्धुः, -बान्धवः 1 one's own kinsman; आत्ममातुः स्वसुः पुत्रा आत्मपितुः स्वसुः सुताः । आत्ममातुलपुत्राश्च विज्ञेया ह्यात्मबान्धवाः Śabdak. i. e. mother's sister's son, father's sister's son, and mother's brother's son. -2 the soul, the self. -बोधः 1 spiritual knowledge. -2 knowledge of self. -3 N. of a work of Śaṅkarāchārya. -भावः 1 existence of the soul; संयोग एषां न तु आत्मभावात् Śvet.1.2. -2 the self proper, peculiar nature. -3 the body. -भू a. self-born, self-existent. (-भूः) वचस्यवसिते तस्मिन् ससर्ज गिरमात्मभूः Ku.2.53,3.16,5.81. -योनिः 1 N. of Brahmā; -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 N. of Śiva; Ś.7.35. -4 Cupid, god of love. -5 a son. (-भूः f.) 1 a daughter. -2 talent, understanding. -भूत a. 1 self-produced; peculiar, belonging to. -2 attached, devoted, faithful; तत्रात्मभूतैः कालज्ञैरहार्यैः परिचारकैः Ms.7.217 (Kull. = आत्मतुल्य). (-तः) 1 a son. -2 Cupid. (-ता) 1 a daughter. -2 talent. -भूयम् 1 peculiarity, own nature. -2 Brahman. -मात्रा a portion of the Supreme Spirit. -मानिन् a. self-respecting, respectable. -2 arrogant, proud; विवेकशून्यः प्रभुरात्ममानी, महाननर्थः सुहृदां बतायम् Bk.12.83. -मूर्तिः 1 a brother; भ्राता स्वमूर्तिरात्मनः -2 soul, Supreme Spirit. -मूल a. self-luminous, shining (God); स आत्ममूलो$वतु मां परात्परः Bhāg.8.3.4. -मूलि n. the universe. -मूली N. of a plant (दूरालभा; Mar. धमासा). -याजिन् 1 sacrificing for oneself or himself. m. a learned man who studies his own nature and that of the soul (of others) to secure eternal felicity, one who looks upon all beings as self; सर्व- भूतेषु चात्मानं सर्वभूतानि चात्मनि । समं पश्यन्नात्मयाजी स्वाराज्यम- धिगच्छति ॥ Ms.12.91. -योनिः = ˚भू m. a. v. ददर्श चक्रीकृतचारुचापं प्रहर्तुमभ्युद्यतमात्मयोनिम् Ku.3.7. -रक्षा 1 N. of a plant (इन्द्रवारुणीवृक्ष). -2 self protection. -लाभः birth, production, origin; यैरात्मलाभस्त्वया लब्धः Mu.3.1, 5.23; Ki.3.32,17.19,18.34; K.239. -लोमन् 1 the hair of the body. -2 the beard. -वञ्चक a. self-deceiver. -वञ्चना self-delusion; self-deception. -वधः, -वध्या, -हत्या suicide. -वर्ग्य a. of one's party or class; उद्बाहुना जुहुविरे मुहुरात्मवर्ग्याः Śi.5.15. -वश a. depending on one's own will; यद्यत्परवशं कर्म तत्तद्यत्नेन वर्जयेत् । यद्यदात्मवशं तु स्यात्तत्तत्सेवेत यत्नतः ॥ Ms.4.159, सर्वमात्मवशं सुखम् 16. (-शः) 1 self-control, self-government. -2 one's control, subjection; ˚शं नी, ˚वशीकृ to reduce to subjection, win over. -वश्य a. having control over self, self-possessed, self-restrained; आत्मवश्यैर्विधेयात्मा Bg.2.64. -विक्रयः sale of oneself or one's own liberty; Ms.11.59. -विद् m. 1 a wise man, sage; as in तरति शोकमात्मवित्; सो$हं भगवो मन्त्रविदेवास्मि नात्मविच्छ्रुतह्येव Ch. Up.7.1.3. -2 knowing one's own self (family &c.); य इहात्मविदो विपक्षमध्ये Śi.2.116. -3 N. of Śiva. -विद्या knowledge of the soul, spiritual knowledge; आन्वीक्षिकीं चात्मविद्याम् Ms.7.43. -विवृद्धिः, -वृद्धिः f. self-exaltation. -वीर a. 1 mighty, powerful, strong. -2 appropriate, suitable, good for oneself (as diet &c.). -3 existent, sentient. (-रः) 1 a son. -2 wife's brother. -3 a jester (in dramas); आत्मवीरः प्राणवति श्यालके च विदूषके. -वृत्तम्, -वृत्तान्तः account of one's own self, autobiography. -वृत्ति a. dwelling in Atman or soul. (-त्तिः f.) 1 state of the heart; किमेभिराशोपहतात्मवृत्तिभिः Ku.5.76. -2 action as regards oneself, one's own state or circumstance; विस्माययन् विस्मितमात्मवृत्तौ R.2.33. -3 practising one's own duties or occupation. -शक्तिः f. one's own power or ability, inherent power or effort; दैवं निहत्य कुरु पौरुषमात्मशक्त्या Pt.1.361 to the best of one's power. -2 illusion. -शल्या N. of a plant (शतावरी). -शुद्धिः f. self-purification; Ms.11.164; योगिनः कर्म कुर्वन्ति संगं त्यक्त्वा$त्मशुद्धये Bg.5.11. -श्लाघा, -स्तुतिः f. self-praise, boasting, bragging. -संयमः self-restraint; आत्मसंयमयो- गाग्नौ जुह्वति ज्ञानदीपिते Bg.4.27. -संस्थ a. Based upon or connected with the person; आत्मसंस्थं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.25. -सतत्त्वम् See आत्मतत्त्वम्; आत्मसतत्त्वं विगणयतः Bhāg.5.13.24. -सद् a. Ved. dwelling in oneself; आत्मसदौ स्तं मा मा हिंसिष्टम् Av.5.9.8. -संतुष्ट a. self-sufficient. -सनि a. Ved. granting the breath of life. -सम a. worthy of oneself, equal to oneself; कार्ये गुरुण्यात्मसमं नियोक्ष्ये Ku.3.13. -संदेहः 1 internal or personal doubt. -2 risk of life, personal risk. -संभवः, -समुद्भवः 1 a son; चकार नाम्ना रघुमात्मसंभवम् R.3.21,11.57,17.8. -2 Cupid, god of love. -3 epithet of Brahmā, Viṣṇu, or Śiva. -4 the Supreme Being (परमात्मन्). (-वा) 1 a daughter. -2 understanding, intellect. -संपन्न a. 1 self-possessed; Pt.1.49. -2 talented, intelligent; तमात्मसंपन्नमनिन्दितात्मा कृत्वा युवानं युवराजमेव R.18.18. -संभावना self-conceit; K. -सिद्धिः f. self-aggrandizement, attainment of object or purpose; आगच्छदात्मसिद्ध्यर्थं गोकर्णस्याश्रमं शुभम् Rām.7.9.47. -सुख a. self-delighted. (-खम्) the highest bliss. -स्थ a. At one's own disposal (स्वाधीन); तावदेव मया सार्धमात्मस्थं कुरु शासनम् Rām.2.21.8. -हन् a. 1 one who kills his own soul (neglects its welfare &c.); ये के चात्महनो जनाः Śvet.3. -2 a suicide, self-destroyer. -3 a heretic, unbeliever. -4 a priest in a temple, a servant or attendant upon an idol. -हननम्, -हत्या suicide. -हित a. beneficial to oneself. (-तम्) one's own good or welfare.
āyus आयुस् n. [इ-असि-णिच्च Uṇ.2.117] 1 Life, duration of life; दीर्घमायुः R.9.62,12.48; तक्षकेणापि दष्टस्य आयुर्मर्माणि रक्षति H.2.16; आयुर्वर्षशतं नृणां परिमितम् Bh.3.17, शतायुर्वै पुरुषः Ait. Br.; प्राणो हि भूतानामायुः । तस्मात्सर्वायुषमुच्यते सर्वमेव त आयुर्यान्ति Tait. Up.2.3.1 -2 Vital power. -3 Food. -4 N. of a ceremony called आयुष्टोम performed to secure long life, together with the गो and ज्योतिस् part of the अभिप्लव ceremony. (In comp. the final स् of this word is changed to ष् before hard consonants, and to र् before soft ones). -Comp. -कर a. (-री f.) promoting long life; K.351. -काम a. wishing for long life or health. -कृत् a. giving or producing life. -द्रव्यम् 1 a medicament. -2 ghee. -योगः N. of a योग in astronomy. -वृद्धिः f. long life, longevity. -वेदः [आयुरस्मिन् विद्यते$नेन वा आयुर्विंदतीत्यायुर्वेदः Suśr.] the science of health or medicine, counted as a sacred science, and regarded as a supplement to the Atharvaveda; (it comprises 8 different departments; (1) शल्यम् surgery; (2) शालाक्यम् diagnosis of diseases belonging to the head and its organs; (3) कायचिकित्सा treatment of diseases of the whole body; (4) भूतविद्या treatment of diseases of the mind supposed to be caused by the influence of evil spirits; (5) कौमारभृत्यम् treatment of children; (6) अगदतन्त्रम् doctrine of antidotes; (7) रसायनतन्त्रम् doctrine of elixirs; and (8) वाजीकरणतन्त्रम् treatment of remedies to increase generative power); Śukra.4.277. -वेददृश्, -वेदमय, -वेदिक, -वेदिन् a. 1 belonging to medicine. -2 acquainted with medical science, medical. m. a physician. -शेषः 1 remainder of life; ˚शेषतया Pt.1; ˚जीवित Pt.4 being destined to live longer. -2 end or decline of life. -स्तोमः (आयुष्ठोमः) a sacrifice performed to obtain long life.
āśco आश्चो (श्च्यो) तन a. Sprinkling. -नम् 1 Aspersion, sprinkling; U.2. -3 Applying ghee &c. to the eyelids.
āsthāpanam आस्थापनम् 1 Placing, fixing, causing to stay or remain. -2 A strengthening remedy. -3 An enema of oil or ghee.
indraḥ इन्द्रः [इन्द्-रन्; इन्दतीति इन्द्रः; इदि ऐश्वर्ये Malli.] 1 The lord of gods. -2 The god of rain, rain; cloud; इन्द्रो वरुणः सोमो रुद्रः । शं न इन्द्रो बृहस्पतिः Tait. Vp.1.1.1. Bṛi. Up.1.4.11. -3 A lord or ruler (as of men &c.). इन्द्रो- मायाभिः पुरुरूप ईयते Bṛi. Up.2.5.19. first or best (of any class of objects), always as the last member of comp.; नरेन्द्रः a lord of men i. e. a king; so मृगेन्द्रः a lion; गजेन्द्रः the lord or chief of elephants; so योगीन्द्रः, कपीन्द्रः. -4 A prince, king. -5 The pupil of the right eye. -6 N. of the plant कुटज. -7 Night. -8 One of the divisions of भारतवर्ष. -9 N. of the 26th Yoga. -1 The human or animal soul. -11 A vegetable poison. -12 The Yoga star in the 26th Nakṣatra. -13 Greatness. -14 The five objects of senses. -द्रा 1 The wife of Indra, Indrāṇī. -2 N. of a plant (मरुबक Mar. मरवा) [Indra, the god of the firmament, is the Jupiter Pluvius of the Indian Āryans. In the Vedas he is placed in the first rank among the gods; yet he is not regarded as an uncreated being, being distinctly spoken of in various passages of the Vedas as being born, and as having a father and a mother. He is sometimes represented as having been produced by the gods as a destroyer of enemies, as the son of Ekāṣṭakā, and in Rv.1.9.13 he is said to have sprung from the mouth of Puruṣa. He is of a ruddy or golden colour, and can assume any form at will. He rides in a bright golden chariot drawn by two tawny horses. His most famous weapon is the thunderbolt which he uses with deadly effect in his warfare with the demons of darkness, drought and inclement weather, variously called Ahi, Vṛitra, Śambar, Namuchi &c. He storms and breaks through their castles, and sends down fertilizing showers of rain to the great delight of his worshippers. He is thus the lord of the atmosphere, the dispenser of rain, and governor of the weather. He is represented as being assisted by the Maruts or storm-gods in his warfare. Besides the thunderbolt he uses arrows, a large hook, and a net. The Soma juice is his most favourite food, and under its exhilarating influence he performs great achievements (cf. Rv.1.119), and pleases his devout worshippers, who are said to invite the god to drink the juice. He is their friend and even their brother; a father, and the most fatherly of fathers; the helper of the poor, and the deliverer and comforter of his servants. He is a wall of defence; his friend is never slain or defeated. He richly rewards his adorers, particularly those who bring him libations of Soma, and he is supplicated for all sorts of temporal blessings as cows, horses, chariots, health, intelligence, prosperous days, long life, and victory in war. In the Vedas Indra's wife is Indrānī, who is invoked among the goddesses. Such is the Vedic conception of Indra. But in later mythology he falls in the second rank. He is said to be one of the sons of Kaśyapa and Dākṣāyaṇī or Aditi. He is inferior to the triad Brahmā, Viṣṇu and Maheśa (though in some places Viṣṇu is regarded as his younger brother, cf. R.14.59,15.4), but he is the chief of all the other gods, and is commonly styled Sureśa, Devendra &c. As in the Vedas so in later mythology, he is the regent of the atmosphere, and of the east quarter, and his world is called Svarga. He sends the lightning, uses the thunderbolt and sends down rain. He is frequently at war with Asuras, whom he constantly dreads, and by whom he is sometimes defeated. The Indra of mythology is famous for his incontinence and adultery, one prominent instance of which is his seduction of Ahalyā, the wife of Gautama (see Ahalyā), and for which he is often spoken of as Ahalyā-jāra. The curse of the sage impressed upon him a 1 marks resembling the female organ, and he was therefore called Sayoni; but these marks were afterwards changed into eyes, and he is hence called Netra-yoni and Sahasrākṣa. In the Rāmāyana Indra is represented as having been defeated and carried off to Laṅkā by Ravaṇa's son called Meghanāda, who for this exploit received the title of 'Indrajit'. It was only at the intercession of Brahmā and the gods that Indra was released, and this humiliation was regarded as a punishment for his seduction of Ahalyā. He is also represented as being in constant dread of sages practising potent penances, and as sending down nymphs to beguile their minds (see Apsaras). In the Purāṇas he is said to have destroyed the offspring of Diti in her womb, and to have cut off the wings of mountains when they grew troublesome. Other stories are also told in which Indra was once worsted by Raja, grandson of Purūravas, owing to the curse of Durvāsas, and other accounts show that he and Kṛiṣna were at war with each other for the Pārijāta tree which the latter wanted to remove from Svarga, and which he succeeded in doing in spite of Indra's resistance. His wife is Indrāṇī, the daughter of the demon Puloman, and his son is named Jayanta. He is also said to be father of Arjuna. His epithets are numerous; mostly descriptive of his achievements, e. g. वृत्रहन्, बलभिद्, पाकशासन, गोत्रभिद्, पुरंदर, शतक्रतु, जिष्णु, नमुचिसूदन &c. (see Ak.I.1.44.47). The Heaven of Indra is Svarga; its capital, Amarāvatī; his garden, Nandana; his elephant, Airāvata; his horse, Uchchaiśravas; his bow, the rain-bow, and his sword, Paranja.]. -Comp. -अग्निः the fire produced from the contact of clouds; ˚धूमः frost, snow; ˚देवता the 16th lunar mansion. -अनुजः, -अवरजः an epithet of Viṣṇu and of Nārāyaṇa (उपेन्द्र); तस्थौ भ्रातृसमीपस्थः शक्रस्येन्द्रानुजो यथा Rām.6.91.4. -अरिः an Asura or demon. -अवसानः a desert. -अशनः 1 hemp (dried and chewed). -2 the shrub which bears the seed used in jeweller's weight, (गुंजावृक्ष). -आयुधम् Indra's weapon, the rainbow; इन्द्रा- युधद्योतिततोरणाङ्कम् R.7.4,12.79; K.127. (-ध) 1 N. of the horse in Kādambarī (i. e. Kapiñjala changed into a horse). -2 a horse marked with black about the eyes. -3 a diamond. (-धा) a kind of leech. -आसनम् 1 the throne of Indra. -2 a throne in general. -3 a foot of five short syllables. -इज्यः N. of बृहस्पति the preceptor of gods. -ईश्वरः one of the forms of Śiva-liṅga. -उत्सवः a festival honouring Indra. -ऋषभ a. having Indra as a bull, or impregnated by Indra, an epithet of the earth. इन्द्रऋषभा द्रविणे नो दधातु Av.12.1.6. -कर्मन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu (performing Indra's deeds). -कान्तः A class of the four-storeyed buildings. (Mānasāra 21.6-68). -कीलः 1 N. of the mountain मन्दर. -2 a rock. (-लम्) 1 the banner of Indra. -2 A pin, nail, bolt फालका भाजनोर्ध्वे तु तदूर्ध्वे चेन्द्रकीलकम् (Mānasāra 12.126). cf. also Kau. A.2.3. -कुञ्जरः Indra's elephant, Airāvata. -कूटः N. of a mountain -कृष्ट a. 'ploughed by Indra', growing exuberantly or in a wild state. (-ष्टः) a kind of corn produced by rain-water. -केतुः Indra's banner. -कोशः, -षः, -षकः, -ष्ठः 1 a couch, sofa, which is generally made up of covering pieces of perforated wooden planks; cf. अट्टालक- प्रतोलीमध्ये त्रिधानुष्काधिष्ठानं-इन्द्रकोशं कारयेत् Kau. A.2.3. -2 a platform. -3 a projection of the roof of a house. -4 A pin or bracket projecting from the wall (नागदन्त). A projection of the roof of a house forming a kind of balcony; Kau. A.24. -गिरिः the महेन्द्र mountain. -गुरुः, -आचार्यः the teacher of Indra; i. e. बृहस्पति. -गोपः, -गोपकः [इन्द्रो गोपो रक्षको$स्य, वर्षाभवत्वात्तस्य] a kind of insect of red or white colour; Śukra.4.157; K.1. -चन्दनम् the white sandal wood. -चापम्, -धनुस् n. 1 a rainbow; विद्युत्वन्तं ललितवनिताः सेन्द्रचापं सचित्राः Me.64; Śi.7.4. -2 the bow of Indra -चिर्भटा A mild variety of Colocynth. The leaf is tripartite, rough and wrinkled. (Mar. कंवडळ, applied often as इन्द्रावण in the sense of vile, malignant, dark and hateful.) -च्छदः A necklace of pearls having 18 strings. -च्छन्दस् n. [इन्द्र इव सहस्रनेत्रेण सहस्रगुच्छेन च्छाद्यते] a necklace consisting of 1 strings. -जः N. of Vālī. -जतु n. Bitumen (Mar. शिलाजित). -जननम् Indra's birth. -जननीय a. treating of Indra's birth (as a work). -जा a. Ved. born or arising from Indra. Av.4.3.7. -जालम् [इन्द्रस्य परमेश्वरस्य जालं मायेव] 1 the net of Indra. तेनाह- मिन्द्रजालेनामूंस्तमसाभि दधामि सर्वान् Av.8.8.8. -2 a weapon used by Arjuna; a stratagem or trick in war. -3 deception, cheating. -4 conjuring, jugglery, magical tricks; इन्द्रजालं च मायां वै कुहका वा$पि भीषणा Mb.5.16.55. स्वप्नेन्द्रजालसदृशः खलु जीवलोकः Śānti.2.2; K.15. -जालिक a. [इन्द्रजाल-ठन्] deceptive, unreal, delusive. (-कः) a juggler, conjurer. -जित् m. 'conqueror of Indra', N. of a son of Rāvaṇa who was killed by Lakṣmaṇa. [Indrajit is another name of Meghanāda a son of Rāvaṇa. When Rāvaṇa warred against Indra in his own heaven, his son Meghanāda was with him, and fought most valiantly. During the combat, Meghanāda, by virtue of the magical power of becoming invisible which he had obtained from Śiva, bound Indra, and bore him off in triumph to Laṅkā. Brahmā and the other gods hurried thither to obtain his release, and gave to Meghanāda the title of Indrajit, 'conqueror of Indra'; but the victor refused to release his prisoners unless he were promised immortality. Brahmā refused to grant this extravagant demand, but he strenuously persisted, and achieved his object. In the Rāmāyaṇa he is represented to have been decapitated by Lakṣmaṇa while he was engaged in a sacrifice]. ˚हन्तृ or विजयिन् m. N. of Lakṣmaṇa. -ज्येष्ठ a. Ved. led by Indra. -तापनः the thundering of clouds. -तूलम्, -तूलकम् a flock of cotton. -दमनः the son of Bāṇāsura. -दारुः the tree Pinus Devadāru. -द्युति Sandal -द्रुः, -द्रुमः 1 the plant Terminalia Arjuna (अर्जुन). -2 The plant कुटज. -द्वीपः, -पम् one of the 9 Dvīpas or Divisions of the continent (of India). -धनुः N. of Indra's bow, the rainbow; स एकव्रा- त्यो$भवत्स धनुरादत्त तदेवेन्द्रधनुः Av.15.1.6. -ध्वजः 1 a flag raised on the 12th day of the bright half of Bhādra. -2 Indra's weapon; विस्रस्ताकल्पकेशस्रगिन्द्रध्वज इवापतत् Bhāg.1.44.22. -नक्षत्रम् Indra's lunar mansion फल्गुनी. -नेत्रम् 1 the eye of Indra. -2 the number one thousand. -नीलः [इन्द्र इव नीलः श्यामः] a sapphire; परीक्षाप्रत्ययैर्यैश्च पद्मरागः परीक्ष्यते । त एव प्रत्यया दृष्टा इन्द्रनीलमणेरपि ॥ Garuḍa. P.; R.13.54;16.69; Me.48,79. -नीलकः an emerald. -पत्नी 1 Indra's wife, शची. -पर्णी, -पुष्पा N. of a medicinal plant (Mar. कळलावी). -पर्वतः 1 the महेन्द्र mountain. -2 a blue mountain. -पुत्रा N. of अदिति. -पुरोगम, -पुरःसर, -श्रेष्ठ a. led or preceded by Indra, having Indra at the head. -पुरोहितः N. of बृहस्पति. (-ता) the asterism Puṣya. -प्रमतिः N. of the pupil of Paila and the author of some ṛiks of the Rv. -प्रस्थम् N. of a city on the Yamunā, the residence of the Paṇḍavas (identified with the modern Delhi); इन्द्रप्रस्थगमस्तावत्कारि मा सन्तु चेदयः Śi.2.63. -प्रहरणम् Indra's weapon, the thunderbolt. -भगिनी N. of Pārvatī. -भेषजम् dried ginger. -मखः a sacrifice in honour of Indra. -महः 1 a festival in honour of Indra. -2 the rainy season; ˚कामुकः a dog. -मादन a. animating or delighting Indra; ये वायव इन्द्रमादनासः Rv.7.92.4. -मेदिन् a. Ved. whose friend or ally is Indra; इन्द्रमेदी सत्वनो नि ह्वयस्व Av.5.2-.8. -यज्ञः (See इन्द्रमह and इन्द्रमख) श्वो$स्माकं घोषस्योचित इन्द्रयज्ञो नामोत्सवः भविष्यति Bālacharita I. -यवः, -वम् seed of the Kutaja tree. -लुप्तः, -प्तम्, -लुप्तकम् 1 excessive baldness of the head. -2 loss of beard. -लोकः Indra's world, Svarga or Paradise. -लोकेशः 1 lord of Indra's world, i. e. Indra. -2 a guest (who, if hospitably received, confers paradise on his host). -वंशा, -वज्रा N. of two metres, see Appendix. -वल्लरी, -वल्ली N. of a plant (पारिजात) or of इन्द्रवारुणी. -वस्तिः [इन्द्रस्य आत्मनः वस्तिरिव] the calf (of the leg). -वाततम a. Ved. desired by Indra. अस्मे ऊतीरिन्द्रवाततमाः Rv.1.6.6. -वानकम् A variety of diamonds. Kau. A.2.11. -वायू (du.) Indra and Vāyu. इन्द्रवायू उभाविह सुहवेह हवामहे Av.3.2.6. -वारुणी, -वारुणिका Colocynth, a wild bitter gourd cucumis colocynthis. (Mar. मोठी कंवडळ) किमिन्द्रवारुणी राम सितया कटुकीयते Laghu Yoga-vāsiṣṭha-sāra X. सौवर्चलं हरिद्रा च पिप्पली चेन्द्रवारुणिः । मूत्र- कृच्छ्रे प्रशंसन्ति पिण्डो$यं वाजिनां हितः ॥ शालिहोत्र of भोज 33. -वाह् a. carrying Indra. -वृक्षः the Devadāru tree. -वृद्धा a kind of abscess. -वैडूर्यम् a kind of precious stone. -व्रतम् Indra's rule of conduct; one of the duties of a king (who is said to follow इन्द्रव्रत when he distributes benefits as Indra pours down rain); वार्षिकांश्चतुरो मासान् यथेन्द्रो$प्यभिवर्षति । तथाभिवर्षेत्स्वं राष्ट्रं कामैरिन्द्रव्रतं चरन् ॥ Ms.9.34. -शक्तिः f. Indrāṇī, the wife of Indra, or his energy personified. -शत्रुः 1 an enemy or destroyer of Indra (when the accent is on the last syllable), an epithet of प्रह्लाद; इन्द्रशत्रो विवर्धस्व मा चिरं जहि विद्विषम् Bhāg.6.9.12. बलिप्रदिष्टां श्रियमाददानं त्रैविक्रमं पादमिवेन्द्रशत्रुः R.7.35. -2 [इन्द्रः शत्रुः यस्य] one whose enemy is Indra, an epithet of वृत्र (when the accent is on the first syllable). (This refers to a legend in the Śat. Br., where it is said that Vṛitra's father intended his son to become the destroyer of Indra, and asked him to say इन्द्रशत्रुर्वधस्व &c. but who, through mistake, accented the word on the first syllable, and was killed by Indra; cf. Śik.52; मन्त्रो हीनः स्वरतो वर्णतो वा मिथ्याप्रयुक्तो न तमर्थमाह । स वाग्वज्रो यजमानं हिनस्ति यथेन्द्रशत्रुः स्वरतो$पराधात् ॥ -शलभः a kind of insect (इन्द्रगोप). -संजयम् N. of a sāman. Arṣeya Br. -संधा connection or alliance with Indra. तयाहमिन्द्रसंधया सर्वान् देवानिह हुव Av.11.1.9. -सारथिः 1 N. of Mātali. -2 an epithet of Vāyu, driving in the same carriage with Indra; Rv.4.46.2. -सावर्णिः N. of the fourteenth Manu. -सुतः, -सूनुः 1 N. of (a) Jayanta; (b) Arjuna; (c) Vāli, the king of monkeys. -2 N. of the अर्जुन tree. -सुरसः, -सुरा a shrub the leaves of which are used in discutient applications (निर्गुंडी). -सेनः N. of several men; of Bali; of a mountain; Bhāg.8.2.23. -सेना 1 Indra's missile or host. -2 Indra's army; Rv.1.12.2. -सेनानीः the leader of Indra's armies, epithet of Kārtikeya. -स्तुत् m. -स्तोमः 1 praise of Indra; N. of a particular hymn addressed to Indra in certain ceremonies. -2 a sacrifice in honour of Indra. -हवः invocation of Indra; भद्रान् कृण्वन्निन्द्रहवान्त्सखिभ्य Rv.9.96.1. -हस्तः a kind of medicament.
uccaistama उच्चैस्तम a. Highest, tallest, loudest.
uccaistara उच्चैस्तर a. Higher, taller, louder.
utkarṣa उत्कर्ष a. 1 Superior, eminent. -2 Much, abundant -3 Exaggerated, boastful. -4 Attractive. -र्षः 1 Pulling off or upwards, drawing or pulling up; चरणोत्कर्षै- र्दारयन्निव मेदिनीम् Rām.3.56.29. -2 Elevation, eminence, rise, prosperity; निनीषुः कुलमुत्कर्षम् Ms.4.244,9.24. -3 Increase, abundance, excess; पञ्चानामपि भूतानामुत्कर्षं पुपुषुर्गुणाः R.4.11. -4 Excellence, highest merit, glory; उत्कर्षः स च धन्विनां यदिषवः सिध्यन्ति लक्ष्ये चले Ś.2.5. -5 Selfconceit, boasting. -6 Joy, pleasure. -7 Postponement (of some detail or details at a विकृतियाग) i. e. performing them at a later stage; तदादि उत्कर्षे तदन्तमपकर्षे स्यात् ŚB. on MS.5.1.24. -Comp. -समः A kind of fallacy attributing similar qualities to two objects because they have one quality in common; e. g. affirming that a sound has a shape like a jar because both are perishable.
utkṛṣṭa उत्कृष्ट p. p. 1 Drawn up or out, raised, elevated; दस्यूत्कृष्टा जनपदाः Bhāg.12.3.32. -2 Extracted. -3 Excellent, eminent, superior, best, highest; Ms.5.163, 7.126,8.281; बल˚ Pt.3.36 superior in strength; so ज्ञान˚ गुण˚, &c. -4 Much, excessive, very great, increased; जिह्वालौल्य˚ Pt.1. -5 Tilled; ploughed. -6 Scratched; ऐरावतविषाणाग्रैरुत्कृष्टकिणवक्षसम् Rām.6.4.5. -7 Plucked, cut out,; उत्कृष्टपर्णकमला Rām.5.19.15 ('उत्कृष्टानि त्रुटितानि पर्णानि यस्याः सा' इति टीका). -8 Attracted; Mb.14.59.1. -Comp. -उपाधिता state of high illusion -भूमः a good soil. -वेदनम् marrying a man of a higher caste; वसनस्य दशा ग्राह्या शूद्रयोत्कृष्टवेदने Ms.3.44.
utkarikā उत्करिका A sort of sweetmeat made with milk, treacle, and ghee.
uttama उत्तम a. [उद्-तमप्] 1 Best, excellent (oft. in comp.); उत्तमे शिखरे देवी Mahānār. Up.15.5. स उत्तमः पुरुषः Ch. Up.8.12.3. उत्तमः पुरुषस्त्वन्यः Bg.15.17. द्विजोत्तमः the best of Brāhmaṇas; so सुर˚, नर˚ &c.; प्रायेणाधममध्यमोत्तमगुणः संसर्गतो जायते Bh.2.67. -2 Foremost, uppermost, highest (opp. हीन, जघन्य). -3 Most elevated, chief, principal. -4 Greatest, first; स गच्छत्युत्तमस्थानम् Ms.2.249. -मः 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 The third person (= first person according to English phraseology). (pl.) N. of a people; Mb. -मा 1 An excellent woman. -2 A kind of pustule or pimple. -3 The plant Asclepias Rosea Roxb. (दुग्धिका; Mar. भुई- आंवळी, अळिता). -Comp. -उङ्गम् 'the best limb of the body', the head; कश्चिद् द्विषत्खङ्गहृतोत्तमाङ्गः R.7.51; Ms.1.93,8.3; Ku.7.41; Bg.11.27. the back; तान् क्षिप्रं व्रज सतताग्निहोत्रयाजिन् । मत्तुल्यो भव गरुडोत्तमाङ्गयानः ॥ Mb.7.143.48. -अधम a. high and low; ˚मध्यम good, middling, and bad; high, low, and middling; (the order is often reversed); cf. भक्षयित्वा बहून्मत्स्यानुत्तमाधम- मध्यमान् Pt.1.21. -अम्भस् n. a sort of satisfaction (acquiescence) one of the nine kinds of तुष्टि in Sāṅ. Phil. -अरणी the plant Asparagus Racemosus (इन्दीवरी शतावरी). -अर्धः 1 the best half. -2 the last half or part. -अर्ध्य a. pertaining to the best half. -अहः the last or latest day; a fine or lucky day. -उपपद a. one to whom the best term is applicable, best, excellent. ऋणः, ऋणिकः (उत्तमर्णः) a creditor (opp. अधमर्णः) धारेरुत्तमर्णः P.I.4.35; अधमर्णार्थसिद्धयर्थमुत्तमर्णेन चोदितः Ms.8.47,5; Y.2.42. Śukra.4.831. (pl.) N. of a people; V. P., Mārk. P. -ओजस् a. of excellent valour, N. of one of the warriors of the Mahābhārata; उत्तमौजाश्च वीर्यवान् Bg.1.6. -गन्धाढ्य a. possessing copiously the most delicious fragrance. -गुण a. of the best qualities, best, highest; विघ्नैः पुनः पुनरपि प्रतिहन्यमानाः प्रारब्धमुत्तमगुणा न परित्यजन्ति Mu.2.17. (v. l.) -दशतालम् A sculptural measurement in which the whole height of an image is generally divided into 12 equal parts. The same measurement in 112 equal parts is called उत्तमनवताल. -पदम् a high office. -पु (पू)- रुषः 1 the third person in verbal conjugation; (= first person according to English phraseology; in Sanskrit, verbs are conjugated by putting the English I st person last and 3 rd person first). -2 the Supreme Spirit. -3 an excellent man. -फलिनी f. The plant Oxystelma Esculentum (Mar. दुधी, दुधाणी). -लाभः an excellent profit. -वयसम् The last period of life; Śat. Br.12.9.1.8. -व्रता A wife devoted to the husband; हृदयस्येव शोकाग्निसंतप्तस्योत्तमव्रताम् Bk.9.87. -वेशः N. of Śiva. -शाखः 1 a tree having excellent branches. -2 N. of a region. -श्रुत a. Possessing the utmost learning. Rām. -श्लोक a. of excellent fame, illustrious, glorious, well-known, famous. -कः N. of Vi&stoa;ṇu, क उत्तमश्लोक- गुणानुवादात् पुमान् विरज्येत विना पशुघ्नात् Bhāg.1.1.4. -संग्रहः (˚स्त्री˚) intriguing with another man's wife, i. e. speaking with her privately, looking amorously at her &c. -साहसः, -सम् 1 the highest (of the fixed) pecuniary punishments; a fine of 1 (or according to some 8,) paṇas; Ms.9.24; Y.1.366; पणानां द्वे शते सार्धे प्रथमः साहसः स्मृतः । मध्यमः पञ्च विज्ञेयः सहस्रं त्वेष चोत्तमः ॥ Capital punishment, banishment, confiscation, and mutilation are also regarded as forms of this punishment.
uttamīya उत्तमीय a. Uppermost, highest, best, principal.
uttara उत्तर a. [उद्-तरप्] 1 Being or produced in the north, northern (declined like a pronoun). -2 Upper, higher P.I.1.34 (opp. अधर); उत्तरे-अधरे दन्ताः Śat. Br.; अवनतोत्तरकायम् R.9.6; P.II.2.1. -3 (a) Later-latter, following, subsequent (opp. पूर्व); पूर्वमेघः, उत्तरमेघः, ˚मीमांसा; उत्तरार्धः &c. ˚रामचरितम् later adventures of Rāma U.1.2; पूर्वः उत्तरः former-latter H.1.9; एतानि मान्यस्थानानि गरीयो यद्यदुत्तरम् Ms.2.136. (b) Future; concluding; ˚कालः subsequent time; ˚फलम्; ˚वचनम् a reply. -4 Left (opp. दक्षिण). -5 Superior, chief, excellent; dominant, power- ful. आनयेङ्गुदिपिण्याकं चीरमाहर चोत्तरम् Rām.2.13.2; वाद्यमानेषु तूर्येषु मल्लतारोत्तरेषु च Bhāg.1.42.36. -6 Exceeding, transgressing, beyond; तर्कोत्तराम् Mv.2.6. -7 More, more than (generally as the last member of a comp. with numerals); षडुत्तरा विंशतिः 26; अष्टोत्तरं शतं 18; दशनागबलाः केचित् केचिद्दशगुणोत्तराः Rām.5.43.22. -8 Accompanied or attended with, full of, consisting chiefly of, followed by (at the end of comp.); राज्ञां तु चरितार्थता दुःखोत्तरैव Ś.5; चषकोत्तरा R.7.49; अस्रोत्तर- मीक्षिताम् Ku.5.61; उत्सवोत्तरो मङ्गलविधिः Dk.39,166; K.311; H.1.15; प्रवाल ˚पुष्पशय्ये R.6.5 over spread with; धर्मोत्तरम् 13.7 rich in; 18.7; कम्प ˚ 13.28;17.12; 19.23. -9 To be crossed over. -रः 1 Future time, futurity. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 N. of Śiva. -रा 1 The north; अस्त्युत्तरस्यां दिशि देवतात्मा Ku.1.1. -2 A lunar mansion. -3 N. of the daughter of Virāṭa and wife of Abhimanyu. -4 N. of a plant (Mar. पिंपरी). -रम् 1 An answer, reply; प्रचक्रमे च प्रतिवक्तुमुत्तरम् R.3.47; उत्तरादुत्तरं वाक्यं वदतां संप्रजायते Pt.1.6; a reply is suggested to a reply वचस्तस्य सपदि क्रिया केवलमुत्तरम् Śi. -2 (In law) Defence, a rejoinder. -3 The last part or following member of a compound. -4 (In Mīm.) The fourth member of an अधिकरण q. v. the answer. -5 The upper surface or cover. -6 Conclusion. -7 Remainder, rest, what followed or took place next; शान्तमथवा किमिहोत्तरेण U.3.26. -8 Superiority, excellence. -9 Result, the chief or prevalent result or characteristic. -1 Excess, over and above; see above (उत्तर a. 8). -11 Remainder, difference (in arith.). -12 A rectangular moulding (Mānasāra 13.67.) -13 The next step, further action; उत्तरं चिन्तयामास वानरो मरुतात्मजः Rām.5.13.59. -14 A cover (आच्छादन); सूस्करं सोत्तरबन्धुरेषम् Mb.6.6.9. -रम् ind. 1 Above. -2 Afterwards, after; तत उत्तरम्, इत उत्तरम् &c. शापं तं ते$भिविज्ञाय कृतवन्तः किमुत्तरम् Mb.1.36.1. -Comp. -अगारम् An upper room, garet. -अधर a. higher and lower (fig. also). (-रौ du.) the upper and under lip, the two lips; पुनर्विवक्षुःस्फुरितोत्तराधरः Ku.5.83 (स्फुरण- भूयिष्ठो$धरो यस्य Malli.). -अधिकारः, -रिता, -त्वम् right to property, heirship, inheritance. -अधिकारिन् m. an heir or claimant (subsequent to the death of the original owner). -अपरा north-west. -अभिमुख a. Turned towards the north. -अयनम् (˚यणं. न being changed to ण) 1 the progress of the sun to the north (of the equator); अग्निर्ज्योतिरहः शुक्लः षण्मासा उत्तरायणम् Bg.8.24. cf. भानोर्मकरसंक्रान्तेः षण्मासा उत्तरायणम् । कर्कादेस्तु तथैव स्यात् षण्मासा दक्षिणायनम् ॥ -2 the period or time of the summer solstice. -अरणिः, -णी f. the upper अरणि (which by cutting becomes the प्रमन्थ or churner); दारुपात्राणि सर्वाणि अरणिं चोत्तरारणिम् (दत्त्वा) Rām.6.111.116. -अर्थ a. for the sake of what follows. -अर्धम् 1 the upper part of the body. -2 the northern part. -3 the latter half (opp. पूर्वार्ध). -4 the further end. -अर्ध्य a. being on the northern side. -अहः the following day. -आभासः a false reply, an indirect, evasive, or prevaricating reply. ˚ता, -त्वम् the semblance of a reply without reality. -आशा the northern direction. ˚अधिपतिः, -पतिः the regent of the northern direction, an epithet of Kubera. -आषाढा 1 the 21st lunar mansion consisting of three stars. -2 N. of bread-fruit or Jak tree (Mar. फणस). -आसङ्गः 1 an upper garment; कृतोत्तरासङ्गम् K.43; Śi.2.19; Ku.5.16. -2 contact with the north. -इतर a. other than उत्तर i. e. southern. (-रा) the southern direction. -उत्तर a. [उत्तरस्मादुत्तरः] 1 more and more, higher and higher, further and further. -2 successive, ever increasing; ˚स्नेहेन दृष्टः Pt. 1; Y.2.136. (-रम्) 1 a reply to an answer, reply on reply; अलमुत्तरोत्तरेण Mu.3. -2 conversation, a rejoinder. -3 excess, exceeding quantity or degree. -4 succession, gradation, sequence. -5 descending. (-रम्) ind. higher and higher, in constant continuation, more and more. उत्तरोत्तरमुत्कर्षः K. P.1; उत्तरोत्तरं वर्धते H.1. -उत्तरिन् a. 1 ever-increasing. -2 one following the other. -ओष्ठः the upper lip (उत्तरो-रौ-ष्ठः). Vārt. on P.VI.1.94. ओत्वोष्ठयोस्समासे वा -काण्डम् the seventh book of the Rāmāyaṇa. -कायः the upper part of the body; तं वाहनादवनतोत्तरकायमीषत् R.9.6. -कालः 1 future time. -2 time calculated from one full moon to another. -कुरु (m. pl.) one of the nine divisions of the world, the country of the northern Kurus (said to be a country of eternal beatitude). -कोसलाः (m. pl.) the northern Kosalas; पितुरनन्तरमुत्तरकोसलान् R.9.1. -कोशला the city of Ayodhyā; यदुपतेः क्व गता मथुरा पुरी रघुपतेः क्व गतोत्तरकोशला ॥ Udb. -क्रिया funeral rites, obsequies. -खण्डम् the last section of book. -खण्डनम् refutation. -गीता N. of a section of the sixth book of the Mahābhārata. -ग्रन्थः supplement to a work. -च्छदः a bed-covering, covering (in general); शय्योत्तरच्छदविमर्द- कृशाङ्गरागम् R.5.65,17.21; नागचर्मोत्तरच्छदः Mb. -ज a. born subsequently or afterwards; चतुर्दश प्रथमजः पुनात्युत्तरजश्च षट् Y.1.59. -ज्या the versed sine of an arc (Wilson); the second half of the chord halved by the versed sine (B. and R.). -ज्योतिषाः (m. pl.) the northern Jyotiṣas. -ततिः f. Ectype (lit. subequent proceedings) उत्तरस्यां ततौ तत्प्रकृतित्वात् MS.1.4.25. शबर explains उत्तरस्यां ततौ as विकृतौ), -तन्त्रम् N. of a supplementary section in the medical work of Suśruta. -तापनीयम् N. of the second part of the नृसिंहतापनीयो- पनिषद्. -दायक a. replying, disobedient, pert, impertinent; दुष्टा भार्या शठं मित्रं भृत्याश्चोत्तरदायकाः H.2.11. -दिश् f. the north. ˚ईशः, -पालः 1 Kubera, the regent of the north. -2 the planet बुध. ˚बलिन् 1 the planet Venus. -2 the moon. -देशः the country towards the north. -धेय a. to be done subsequently. -नारायणः the second part of the नारायणसूक्त or पुरुषसूक्त (Rv.1.9.). -पक्षः 1 the northern wing or side. -2 the dark half of a lunar month. -3 the second part of an argument, i. e. a reply, the reason pro. (opp. पूर्वपक्ष); प्रापयन् पवनव्याधेर्गिरमुत्तरपक्षताम् Śi.2.15. -4 a demonstrated truth or conclusion. -5 the minor proposition in a syllogism. -6 (in Mīm.) the fifth member of an Adhikaraṇa, q. v. -पटः 1 an upper garment. -2 a bed-covering (उत्तरच्छदः). -पथः the northern way, way leading to the north; the northern country; P.V.1 77. उत्तरपथेनाहृतं च. -पथिक a. travelling in the northern country. -पदम् 1 the last member of a compound. -2 a word that can be compounded with another. -पदिक, -पदकीय a. relating to, studying, or knowing the last word or term. -पर्वतकम् A variety of hides. Kāu. A.2.11. -पश्चार्धः the northwestern half. -पश्चिम a. northwestern. (-मः) the north-western country. (-मा) [उत्तरस्याः पश्चिमायाश्च दिशोन्तरालम्] the north-west; आलोकयन्नुत्तरपश्चिमेन Mb.12.335.8. -पादः the second division of a legal plaint, that part which relates to the reply or defence; पूर्वपक्षः स्मृतः पादो द्वितीयश्चोत्तरः स्मृतः । क्रियापादस्तृतीयः स्याच्चतुर्थो निर्णयः स्मृतः ॥ -पुरस्तात् ind. north-eastward (with gen.). -पुराणम् N. of a Jaina work. -पुरुषः = उत्तमपुरुषः q. v. -पूर्व a. north-eastern. (-र्वा) the north-east. -प्रच्छदः a cover lid, quilt. -प्रत्युत्तरम् 1 a dispute, debate, a rejoinder, retort. -2 the pleadings in a law-suit. -फ (फा) ल्गुनी the twelfth lunar mansion consisting of two stars (having the figure of a bed). -भागः The second part. -भाद्रपद्, -दा 1 the 26 th lunar mansion consisting of two stars (figured by a couch). -2 N. of a plant (Mar. कडुनिंब). -मन्द्रा a loud but slow manner of singing. ˚मन्द्राद्या a. particular मूर्च्छना in music. -मात्रम् a mere reply. -मीमांसा the later Mīmāmsā, the Vedānta Philosophy, an inquiry into the nature of Brahman or Jñāna Kāṇḍa (distinguished from मीमांसा proper which is usually called पूर्वमीमांसा). -युगम् A particular measure (= 13 Aṅgulas). -रहित a. without a reply. -रामचरितम् -त्रम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti, which describes the later life of Rāma. -रूपम् The second of two combined vowels or consonants. -लक्षणम् the indication of an actual reply. -लोमन् a. having the hair turned upwards. -वयसम्, -स् n. old age, the declining period of life. -वरितः a kind of small syringe. -वल्ली f. N. of the second section of the काठकोपनिषद् when divided into two अध्यायs. -वस्त्रम्, -वासस् n. an upper garment, mantle, cloak; जग्राह तामुत्तरवस्त्रदेशे Mb.3.268. 24. -वादिन् m. 1 a defendant, respondent; (Opp. पूर्ववादिन्.) साक्षिषूभयतः सत्मु साक्षिणः पूर्ववादिनः । पूर्वपक्षे$धरीभूते भवन्त्युत्तरवादिनः ॥ Y.2.17. -2 one whose claims are of later date than another's. -विद् -वेदन or वेदिन् An elephant sensitive to slight stimuli (Mātaṅga L.1.29; 9.39). -वीथिः f. The northern orbit; Bṛi. S. -वेदिः 1 the northern altar made for the sacred fire. -2 N. of a Tīrtha near the कुरुक्षेत्र. -सक्थम् the left thigh. -संझित a. denoted or named in reply (as a witness). (-तः) hearsay-witness. -साक्षिन् m. 1 a witness for the defence. -2 a witness deposing to facts from the reports of others. -साधक a. 1 finishing what remains or follows, assisting at a ceremony. -2 who or what proves a reply. (-कः) an assistant, helper -हनुः Ved. the upper jaw-bone.
uttaratara उत्तरतर a. Still further, or higher, remote, distant.
utpavanam उत्पवनम् 1 Cleansing, purifying; द्रव्याणां च्चै व सर्वेषां शुद्धिरुत्पवनं स्मृतम् Ms.5.115. -2 Straining liquids for domestic or religious purposes. -3 Any instrument for cleansing. -4 Sprinkling ghee (or other fluids) on the sacrificial fire with two blades of Kuśa grass, the ends of which are held in either hand and the centre dipped into the liquid; अप्रच्छिन्नाग्रावनन्तर्गर्भौ प्रादेश- मात्रौ कुशौ नानान्तयोर्गृहीत्वा अङ्गुष्ठोपकनिष्ठिकाभ्यामुत्तानाभ्यां प्रागुत्पु- नाति सकृन्मन्त्रेण द्विस्तूष्णीम् Āśval.
utpāvaḥ उत्पावः [पू-घञ्] Purifying ghee.
utplavanam उत्प्लवनम् 1 Jumping or leaping up, springing upon. -2 Skimming off impure oil or ghee or any dirt floating upon a liquid by passing a blade of Kuśa grass over it.
utsṛtiḥ उत्सृतिः f. A higher caste; यज्ञार्थं निधनं प्राप्ताः प्राप्नु- वन्त्युत्सृतिः (v. l. उच्छृतीः) पुनः Ms.5.4.
udac उदच् उदञ्च् a. (m. उदङ्, n. उदक्, f. उदीची) 1 Turned or going upwards. -2 Upper, higher; ˚कूलः; ˚तीरः &c. -3 Northern, turned towards the north. -4 Subsequent. -क् ind. 1 Above. -2 Northward, to the north of (with abl.); आचम्योदक् परावृत्य Ms.3.217. -3 Subsequently. -Comp. -अद्रिः the northern mountain, Himālaya. -अयनम् the sun's progress north of the equator (= उत्तरायणम् q. v.). -आवृत्तिः f. return from the north; उदगावृत्तिपथेन नारदः R.8.33. -दश a. having its skirts or border turned upwards or towards the north (as a garment) -पथः a northern country. -प्रवण a. 1 inclining or sloping towards the north. -2 proceeding well (as a sacrifice). -भूमः, -भूमिः 1 good or fertile soil. -2 a land sloping towards the north. -मुख a. facing the north; उत्पतोदङ्मुखः खम् Me.14.
unmeya उन्मेय a. To be weighed; what is weighed. -यम् Weight, burden.
upama उपम a. Ved. 1 Highest, uppermost. -2 Most excellent, best, eminent, first. -3 Nearest.
upamaśravas उपमश्रवस् a. 1 Of highest fame, -2 m. N. of a son of Kuruśravaṇa and grandson of Mitrātithi; कविं कवीनामुपमश्रवस्तमम् Rv.2.23.1.
upari उपरि ind. 1 As a separable preposition (usually with gen., rarely with acc. or loc.) it means (a) Above, over, upon, on, towards; (opp. अधः) (with gen.); गतमुपरि घनानाम् Ś.7.7; अवाङ्मुखस्योपरि वृष्टिः पपात R.2.6; अर्कस्योपरि Ś.2.9; प्रासादानाम् Māl.7.5; U.5.2; Śi.16. 9.12.37; so ˚स्थापनम्, ˚स्थित &c.; with loc. उपर्येव स लङ्कायाम् Rām.; or acc. यन्त्राण्युपरि यन्त्राणि ibid. oft. at the end of comp.; रथ˚, तरुवर˚, तद्˚. (b) At the end of, at the head of; सर्वानन्दानामुपरि वर्तमाना K.158. (c) Beyond, in addition to; पणस्योपरि संस्थाप्य व्ययम् Y.2.253; भुक्तस्यो- परि Suśr. (d) In connection with, with regard to, towards, upon; परस्परस्योपरि पर्यचीयत R.3.24; Śānti. 3.23; तस्योपरि क्रुद्धः, ममोपरि दुष्टबुद्धिः &c.; तवोपरि प्रायोपवेशनं करिष्यामि on your account. (e) After; मुहूर्तादुपरि उपाध्याय- श्चेदागच्छेत् P.III.3.9 Sk. उपरि joined to उपरि (with acc. or gen. or by itself) means (a) Just above; लोकानुपर्युपर्यास्ते माधवः Vop. (b) higher and higher, far high, high above; उपर्युपरि सर्वेषामादित्य इव तेजसा Mb. -2 (As a separable adverb) It means (a) high above, upon, towards the upper side of (opp. अधः); त्रिदशा- न्विनिहत्याशु स्वयं स्थास्याम्यथोपरि Rām.7.29.6. उपर्युपरि पश्यन्तः सर्व एव दरिद्रति H.2.2; so उपरि या; ˚स्थापन, ˚स्थित &c.; oft. in com. स्वमुद्रोपरिचिह्नितम् Y.1.319. (b) Besides, in addition, further, more; शतान्युपरि चैवाष्टौ तथा भूयश्च सप्ततिः Mb. (c) Afterwards; यदा पूर्वं नासीदुपरि च तया नैव भविता Śānti.2.7; सर्पिः पीत्वोपरि पयः पिबेत् Suśr.; उपर्युपरि more and more, repeatedly, continuously. [cf. Zend upairi, upara; Gr. huper; L. super; Old Germ. obar; Germ. uber; Eng. over; Hind. upar]. -Comp. -आसनम् sitting on high. -करः A tax paid by temporary tenants. -काण्डम् The third division of the Maitrāyaṇī Saṁhitā. -गत a. gone up, ascended. -चर a. moving above (as a bird). -रः N. of the king Vasu. -चित a. piled over or above. -ज a. produced above, elevated, high. -तन, स्थ a. upper, higher. -तलम् Upper part; उपरितलनिपातितेष्टकः Mk.3.22. -प्रुत a. Ved. coming from above; Vāj.7.3. -बुध्न a. Ved. raised above the ground; Rv.1.73.8. -बृहती A variety of बृहती metre. -भागः the upper portion or side. -भावः being above or higher. -भूमिः f. the ground above. -मर्त्यम् ind. Ved. above men; अवो देवमुपरि- मर्त्यं कृधि Rv.8.19.12. -शयनम् a place of rest. यदु- परिशयनमाहरन्ति स्वर्गमेव तेन लोकमवरुन्द्धे Av.9.6.9. -श्रेणिक a. being in the upper line or series. -ष्ठ (स्थ) a. Above, staying up; पर्वतस्योपरिष्ठस्य कर्मेदं कस्यचिद्भवेत् Rām.7.16. 5. -सद् a. lying or sitting above; Vāj.9.35. (m.) a class of gods. -सद्यम् sitting above. -स्थायिन् a. Standing higher, prominent. -स्पृश् Reaching above, elevated; वसवो रुद्रा आदित्या उपरिस्पृशम् Rv.1.128.9. -कः A provincial governor.
uśij उशिज् Ved. 1 Desiring, striving earnestly. -2 Devoted to, willing. -m. 1 Fire. -2 Ghee or clarified butter.
ūrdhva ऊर्ध्व a. Erect, upright, above; ˚केश &c.; rising or tending upwards. -2 Raised, elevated, erected; हस्तः, ˚पादः &c. -3 High, superior, upper. -4 Not sitting (opp. आसीन). -5 Torn (as hair). -6 Thrown up. -र्ध्वम् Elevation, height. -र्ध्वम् -ind. 1 Upwards, aloft, above. अधश्चोर्ध्वं च प्रसृतम् Muṇḍ. Up.2.2.11; अधश्चोर्ध्वं प्रसृतास्तस्य शाखाः Bg.15.1. -2 In the sequel (= उपरिष्टात्). -3 In a high tone, aloud. -4 Afterwards, subsequent to (with abl.); शरीरभेदादूर्ध्वमुत्क्रम्य पुनः Ait. Up.4.6. ते त्र्यहादूर्ध्वमाख्याय Ku.6.93; ऊर्ध्वं संवत्सरात् Ms.9.77; Y.1.53; R.14.66; Bk.18.36; पितुरूर्ध्वम् Ms.9.14 after the father's death; अत ऊर्ध्वम् hence forward, hereafter. -Comp. -अङ्गुलि a. with uplifted finger. -अयन a. going upwards. (-नम्) motion above. -आवर्तः rearing of a horse. -आसितः the plant Momordica Charantia (कारवेल्ल; Mar. कारलें) -ईहः motion or tendency upwards. -कच, -केश a. 1 having the hair erect. -2 one whose hair is torn. -कचः 1 The descending node. -2 N. of Ketu. -केशी N. of a goddess; ऊर्ध्वकेशी विरूपाक्षी मांसशोणितभोजने Sandhyā. -कण्ठ a. with the neck upraised. (-ण्ठी) N. of a plant (महाशतावरी). -कर्ण a. with the ears pricked up or erect; निभृतोर्ध्वकर्णाः Ś.1.8. -कर्मन् n. -क्रिया 1 motion upwards. -2 action for attaining a high place. -m. N. of Viṣṇu. -कायः, -यम् the upper part of the body. -कृशन a. having the sharp qualities stirred up (Soma) effervescing (?); अयं बिभर्त्यूर्ध्वकृशनं मदम् Rv.1.144.2. -ग, -गामिन् a. 1 going upwards, ascended, rising; भुवा सहोष्माणममुञ्चदूर्ध्वगम् Ku.5.23. -2 being on high. -3 virtuous, pious. (-गः) 1 a kind of disease. -2 N. of of Viṣṇu; ˚पुरम् the city of Hariśchandra. -गत a. gone up, risen, ascended. -गति a. going upwards. (-तिः f.) -गमः, -गमनम् 1 ascent, elevation. -2 going to heaven. -3 going above (as life). -4 Fire. -चरण, -पाद a. having the feet upwards. (-णः) 1 A kind of ascetic or devotee. -2 a fabulous animal called Śarabha. (-पादम्) A kind of dance; Dk.2.8. -चित् a. Ved. collecting, piling or heaping up. -जानु, -ज्ञ, -ज्ञु a. [ऊर्ध्वमुच्चं जानु यस्य] 1 raising the knees, sitting on the hams; क्षणमयमनुभूय स्वप्नमूर्ध्वज्ञुरेव Śi.11.11. -2 long-shanked. -तालः A kind of time (ताल in music). -तिलकिन् a. having a sectarian mark on the forehead. -दंष्ट्र (ष्ट्रा) केश N. of Śiva (whose teeth and hair are erect). -दृश् m. A Crab. -दृष्टि, -नेत्र a. 1 looking upwards. -2 (fig.) aspiring, ambitious. (-ष्टिः f.) concentrating the sight on the spot between the eyebrows (in Yoga Phil.) -द्वारम् The gate opening into heaven. -देवः a superior deity, i. e. Viṣṇu. -देहः a funeral ceremony; ˚निमित्तार्थमहं दातुं जला- ञ्जलिम् Rām. -नभस् a. being above in the clouds. -पथः the upper region, the ether. -पातनम् causing to ascend, sublimation (as of mercury), -पात्रम् a sacrificial vessel; सौवर्णराजताब्जानामूर्ध्वपात्रग्रहाश्मनाम् Y.1.182. -पुण्ड्रः, -ण्ड्रकः a perpendicular sign of sandal on the forehead of a Brāhmaṇa. -पूरम् ind. full to the brim, full to overflowing; ˚रं पूर्यते Sk. -पृश्नि a. Ved. spotted above. (-श्निः) a sacrificial beast. -प्रमाणम् Height altitude. -बर्हिस् a. Ved. being above the sacrificial grass. -m. a kind of manes called सोमप. -बाहुः a devotee who constantly holds his arms above his head till they are fixed in that position. ऊर्ध्वबाहुर्विरौम्येष न च कश्चित् शृणोति माम् Mb. -बुध्न a. Ved. upsidedown, topsy-turvy; अर्वाग्विलश्चमस ऊर्ध्वबुध्नः Bṛi. Up. 2.2.3. -भागः 1 the upper part. -2 any part of a word coming after another part. -भाज् a. 1 being upwards. -2 enjoying the upper part. (-m.) the submarine fire. -मन्थिन् a. living in perpetual chastity, a Brahmachārin; वाताशना य ऋषयः श्रमणा ऊर्ध्व- मन्थिनः Bhāg.11.6.48. -मानम् an instrument for measuring altitudes; ऊर्ध्वमानं किलोन्मानं परिमाणं तु सर्वतः Mbh. on P.V.1.19. -मायु a. sending forth a loud noise. -मारुतम् pressure of the wind (of the body) upwards. -मुख a. having the mouth or opening upwards; cast or directed upwards; प्रबोधयत्यूर्ध्वमुखैर्मुयूखैः Ku.1.16; R.3.57. (-खम्) the upper part of the mouth. -मूल a. having the roots upwards. ऊर्ध्वमूलमधः शाखमश्वत्थं प्राहुरव्यम् । छन्दांसि यस्य पर्णानि यस्तं वेद स वेदवित् ॥ Bg.15.1.9. -मौहूर्तिक a. happening after a short time. -रेत, -रेतस् a. [ऊर्ध्वमूर्ध्वगं नाधः पतत् रेतो यस्य] one who lives in perpetual celibacy or abstains from sexual intercourse; यतीनामूर्ध्वरेतसाम् Mb.3.233.44. (-m.) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 Bhīṣma. -लिङ्गः, -लिङ्गिन् N. of Śiva. (Having the membrum virile above, i. e. chaste) -लोकः the upper world, heaven. -वक्त्रः (pl.) N. of a class of deities. -वर्त्मन् m. the atmosphere. -वातः, -वायुः the wind in the upper part of the body (उदान). -वालम् Yak-tail (चमरीपुच्छ); परिधायोर्ध्ववालं तु Mb.12.165.72. -वृत a. put on above, put over the head or shoulder (as the sacred thread of a Brāhmaṇa); कार्पासमुपवीतं स्याद्विप्रस्योर्ध्ववृतं त्रिवृत् Ms.2.44. -शायिन् a. sleeping with the face upwards (as a child). (-m.) N. of Śiva. -शोधनम् vomiting. -शोधनः Soap-nut tree and fruit, Sapindus Emarginatus (Mar. रिठा). -शोषम् ind. so as to dry (anything) above; यद्वोर्ध्वशोषं तृणवद् विशुल्कः Bk.3.14. -श्वासः expiration; a kind of asthma. -सानु a. rising higher and higher; surpassing; कनिक्रदत् पतयदूर्ध्वसानुः Rv.1.152.5. (-m., -n.) the top of a mountain. -स्थ a. being above, superior. -स्थितिः f. 1 the rearing of a horse. -2 a horse's back. -3 elevation, superiority. -स्रोतस् m. 1 an ascetic who abstains from sexual intercourse; cf. ऊर्ध्वरेतस्. -2 N. of a creation of beings whose stream of life or current of nutriment tends upwards. -3 a plant. ऊर्ध्व ūrdhva (र्द्ध rddha) कः kḥ ऊर्ध्व (र्द्ध) कः A kind of drum (Mar. तबला).
lṝ लॄ f. A mother, a divine female. -m. Śiva. -f. = लृ. cf. लॄर्महात्मा सुरो बालो भूपः स्तोमः कथानकः (वक्ता) । मूर्खो शिश्नो गुदः कक्षा केशः पापरतो नरः ॥ Enm. एकान्वयो मम Ś.7; मनस्येकं वचस्येकं कर्मण्येकं महात्मनाम् H.1.197. -4 Firm, unchanged; एको ग्रहस्तु Pt.1.26. -5 Single of its kind, unique, singular. -6 Chief, supreme, prominent, sole; ब्राह्मण्यास्तद्धरेत्पुत्र एकांशं वै पितुर्धनात् Mb.13.47.11. ˚पार्थिव, ˚धनुर्धरः, ˚ऐश्वर्य M.1.1 sole sovereignty; एको रागिषु राजते Bh.3.121. -7 Peerless, matchless. -8 One of two or many; Me.3. एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी Me.8. -9 Oft. used like the English indefinite article 'a', or 'an'; ज्योतिरेकम् Ś.5.3. -1 True. -11 Little. Oft. used in the middle of comp. in the sense of 'only', with an adjectival or adverbial force; दोषैकदृक् looking only to faults; त्वदेकेषु Ku.3.15 your arrow only; so भोगैकबद्धस्पृहः. एकः-अन्यः, or अपरः the onethe other; अजामेकां लोहित ... नमामः । अजो ह्येको ... अजोन्यः Śvet. Up.4.5; it is used in the plural in the sense of some, its correlative being अन्ये or अपरे (others); एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः ॥ Śi.12.45; see अन्य, अपर also. -कः N. of Viṣṇu. the ऴSupreme Being or Prajāpati; एक इति च प्रजापतेरभिधानमिति । ŚB. on MS. 1.3.13. (-कम्) 1 The mind; एकं विनिन्ये स जुगोप सप्त सप्तैव तत्याज ररक्ष पञ्च Bu. Ch.2.41. -2 unity, a unit; Hch. -का N. of Durgā. [cf. Persian yak; L. aequus]. -Comp. -अंशः a separate part, part in general. विष्टभ्याह- मिदं कृत्स्नमेकांशेन स्थितो जगत् Bg.1.42. एकांशश्च प्रधानतः Ms. 9.15. -अक्ष a. 1 having only one axle. द्विचक्रमेकाक्षम् (रथम्) Bhāg.4.26.1. -2 having one eye. -3 having an excellent eye. (-क्षः) 1 a crow. -2 N. of Śiva. -अक्षर a. monosyllabic. ओमित्येकाक्षरं ब्रह्म Bg.8.13. (-रम्) 1 a monosyllable. -2 the sacred syllable; ओम्; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83. -3 The sole imperishable thing; एका- क्षरमभिसंभूय Av.5.28.8. -4 N. of an Upaniṣad. ˚कोशः a vocabulary of monosyllabic words by Puruṣottama-deva. ˚रीभावः the production of only one syllable, contraction. -अग्नि a. Keeping only one fire; Āpastamba Dharma Sūtra 2.21.21. (-कः) One and the same fire. -अग्र a. 1 fixed on one object or point only. -2 closely attentive, concentrated, intent; तद्गीतश्रवणैकाग्रा R.15.66; K.49; कच्चिदेतच्छ्रुतं पार्थ त्वयैकाग्रेण चेतसा Bg.18.72; मनुमे- काग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1. -3 unperplexed. -4 known, celebrated. -5 single-pointed. (-ग्रः) (in Math.) the whole of the long side of a figure which is subdivided. ˚चित्त, ˚मनस् a. with a concentrated mind, with undivided attention. ˚चित्तम्, ˚चित्तता intentness of purpose, concentration of mind; तत्रैकाग्रं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.12;18.72. °reeदृष्टि a. fixing one's eye on one spot. -अग्ऱ्य = ˚अग्र. (-ग्ऱ्यम्) concentration. -अङ्गः 1 a body-guard. -2 the planet Mercury or Mars. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚वधः Mutilation of a limb; Kau. A.4. -4 Having a unique or beautiful shape. (-अङ्गम्) 1 a single member or part. -2 sandal wood. -3 the head. (-ङ्गौ) a married couple. (-ङ्गी) Incomplete; ˚रूपक incomplete, simile. -अञ्जलिः A handful. -अङ्गिका preparation made with sandal-wood. -अण्डः a kind of horse. -अधिपतिः a sole monarch or sovereign. -अनंशा the only (day) receiving no part of the moon, an epithet of Kuhū or day of new moon (born together with Kṛiṣṇa and worshipped with Kṛiṣ&na and Bala-deva and identified with Durgā). -अनुदिष्ट a. 1 left as a funeral feast or one who has recently partaken in it. (-ष्टम्) a funeral ceremony performed for only one ancestor (recently dead); see एकोद्दिष्ट; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति Ms.4.111. -अन्त a. 1 solitary, retired. -2 aside, apart. -3 directed towards one point or object only. -4 excessive, great; ˚शैत्यात्- कदलीविशेषाः Ku.1.36. -5 worshipping only one; devoted to only one (एकनिष्ठ); एकान्तजनप्रियः Bhāg.8.24.31. -6 absolute, invariable, perpetual; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणम् Bh.2.7; कस्यैकान्तं सुखमुपगतम् Me.111. (-तः) 1 a lonely or retired place, solitude; तासामेकान्तविन्यस्ते शयानां शयने द्युमे Rām.5.1.5. व्योम˚ विहारिणः Pt.2.2; H.1.49. -2 exclusiveness. -3 an invariable rule or course of conduct or action; तस्मादेकान्तमासाद्य Pt.3.7. -4 exclusive aim or boundary. (-तम्) an exclusive recourse, a settled rule or principle; तेजः क्षमा वा नैकान्तं काल- ज्ञस्य महीपतेः Śi.2.83. (-तम्, -तेन, -ततः, -ते) ind. 1 solely, exclusively, invariably, always, absolutely, युद्धे नैकान्तेन भवेज्जयः Mb.5.64.27. -2 exceeding, quite, wholly, very much; वयमप्येकान्ततो निःस्पृहाः Bh.3.24; दुःखमेकान्ततो वा Me.111; oft. in comp.; ˚विध्वंसिन् sure or destined to perish; R.2.57; ˚भीरु Mu. 3.5 always timid; so एकान्तकरुण very weak &c. -3 alone, apart, privately. ˚भूत being alone or solitary; विलोक्यैकान्तभूतानि भूतान्यादौ प्रजापतिः Bhāg.6.18.3. ˚मति a. devoted to one object only. ˚विहारिन् a. a solitary wanderer. ˚सुषमा 'containing exclusively good years', a division of time with Jainas. ˚स्थित a. staying or remaining apart. -अन्तर a. next but one, separated by one remove; द्वन्द्वं दक्षमरीचिसंभवमिदं तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27; V.1. (-रः) a kind of fever. -अन्तिक a. final, conclusive. -अन्तित्वम् devotion to one object. -अन्तिन् a. devoted to one object only; अहो अत्यद्भुतं ह्येतद् दुर्लभैकान्ति- नामपि Bhāg.7.1.15. -m. a worshipper of Viṣṇu. -अन्नम् one and the same food. (-न्नः), -˚आदिन् 1 a mess-mate. -2 One who lives on the alms from only one house; नैकान्नादी भवेद् व्रती Ms.2.188. -अपचयः, अपायः Diminution by one. -अब्दा a heifer one year old. -अयन a. 1 passable for only one (as a foot-path) Mb.3. -2 fixing one's thoughts on one object, closely attentive, intent; see एकाग्र. (-नम्) 1 a lonely or retired place; एकायनगतः पथि Mb.1.176.5; Rām. 3.67.23. -2 a meeting-place, rendezvous. सर्वासामपां समुद्र एकायनम् Bṛi. Up.2.4.11. -3 union of thoughts. -4 monotheism. -5 the sole object; सा स्नेहस्य एकायनीभूता M.2.14; एकायनीभूय Mv.4 with one accord, unanimously. -6 One and the same way, similarity; एकमेवायनगताः प्लवमाना गिरेर्गिरम् Rām.4.2.9. -7 Worldly wisdom (नीतिशास्त्र); नाम वै एकायनम् Ch. Up.7.1.2. ˚गत = एकायन q. v. तरुणः सुकृतैर्युक्त एकायनगतश्च ह Mb.7.12.22. ˚स्थः With only one resource open, driven to extremity; शूरश्चैकायनस्थश्च किमन्यत्प्रतिपद्यते Pratijñā.1.7. -अर्णवः general flood, universal deluge; अयं ह्युत्सहते क्रुद्धः कर्तुमे- कार्णवं जगत् Rām.5.49.2. -अर्थ a. 1 having one and the same meaning, having the same object in view; राजन्यकान्युपायज्ञैरेकार्थानि चरैस्तव Śi.2.114. -2 (Rhet.) Tautological (as a sentence); Kāvyālaṅkāravṛitti. 2.1.11. (-र्थः) 1 the same thing, object, or intention. -2 the same meaning. -3 N. of a glossary (of synonymous words); cf. एकार्थनाममाला. -अवम a. inferior or less by one. -अवयव a. made up of the same components. -अशीत or ˚तितम a. eighty-first. -अशीतिः f. eighty-one. -अष्टका 1 the first or chief Aṣṭakā after the full moon; एकाष्टके सुप्रजसः सुवीरा Av.3.1.5. -2 the eighth day of the dark fortnight in the month of Māgha (on which a श्राद्ध is to be performed). -अष्ठीका (ला) The root of the trumpet-flower (Mar. पहाडमूळ). -अष्ठील a. having one kernel. (-लः) N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष); A white variety of Gigantic swallowwort (Mar. रुईमांदार). -अहन् (ह) 1 the period of one day. -2 a sacrifice lasting for one day. ˚गमः, ˚अध्वा a day's journey. -आतपत्र a. characterized by only one umbrella (showing universal sovereignty); एकातपत्रं जगतः प्रभुत्वम् R.2.47. ˚त्रां भुवम् 18.4; K.26; Śi.12. 33; V.3.19. -आत्मन् a. depending solely on one-self, solitary. -आदेशः cf. Sk. on P.VI.1.11. one substitute for two or more letters (got by either dropping one vowel, or by the blending of both); as the आ in एकायन. -आयु a. 1 providing the most excellent food. -2 the first living being. एकायुरग्रे विश आविवाससि Rv.1.31.5. -आवलिः, -ली f. 1 a single string of pearls, beads &c.; सूत्रमेकावली शुद्धा Kau. A.2.11. एका- वली कण्ठविभूषणं वः Vikr.1.3; लताविटपे एकावली लग्ना V.1. -2 (in Rhetoric) Necklace-a series of statements in which there is a regular transition from a predicate to a subject, or from a subject to a predicate; स्थाप्यते$पोह्यते वापि यथापूर्वं परस्परम् । विशेषणतया यत्र वस्तु सैकावली द्विधा ॥ K. P.1; cf. Chandr.5.13-4; नेत्रे कर्णान्तविश्रान्ते कर्णो दोःस्तम्भदोलितौ &c. and Bk.2.19. -आहार्य a. having the same food; making no difference between allowed and forbidden food; एकहार्यं युगं सर्वम् Mb.3.19.41. -उक्तिः f. a single expression or word. -उत्तर a. greater or increasing by one. -उदकः (a relative) connected by the offering of funeral libations of water to the same deceased ancestor; जन्मन्येकोदकानां तु त्रिरात्राच्छुद्धिरिष्यते Ms.5.71. -उदरः, -रा uterine, (brother or sister). -उदात्त a. having one Udātta accent. -उद्दिष्टम् a Śrāddha or funeral rite performed for one definite individual deceased, not including other ancestors; see एकानुदिष्ट. -ऊन a. less by one, minus one. -ऋच् a. consisting of one verse (ऋच्). (-चम्) A Sūkta of one verse only; Av.19.23.2. -एक a. one by one, one taken singly, a single one; एकैकमप्यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् H. Pr.11; R.17.43. (-कम्), -एकैकशः, ind. one by one, singly, severally एकैकमत्र दिवसे दिवसे Ś.6.11; ˚कं निर्दिशन् Ś.7 pointing to each severally. -श्यम् (एककश्यम्) Single state, severally एकैकश्येनानुपूर्वं भूत्वा भूत्वेह जायते Bhāg.7.15.51. -˚श्येन (instrumental used as an adv.) individually, singly, one by one. ते यदि एकैकश्येनापि कुर्वन्ति तथापि सत्रक्रियामभिसमीक्ष्य बहव एव कुर्वन्तीति बहुवचनं भविष्यति । ŚB on MS.1.6.45. -ओघः 1 a continuous current. -2 A single flight (of arrows); एकौघेन स्वर्णपुङ्खैर्द्विषन्तः (आकिरन्ति स्म) Śi. 18.55. -कपाल a. consisting of or contained in one cup. -कर a. (-री f.) 1 doing only one thing. -2 (-रा) one-handed. -3 one-rayed. -कार्य a. 1 acting in concert with, co-operating, having made common cause with; co-worker; अस्माभिः सहैककार्याणाम् Mu.2; R.1.4. -2 answering the same end. -3 having the same occupation. (-र्यम्) sole or same business. -कालः 1 one time. -2 the same time, (-लम्, -ले) ind. at one time, at one and the same time; एककालं चरेद्भैक्षम् Ms.6.55. ˚भोजनम् eating but one meal in any given time. -कालिकम् Once a day; तेभ्यो लब्धेन भैक्ष्येण वर्तयन्नेककालिकम् Ms.11.123. -कालीन a. 1 happening once only; -2 Contemporary, coeval. -कुण्डलः (लिन्) N. of Kubera; of Balabhadra and Śeṣa; गर्गस्रोतो महातीर्थमाजगामैककुण्डली Mb.9.37.14. cf. एककुण्डल आख्यातो बलरामे धनाधिपे Medini. -कुष्ठम् a kind of leprosy; कृष्णारुणं येन भवे- च्छरीरं तदेककुष्ठं प्रवदन्त्यसाध्यम् Suśr. -क्षीरम् the milk of one (nurse &c.). -गम्यः the supreme spirit. -गुरु, गुरुक a. having the same preceptor. (-रुः, -रुकः) a spiritual brother (pupil of the same preceptor). -ग्राम a. living in the same village. (-मः) the same village. -ग्रामीण a. Inhabiting the same village; नैकग्रामीणमतिथिम् Ms.3.13. -चक्र a. 1 having only one wheel. (said of the sun's chariot); सप्त युञ्जन्ति रथमेक- चक्रम् Rv.1.164.2. -2 governed by one king only. (-क्रः) the chariot of the sun. ˚वर्तिन् m. sole master of the whole universe, universal monarch. (-क्रा) N. of the town Kīchakas. -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-one. -चर a. 1 wandering or living alone, alone; अयमेकचरो$ भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3;3.53. Kau. A.1.18. स्वच्छन्दमेकचरं Mudrā. -2 having one attendant. -3 living unassisted. -4 going together or at the same time. -5 gregarious. -6 (Said of certain animals); न भक्षयेदेकचरान् Ms.5.17; Bhāg.5.8.18. (-रः) 1 a rhinoceros. -2 An ascetic (यति); नाराजके जनपदे चरत्येकचरो वशी Rām.2.67.23. -चरण a. having only one foot. -चारिन् a. 1 living alone, solitary. -2 going alone or with one follower only. -3 An attendant of Buddha. (-णी) a loyal wife. -चित्त a. thinking of one thing only, absorbed in one object. (-त्तम्) 1 fixedness of thought upon one object. -2 unanimity एकचित्तीभूय H.1 unanimously; ˚ता fixedness of mind, agreement, unanimity. -चिन्तनम् thinking of only one object. -चिन्मय a. Consisting of intelligence; Rāmt. Up. -चेतस्, -मनस् a. unanimous; see ˚चित्त. -चोदन a. Resting upon one rule. (-नम्) referring to in the singular number. -च्छत्र a. Ruled by one king solely. -च्छायाश्रित a. Involved in similarity (of debt) with one debtor (said of a surety); Y.2.56. -ज a. 1 born alone or single. -2 growing alone (a tree); महानप्येकजो वृक्षो बलवान्सुप्रतिष्ठितः Pt.3.54. -3 alone of its kind. -4 uniform, unchanging. -जः, -जा a brother or sister of the same parents. -जटा N. of a goddess उग्रतारा. -जन्मन् m. 1 a king. -2 a Śūdra; see ˚जाति below. -जात a. born of the same parents; Ms.9.148. -जाति a. 1 once born. -2 belonging to the same family or caste. (-तिः) a Śūdra (opp. द्विजन्मन्); ब्राह्मणः क्षत्रियो वैश्यस्त्रयो वर्णा द्विजातयः । चतुर्थ एकजातिस्तु शूद्रो नास्ति तु पञ्चमः ॥ Ms.1.4;8.27. -जातीय a. of the same kind, species or family. ˚अनुसमयः performance of one detail with reference to all things or persons, then doing the second, then the third and so on (see पदार्थानुसमय) Ms.5.2.1-2. -जीववादः (in phil.) the assertion of a living soul only. -ज्या the chord of an arc; sine of 3˚. -ज्योतिस् m. N. of Śiva. -तान a. concentrated or fixed on one object only, closely attentive; ब्रह्मैकतानमनसो हि वसिष्ठमिश्राः Mv.3.11. (-नः) 1 attention fixed on one object only; A. Rām.6.2.2. -2 musical harmony, = ˚तालः -ताल a. Having a single palm tree; एकताल एवोत्पातपवनप्रेरितो गिरिः R.15.23. -तालः harmony, accurate adjustment of song, dance, and instrumental music (cf. तौर्यत्रिकम्). -लम् A kind of sculptural measurement. (-ली) an instrument for beating time, any instrument having but one note. -तीर्थिन् a. 1 bathing in the same holy water. -2 belonging to the same religious order; क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः Y.2.137. -m. a fellow student, spiritual brother. -तेजन a. Ved. having only one shaft (an arrow). -त्रिंशत् f. thirty-one; ˚त्रिंश 31st. -त्रिकः a kind of sacrifice performed in or lasting for a day. -दंष्ट्रः, -दन्तः "one-tusked", epithets of Gaṇeśa (एकदंष्ट्रः) A kind of fever. -दण्डिन् m. 1 N. of a class of Sannyāsins or beggars (otherwise called हंस). They are divided into four orders :-कुटीचको बहूदको हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात्स उत्तमः ॥ Hārita. -2 N. of a Vedantic school. -दलः, -पत्रः N. of a plant (चन्डालकन्द). -दिश् a. living in the same region or quarter. -दुःखसुख a. sympathising, having the same joys and sorrows. -दृश्, -दृष्टि a. one-eyed. -m. 1 a crow. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 a philosopher. -दृश्य a. the sole object of vision, alone being worthy of being seen. तमेकदृश्यं नयनैः पिबन्त्यो Ku.7.64. -दृष्टिः f. fixed or steady look. -देवः the Supreme god. -देवत, -दे(दै)वत्य a. devoted, directed or offered to one deity. -देश a. occupying the same place. (-शः) 1 one spot or place. -2 a part or portion (of the whole), one side; ˚अवतीर्णा K.22; तस्यैकदेशः U.4; Mv.2; विभावितैकदेशेन देयं यदभियुज्यते V.4.33 'what is claimed should be given by one who is proved to have got a part of it'; (this is sometimes called एकदेशविभावितन्याय) ˚क्षाण a. partly burnt. एकदेशक्षाणमपि क्षाणमेव । ŚB. on MS.6.4.18. -देशिन् a. consisting of parts or portions divided into parts. -m. A disputant knowing only part of the true state of the case. -देह, -देहिन् a. 1 having only one body. -2 elegantly formed. (-हः) 1 the planet Mercury. -2 (du.) Husband and wife. -धनः a kind of jug with which water is taken up at certain religious ceremonies. (-नम्) 1 an excellent gift. -2 honorific offering. -धनिन् a. obtaining an honorific offering, -धर्मन्, -धर्मिन् a. 1 possessing the same properties of the same kind. -2 professing the same religion. -धुर, -धुरावह, -धुरीण a. 1 fit for but one kind of labour. -2 fit for but one yoke (as cattle for special burden; P.IV.4.79). -धुरा a particular load or conveyance. -नक्षत्रम् a lunar mansion consisting of only one star. -नटः the principal actor in a drama, the manager (सूत्रधार) who recites the prologue. -नयनः The planet Venus. -नवतः ninety-first. -नवतिः f. ninety-one. -नाथ a. having one master. (-थः) 1 sole master or lord. -2 N. of an author. -नायकः N. of Śiva. -निश्चय a. come to the same conclusion or resolution, having the same aim. (-यः) general agreement or conclusion, unanimity. -निपातः A particle which is a single word. -निष्ठ a. 1 intently devoted or loyal (to one thing). -2 intently fixed on one object. -नेत्रः 1 N. of Śiva; (one-eyed). -2 (With Śaivas) One of the eight forms of Vidyeśvara. -पक्ष a. 1 of the same side or party, an associate. -2 partial. (-क्षः) one side or party; ˚आश्रयविक्लवत्वात् R.14.34; ˚क्षे in one point of view, in one case. -पक्षीभावः The state of being the one alternative. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-one. -पतिक a. having the same husband. -पत्नी 1 a faithful wife (perfectly chaste); तां चावश्यं दिवसगणनातत्परामेकपत्नीम् Me.1. -2 the wife of a man who has no other wives; यो धर्म एकपत्नीनां काङ्क्षन्ती तमनुत्तमम् Ms.5.158. -3 the wife of the same man; a co-wife; सर्वासामेकपत्नीनामेका चेत्पुत्रिणी भवेत् Ms.9. 183. ˚व्रतम् a vow of perfect chastity; कामेकपत्नीव्रतदुःख- शीलाम् Ku.3.7. -पत्रिका the plant Ocimum Gratissimum (गन्धपत्रा; Mar. नागदवणी) -पद्, -पाद् a. 1 one-footed, limping, lame. -2 incomplete. (-पाद्) m. N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. (-पदी) a foot-path (for a single man to walk on). एकपद्या तया यान्ती नलिकायन्त्रतुल्यया Śiva. B.28.66 -पद a. 1 one-footed. -2 consisting of or named in one word. (-दम्) 1 a single step. -2 single or simple word. -3 the time required to pronounce a single word. -4 present time, same time; (-दः) 1 a man having one foot. -2 a kind of coitus (रतिबन्ध). (-दे) ind. suddenly, all at once, abruptly; निहन्त्यरीनेकपदे य उदात्तः स्वरानिव Śi.2.95; R.8.48; K.45; V.4.3. (-दा) a verse consisting of only one Pāda or quarter stanza. (-दी) 1 a woman having one foot. -2 a Gāyatrī consisting of one Pāda. गायत्र्यस्येकपदी Bṛi. Up.5.14.7. -3 Foot-path (Mar. पाऊलवाट); इयमेकपदी राजन्यतो मे पितुराश्रमः Rām. 2.63.44. -पर a. Ved. an epithet of the dice in which one is decisive or of pre-eminent importance. -परि ind. one over or under, (a term at dice; cf. अक्षपरि). अक्षस्याह- मेकहरस्य हेतोः Rv.1.34.2. -पर्णा 1 N. of a younger sister of Durgā. -2 N. of Durgā. -3 a plant having one leaf only. -पलाशः a. a single Butea Frondosa. -पाटला N. of a younger sister of Durgā; N. of Durgā. -पाणः a single wager. -पात a. happening at once, sudden. -तः The first word of a Mantra (प्रतीक). -पतिन् a. 1 sudden. -2 standing alone or solitary. (-नी) i. e. ऋक् a verse to be taken by itself or independently of the hymn to which it belongs. -पाद a. 1 having only one foot; तत्र शिश्रिये$ज एकपादः Av.13.1.6. -2 using only one foot. (-दः) 1 one or single foot. -2 one and the same Pāda. -3 N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva. -पादिका a kind of posture of birds. -पार्थिवः Sole ruler or king; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेक- पार्थिवः R.3.31. -पिङ्गः, -पिङ्गलः N. of Kubera; having a yellow mark in place of one eye; (his eye was so made on account of a curse uttered by Pārvatī when he cast an evil eye at her;) Dk.2.4. -पिण्ड a. united by the offering of the funeral rice-ball; ˚ता, -त्वम् consanguinity. -पुत्र a. having only one son. -पुरुषः 1 the Supreme Being; वेदान्तेषु यमाहुरेकपुरुषम् V.1.1; -2 the chief person. a. Consisting of only one man. तथैकपुरुषं राष्ट्रम् Bhāg.6.5.7. -पुष्कलः (रः) N. of a musical instrument (Mar. काहल); ततः प्रयाते दाशार्हे प्रावाद्यन्तैकपुष्कराः Mb.5.94.21. -प्रकार a. of the same kind. -प्रख्य a. singularly like. -प्रभुत्वम् sole sovereignty. -प्रयत्नः one effort (of the voice). -प्रस्थः a measure. -प्रहारिक a. killed by one blow. Mk.8. -प्राणयोगः union in one breath. -बुद्धि a. having only one thought. -भक्त a. 1 serving one master only. -2 worshipping one deity. -3 eating together. (-भूक्तम्) N. of a religious ceremony; eating but one meal (a day) Mb.3; Y.3.318. ˚व्रतम् eating but once a day as a religious observance. -भक्ति a. 1 believing in one deity. -2 firmly devoted; तेषां ज्ञानी नित्ययुक्त एकभक्तिर्विशिष्यते Bg.7. 17. -f. eating but one meal a day. -भार्या a faithful or chaste wife. तामेकभार्यां परिवादभीरोः R.14.86 (-र्यः) one having one wife only. -भाव a. of the same or one nature. -2 sincerely devoted. -3 honest, sincerely disposed. (-वः) 1 one feeling, the same or unchanged devotion; दुर्ग्राह्यत्वान्नृपतिमनसां नैकभावाश्रयाणां सेवाधर्मः परमगहनः Pt.1.285;3.65. स्वतेजसा सत्त्वगुणप्रवाहमात्मैकभावेन भजध्वमद्धा Bhāg. -2 oneness, agreement. cf. एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भवितात्मनाम् -भूत a. 1 being one, undivided -2 concentrated, closely attentive. -भूमः a palace having one floor. -भोजन, -भुक्त a. 1 eating but one meal. -2 eating in common. -मति a. 1 fixed on one object. -2 unanimous, thinking in the same way. -मनस् a. thinking with another, of one thought; ते निर्यान्तु मया सहैकमनसो येषामभीष्टं यशः Mu.2.13. -2 fixing the mind upon one object, closely attentive; गच्छन्तमेकमनसम् Mb.1.42.36. एकमनाः श्रोतुमर्हति देवः M.2. -मात्र a. of one syllable. -मुख a. 1 having the face directed towards one place, direction of object; सहस्रं स एकमुखो ददाति Av.9.4.9. -2 having the same aim. -3 having one chief or head; द्यूतमेकमुखं कार्यम् Y.2.23. -4 having one door or entrance (as a मण्डप). (-खम्) 1 gambling. -2 a kind of fruit (रुद्राक्षफल). -मूर्धन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.8.9.15. -मूला = अतसी q. v. -यष्टिः, -यष्टिका a single string of pearls. -योनि a. 1 uterine. -2 of the same family or caste; एतद्विधानं विज्ञेयं विभाग- स्यैकयोनिषु Ms.9.148. -रजः the plant भृङ्गराज (Mar. माका). -रथः An eminent warrior; Mb.3. -रश्मि a. Lustrous Mb.4. -रस a. 1 finding pleasure only in one thing, of one flavour; रसान्तराण्येकरसं यथा दिव्यं पयो$श्नुते R.1.17. -2 of one feeling or sentiment only; साहस˚ U.5.21 influenced only by rashness; विक्रम˚ K.7; भावैकरसं मनः Ku.5.82; M.3.1; Bv.2.155; Śi.6.26; V.1.9. -3 of one tenor, stable, equable; Māl.4.7; U.4.15. -4 solely or exclusively devoted (to one); अबलैकरसाः R.9.43,8.65. (-सः) 1 oneness of aim or feeling. -2 the only flavour or pleasure. (-सम्) a drama of one sentiment. -राज्, -राजः m. an absolute king; प्राङ् विशाम्पतिरेकराट् त्वं वि राज Av.3.4.1. a. Shining alone, alone visible; स वा एष तदा द्रष्टा नाप- श्यद् दृश्यमेकराट् Bhāg.3.5.24. -रात्रः a ceremony lasting one night. (-त्रम्) one night; एकरात्रं तु निवसन्नतिथिर्ब्राह्मणः स्मृतः Ms.3.12. -रात्रिक a. lasting or sufficient for one night only. -राशिः 1 a heap, crowd. -2 a sign of the zodiac. ˚भूत a. collected or heaped together. -रिक्थिन् m. a coheir; यद्येकरिक्थिनौ स्यातामौरसक्षेत्रजौ सुतौ Ms.9.162. -रूप a. 1 of one form or kind, like, similar; आसवः प्रतिपदं प्रमदानां नैकरूपरसतामिव भेजे Ki.9.55. -2 uniform, one-coloured; Rv.1.169.2. (-पम्) 1 one form or kind; -2 The knowledge of reality. विमोचयत्येकरूपेण Sāṅ. K.63. ˚ता uniformity, invariableness; क्षणद्युतीनां दधुरेकरूपताम् Ki.8.2. -रूप्य a. formed or arising from one. -लिङ्गः 1 a word having one gender only. -2 N. of Kubera. (-ङ्गम्) a place in which for five krośas there is but one लिङ्ग (Phallus); पञ्चक्रोशान्तरे यत्र न लिङ्गान्तरमीक्ष्यते । तदेकलिङ्गमाख्यातं तत्र सिद्धिरनुत्तमा ॥ Śabdak. -वचनम् the singular number. -वर्ण a. 1 of one colour. -2 identical, same. -3 of one tribe or caste. -4 involving the use of one letter (˚समीकरण). (-र्णः) 1 one form. -2 a Brāhmaṇa. -3 a word of one syllable. -4 a superior caste. (-र्णी) beating time, the instrument (castanet); ˚समीकरणम् an equation involving one unknown quantity. -वर्णिक a. 1 of one colour. -2 of one caste. -वर्षिका a heifer one year old. -वस्त्र, -वसन a. having only one garment, in one dress (without उत्तरीय). (-स्त्रम्) a single garment. -वाक्यम् one or unanimous opinion; एकवाक्यं विवव्रः R.6.85 raised a unanimous cry; ˚ता consistency in meaning, unanimity, reconciling different statements, syntactical unity; प्रकरणाच्च ज्योतिष्टोमेनैकवाक्यता स्यात् । ŚB. on MS.1. 5.37. -वाक्यकृ 8 U. To effect syntactical unity, to construe as one sentence. तस्मात् प्रकृतानां ... देवतानामन्यतमया देवतया प्रकृतत्वादेकवाक्यतां कृत्वा देवतामवगमिष्यामः । ŚB. on MS.1. 8.5. -वाक्यया 2 P. (with instrumental) To form one sentence with, to be syntactically connected with; न वै कृतं कर्म प्राकृतैरङ्गपदार्थैः सहैकवाक्यतां याति । ŚB. on MS.1. 1.2. ˚त्वम् syntactical unity. The state of forming or being one sentence; एकवाक्यत्वाच्च । Ms.1.1.8. -वाचक a. Synonymous. -वादः 1 a kind of drum or tabor (Mar. डफ). -2 the unitarian doctrine, monotheism. -वारम्, -वारे ind. 1 only once. -2 at once, suddenly. -3 at one time. -वासस् a. Clothed in only one garment. -वासा A woman; Nigh. -विंश a. twenty-first; consisting of twentyone. (-शः) the Ekaviṁśa-ṣ&tod;oma; Av.8.9.2. -विंशक a. The twentyfirst; दश पूर्वान्परान् वंश्यानात्मानं चैकविंशकम् । ब्राह्मीपुत्रः सुकृतकृन्मोचयेदेनसः पितॄन् ॥ Ms.3.37. -कम् The number twentyone; Y.3.224. -विंशतिः f. twentyone. -विजयः Complete victory; Kau. A.12. -विध a. of one kind; simple. -विलोचन a. one-eyed; see एकदृष्टि. -विषयिन् m. a rival (having a common object or end in view). -वीरः a pre-eminent warrior or hero; धर्म˚ Mv.5.48. -रा N. of a daughter of Śiva, a deity. -वृक्षः 1 one tree. -2 a district in which but one tree is seen for 4 Krośas. -वृत f. heaven. -वृन्दम 1 a peculiar disease of the throat. -2 one heap or collection. -वृषः Ved. the chief bull; the best or most excellent of a number. -वेणिः, -णी f. a single braid of hair (worn by a woman as a mark of her separation from her husband &c.); गण्डाभोगात्कठिनविषमामेकवेणीं करेण Me.93; ˚धरा Ś.7; धृत˚ Ś.7.21. -वेश्मन् n. a solitary house or room; विप्रदुष्टां स्त्रियं भर्ता निरुन्ध्यादेकवेश्मनि Ms.11.176. -व्यवसायिन् a. following the same profession. -व्याव- हारिकाः N. of a Buddhist school. -शत a. 11 st. (-तम्) 11; अत्रैतदेकशतं नाडीनां Prasna. Up.3.6. -शक a. whole-hoofed. (-फः) an animal whose hoof is not cloven (as a horse, ass &c.); अजाविकं सैकशफं न जातु विषमं भजेत् Ms.9.119. -शरणम् the sole recourse or refuge (especially applied to a deity). -शरीर a. of one body or blood, consanguineous. ˚अन्वयः consanguineous descent. ˚अवयवः a descendant in a right line, blood-kinsman. ˚आरम्भः commencement of consanguinity by the union of father and mother. -शल्यः A kind of fish; Rām.5.11.17. -शाख a. having one branch. (-खः) a Brāhmaṇa of the same branch or school. -शायिन् a. Sleeping alone, chaste; Mb.13. -शाला A single hall or room; (-लम् A house consisting of one hall; Matsya P. -शीर्षन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.13.4.6. -शुङ्ग a. having one sheath. (-ङ्गा) N. of a medicinal plant. -शुल्कम् One and the same purchase money (given to the parents of a bride); अन्यां चेद्दर्शयित्वा$न्या वोढुः कन्या प्रदीयते । उभे ते एकशुल्केन वहेदित्यब्रवीन्मनुः ॥ Ms.8.24. -शृङ्ग a. having only one horn. (-ङ्गः) 1 a unicorn; rhinoceros. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 a class of Pitṛis. -4 a mountain having one top. -शेपः a tree having one root. -शेषः 'the remainder of one', a species of Dvandva compound in which one of two or more words only is retained; e. g. पितरौ father and mother, parents, (= मातापितरौ); so श्वशुरौः, भ्रातरः &c. -श्रुत a. once heard. ˚धर a. keeping in mind what one has heard once. -श्रुतिः f. 1 monotony. -2 the neutral accentless tone. (-ति) ind. in a monotonous manner. -श्रुष्टि a. Ved. obedient to one command. -षष्ट a. sixty-first. -षष्टिः f. sixty-one. ˚तम a. sixty first. -संस्थ a. dwelling in one place; R.6.29. -सप्तत, ˚तितम् a. seventy-first. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-one. -सभम् a common place of meeting. -सर्ग a. closely attentive. (-र्गः) concentration. -सहस्रम् 11 or one thousand; वृषभैकसहस्रा गा दद्यात्सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.127. -साक्षिक a. witnessed by one. -सार्थम् ind. together, in one company. -सूत्रम् N. of a small double drum played by a string and ball attached to the body of it (Mar. डमरू). -स्तोमः N. of Soma ceremony. -स्थ a. 1 being or centred in one place; in one man; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये ...... शौर्यमेकस्थमाचार्ये Mb.7.188.45. Ku. 1.49; हन्तैकस्थं क्वचिदपि न ते चण्डि सादृश्यमस्ति Me.16. -2 close-standing, standing side by side. -3 collected, combined. -स्थानम् one or the same place; एकस्थाने प्रसूते वाक् Pt.4.5. -2 Standing closely; विपक्षेणापि मरुता यथैकस्थानवीरुधः Pt.3.53. -हंसः the chief or highest Haṁsa (an allegorical designation of the soul). हिरण्मयः पुरुष एकहंसः Bṛi. Up.4.3.11. -हायन a. one year old; त्रस्तैकहायनकुरङ्गविलोलदृष्टिः Māl.4.8; U.3.28. (-नी) a heifer one year old. (-नम्) the period of one year.
auttamika औत्तमिक a. (-की f.) Referring to the gods who are in the highest place.
karman कर्मन् -m. Viśvakarmā; शक्रस्य नु सभा दिव्या भास्वरा कर्मनिर्मिता Mb.2.7.1. -n. [कृ-मनिन् Uṇ.4.144] 1 Action, work, deed. -2 Execution, performance; प्रीतो$स्मि सो$हं यद् भुक्तं वनं तैः कृतकर्मभिः Rām.5.63.3. -3 Business, office, duty; संप्रति विषवैद्यानां कर्म M.4. -4 A religious rite (it may be either नित्य, नैमित्तिक or काम्य). -5 A specific action, moral duty. -6 (a) Performance of religious rites as opposed to speculative religion or knowledge of Brahman (opp. ज्ञान); अपरो दहृने स्वकर्मणां ववृते R.8.2. (b) Labour, work. -7 Product, result. -8 A natural or active property (as support of the earth). -9 Fate, the certain consequence of acts done in a former life; कर्मायत्तं फलं पुंसां बुद्धिः कर्मानुसारिणी Bh.2.89,94. -1 (In gram.) The object of of an action; कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म P.I.4.49. -11 (In Vaiś. Phil.) Motion considered as one of the seven categories of things; (thus defined:-- एकद्रव्यमगुणं संयोगविभागेष्वनपेक्षकारणं कर्म Vaiś. Sūtra. (It is five-fold:-- उत्क्षेपणं ततो$वक्षेपणमाकुञ्चनं तथा । प्रसारणं च गमनं कर्माण्येतानि पञ्च च ॥ Bhāṣā P.6.) -12 Organ of sense. प्रजापतिर्ह कर्माणि ससृजे Bṛi. Up.1.5.21. -13 Organ of action; कर्माणि कर्मभिः कुर्वन् Bhāg.11.3.6. -14 (In Astr.) The tenth lunar mansion. -15 Practice, training; सर्वेषां कर्मणा वीर्यं जवस्तेजश्च वर्धते Kau. A.2.2. -Comp. -अक्षम a. incapable of doing anything. -अङ्गम् part of any act; part of a sacrificial rite (as प्रयाज of the Darśa sacrifice). -अधिकारः the right of performing religious rites. -अनुरूप a. 1 according to action or any particular office. -2 according to actions done in a previous existence. -अनुष्ठानम् practising one's duties. -अनुसारः consequence of, or conformity to, acts. -अन्तः 1 the end of any business or task. -2 a work, business, execution of business. -3 a barn, a store of grain &c. Ms.7.62 (कर्मान्तः इक्षुधान्यादिसंग्रहस्थानम् Kull.) -4 cultivated ground. -5 a worker; कच्चिन्न सर्वे कर्मान्ताः Rām.2.1.52. -अन्तरम् 1 difference or contrariety of action. -2 penance, expiation. -3 suspension of a religious action. -4 another work or action; कर्मान्तर- नियुक्तासु निर्ममन्थ स्वयं दधि Bhāg.1.9.1. -अन्तिक a. final. (-कः) a servant, workman, Rām.1.13.7. -अपनुत्तिः f. removing, sending away of कर्म; जन्मकर्माप- नुत्तये Bhāg.12.2.17. -अर्ह a. fit or suitable to an act or the rite. (-र्हः) a man. -आख्या f. Name received from the act performed; तस्मात् छिन्नगमनो$श्वो$पि छाग इति कर्माख्या भविष्यति । ŚB. on MS.6.8.37. -आजीवः one who maintains himself by some profession (as that of an artisan &c.) -आत्मन् a. endowed with the principles of action, active; कर्मात्मनां च देवानां सो$सृजत्प्राणिनां प्रभुः Ms.1.22. (-m.) the soul. -आयतनम् see कर्मेन्द्रियम्; शव्दः स्पर्शो रसो गन्धो रूपं चेत्यर्थजातयः । गत्युक्त्युत्सर्गशिल्पानि कर्मायतनसिद्धयः Bhāg.11.22.16. -आशयः receptacle or accumulation of (good and evil) acts; निर्हृत्य कर्माशयमाशु याति परां गतिम् Bhāg.1.46.32. -इन्द्रियम् an organ of action, as distinguished from ज्ञानेन्द्रिय; (they are :- वाक्पाणिपादपायूपस्थानि; Ms.2.99; see under इन्द्रिय also) कर्मेन्द्रियाणि संयम्य Bg.3.6,7. -उदारम् any valiant or noble act, magnanimity, prowess. -उद्युक्त a. busy, engaged, active, zealous. -करः 1 a hired labourer (a servant who is not a slave); आ तस्य गोः प्रतिदानात् कर्मकारी आगबीनः कर्मकरः Mbh. on P.V.2.14. कर्मकराः स्थपत्यादयः Pt.1; Śi.14.16. -2 Yama. -कर्तृ m. (in gram.) an agent who is at the same time the object of the action; e. g. पच्यते ओदनः, it is thus defined:- क्रियमाणं तु यत्कर्म स्वयमेव प्रसिध्यति । सुकरैः स्वैर्गुणैः कर्तुः कर्मकर्तेति तद्विदुः ॥ न चान्तरेण कर्मकर्तारं सकर्मका अकर्मका भवन्ति Mbh. on P.I.3.27 -काण्डः, -ण्डम् that department of the Veda which relates to ceremonial acts and sacrificial rites and the merit arising from a due performance thereof. -कारः 1 one who does any business, a mechanic, artisan (technically a worker not hired). -2 any labourer in general (whether hired or not). -3 a black-smith; हरिणाक्षि कटाक्षेण आत्मानमवलोकय । न हि खङ्गो विजानाति कर्मकारं स्वकारणम् ॥ Udb. -4 a bull. -कारिन् m. a labourer, artisan, workman. -कार्मुकः, -कम् a strong bow. -कीलकः a washerman. -कृत्यम् activity, the state of active exertion; यः प्रथमः कर्मकृत्याय जज्ञे Av.4.24.6. -क्षम a. able to perform any work or duty; आत्मकर्मक्षमं देहं क्षात्रो धर्म इवाश्रितः R.1.13. -क्षेत्रम् the land of religious acts, i. e. भरतवर्ष; Bhāg.5.17.11. cf. कर्मभूमि. -गतिः f. the course of fate; अथ कर्मगतिं चित्रां दृष्ट्वा$स्य हसितं मया Ks.59.159. -गृहीत a. caught in the very act (as a thief.). -ग्रन्थिः f. a term in Jaina metaphysics connoting 'weakness in the form of वासनाs produced by अज्ञान'. -घातः leaving off or suspending work. -च(चा)ण्डालः 1 'base in deed', a man of very low acts or deeds; Vasiṣṭha mentions these kinds :-- असूयकः पिशुनश्च कृतघ्नो दीर्घरोषकः । चत्वारः कर्मचाण्डाला जन्मतश्चापि पञ्चमः ॥ -2 one who commits an atrocious deed; अपूर्वकर्मचण्डालमयि मुग्धे विमुच्च माम् U.1.46. -3 N. of Rāhu. -चेष्टा active exertion, action. कर्मचेष्टास्वहः Ms.1.66. -चोदना 1 The motive impelling one to ritual acts. ज्ञानं ज्ञेयं परिज्ञाता त्रिविधा कर्मचोदना Bg.18.18. -2 any positive rule enjoining a religious act. -च्छेदः The loss caused by absence on duty; Kau. A.2.7. -जः a. resulting from an act; सिद्धिर्भवति कर्मजा Bg.4.12. कर्मजा गतयो नॄणामुत्तमाधममध्यमाः Ms.12.3. (-जः) 1 the holy fig-tree. -2 the Kali age. -3 the banian tree. -4 the effect arising from human acts :-- संयोग, विभाग &c. -5 heaven. -6 hell. -ज्ञ a. one acquainted with religious rites. -त्यागः renunciation of worldly duties or ceremonial acts. -दुष्ट a. corrupt in action, wicked, immoral, disrespectable. -देवः a god through religious action; ये शतं गन्धर्वलोक आनन्दाः स एकः कर्मदेवानामानन्दः Bṛi. Up.4.3.33. -दोषः 1 sin, vice; अवेक्षेत गतीर्नॄणां कर्मदोष- समुद्भवाः Ms.6.61,95. -2 an error, defect, or blunder (in doing an act); कर्मदोषैर्न लिप्यते Ms.1,14. -3 evil consequence of human acts. -4 discreditable conduct. -धारयः N. of a compound, a subdivision of Tatpuruṣa, (in which the members of the compound are in apposition) तत्पुरुषः समानाधिकरणः कर्मधारयः P.I. 2.42. तत्पुरुष कर्म धारय येनाहं स्यां बहुव्रीहिः Udb. -ध्वंसः 1 loss of fruit arising from religious acts. -2 disappointment. -नामन् (in gram.) a participal noun. -नामधेयम् N. of an act or sacrifice. These names are not arbitrary or technical such as गुण and वृद्धि but are always significant; सर्वेष्वेव कर्मनामधेयेषु अर्थसमन्वयेनानुवाद- भूतो नामशद्बो वर्तते, न लौकिकार्थतिरस्कारेण परिभाषामात्रेण वृद्धिगुणवत् ŚB. on MS.1.6.41. -नाशा N. of a river between Kaśi and Bihar. -निश्चयः a decision of action; न लेमे कर्मनिश्चयम् Bm.1.648. -निषद्या a manufactory; Kau. A.2.4. -निष्ठ a. devoted to the performance of religious acts; अग्निर्वीरं श्रुत्यं कर्मनिष्ठाम् Rv.1.8.1; Ms.3.134. -न्यासः renunciation of the result of religious acts. -पथः 1 the direction or source of an action. -2 the path of religious rites (opp. ज्ञानमार्ग). -पाकः ripening of actions, reward of actions done in a former life; Pt.1.372. -प्रवचनीयः a term for certain prepositions, particles, or adverbs when they are not connected with verbs and govern a noun in some case; literally-the term means, 'Concerned with the setting forth of an action'. According to Indian grammarians it means 'that which spoke of an action (क्रियां प्रोक्तवन्तः)' e. g. आ in आ मुक्तेः संसारः is a कर्मप्रवचनीय; so अनु in जपमनु प्रावर्षत् &c; कर्म प्रोक्तवन्तः कर्मप्रवचनीया इति Mbh. on P.I.4.83. cf. उपसर्ग, गति and निपात also. -फलम् 1 fruit or reward of actions done in a former life; (pain, pleasure); न मे कर्मफले स्पृहा Bg.4.14;5.12;6.1; ˚फलत्याग Bg.12.11,18.2; ˚फलत्यागिन् Bg.18.11; ˚फलप्रेप्सुः Bg.18.27; ˚फलसंयोग Bg.5.14; ˚फलहेतु Bg.2.47. एवं संचिन्त्य मनसा प्रेत्य कर्मफलोदयम् Ms.11.231. -2 the fruit of Averrhoa Carambola (Mar. कर्मर); also कर्मरङ्ग. -बन्धः, -बन्धनम् confinement to repeated birth, as the consequence of religious acts, good or bad (by which the soul is attached to worldly pleasures &c.); बुद्ध्या युक्तो यथा पार्थ कर्मबन्धं प्रहास्यति Bg.2.39. -भूः, -भूमिः f. 1 the land of religious rites, i. e. भरतवर्ष, this world (a place for man's probation); प्राप्येमां कर्मभूमिम् Bh.2.1; K.174,319. -2 ploughed ground. -मासः the Calendar month of thirty days. -मीमांसा the Mīmāṁsā of ceremonial acts; see मीमांसा. -मूलम् a kind of sacred grass called कुश. -युगम् the fourth (the present) age of the world, i. e. the Kaliyuga. -योगः 1 performance of actions, worldly and religious rites; कर्मयोगेन योगिनाम् Bg.3.3;3.7;5.2;13.24. -2 active exertion, industry; Ms.1.115. -वचनम् (with Buddhists) the ritual. -वज्रः an epithet of a Śūdra. -वशः fate considered as the inevitable result of actions done in a former life. -वाटी a lunar day (तिथि). -विपाक = कर्मपाक. -शाला a work-shop. -शील, -शूर a. assiduous, active, laborious; cf. कर्म- शीलस्तु कर्मठे । Nm. -शौचम् humility. -श्रुतिः f. The word expressive of the act; कर्मश्रुतेः परार्थत्वात् MS.11. 2.6. (read या अत्र कर्मश्रुतिः दर्शपूर्णमासाभ्यामिति सा परार्था तृतीया-योगात् &c. शबर). -सङ्गः attachment to worldly duties and their results. तन्निबध्नाति ... कर्मसङ्गेन Bg.14.7. -सचिवः a minister. -संन्यासिकः, -संन्यासिन् m. 1 a religious person who has withdrawn from every kind of worldly act. -2 an ascetic who performs religious deeds without looking to their reward. -साक्षिन् m. 1 an eyewitness; वह्निर्विवाहं प्रति कर्मसाक्षी Ku.7.83. -2 one who witnesses the good or bad actions of man; आदित्य भो लोककृताकृतज्ञ लोकस्य सत्यानृप- कर्मसाक्षिन् Rām.3.63.16. (There are nine divinities which are said to witness and watch over all human actions; सूर्यः सोमो यमः कालो महाभूतानि पञ्च च । एते शुभाशुभ- स्येह कर्मणो नव साक्षिणः ॥) -सिद्धिः f. accomplishment of any business or desired object; success. स्वकर्मसिद्धिं पुनरा- शशंसे Ku. -स्थानम् a public office, a place of business.
karṣita कर्षित a. 1 Drawn, attracted. -2 Tormented. harassed &c. -3 Worn out, decayed; अर्जुनं कथयामास बहुसंग्रामकर्षितम् Mb.14.86.7. -4 Ploughed.
kulīna कुलीन a. [कुले जातः ख] Of high descent, of a good family, well-born; दिव्ययोषितमिवाकुलीनाम् K.11; न वै सोम्यास्मत्कुलीनः Ch. Up.6.1.1. -नः A horse of good breed. -2 A worshipper of Śakti according to the lefthand ritual. -3 A Brāhmaṇa of the highest class in Bengal. -नम् A disease of the nails, Bhāg.7.6.12.
kūṭa कूट a. 1 False; as in कूटाः स्युः पूर्वसाक्षिणः Y.2.8; दुस्तोषः कूटयोगिनाम् Bhāg.2.9.19. -2 Immovable, steady. -3 Despised. -टः, -टम् 1 Fraud, illusion, deception. -2 A trick, fraudulent or roguish scheme; अक्षकूटमधि- ष्ठाय हृतं दुर्योधनेन वै Mb.3.33.3. -3 A puzzling question, knotty or intricate point, as in कूटश्लोक, कूटान्योक्ति; वाचः कूटं तु देवर्षेः स्वयं विभमृशुर्धिया Bhāg.6.5.1. -4 Falsehood, untruth; oft. used in comp. with the force of an adjective; ˚वचनम् false or deceitful words; ˚तुला, ˚मानम् &c. -5 A summit or peak of a mountain; वर्धयन्निव तत्कूटानु- द्धतैर्धातुरेणुभिः R.4.71, Me.115; Māl.5.32. -6 Any projection or prominence. -7 The bone of the forehead with its projections, the crown of the head. -8 A horn, सम्परेतमयःकूटैश्छिन्दन्त्युत्थितमन्यवः Bhāg.4.25.8. -9 End, corner; Y.3.96. -1 Head, chief. -11 A heap, mass, multitude; अभ्रकूटम् 'a heap of clouds'; so अन्नकूटम् 'a heap of food'; Mv.6.32. -12 A hammer, an iron mallet. -13 A plough-share, the body of a plough. -14 A trap for catching deer; नश्येदभिमृशन्सद्यो मृगः कूट- मिव स्पृशन् Mb.12.68.52. -15 A concealed weapon, as a dagger in a woollen case or a sword in a stick. -16 A water-jar. -17 The door of a city; निर्ययुर्भवनात्त- स्मात्कूटमुद्गरपाणयः Rām.5.42.25. -18 A false coin; कूटं हि निषादानामेवोपकारकं न आर्याणाम् ŚB. on MS.6.1.52. -टः 1 A house, dwelling. -2 An ox whose horns are broken. -3 An epithet of Agastya. -Comp. -अक्षः a false or loaded die; कूटाक्षोपधिदेविनः Y.2.22. -अगारम् an apartment on the top of a house; कूटागारैश्च संपूर्णामि- न्द्रस्येवामरावतीम् Rām.1.5.15. -अर्थः ambiguity of meaning. ˚भाषिता a tale, fiction. -उपायः a fraudulent plan, trick, stratagem. -कारः, -कारकः a rogue, a false witness; Ms.3.158. -कृत् a. 1 cheating, deceiving. -2 forging a document; Y.2.7. -3 bribing. (-m.) 1 a man of the writer caste (कायस्थ). -2 an epithet of Śiva. -कार्षापणः a false कार्षापण q. v. -कोष्ठम् a. compartment on the top of a building (Kāmikāgama 55.123-3); (कूटशाला and कूटागार are synonyms). -खङ्गः a sword-stick. -च्छद्मन् m. a cheat; पीड्यमानाः प्रजा रक्ष्याः कूटच्छद्मादिभिस्तथा Pt.1.343. -तुला a false pair of scales. -धर्म a. where falsehood is considered a duty (as a place, house, country, &c.). -पाकलः, -पर्वः -पूर्वः bilious fever to which elephants are subject (हस्तिवातज्वर); अचिरेण वैकृतविवर्तदारुणः कलभं कठोर इव कूट- पाकलः (अभिहन्ति Māl.1.39); (also sometimes written as कूटपालक). -पालकः a potter; a potter's kiln. -पाशः, -बन्धः a trap, snare, समाधिभीतेन किलोपनीतः पञ्चाप्सरोयौवन- कूटबन्धम् R.13.39. -मानम् false measure or weight. -मोहनः an epithet of Skanda. -यन्त्रम् a trap, a snare for deer, birds &c. -युद्धम् treacherous or unfair warfare; कूटयुद्धविधिज्ञे$पि तस्मिन्सन्मार्गयोधिनि R.17.69. -रचना 1 a trap laid; Pt.2.85. -2 artifice, trick; अतर्क्या कुट्टनीकूटरचना हि विधेरपि Ks.57.115. -लेखः a falsified document; कृत्वाथ कूटलेखं सा विदग्धा मह्यमर्पयत् Ks.124.197. -शाल्मलिः f., m. 1 a species of the Śālmali tree. -2 a kind of tree with sharp thorns (regarded as one of the several instruments-perhaps a club-with which the wicked are tortured in the world of Yama); see R.12.95 and Malli. thereon. -शासनम् a forged grant or decree; Ms.9.232. -संक्रान्तिः the passing of the sun into another zodiac when half the night is over. -साक्षिन् m. a false witness. -स्थ a. 1 standing at the top, occupying the highest place (said of a person who stands at the head in a geneological table). -2 silent; not at all moving or working; Mb.12.179.6. (-स्थः) the Supreme Soul (immovable, unchangeable, and perpetually the same); क्षरः सर्वाणि भूतानि कूटस्थो$क्षर उच्यते Bg.6.8;12.3. (-स्थः, -स्थम्) a kind of perfume (Mar. नखला). -स्वर्णम् counterfeit gold; Y.2.297. -हेमन् (as above); रज्यत्तुषारद्युतिकूटहेम तत्पाण्डु जातं रजतं क्षणेन N.22.52.
kṛṣṭa कृष्ट a. [कृष् कर्मणि क्त] 1 Drawn, pulled, dragged, attracted &c. -2 Ploughed; न हि तस्मात्फलं तस्य सुकृष्टादूष- रादिव Pt.1.47. -Comp. -उप्त a. sown on cultivated ground. -ज a. grown in cultivated ground; Ms.11. 144. -पच्य, -पाक्य a. 1 ripening in cultivated ground; यो हि कृष्टे पक्तव्यः कृष्टपाक्यः स भवति Mbh. on P.III.1.114; cf. अकृष्टपच्य; न कृष्टपच्यमश्नीयादकृष्टं चाप्यकालतः Bhāg.7.12. 18. -2 cultivated. -फलम् the product of a harvest.
kevala केवल a. [केव् सेवने वृषा˚ कल] 1 Peculiar, exclusive, uncommon; किं तया क्रियते लक्ष्म्या या वधूरिव केवला Pt.2.134. -2 Alone, mere, sole, only, isolated; स हि तस्य न केवलां श्रियं प्रतिपेदे सकलान् गुणानपि R.8.5; न केवलानां पयसां प्रसूति- मवेहि मां कामदुघां प्रसन्नाम् 2.63;15.1; Ku.2.34. -3 Whole, entire, absolute, perfect. -4 Bare, uncovered (as ground); निषेदुषी स्थण्डिल एव केवले Ku.5.12. -5 Pure, simple, unmingled, unattended (by anything else); कातर्यं केवला नीतिः R.17.47. -6 Selfish, envious. -ली, -लम् 1 The doctrine of absolute unity of spirit and matter. -2 One of the five types of knowledge according to the Jainas; (श्रुतज्ञान, मतिज्ञान, अवधिज्ञान, मनःपर्ययज्ञान and केवलज्ञान). -ली Astronomical science. -लम् ind. Only, merely, solely, entirely, absolutely, wholly; केवलमिदमेव पृच्छामि K.155; न केवलं--अपि not only-but;. वसु तस्य विभोर्न केवलं गुणवत्तापि परप्रयोजना R.8.31; cf. also 3.19;2,31. -2 Silently, quietly; न हि मे$व्याहृतं कुर्यात्सर्वलोको$पि केवलम् Mb.12.2.28. -Comp. -अद्वैतम् a particular doctrine of अद्वैत. -अन्वयिन् see under अन्वय. -आत्मन् a. one whose essence is absolute unity; नमस्त्रिमूर्तये तुभ्यं प्राक्सृष्टेः केवलात्मने Ku.2.4. -ज्ञानम् the highest possible knowledge, (Jaina Phil.). -ज्ञानिन् m. one who has obtained the highest possible knowledge. -द्रव्यम् 1 black pepper. -2 mere mattar or substance. -ज्ञानम् highest Knowledge; जयन्ति ते जिना येषां केवलज्ञानशालिनाम् Pt.5.12. -नैयायिकः a mere logician (not proficient in any other branch of learning); so ˚वैयाकरण. -व्यतिरेकिन् m. pertaining to only one of the varieties of inference according to न्यायशास्त्र.
kevalin केवलिन् a. (-नी f.) 1 Alone, only. -2 Devoted to the doctrine of absolute unity of the spirit; Bhāg.4.25.39. -3 one who has obtained the highest knowledge (Jaina Phil.)
koṭiḥ कोटिः टी f. [कुट्-इञ्] 1 The curved end of a bow; भूमिनिहितैककोटिकार्मुकम् R.11.81; U.4.29. -2 The end or extremity, edge or point in general; सहचरीं दन्तस्य कोट्या लिखन् Māl.9.32; अङ्गदकोटिलग्नम् R.6.14;7.46;8.36. -3 The edge or point of a weapon. -4 The highest point, excess, pitch, climax, excellence; परां कोटिमानन्दस्याध्यगच्छन् K.369; so कोपकोटिमापन्ना Pt.4; excessively angry; कल्याणीं कलयामि कञ्जनिलयां कल्याणकोटिस्थिताम् Viś. Guṇā.275. -5 The horns or digits of the moon; आवर्जितजटामौलिविलम्बिशशि- कोटयः Ku.2.26. -6 Ten millions, a crore; वित्तस्य विद्यापरि- संख्यया मे कोटीश्चतस्रो दश चाहरेति R.5.21;12.82; Ms.6.63. -7 The complement of an arc to 9˚ (in math.). -8 The perpendicular side of a right-angled triangle (in math.). -9 A class, department, kingdom; मनुष्य˚, प्राणि˚ &c. -1 One side of a question in dispute, an alternative. -11 The pinnacle, peak (शिखर); कोटिं तस्य समुद्रस्य काञ्चनीं शतयोजनाम् Rām.4.42.19. -Comp. -ईश्वरः a millionaire; ततः कोटीश्वराख्येन वणिजा स समं ययौ Ks.56.64; नवनवतिशतद्रव्यकोटीश्वरास्ते नन्दाः ... हताः पश्यतो राक्षसस्य Mu. -जित् m. an epithet of Kālidāsa. -जीवा, -ज्या the cosine of an angle in a right-angled triangle (in math.). -द्वयम् two alternatives. -पात्रम् a rudder. -पालः the guard of a stronghold. -वर्षम् N. of the capital of the demon-chief Bāṇa. -वेधिन् a. (lit.) striking a point; (fig.) performing the most difficult things; कोटिवेधिनि सिद्धे हि Rāj. T.1.11. -श्रीः an epithet of Durgā. -होमः a kind of sacrificial offering.
koṭika कोटिक a. Forming the highest point of anything.
krayaḥ क्रयः [क्री भावे अच्] Buying, purchasing. -Comp. -आरोहः a market, fair. -क्रीत a. bought. -लेख्यम् a deed of sale, conveyance &c. (गृहं क्षेत्रादिकं क्रीत्वा तुल्यमूल्या- क्षरान्वितम् । पत्रं कारयते यत्तु क्रयलेख्यं तदुच्यते Bṛihaspati). विक्रयौ (du.) trade, traffic, buying and selling; Ms.8. 5;7.127. cf. also क्रयविक्रयवेलायां काचः काचो मणिर्मणिः Udb. -विक्रयिकः a trader, merchant. -विक्रयिन् a. 1 buying or selling, striking a bargain; Ms.5.41;8.4; Y.2.262. -2 One who buys an article at a lower rate and sells it at a higher rate; दानसागर, Bibliotheca Indica 274. Face. I, p.27. -शीर्षम् the coping of a wall.
kṣīraḥ क्षीरः रम् 1 Milk; हंसो हि क्षीरमादत्ते तन्मिश्रा वर्जयत्यपः Ś.6.28. -2 The milky juice or sap of trees, exudation; resin; ये तत्क्षीरस्रुतिसुरभयो दक्षिणेन प्रवृत्ताः Me.19; Ku.1.9. -3 Water; तिर्यग्वाहाश्च क्षीरिणः Rām.2.15.6. -रः See क्षीरस्वामिन्; क्षीराभिधाच्छब्दविद्योपाध्यायात्संभृतश्रुतः Rāj. T.4. 489. -रा -री N. of several plants containing a milky sap. -री A dish prepared with milk (Mar. खीर). -Comp. -अदः an infant, a sucking child. -अब्धिः 1 the sea of milk. -2 the अमृत; भो वैनतेय क्षीराब्धिः प्रारब्धो मथितुं सुरै Ks.22.186. ˚जः 1 the moon. -2 the Amṛita or nectar produced at the churning of the sea. -3 an epithet of Śeṣa. -4 a pearl. ˚जम् sea-salt. ˚जा, ˚तनया an epithet of Lakṣmī. -आह्वः the pine tree. -उदः cf. [P.VI.3.57 Vārt.] 1 the sea of milk; क्षीरोदवेलव सफेन- पुञ्जा Ku.7.26. ˚तनयः, ˚नन्दनः, ˚तनया, ˚सुता an epithet of Lakṣmī. -उत्तरा inspissated milk. -उत्थम् fresh butter. -उदधि = क्षीरोद q. v. above. -ऊर्मिः a wave of the sea of milk; R.4.27. -ओदनः rice boiled with milk; क्षीरौ- दनं पाचयित्वा Bṛi. Up.3.4.14. -कण्ठः -कण्ठकः a young child (having milk in the throat); त्वया तत्क्षीरण्कठेन प्राप्त- मारण्यकं व्रतम् Mv.4.52,5.11. क्षीरकण्ठाविमौ वत्सौ वत त्वन्मय- जीवितौ Śiva. B.2.24 and 5. -कुण्डम् a milk-pot; कश्चि- द्दुदोह कश्चिच्च क्षीरकुण्डमधारयत् Ks.63.188. -जम् coagulated milk. -दात्री yielding milk (as a cow). -द्रुमः the Aśvattha tree. -धात्री a wet-nurse. -धिः, -निधिः the sea of milk; इन्दुः क्षीरनिधाविव R.1.12. -धेनुः f. a milch cow. -नीरम् 1 water and milk. -2 milk-like water. -3 a fast embrace. -पः a child. -पाक a. cooked in milk; शतं महिषान् क्षीरपाकमोदनम् Rv.8.77.1. -पाणः an inhabitant of Uśīnara. (-णम्, -नम्) drinking milk. (-णी) any vessel out of which milk is drunk. -भृत a. supported by milk (as a Gopāla); receiving wages in the form of milk; गोपः क्षीरभृतो यस्तु Ms.8.231. -वारिः, -वारिधिः the sea of milk; गत्वा च क्षीरवारिधिम् Ks.22.188. -विकृतिः f. inspissated milk; any product made from milk (as cheese &c.). -वृक्षः 1 N. of the four trees न्यग्रोध, उदुम्बर, अश्वत्थ and मधूक. -2 the glomerous fig-tree. -व्रतम् living upon milk in consequence of a vow. -शरः cream, the skim of milk. -समुद्रः, -सागरः the sea of milk. यथा भगवता ब्रह्मन्मथितः क्षीरसागरः Bhāg.8.5.11. -सर्पिस् n. ghee (घृत). -सारः butter; क्षीरसारमपनीय शङ्कया स्वीकृतं यदि पलायनं त्वया Udb. -स्निग्ध a. unctuous with milky juice or sap; Ś.3.6. (v.l.) -स्फटिकः a precious stone. -स्वामिन् m. a commentator on the Amarakośa and a grammarian. -हिण्डीरः the foam of milk.
khajapam खजपम् Clarified butter, ghee.
kheṭita खेटित a. 1 Terrified, scared. -2 Ploughed.
ga ग a. (Used only at the end of comp.) Who or what goes, going, moving, being, staying, remaining, having sexual intercourse with &c.; cf. Ms.4.12; Y.3.29; R.3.13. -गः 1 A Gandharva. -2 An epithet of Gaṇeśa. -3 A long syllable (used as an abbreviation of गुरु, in prosody). -4 Śiva. -5 Viṣṇu; cf. गः प्रीतो भवः श्रीपतिरुत्तमः Enm. -गा, -गम् A song; गं वादित्रं शरणं वरम् । ibid. गगनम् (-णम्) (Some suppose गगण to be an incorrect form, as is observed by a writer :-- फाल्गुने गगने फेने णत्वमिच्छन्ति बर्बराः) 1 The sky, atmosphere; अवोचदेनं गगन- स्पृशा रघुः स्वरेण R.3.43; गगनमिव नष्टतारम् Pt.5.6; सो$यं सोमः पतति गगनात् Ś.4. (v. l.); Śi.9.27. -2 (In math.) A cypher. -3 Firmament. -4 Heaven. -Comp. -अग्रम् the highest heavens. -अङ्गना a heavenly nymph, an Apsaras. -अध्वगः 1 the sun. -2 a planet. -3 a celestial being. -अम्बु n. rain-water. -उल्मुकः the planet Mars. -कुसुमम्, -पुष्पम् 'sky-flower'; i. e. any unreal thing, an impossibility; see खपुष्प. -गतिः 1 a deity. -2 a celestial being; Me.48. -3 a planet. -चर (also गगनेचर) a. moving in the air. (-रः) 1 a bird. -2 a planet. -3 a heavenly spirit. -4 a lunar mansion. -5 the zodiac (राशिचक्र). -ध्वजः 1 the sun. -2 a cloud. -रोमन्थः nonsense, absurdity. -लिह् a. reaching upto heaven; ततस्ततो गगनलिहश्च केतवः Śi.17.39. -विहारिन् a. moving or ranging in the sky; H.1.19; स हि गगनविहारी कल्मषध्वंसकारी Udb. (-m.) 1 a luminary. -2 the sun. -3 a celestial being. -सद् a. dwelling in the air. (-m.) a celestial being; विस्मेरान्गगनसदः करोत्यमुष्मिन् Śi.4.53. 12.36; लोके ख्यातिमुपागतात्र सकले लोकोक्तिरेषा Pt.1.371. -2 A name, title, appellation. -3 Narration. -4 Praise. -5 (In phil.) Knowledge, the faculty of discriminating objects by appropriate designation; ख्यातिं च सत्त्वपुरुषान्य- तयाधिगम्य Śi.4.55. -6 Praise. -7 Opinion, view, assertion; आन्वीक्षिकी कौशलानां विकल्पः ख्यातिवादिनाम् Bhāg.11. 16.24. -Comp. -कर, -जनक a. glorious. -बोधः sense of honour. -विरुद्धता the state of being contradictory to general opinion.
guṇaḥ गुणः [गुण्-अच्] 1 A quality (good or bad); सुगुण, दुर्गुण; यदङ्गनारूपसरूपतायाः कञ्चिद्गुणं भेदकमिच्छतीभिः Śi.3.42. -2 (a) A good quality, merit, virtue, excellence; कतमे ते गुणाः Māl.1; वसन्ति हि प्रेम्णि गुणा न वस्तुनि Ki.8.37; R.1.9,22; साधुत्वे तस्य को गुणः Pt.4.18. (b) Eminence. -3 Use, advantage, good (with instr. usually), Pt. 5.; कः स्थानलाभे गुणः 2.21; H.1.49; Mu.1.15. -4 Effect, result, efficacy, good result; संभावनागुणमवेहि तमीश्वराणाम् Ś.7.4; गुणमहतां महते गुणाय योगः Ki.1.25;6. 7. -5 (a) A single thread or string. (b) Thread, string, rope, cord, मेखलागुणैः Ku.4.8;5.1; तृणैर्गुणत्व- मापन्नैर्वध्यन्ते मत्तदन्तिनः H.1.32; यतः परेषां गुणग्रहीतासि Bv.1. 9 (where गुण also means 'a merit'). -6 The bow- string; गुणकृत्ये धनुषो नियोजिता Ku.4.15,29; कनकपिङ्गतडिद्- गुणसंयुतम् R.9.54. -7 The string of a musical instrument; कलवल्लकीगुणस्वानमानम् Śi.4.57. -8 A sinew. -9 A quality, attribute, property in general; यादृग्गुणेन भर्त्रा स्त्री संयुज्येत यथाविधि Ms.9.22. -1 A quality, characteristic or property of all substances, one of the seven categories of padārthas of the Vaiśeṣikas, (the number of these properties is 24). -11 An ingredient or constituent of nature, any one of the three properties belonging to all created things; (these are स्त्व, रजस् and तमस्); गुणत्रयविभागाय Ku.2.4; सत्त्वं रजस्तम इति गुणाः प्रकृतिसंभवाः Bg.14.5; R.3.27. -12 A wick, cotton thread; नृपदीपो धनस्नेहं प्रजाभ्यः संहरन्नपि । अन्तर- स्थैर्गुणैः शुभ्रैर्लक्ष्यते नैव केनचित् ॥ Pt.1.221. -13 An object of sense, (these are five रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श, and शब्द); गुणैर्गुणान्स भुञ्जान आत्मप्रद्योतितैः प्रभुः Bhāg.11.3.5. -14 Repetition, multiplication, denoting 'folds' or 'times', usually at the end of comp. after numerals; आहारो द्विगुणः स्त्रीणां बुद्धिस्तासां चतुर्गुणा । ष़ड्गुणो व्यवसायश्च कामश्चाष्टगुणः स्मृतः ॥ Chāṇ.78; so त्रिणुण; शतगुणीभवति becomes a hundred-fold, अध्यर्धगुणमाहुर्यं बले शौर्ये च केशव Mb.11.2.1. -15 A secondary element, a subordinate part (opp. मुख्य); न च गुणानुग्रहार्थं प्रधानस्यावृत्तिर्युक्ता ŚB. on MS.12.1.4. -16 Excess, abundance, superfluity; पराङ्मुखवधं कृत्वा को$त्र प्राप्तस्त्वया गुणः Rām.4.17.16. -17 An adjective, a word subordinate to another in a sentence. -18 The substitution of ए, ओ, अर् and अल् for इ, उ, ऋ (short or long) and लृ, or the vowels अ, ए, ओ and अर् and अल्. -19 (In Rhet.) Quality considered as an inherent property of a Rasa or sentiment. Mammaṭa thus defines गुण. --ये रहस्याङ्गिनो धर्माः शौर्यादय इवात्मनः । उत्कर्ष- हेतवस्ते स्युरचलस्थितयो गुणाः ॥ K. P.8. (Some writers on rhetoric, such as Vāmana, Jagannātha Paṇḍita, Daṇḍin and others, consider Guṇas to be properties both of शब्द and अर्थ, and mention ten varieties under each head. Mammaṭa, however, recognises only three, and, after discussing and criticizing the views of others, says : माधुर्यौजःप्रसादाख्यास्त्रयस्ते न पुनर्दश K. P.8); Ki.17.6. -2 (In gram. and Mīm.) Property considered as the meaning of a class of words; e. g. grammarians recognise four kinds of the meaning of words; जाति, गुण, किया and द्रव्य, and give गौः, शुक्लः, चलः and डित्थः as instances to illustrate these meanings. -21 (In politics) A proper course of action, an expedient. (The expedients to be used by a king in foreign politics are six :-- 1 सन्धि peace or alliance; 2 विग्रह war; 3 यान march or expedition; 4 स्थान or आसन halt; 5 संश्रय seeking shelter; 6 द्वैध or द्वैधीभाव duplicity; सन्धिर्ना विग्रहो यानमासनं द्वैधमाश्रयः Ak.) see Y.1.346; Ms.7.16; Śi.2.26; R.8.21. -22 The number 'three' (derived from the three qualities). -23 The chord of an arc (in geom.). -24 An organ of sense. -25 A subordinate dish; Ms. 3.226,233. -26 A cook. -27 An epithet of Bhīma as in युधिष्टिरो$पि गुणप्रियः Vas. -28 Leaving, abandonment. -29 A multiplier, coefficient (in math.) -3 Division, subdivision, species, kind. -31 The peculiar property of letters which are pronounced with external utterance (बाह्यप्रयत्न); they are eleven. -Comp. -अग्ऱ्यम् a principal quality; ˚वर्तिन्; स्वमूर्तिभेदेन गुणाग्ऱ्यवर्तिना पतिः प्रजानामिव सर्गमात्मनः R.3.27. -अगुणः merit and demerit Ms.3.22;9.331; अनपेक्ष्य गुणागुणौ जनः स्वरुचिं निश्चयतो$नु- धावति Si.16.44. -अतीत a. freed from all properties, being beyond them; सर्वारम्भपरित्यागी गुणातीतः स उच्यते Bg.14.25. (-तः) the Supreme Being. -अधिष्ठानकम् the region of the breast where the girdle is fastened. -अनुबन्धित्वम् connection or association with virtues; गुणा गुणानुबन्धित्वात्तस्य सप्रसवा इव R.1.22. -अनुरागः love or appreciation of the good qualities of others; गुणा- नुरागादिव सख्यमीयिवान्न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11. -अनुरोधः conformity or suitableness to good qualities. -अन्तरम् a different (higher) quality; गुणान्तरं व्रजति शिल्पमाधातुः M.1.6. -अन्वित, -उपपन्न, -युक्त, -संपन्न a. endowed with good qualities, meritorious, worthy, good, excellent. -अपवादः, -निन्दा disparagement, detraction. -अभिधानम् A subsidiary injunction; द्रव्योपदेशाद्वा गुणा- भिधानं स्यात् M.8.4.5. -आकरः 1 'a mine of merits', one endowed with all virtues; सृजति तावदशेषगुणाकरं पुरुषरत्न- मलङ्करणं मुवः Bh.2.92. -2 N. of Śiva. -आढ्य a. rich in virtues. -आत्मन् a. having qualities. -आधारः 'a receptacle of virtues', a virtuous or meritorious person. -आश्रय a. virtuous, excellent. -ईश्वरः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 the Chitrakūṭa mountain. -उत्कर्षः excellence of merit, possession of superior qualities. -उत्कीर्तनम् panegyric, eulogium. -उत्कृष्ट a. superior in merit; Ms.8.73. -उपेत a. endowed with good qualities; पुत्रमेवङ्गुणोपेतं चक्रवर्तिनमाप्नुहि Ś.1.12. -ओघः, -घम् superior or abundant merits. -कथनम् extolling, praising. -2 a condition or state of mind of the hero of a drama to which he is reduced by Cupid. -कर्तृत्वम् the state of an agent of properties; गुणकर्तृत्वे$पि तथा कर्तेव भवत्युदासीनः Sāṅ. K.2. -कर्मन् n. 1 an unessential or secondary action. -2 (in gram.) the secondary or less immediate (i. e. indirect) object of an action; e. g. in the example नेता$श्वस्य स्रुघ्नं स्रुघ्नस्य वा, स्रुघ्नम् is a गुणकर्मन्. ˚विभाग a. distinguishing an action and an attribute. -कल्पना f. imputing a figurative meaning, one of the modes of interpreting a sentence. According to it an expression may be understood as conveying not what is actually expressed by it but the quality or qualities thereof. e. g. सिंहो देवदत्तः means प्रसह्यकरी देवदत्तः; ŚB. on MS.1.2.1. -काण्डः a series of subsidiary (details); एवमेक उत्कृष्यमाणः सर्वं गुणकाण्डमुत्कर्षति ŚB. on MS.5. 1.24. -कार a. productive of good qualities, profitable, salutary. (-रः) 1 a cook who prepares sidedishes or any secondary articles of food. -2 an epithet of Bhīma. -3 (in math.) the multiplier. -कीर्तनम्, -श्लाघा, -स्तुतिः f. praise, extolling. -कृत्यम् the function of a bow-string; गुणकृत्ये धनुषो नियोजिता Ku.4.15. -गणः a number or series of good qualities; Bhāg.5.3.11. -गानम् singing of merits, panegyric, praise. -गृध्नु a. 1 desiring good qualities; ये चान्ये गुणगृध्नवः Bhāg.3.14.2. -2 possessing enviable or good qualities. -गृह्य a. appreciating or admiring merits (wherever they may be), attached to merits; appreciative; ननु वक्तृविशेषनिःस्पृहा गुणगृह्या वचने विपश्चितः Ki.2.5. -गौरी a woman chaste by virtuous conduct; अनृतगिरं गुणगौरि मा कृथा माम् Śi. -ग्रहणम् appreciating merits. -ग्रहीतृ, -ग्राहक, -ग्राहिन् a. appreciating the merits (of others); श्रीहर्षो निपुणः कविः परिषदप्येषा गुणग्राहिणी Ratn.1.4; Śi.2.82; Bv.1.9. -ग्रामः a collection of virtues or merits; गुरुतरगुणग्रामांभोजस्फुटोज्ज्वलचन्द्रिका Bh.3.116; गणयति गुणग्रामम् Gīt.2; Bv.1.13. -घातिन् a. detractor, envious, censorious. -ज्ञ a. knowing how to admire or appreciate merits, appreciative; भगवति कमलालये भृशमगुणज्ञासि Mu.2; गुणा गुणज्ञेषु गुणा भवन्ति H. Pr.47. -त्रयम्, -त्रितयम् the three constituent properties of nature; i. e. सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. ˚आभासः life. -दोषौ (du.) virtue and vice; ˚कथा; Pt.2.67. -धर्मः the virtue or duty incidental to the possession of certain qualities. -निधिः a store of virtues. -पदी a woman having feet as thin as cords. -पूगम् great merits; भवद्गुणपूगपूरितम् (श्रवणम्) Śi.9.64. -प्रकर्षः excellence of merits, great merit; गुणप्रकर्षादुडुपेन शम्भोरलङ्- घ्यमुल्लङ्घितमुत्तमाङ्गम् Mk.4.23. -भावः being subsidiary to something else; परार्थता हि गुणभावः । ŚB. on MS.4.3.1. -भोक्तृ a. perceiving the properties of things; निर्गुणं गुणभोक्तृ च Bg.13.14. -महत् a superior quality. -मुष्टिः f. a particular method of stringing the bow; cf. पताका वज्रमुष्टिश्च सिंहकर्णस्तथैव च । मत्सरी काकतुण्डी च योजनीया यथा- क्रमम् ॥ Dhanur.84. -रागः delighting in the merits of others; गुणरागगतां तस्य रूपिणीमिव दुर्गतिम् Ks.2.51. -राशिः an epithet of Śiva -लक्षणम् mark or indication of an internal property. -लयनिका, -लयनी a tent. -लुब्ध a. 1 desirous of merits. -2 attached to merits. -वचनम्, -वाचकः a word which connotes an attribute or quality, an adjective, or substantive used attributively; as श्वेत in श्वेतो$श्वः. -वादः 1 pointing out good merits. -2 a statement in a secondary sense; गुणवादस्तु MS. 1.2.1 (Śabara explains this as : गौण एष वादो भवति यत् सम्बन्धिनि स्तोतव्ये सम्बन्ध्यन्तरं स्तूयते । ŚB. on ibid.). -3 a statement contradictory to other arguments; Madhusūdana. -विवेचना discrimination in appreciating the merits of others, a just sense of merit. -विशेषाः external organs, mind and spiritual ignorance; परस्पर- विलक्षणा गुणविशेषाः (बाह्येन्द्रियमनो$हङ्काराश्च) Sāṅ. K.36. -षः a different property. -वृक्षः, -वृक्षकः a mast or a post to which a ship or boat is fastened. -वृत्तिः f. 1 a secondary or unessential condition or relation (opp. मुख्यवृत्ति). -2 the character or style of merits. -वैशेष्यम् pre-eminence of merit; अन्योन्यगुणवैशेष्यान्न किंचिदतिरिच्यते Ms.9.296. -शब्दः an adjective. -संख्यानम् 'enumeration of the three essential qualities', a term applied to the Sāṅkhya (including the Yoga) system of philosophy; ज्ञानं कर्म च कर्ता च त्रिधैव गुणभेदतः प्रोच्यते गुणसंख्याने Bg.18.19. -संगः 1 association with qualities or merits. -2 attachment to objects of sense or worldly pleasures. -संग्रहः a collection of merits or properties; कथं गुणज्ञो विरमेद्विना पशुं श्रीर्यत्प्रवव्रे गुणसंग्रहेच्छया Bhāg.4.2.26. -संपद् f. excellence or richness of merits, great merit, perfection; गुणसंपदा समधिगम्य Ki.5.24. -सागरः 1 'an ocean of merit, a very meritorious man. -2 an epithet of Brahmā. -हीन a. 1 void of merit', meritless; काममामरणात्तिष्ठेद्- गृहे कन्यर्तुमत्यपि । न चैवैनां प्रयच्छेत्तु गुणहीनाय कर्हिचित् Ms.9. 89. -2 poor (as food).
ghṛta घृत a. [घृ-क्त] 1 Sprinkled. -2 Illumined. -तम् 1 Ghee, clarified butter; (सर्पिर्विलीनमाज्यं स्याद् घनीभूतं घृतं भवेत् Sāy.). -2 Butter. -3 Water. -4 Spirit, energy (तेजस्); मधुच्युतो घृतपृक्ता विशोकास्ते नान्तवन्तः प्रतिपालयन्ति Mb.1.92.15. -Comp. -अक्त a. annointed with ghee. विधवायां नियुक्तस्तु घृताक्तो वाग्यतो निशि । एकमुत्पादयेत्पुत्रं... ॥ Ms.9.6. -अन्नः, -अर्चिस् m. blazing fire; शुचिश्रवा हृषीकेशो घृतार्चिर्हंस उच्यते Mb.12.43.7. -अवनिः the spot on the sacrificial post which is smeared with ghee. -आहवनः fire. -आहुतिः f. an oblation of ghee. -आह्वः 1 the Sarala tree. -2 turpentine. -उदः 'ocean of ghee' one of the seven oceans. -ओदनः boiled rice mixed with ghee. -कुमारिका, -कुमारी Aloe Indica (Mar. कोरफड); Bhāvapr.5.3.282. -कुल्या a stream of ghee. -केशः 1 fire. -2 one whose locks are unctuous; ऊर्जो नपातं घृतकेशमीमहे Rv.8.6.2. -गन्धः a horse having the smell of ghee; घृतगन्धो भवेद्वैश्यो ... । Śālihotra Appendix II,17. -दीधितिः fire. -धारा a continuous stream of ghee. -धेनुः ghee in the shape of milch-cow. -निर्णिज् a. shining. (-m.) fire. -पदी an epithet of the goddess Ilā; (whose foot drops with ghee); इळा देवी घृतपदी जुषन्त Rv.1.7.8. -पशुः a sacrificial victim represented by ghee; कुर्याद् घृतपशुं संगे Ms.5.37. -पूरः, -वरः a kind of sweetmeat; also ˚पूर्वकः, -पृच् a. accompanied with ghee; घृतेन द्यावापृथिवी अभीवृते घृतश्रिया घृतपृचा घृतावृधा Rv.6.7.4. -पृष्ठ a. having a shining body. -प्रतीकः, -प्रय m., -प्रसत्त fire; घृतप्रतीको घृतपृष्ठो अग्ने Av. 2.13.1; घृतप्रया सधमादे मधूनाम् Rv.3.43.3; घृतप्रसत्तो असुरः सुशेवः 5.15.1. -प्राशः, -प्राशनम् swallowing ghee; Ms.11.143;5.144. -प्लुत a. sprinkled with ghee; अग्नौकरिष्यन्नादाय पृच्छत्यन्नं घृतप्लुतम् Y.1.236; Bhāg.3.16.8. -मण्डः the scum of melted butter. -योनिः fire; तनूनपाद् घृतयोनिं विधन्तम् Rv.3.4.2. -लेखनी a ladle for ghee. -हेतुः butter.
ghṛtin घृतिन् a. Containing ghee.
ghṛtācī घृताची a. 1 Greasy, abounding in ghee. -2 Containing water. -3 Shining. -f. 1 Night. -2 N. of Sarasvatī. -3 N. of an apsaras; N.2.19 (the following are the principal nymphs of Indra's heaven; घृताची मेनका रम्भा उर्वशी च तिलोत्तमा । सुकेशी मञ्जुघोषाद्याः कथ्यन्ते$- प्सरसो बुधैः). -Comp. -गर्भसंभवा large cardamoms.
caruḥ चरुः [चर् उन्] 1 An oblation of rice or barley boiled for presentation to the gods and the manes; अनवस्रावी निरुष्मपक्व ओदनश्चरुरिति याज्ञिकाः ओदने$पि चरुशब्दः प्रयुज्यते । ŚB. on MS.1.1.36. (It is often boiled in milk and is called पयश्चरु; cf. R.1.51,54,56; or sprinkled over with butter or ghee); वन्यैश्चरुपुरोडाशैः Bhāg.11.18.7. -2 A kind of vessel in which an oblation is prepared. प्रसिद्धश्च स्थाल्यां चरुशब्दः आ च हिमवतः आ च कुमारीभ्यः प्रयुज्य- मानो दृष्टः । ŚB. on MS.1.1.35. -3 A cloud. -Comp. -चेलिन् m. N. of Śiva. -व्रणः A kind of cake; L. D. B. -स्थाली a vessel for boiling rice &c. for presentation to the gods and the manes.
cūlikam चूलिकम् A cake of flour fried with ghee.
jityaḥ जित्यः An instrument for levelling or smoothing ploughed ground (Mar. कुळव).
juhūḥ जुहूः f. [हु क्विप् नि˚ द्वित्वं दीर्घश्च Tv.] 1 A crescent-shaped wooden ladle used for pouring the sacrificial ghee into the fire. -2 A tongue, especially of Agni i. e. a flame. -Comp. -आस्यः fire; हव्यवाड् जुह्वास्यः Rv.1.12.6.
jñānam ज्ञानम् [ज्ञा-भावे ल्युट्] 1 Knowing, understanding, becoming acquainted with, proficiency; सांख्यस्य योगस्य च ज्ञानम् Māl.1.7. -2 Knowledge, learning; तथेन्द्रियाकुलीभावे ज्ञेयं ज्ञानेन शुध्यति Mb.12.24.2; बुद्धिर्ज्ञानेन शुध्यति Ms.5.19; ज्ञाने मौनं क्षमा शत्रौ R.1.22. -3 Consciousness, cognizance, knowledge; ज्ञानतो$ज्ञानतो वापि Ms.8.288 knowingly or unknowingly, consciously or unconsciously. -4 Sacred knowledge; especially, knowledge derived from meditation on the higher truths of religion and philosophy which teaches man how to understand his own nature and how he may be reunited to the Supreme Spirit (opp. कर्मन्); cf. ज्ञानयोग and कर्मयोग in Bg.3.3. -5 The organ of intelligence, sense, intellect; कच्चिज्ज्ञानानि सर्वाणि प्रसन्नानि तवाच्युत Mb.12.54.18. -6 Conscience. -7 The Supreme spirit. -8 An epithet of Viṣṇu. -9 The Vedas taken collectively. -1 Means of knowing; औत्पक्तिकस्तु शब्दस्यार्थेन सम्बन्धस्तस्य ज्ञानम्˚ । MS.1.1.5. -11 An opinion, a view; बलदेवस्य वाक्यं तु मम ज्ञाने न युज्यते Mb.5.4.3. -Comp. -अग्निः knowledge-fire; ज्ञानाग्निः सर्वकर्माणि भस्मसात्कुरुते$र्जन Bg.4.37. -अनुत्पादः ignorance, folly. -अपोहः forgetfulness. -अभ्यासः 1 study. -2 thinking, reflection. -आत्मन् a. all wise. -इन्द्रियम् an organ of perception; (these are five त्वच्, रसना, चक्षुस्, कर्ण and घ्राण- the skin, tongue, eye, ear and nose; see बुद्धीन्द्रिय under इन्द्रिय). -काण्डम् that inner or esoteric portion of Veda which refers to true spiritual knowledge, or knowledge of the Supreme spirit, as distinguished from the knowledge of ceremonial rites (opp. कर्मकाण्ड). -कृत a. done knowingly or intentionally. -गम्य a. attainable by the understanding. -घन m. pure or mere knowledge; निर्विशेषाय साम्याय नमो ज्ञानघनाय च Bhāg.8.3.12; तं त्वामहं ज्ञानघनं...कथं...परिभावयामि ibid 9.8.24. -चक्षुस् n. the eye of intelligence, the mind's eye, intellectual vision (opp. चर्मचक्षुस्); सर्वं तु समवेक्ष्येदं निखिलं ज्ञानचक्षुषा Ms.2.8;4.24. (-m.) a wise and learned man. -तत्त्वम् true knowledge, knowledge of God. -तपस् n. penance consisting in the acquisition of true knowledge. -दः a preceptor. -दा an epithet of Sarasvatī. -दुर्बल a. wanting in knowledge. -निश्चयः certainty, ascertainment. -निष्ठ a. intent on acquiring true (spiritual) knowledge; ज्ञानिनिष्ठा द्विजाः केचित् Ms.3.134. -पतिः 1 the Supreme spirit. -2 a teacher, preceptor. -पूर्व a. preceded by knowledge, well-considered; निष्कामं ज्ञानपूर्वं तु निवृत्तमुपदिश्यते Ms.12.89. -बोधिनी f. N. of a Vedāntic treatise. -मुद्र a. 'having the impress of wisdom', wise. -मूल a. founded on spiritual knowledge. -यज्ञः a man possessed of true or spiritual knowledge, philosopher. -योगः contemplation as the principal means of, attaining the Supreme spirit or acquiring true or spiritual knowledge; ज्ञानयोगेन सांख्यानां कर्मयोगेण योगिनाम् Bg.3.3. -लक्षणम्, -णा 1 indication, sign, a means of knowing or inferring. -2 (in logic) sign or proof of knowledge; subsequent derived from antecedent knowledge. -विज्ञानम् 1 sacred and miscellaneous knowledge; तत्प्राज्ञेन विनीतेन ज्ञानविज्ञानवेदिनाMs.18.41. -2 the Vedas with the supplementary branches of knowledge, such as medicine, arms &c. -वृद्ध advanced in knowledge; ज्ञानवृद्धो वयोबालो मृदुर्वीर्यगुणान्वितः Rām.2.45.8. -शास्त्रम् the science of fortune-telling. -साधनम् 1 a means of acquiring true or spiritual knowledge. -2 an organ of perception.
jyeṣṭha ज्येष्ठ a. (Superl. of प्रशस्य or वृद्ध) 1 Eldest, most senior. -2 Most excellent, best. -3 Pre-eminent, first, chief, highest. -ष्ठः 1 An elder brother; R.12.19,35. -2 An epithet of the Supreme Being. -3 Life. -4 N. a lunar month (= ज्यैष्ठ q. v.). -ष्ठा 1 An eldest sister. -2 N. of the eighteenth lunar mansion (consisting of the three stars). -3 The middle finger. -4 A small house-lizard. -5 An epithet of the Ganges. -6 The goddess of misfortune, elder sister of Lakṣmī; ज्येष्ठा च माया कलहश्च दम्भः Bhāg.1.17.32. -ष्ठी A small houselizard. -ष्ठम् 1 The most excellent, the first or head. -2 Tin. -Comp. -अंशः 1 eldest brother's share. -2 the right of the eldest brother to a larger share of the patrimonial property. -3 the best share. -अम्बु n. 1 water in which grain has been washed. -2 the scum of boiled rice. -आश्रमः 1 the highest or most excellent order in the religious life of a Brāhmaṇa; i. e. that of a householder; तस्माज्ज्येष्ठाश्रमो गृही Ms.3.78. -2 a householder. -कलशः N. of Bilhaṇa's father. -तातः a father's eldest brother. -तातिः f. Ved. superiority. -राज् m. a Sovereign; ज्येष्ठराजं ब्रह्मणां ब्रह्मणस्पते Rv.2.23.1. -ललिता A particular vow to be observed in the month of Jye&stodṭha. -वर्णः 1 the highest caste (that of Brāhmaṇas). -2 a Brāhmaṇa. -वृत्तिः f. the duties of seniority. -श्वश्रूः f. 1 a wife's eldest sister. -2 the eldest mother-in-law. -सामन् n. N. of a particular Sāman; ब्रह्मदेयात्मसंतानो ज्येष्ठसामग एव च Ms.3.185. ज्येष्ठामूल jyēṣṭhāmūla मूलीयः mūlīyḥ ज्येष्ठामूल मूलीयः The month ज्यैष्ठ q. v.; ततो मध्याह्न- मारूढे ज्येष्ठामूले दिवाकरे Mb.13.95.9.
tad तद् pron., a. (Nom. sing. सः m., सा f., तत् n.) 1 That referring to something not present; (तदिति परोक्षे विजानी- यात्) -2 He, she, it; (oft. as corr. of यद्); यस्य बुद्धिर्बलं तस्य Pt.1. -3 That i. e. well-known; सा रम्या नगरी महान्स नृपतिः सामन्तचक्रं च तत् Bh.3.37; Ku.5.71. -4 That (referring to something seen or experienced before, अनुभूतार्थः; उत्कम्पिनी भयपरिस्खलितांशुकान्ता ते लोचने प्रतिदिशं विधुरे क्षिपन्ती K. P.7; Bv.2.5. -5 The same, identical, that, very; usually with एव; तानीन्द्रियाणि सकलानि तदेव नाम Bh.2.4. Sometimes the forms of तद् are used with the first and second personal pronouns, as well as with demonstratives and relatives, for the sake of emphasis; (often translatable by 'therefore', 'then'); सो$हमिज्याविशुद्धात्मा R.1.69; 'I that very person', 'I therefore'; (I who am so and so); स त्वं निवर्तस्व विहाय लज्जाम् 2.4 'thou, therefore, shouldst return', &c. When repeated तद् has the sense of 'several', 'various'; तेषु तेषु स्थानेषु K.369; Bg.7.2; Māl.1.36; ते ते भावाः 1.17. तेन the instr. of तद् is often used with adverbial force in the sense of 'therefore', 'on that account', 'in that case', 'for that reason.' तेन हि if so, well then. -ind. 1 There, thither. -2 Then, in that case, at that time. -3 For that reason, therefore, consequently; तदेहि विमर्दक्षमां भूमिमवतरावः U.5; Me.7,19; R.3.46. -4 Then (corr. of यदि); तथापि यदि महत्कुतूहलं तत्कथयामि K.136; Bg.1.46. -n. 1 The Supreme Spirit or Brahman; तद्भावभावी तद्बुद्धिः Mb.12. 323.29; Bg.17.23. -2 This world. -Comp. -अतिपात a. going beyond the bounds. -अनन्तर a. next to that. (-ind.) immediately after that, thereupon. -अनु ind. after that, afterwards; संदेशं मे तदनु जलद श्रोष्यसि श्रोत्र- पेयम् Me.13; R.16.87; Māl.9.26. -अनुसरणम् going after that. -अन्त a. perishing in that, ending thus. -अन्य a. other than that. -अपेक्ष a. having regard to that. -अर्थ, -अर्थीय a. 1 intended for that. -2 having that meaning. -अर्थम् on that account, with that object, therefore; स्वस्रीयं मम राजेन्द्र द्रष्टुकामो महीपतिः । तदर्थ- मुपयातो$हमयोध्यां रघुनन्दन ॥ Rām.1.73.4. -अर्ह a. meriting that. -अवधि ind. 1 so far; upto that period, till then; तदवधि कुशली पुराणशास्त्रस्मृतिशतचारुविचारजो विवेकः Bv. 2.14. -2 from that time, since then; श्वासो दीर्घस्तदवधि मुखे पाण्डिमा Bv.2.79. -अवस्थ a. so circumstanced. -एकचित्त a. having the mind solely fixed on that; H. -कर a. serving, obeying as servant. -काल 1 the current moment, present time. -2 that time. ˚धी a. having presence of mind. -कालम् ind. 1 instantly, immediately. -2 at that time, at a certain time. -कालीन a. simultaneous; ब्रह्मन्कालान्तरकृतं तत्कालीनं कथं भवेत् Bhāg.1.12.41. -क्षणः 1 present, time being, present or current moment; R.1.51. -2 the same moment. -3 a measure of time. -क्षणम्, -क्षणात् ind. immediately, directly, instantly; सेकान्ते मुनिकन्याभिस्तत्- क्षणोज्झितवृक्षकम् R.3.14; Śi.9.5; Y.2.14; Amaru. 83. -क्रिय a. working without wages. -गत a. gone or directed to that, intent on that, devoted to that, belonging to that; तद्गतेनैव चेतसा Ks.3.68. (-तः) the continued multiplication of four or more like quantities. -गुण a. possessing those qualities. (-णः) 1 the quality or virtue of anything; R.1.9. -2 a figure of speech (in Rhet.); स्वमुत्सृज्य गुणं योगादत्युज्ज्वलगुणस्य यत् । वस्तु तद्गुण- तामेति भण्यते स तु तद्गुणः ॥ K. P.1.137; see Chandr.5.141. ˚संविज्ञानः a term applied to those Bahuvrīhi compounds in which the qualities denoted by the name are perceived along with the thing itself; as लंबकर्ण; cf. अतद्गुणसंविज्ञान also. -ज a. immediate, instantaneous. -ज्ञः a knowing or intelligent man, wise man, philosopher. -तृतीय a. doing that for the third time. -देश्य a. coming from the same country. -देश्यः a fellow countryman. -धन a. miserly, niggardly. -धर्मिन् a. obeying his laws; तद्धर्मिणां निवसतां विषमः स्वभावः Bhāg.3.15.32. -धर्म्य a. of that kind; Bhāg.5.14.2. -पदार्थः the Supreme Being. -पर a. 1 following that, coming after that, inferior. -2 having that as the highest object, closely intent on, exclusively devoted to, eagerly engaged in (usually in comp.); सम्राट् समाराधनतत्परो$भूत् R.2.5;1.66; Me.1; Y.1.83; Ms.3.262. -3 diligent. (-रः) the thirtieth part of a twinkling of the eye. (-रा) one sixtieth of a second of a circle. ˚ता, ˚त्वम् 1 intentness, entire devotion or addiction to a thing. -2 inferiority. -परायण a. solely devoted or attached to anything. -पुरुषः 1 the original or Supreme Spirit. -2 N. of a class of compounds in which the first member determines the sense of the other member, or in which the last member is defined or qualified by the first, without losing its original independence; as तत्पुरुषः; तत्पुरुष कर्मधारय येनाहं स्यां बहुव्रीहिः Udb. उत्तरपदप्रधानस्तत्पुरुषः -पूर्व a. 1 happening or occurring for the first time; अकारि तत्पूर्वनिबद्धया तया Ku.5.1;7.3; R.2.42;14.38. -2 prior, former. -पूर्वम् ind. that for the first time; Ki.7.11. -प्रथम a. doing that for the first time; Ku.5.66. -फल a. having that as a fruit or result. (-लः) 1 the white water-lily. -2 a kind of perfume. -बलः a kind of arrow. -भव a. sprung from Sanskṛit &c. (as Prākṛit or other words). -भावः becoming that. -मात्रम् 1 merely that, only a trifle, a very small quantity; तन्मात्रादेव कुपितो राजा Ks.6.15. -2 (in phil.) a subtle and primary element (such as शब्द, स्पर्श, रूप, रस and गन्ध) तन्मात्राण्यविशेषाः Sān. K.38; गणस्तन्मात्रपञ्चकश्चैव Sān. K.24; Bhāg.11.24.7. -मात्रिक a. consisting of rudimentary atoms; अर्थस्तन्मात्रिकाज्जज्ञे Bhāg.11.24.8. -राजः an affix added to some proper names to form from them the names of the 'king' or 'chief'; as from अङ्ग is formed आङ्ग 'king of the Aṅgas' by the affix अण्. -रूप a. thus shaped, so formed; of the same quality. -वाचक a. denoting or signifying that. -विद् a. 1 knowing that. -2 knowing the truth. -विद्य a. a Connoisseur, expert. -विध a. of that kind or sort; भक्त्योपपन्नेषु हि तद्विधानां प्रसादचिह्नानि पुरः फलानि R.2.22; Ku.5.73; Ms.2.112. -संख्याक a. of that number; Y.2.6. com. -समनन्तरम् ind. immediately upon that; Ks.4.24. -स्थ a. being on or in that, connected with it. (-स्थः) a particular mode of multiplication. -हित a. good for that. -(तः) 1 an affix added to primary bases to form derivative or secondary bases from them. -2 a noun formed by a Taddhita affix, a derivative noun.
tanū तनू f. 1 The body, person, self. -2 A limb, member of the body; तं दृष्ट्वा वृष्णयो हृष्टास्तन्वः प्राणमिवोत्थिताः Bhāg.1.82.33. -Comp. -उद्भवः, -जः 1 a son. -2 a feather; अथ भ्रष्टतनूजाङ्गमात्मानं ददृशे खगः Mb.5.113.4. -उद्भवा, -जा a daughter -जानिः, -जन्मन् a son. -तलम् a measure of length equal to the arms extended, a fathom. -तापः fatigues or troubles of the body; अगणित- तनूतापं तप्त्वा तपांसि भगीरथः U.1.23. -नपम् clarified butter, ghee. -नपात् m. fire; तनूनपाद्धूमवितानमाधिजैः Śi.1.62; अधःकृतस्यापि तनूनपातो नाधः शिखा याति कदाचिदेव H.2.66. (-n.) ghee. -नप्तृ m. wind. -रुहम् 1 the hair of the body (-m. also); रवितुरङ्गतनूरुहतुल्यतां दधति यत्र शिरीषरजोरुचः Śi.6.22; चन्द्रांशुगौरैश्छुरितं तनूरुहैः Bhāg. -2 the wing of a bird, a feather; चित्रतनूरुहः (विहङ्गः) Mb.12.144.1. -(-हः) a son. -ह्रदः the anus, the rectum; cf. तनुह्रद.
tapta तप्त p. p. [तप्-क्त] 1 Heated, burnt. -2 Red-hot, -3 Melted, fused. -4 Distressed, pained, afflicted, -5 Practised (as penance). -6 (in Astr.) Opposed by. -प्तम् Hot water. -Comp. -काञ्चनम् gold purified with fire. -कुम्भः, -कूपः N. of a hell. -कृच्छ्रम् a kind of penance consisting in drinking hot water, milk and ghee for three days each, and inhaling hot air for three days; Ms.11.214; Y.3.318. -तप्त made hot repeatedly. -ताम्रम् red hot or melted copper; Bhāg.6. 9.14. -पाषाणकुण्डम् N. of a hell; L. D. B. -मुद्रा Mark of divine weapons stamped on the body by devotees with heated metals. -रूपम्, -रूपकम् purified silver. -लोमशः green vitriol. -लोहम्, -वालुकः, -शूर्मि- कुण्डम्, -सुराकुण्डम्, -सूर्मिः N. of different hells. -वालुकाः hot gravel; भुङ्क्ष्वैता भूयसी राजन्नर्जितास्तप्तवालुकाः Ks.72.15.
tulita तुलित p. p. 1 Weighed, counterpoised. -2 Compared, likened, equalled; Bh.3.36; योगीन्द्रपाणितुलितायुध- लूनपक्षः Śi.; see तुल्.
tolya तोल्य a. To be weighed. -ल्यम् Weighing.
tṛtīyā तृतीया 1 The third day of a lunar fortnight. -2 (In gram.) The instrumental case or its terminations. -Comp. -कृत a. thrice ploughed (as a field). -तत्पुरुषः the instrumental Tatpuruṣa. -प्रकृतिः m., f. 1 a eunuch. -2 a hermaphrodite. -3 the neuter gender.
tṛpra तृप्र a. 1 Restless, anxious. -2 Pleased, satisfied. -3 Pleasing, satisfying. -प्रः A sacrificial cake (पुरोडाश). -प्रम् 1 Ghee or an oblation thereof. -2 Suffering, sorrow (दुःख).
taijasa तैजस a. (-सी f.) [तेजसो विकारः अण्] 1 Bright, splendid, luminous; वैराजा नाम ते लोकास्तैजसाः सन्तु ते शिवाः U.2. 12. -2 Made up or consisting of light; तैजसस्य धनुषः प्रवृत्तये R.11.43. -3 Metallic. -4 Passionate. -5 Vigorous, energetic. -6 Powerful, intense. -7 A kind of horse; ते तैजसाः पुण्यवता प्रदेशे भवन्ति पुण्यैरपि ते मिलन्ति Yuktikalpataru. -8 Endowed with the राजस quality; वैकारिक- स्तैजसश्च तामसश्चेत्यहं त्रिधा Bhāg.3.5.3. -सः The highly refined or subtle essence (Vedānta Phil.); विश्वश्च तैजसः प्राज्ञस्तुर्य आत्मा समन्वयात् Bhāg.7.15.54; Muṇḍ.4. -सम् 1 Any metal; Bhāg.11.21.12. -2 Ghee. -3 Intensity, severity. -4 Vigour, energy, might. -5 The group of senses; तैजसे निद्रयापन्ने पिण्डस्थो नष्टचेतनः । मायां प्राप्नोति मृत्युं वा Bhāg.11.28.3. -6 The movable (जङ्गम) world; तस्य तत्तेजसस्तस्माज्जज्ञे लोकेषु तैजसम् Mb.13.85.12. -Comp. -आवर्तनी a crucible.
toyam तोयम् 1 Water; Ś.7.12. -2 The constellation पूर्वाषाढा or its regent. -Comp. -अग्निः submarine fire; Mb.12. -अञ्जलिः see तोयकर्मन्. -अधिवासिनी trumpetflower. -आत्मन् m. the Supreme Being. -आधारः, -आशयः a lake, well, any reservoir of water; तोयाधार- पथाश्च वल्कलशिखानिष्यन्दरेखाङ्किताः Ś.1.14. -आलयः the ocean, sea. -ईशः 'lord of waters', an epithet of Varuṇa. (-शम्) the constellation called पूर्वाषाढा. -उत्सर्गः discharge of water, raining; तोयोत्सर्गस्तनितमुखरो मा च भूर्विक्लवास्ताः Me.39. -कर्मन् n. 1 ablutions of various parts of the body performed with water. -2 libations of water to the deceased; तोयकर्मणि तं कुन्ती कथयामास सूर्यजम् Mb.12.1.22. -काम a. 1 fond of water. -2 thirsty. (-मः) a sort of crane. -कृच्छ्रः, -च्छ्रम् a kind of penance, drinking nothing but water for a fixed period. -क्रीडा sporting in water; Me.35. -गर्भः the cocoanut. -चरः an aquatic animal. -डिम्बः, -डिम्भः hail. -दः a cloud; R.6.65; V.1.14. ˚अत्ययः the autumn. -दम् ghee; 'तोयदो मुस्तके मेघे पुमानाज्ये नपुंसकम्' Medinī. -धरः a cloud. -धारः 1 a cloud. -2 raining. -धिः, -निधिः 1 the ocean. -2 the number 'four'. ˚प्रियम् cloves. -नीवी the earth. -पाषाणजमलम् oxide of zinc. -पुष्पी, -प्रष्ठा trumpet-flower. -प्रसादनम् the clearingnut tree or its nut, see अम्बुप्रसादन or कतक. -मलम् seafoam. -मुच् m. a cloud. -यन्त्रम् 1 a water-clock. -2 an artificial jet or fountain of water. -रसः moisture. -राज् m. 1 the ocean. -2Varuṇa, the regent of waters. -राशिः 1 the ocean. -2 a pond, lake, Rām.2. -वेला the edge of water, shore. -व्यतिकरः confluence (as of rivers); तीर्थे तोयव्यतिकरभवे जह्नुकन्यासरय्वोः R.8.95. -शुक्तिका an oyster. -सर्पिका, -सूचकः a frog.
taulin तौलिन् m. 1 A weigher. -2 The sign Libra of the zodiac.
tri त्रि num. a. [Uṇ.5.66] (declined in pl. only, nom. त्रयः m., तिस्त्रः f., त्रीणि n.) Three; त एव हि त्रयो लोकास्त एव त्रय आश्रमाः &c. Ms.2.229; प्रियतमाभिरसौ तिसृभिर्बभौ R.9.18; त्रीणि वर्षाण्युदीक्षेत कुमार्यृतुमती सती Ms.9.9 [cf. L. tres; Gr. treis; A. S., Zend thri; Eng. three]. -Comp. -अंशः 1 a three-fold share; त्र्यंशं दायाद्धरेद्विप्रः Ms.9.151. -2 a third part. -3 three-fourths. -अक्ष a. triocular. -अक्षः, -अक्षकः an epithet of Śiva; शुष्कस्नायु- स्वराह्लादात्त्र्यक्षं जग्राह रावणः Pt.5.57. -अक्षरः 1 the mystic syllable ओम् consisting of three letters; see under अ. आद्यं यत्त्र्यक्षरं ब्रह्म Ms.11.265. -2 a matchmaker or घटक (that word consisting of three syllables). -3 a genealogist. (-री) knowledge, learning; see विद्या. -अङ्कटम्, -अङ्गटम् 1 three strings suspended to either end of a pole for carrying burdens. -2 a sort of collyrium. (-टः) N. of Śiva. -अङ्गम् (pl.) a tripartite army (chariots, cavalry and infantry). -अङ्गुलम् three fingers' breadth. -अञ्जनम् the three kinds of collyrium; i. e. कालाञ्जन, रसाञ्जन and पुष्पाञ्जन. -अञ्जलम्, -लिः three handfuls taken collectively. -अधिपतिः (the lord of the 3 guṇas or worlds), an epithet of Viṣṇu; Bhāg.3.16.24. -अधिष्ठानः the soul. (नम्) spirit, life (चैतन्य). -a. having three stations; Ms.12.4. -अध्वगा, -मार्गगा, -वर्त्मगा epithets of the river Ganges (flowing through the three worlds). -अनीक a. having the three properties of heat, rain and cold; त्यनीकः पत्यते माहिनावान् Rv.3.56.3. (-का) an army consisting of horses, elephants and chariots. -अब्द a. three years old. -ब्दम् three years taken collectively. -अम्बकः (also त्रियम्बक in the same sense though rarely used in classical literature) 'having three eyes', N. of Śiva.; त्रियम्बकं संयमिनं ददर्श Ku.3.44; जडीकृतस्त्र्यम्बकवीक्षणेन R.2. 42;3.49. ˚सखः an epithet of Kubera; कुबेरस्त्र्यम्बकसखः Ak. -अम्बका an epithet of Pārvatī -अशीत a. eighty-third. -अशीतिः f. eighty-three. -अष्टन् a. twenty-four. -अश्र, -अस्र a. triangular. (-स्रम्) a triangle. -अहः 1 a period of three days. -2 a festival lasting three days. -आर्षेयाः deaf, dumb and blind persons. -आहिक a. 1 performed or produced in three days. -2 recurring after the third day, tertian (as fever). -3 having provision for three days कुशूलकुम्भीधान्यो वा त्र्याहिको$श्वस्तनो$पि वा Y.1.128. -ऋचम् (तृचम् also) three Riks taken collectively; Ms.8.16. -ऐहिक a. having provision for three days. -ककुद् m. 1 N. of the mountain Trikūṭa. -2 N. of Viṣnu or Kṛiṣṇa. -3 the highest, chief. -4 a sacrifice lasting for ten nights. -ककुभ् m. Ved. 1 Indra. -2 Indra's thunderbolt. -कटु dry ginger, black pepper and long pepper taken together as a drug; शिरामोक्षं विधायास्य दद्यात् त्रिकटुकं गुडम् Śālihotra 62. -कण्टः, -कण्टकः a kind of fish. -करणी the side of a square 3 times as great as another. -कर्मन् n. the chief three duties of a Brāhmaṇa i. e. sacrifice, study of the Vedas, and making gifts or charity. (-m.) one who engages in these three duties (as a Brāhmaṇa). -काण्डम् N. of Amarsiṁha's dictionary. -कायः N. of Buddha. -कालम् 1 the three times; the past, the present, and the future; or morning, noon and evening. -2 the three tenses (the past, present, and future) of a verb. (-लम् ind. three times, thrice; ˚ज्ञ, ˚दर्शिन् a. omniscient (m.) 1 a divine sage, seer. -2 a deity. -3 N. of Buddha. ˚विद् m. 1 a Buddha. -2 an Arhat (with the Jainas). -कूटः N. of a mountain in Ceylon on the top of which was situated Laṅkā, the capital of Rāvaṇa.; Śi.2.5. -कूटम् sea-salt. कूर्चकम् a knife with three edges. -कोण a. triangular, forming a triangle. (-णः) 1 a triangle. -2 the vulva. -खम् 1 tin. -2 a cucumber. -खट्वम्, -खट्वी three bedsteads taken collectively. -क्षाराणि n. (pl.) salt-petre, natron and borax. -गणः an aggregate of the three objects of worldly existence; i. e. धर्म, अर्थ and काम; न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11; see त्रिवर्ग below. -गत a. 1 tripled. -2 done in three days. -गर्ताः (pl.) 1 N. of a country, also called जलन्धर, in the northwest of India. -2 the people or rulers of that country. -3 a particular mode of calculation. -गर्ता 1 a lascivious woman, wanton. -2 a woman in general. -3 a pearl. -4 a kind of cricket. -गुण a. 1 consisting of three threads; व्रताय मौञ्जीं त्रिगुणां बभार याम् Ku.5.1. -2 three-times repeated, thrice, treble, threefold, triple; सप्त व्यतीयुस्त्रिगुणानि तस्य (दिनानि) R.2. 25. -3 containing the three Guṇas सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. (-णम्) the Pradhāna (in Sāṅ. phil.); (-ind.) three times; in three ways. -णाः m. (pl.) the three qualities or constituents of nature; त्रयीमयाय त्रिगुणात्मने नमः K.1. (-णा) 1 Māyā or illusion (in Vedānta phil.). -2 an epithet of Durgā. -गुणाकृतम् ploughed thrice. -चक्षुस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -चतुर a. (pl.) three or four; गत्वा जवात्त्रिचतुराणि पदानि सीता B.R.6.34. -चत्वा- रिंश a. forty-third. -चत्वारिंशत् f, forty-three. -जगत् n. -जगती the three worlds, (1) the heaven, the atmosphere and the earth; or (2) the heaven, the earth, and the lower world; त्वत्कीर्तिः ...... त्रिजगति विहरत्येवमुर्वीश गुर्वी Sūkti.5.59. -जटः an epithet of Śiva. -जटा N. of a female demon, one of the Rākṣasa attendants kept by Rāvaṇa to watch over Sītā, when she was retained as a captive in the Aśoka-vanikā. She acted very kindly towards Sītā and induced her companions to do the same; सीतां मायेति शंसन्ति त्रिजटा समजीवयत् R.12.74. -जातम्, जातकम् The three spices (mace, cardamoms, cinnamon). -जीवा, -ज्या the sine of three signs or 9˚, a radius. -णता a bow; कामुकानिव नालीकांस्त्रिणताः सहसामुचन् Śi.19.61. -णव, -णवन् a. (pl.) three times nine; i. e. 27. -णाकः the heaven; तावत्त्रिणाकं नहुषः शशास Bhāg.6.13.16. -णाचिकेतः 1 a part of the Adhvaryu-sacrifice or Yajurveda, or one who performs a vow connected therewith (according to Kull. on Ms.3.185); Mb.13.9.26. -2 one who has thrice kindled the Nāchiketa fire or studied the Nāchiketa section of Kāṭhaka; त्रिणाचिकेत- स्त्रिभिरेत्य सन्धिम् Kaṭh.1.17. -णीता a wife ('thrice married'; it being supposed that a girl belongs to Soma, Gandharva and Agni before she obtains a human husband). -णेमि a. with three fellies; विचिन्वतो$भूत् सुमहांस्त्रिणेमिः Bhāg.3.8.2. -तक्षम्, तक्षी three carpenters taken collectively. -दण्डम् 1 the three staves of a Saṁnyāsin (who has resigned the world) tied togethar so as to form one. -2 the triple subjection of thought, word, and deed. (-ण्डः) the state of a religious ascetic; ज्ञानवैराग्यरहितस्त्रिदण्डमुपजीवति Bhāg.11.18.4. -दण्डिन् m. 1 a religious mendicant or Saṁnyāsin who has renounced all worldly attachments, and who carries three long staves tied together so as to form one in his right hand; तल्लिप्सुः स यतिर्भूत्वा त्रिदण्डी द्वारका- मगात् Bhāg.1.86.3. -2 one who has obtained command over his mind, speech, and body (or thought, word, and deed); cf. वाग्दण्डो$थ मनोदण्डः कायदण्डस्तथैव च । यस्यैते निहिता बुद्धौ त्रिदण्डीति स उच्यते ॥ Ms.12.1. -दशाः (pl.) 1 thirty. -2 the thirty-three gods:-- 12 Ādityas, 8 Vasus, 11 Rudras and 2 Aśvins. (-शः) a god, an immortal; तस्मिन्मघोनस्त्रिदशान्विहाय सहस्रमक्ष्णां युगपत्पपात Ku.3.1. ˚अङ्कुशः (-शम्) the heaven. ˚आयुधम् Indra's thunderbolt; R.9.54. ˚आयुधम् rainbow; अथ नभस्य इव त्रिदशायुधम् R.9.54. ˚अधिपः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚पतिः epithets of Indra. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Śiva. ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚अयनः an epithet of Viṣṇu. ˚अरिः a demon. ˚आचार्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚आधार Nectar. ˚आलयः, ˚आवासः 1 heaven. -2 the mountain Meru. -3 a god. ˚आहारः 'the food of the gods', nectar. ˚इन्द्रः 1 Indra. -2 Śiva. -3 Brahman. ˚गुरुः an epithet of Bṛihaspati, ˚गोपः a kind of insect; (cf. इन्द्रगोप) श्रद्दधे त्रिदशगोपमात्रके दाहशक्तिमिव कृष्णवर्त्मनि R.11.42. ˚दीर्घिका an epithet of the Ganges. ˚पतिः Indra; एषो$प्यैरावतस्थस्त्रिदशपतिः Ratn.4.11. ˚पुङ्गवः Viṣṇu; Rām.1. ˚मञ्जरी the holy basil. ˚वधू, ˚वनिता, an Apsaras or heavenly damsel; कैलासस्य त्रिदशवनितादर्पणस्यातिथिः स्याः Me.6. ˚वर्त्मन् the sky. ˚श्रेष्ठः 1 Agni. -2 Brahman. ˚दशीभूत Become divine; त्रिदशीभूतपौराणां स्वर्गान्तरमकल्पयत् R.15.12. -दिनम् three days collectively. ˚स्पृश् m. concurrence of three lunations with one solar day. -दिवम् 1 the heaven; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28; Ś.7.3. -2 sky, atmosphere. -3 paradise. -4 happiness. (-वा) cardamoms. ˚अधीशः, ˚ईशः 1 an epithet of Indra. -2 a god. ˚आलयः the heaven; अश्वमेधजिताँल्लोका- नाप्नोति त्रिदिवालये Mb.13.141.53. ˚उद्भवा 1 the Ganges. -2 small cardamoms. ˚ओकस् m. a god; वपुषि त्रिदिवौकसां परं सह पुष्पैरपतत्र्छिलीमुखाः Vikr.15.72. ˚गत dead; त्रिदिवगतः किमु वक्ष्यते पिता मे Vikr.6.62. -दृश् m. an epithet of Śiva. -दोषम् vitiation or derangement of the three humours of the body, i. e. वात, पित्त and कफ. -धा ind. in 3 parts, ways or places; triply, ˚त्वम् tripartition; Ch. Up. -धातुः an epithet of Gaṇeśa; -तुम् 1 the triple world. -2 the aggregate of the 3 minerals or humours. -धामन् m. 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 of Vyāsa; -3 of Śiva. -4 of Agni. -5 death. -n. the heaven; हंसो हंसेन यानेन त्रिधाम परमं ययौ Bhāg.3.24.2. -धारा the Ganges. -नयन, -नेत्रः, -लोचनः epithets of Śiva; R.3. 66; Ku.3.66;5.72. -नवत a. ninety-third. -नवतिः f. ninety three. -नयना Pārvat&imacr. -नाभः Viṣṇu; Bhāg.8. 17.26. -नेत्रचूडामणिः the moon. -नेत्रफलः the cocoa-nut tree. -पञ्च a. three-fold five, i. e. fifteen. -पञ्चाश a. fiftythird. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-three. -पुटः glass (काच). -पताकः 1 the hand with three fingers stretched out or erect. -2 the forehead marked naturally with three horizontal lines. -पत्रकः the Palāśa tree. -पथम् 1 the three paths taken collectively, i. e. the sky, atmosphere, and the earth, or the sky, earth and the lower world. -2 a place where three roads meet. (-था) an epithet of Mathura. ˚गा, ˚गामिनी an epithet of the Ganges; गङ्गा त्रिपथगामिनी; धृतसत्पथस्त्रिपथगामभितः स तमारुरोह पुरुहूतसुतः Ki.6.1; Amaru.99. -पद्, -पाद्, -पात् m. Ved. 1 Viṣṇu. -2 fever (personified). -पद a. three-footed. (-दम्) a tripod; त्रिपदैः करकैः स्थालैः ...... Śiva. B.22. 62. -पदिका 1 a tripod. -2 a stand with three feet. -पदी 1 the girth of an elephant; नास्रसत्करिणां ग्रैवं त्रिपदी- च्छेदिनामपि R.4.48. -2 the Gāyatrī metre. -3 a tripod. -4 the plant गोधापदी. -परिक्रान्त a. one who walks thrice round a sacred fire. -पर्णः Kiṁśuka tree. -पाटः 1 intersection of a prolonged side and perpendicular (in a quadrangular figure). -2 the figure formed by such intersection. -पाटिका a beak. पाठिन् a. 1 familiar with Saṁhitā, Pada, and Krama. -2 one who learns a thing after three repetitions. -पादः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 fever. -पाद् a. 1 having three feet. -2 consisting of three parts, having three fourths; राघवः शिथिलं तस्थौ भुवि धर्मस्त्रिपादिव R.15.96. -3 trinomial. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu in his dwarf incarnation. -2 the Supreme Being. -पिटकम् the 3 collections of Buddhistic sacred writings (सुत्त, विनय and अभिधम्म). -पुट a. triangular. (-टः) 1 an arrow. -2 the palm of the hand. -3 a cubit. -4 a bank or shore. -पुटकः a triangle. -पुटा an epithet of Durgā. -पुटिन् m. the castor-oil plant. -पुण्ड्रम्, -पुण्ड्रक a mark on the forehead consisting of three lines made with cowdung ashes. -पुरम् 1 a collection of three cities. -2 the three cities of gold, silver, and iron in the sky, air and earth built for demons by Maya; (these cities were burnt down, along the demons inhabiting them, by Śiva at the request of the gods); Ku.7.48; Amaru.2; संरक्ताभिस्त्रिपुरविजयो गीयते किन्नरीभिः Me.56; Bh.3.123; (-रः) N. of a demon or demons presiding over these cities. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Maya, ˚अन्तकः, ˚अरिः, ˚घ्नः, ˚दहनः, ˚द्विष् m., हरः &c. epithets of Śiva; अये गौरीनाथ त्रिपुरहर शम्भो त्रिनयन Bh.3.123; R.17.14. ˚दाहः burning of the three cities; मुहुरनुस्मरयन्तमनुक्षपं त्रिपुरदाहमुमापतिसेविनः Ki.5.14. ˚सुन्दरी Durgā. (-री) 1 N. of a place near Jabalpura, formerly capital of the kings of Chedi. -2 N. of a country. -पुरुष a 1 having the length of three men. -2 having three assistants. (-षम्) the three ancestorsfather, grand-father and great-grand-father. -पृष्ठम् the highest heaven; Bhāg.1.19.23. (ष्ठः) Viṣṇu. -पौरुष a. 1 belonging to, or extending over, three generations of men. 2 offered to three (as oblations). -3 inherited from three (as an estate). -प्रस्रुतः an elephant in rut. -फला (1) the three myrobalans taken collectively, namely, Terminalia Chebula, T. Bellerica, and Phyllanthus (Mar. हिरडा, बेहडा and आंवळकाठी). Also (2) the three sweet fruits (grape, pomegranate, and date); (3) the three fragrant fruits (nutmeg, arecanut, and cloves). -बन्धनः the individual soul. -बलिः, बली, -वलिः, -वली f. 1 the three folds or wrinkles of skin above the navel of a woman (regarded as a mark of beauty); क्षामोदरोपरिलसत्त्रिवलीलतानाम् Bh.1.93,81; cf. Ku.1.39. -2 the anus. -बलीकम् the anus. -बाहुः a kind of fighting with swords. -ब्रह्मन् a. with ब्रह्मा, विष्णु and महेश. -भम् three signs of the zodiac, or ninety degrees. -भङ्गम् a pose in which the image is bent at three parts of the body. -भद्रम् copulation, sexual union, cohabitation. -भागः 1 the third part; त्रिभागं ब्रह्महत्यायाः कन्या प्राप्नोति दुष्यती Mb.12.165.42. -2 the third part of a sign of the zodiac. -भुक्ल a. one possessed of learning, good conduct and good family-descent (Dānasāgara, Bibliotheca Indica,274, Fasc.1, p.29). -भुजम् a triangle. -भुवनम् the three worlds; पुण्यं यायास्त्रिभुवन- गुरोर्धाम चण्डीश्वरस्य Me.35; Bh.1.99. ˚गुरु Śiva. ˚कीर्तिरसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. ˚पतिः Viṣṇu. -भूमः a palace with three floors. -मद the three narcotic plants; the three-fold haughtiness; Bhāg.3.1.43. -मधु n. -मधुरम् 1 sugar, honey, and ghee. -2 three verses of the Ṛigveda (1.9.6-8; मधु वाता ऋतायते˚). -3 a ceremony based on the same; L. D. B. -4 threefold utterance of a vedic stanza ˚मधु वाता -m. a reciter and performer of the above ceremony; L. D. B. -मार्गा the Ganges; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28. -मुकुटः the Trikūṭa mountain. -मुखः an epithet of Buddha. -मुनि ind. having the three sages पाणिनि, कात्यायन and पतञ्जलि; त्रिमुनि व्याकरणम्. -मूर्तिः 1 the united form of Brahmā, Viṣṇu, and Maheśa, the Hindu triad; नमस्त्रिमूर्तये तुभ्यं प्रांक्सृष्टेः केवलात्मने । गुणत्रयविभायाय पश्चाद्भेदमुपेयुषे ॥ Ku.2.4. -2 Buddha, or Jina. -मूर्धन् m. 1 a demon; त्रयश्च दूषण- खरस्त्रिमूर्धानो रणे हताः U.2.15. -2 a world called महर्लोक; G&imac;rvāṇa; cf. अमृतं क्षेममभयं त्रिमूर्ध्नो$धायि मूर्धसु Bhāg.2.6.19. -यव a. weighing 3 barley corns; Ms.8.134. -यष्टिः a necklace of three strings. -यामकम् sin. -यामा 1 night (consisting of 3 watches of praharas, the first and last half prahara being excluded); संक्षिप्येत क्षण इव कथं दीर्घयामा त्रियामा Me.11, Ku.7.21,26; R.9.7; V.3. 22. -2 turmeric. -3 the Indigo plant. -4 the river Yamuṇā. -युगः an epithet of Viṣṇu; धर्मं महापुरुष पासि युगानुवृत्तं छन्नः कलौ यदभवस्त्रियुगो$थ सत्त्वम् Bhāg.7.9.38; the god in the form of यज्ञपुरुष; Bhāg.5.18.35. -योनिः a law-suit (in which a person engages from anger, covetousness, or infatuation). -रसकम् spirituous liquor; see त्रिसरकम्. -रात्र a. lasting for three nights. (-त्रः) a festival lasting for three nights. (-त्रम्) a period of three nights. -रेखः a conch-shell. -लिङ्ग a. having three genders, i. e. an adjective. -2 possessing the three Guṇas. (-गाः) the country called Telaṅga. (-गी) the three genders taken collectively. -लोकम् the three worlds. (-कः) an inhabitant of the three worlds; यद्धर्मसूनोर्बत राजसूये निरीक्ष्य दृक्स्वस्त्ययनं त्रिलोकः Bhāg.3. 2.13. ˚आत्मन् m. the Supreme Being. ˚ईशः the sun. ˚नाथः 'lord of the three worlds', an epithet of 1 Indra; त्रिलोकनाथेन सदा मखद्विषस्त्वया नियम्या ननु दिव्यचक्षुषा R.3.45. -2 of Śiva; Ku.5.77. ˚रक्षिन् a. protecting the 3 worlds; त्रिलोकरक्षी महिमा हि वज्रिणः V.1.6. -लोकी the three worlds taken collectively, the universe; सत्यामेव त्रिलोकीसरिति हरशिरश्चुम्बिनीविच्छटायाम् Bh.3.95; Śānti.4.22. -लोचनः Śiva. (-ना) 1 an unchaste woman. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -लोहकम् the three metals:-- gold, silver, and copper. -वर्गः 1 the three objects of wordly existence, i. e. धर्म, अर्थ, and काम; अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्गसारः प्रतिभाति भाविनि Ku.5.38; अन्योन्यानुबन्धम् (त्रिवर्गम्) Kau. A.1.7; प्राप त्रिवर्गं बुबुधे$त्रिवर्गम् (मोक्षम्) Bu. Ch.2.41. -2 the three states of loss, stability, and increase; क्षयः स्थानं च वृद्धिश्च त्रिवर्गो नीतिवेदिनाम् Ak. -3 the three qualities of nature, i. e. सत्त्व, रजस्, and तमस्. -4 the three higher castes. -5 the three myrobalans. -6 propriety, decorum. -वर्णकम् the first three of the four castes of Hindus taken collectively. -वर्ष a. three years old; Ms.5.7. -वलिः, -ली f. (in comp.) three folds over a woman's navel (regarded as a mark of beauty) -वली the anus. -वारम् ind. three times, thrice. -विक्रमः Viṣṇu in his fifth or dwarf incarnation. ˚रसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. -विद्यः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas. -विध a. of three kinds, three-fold. -विष्टपम्, -पिष्टपम् 1 the world of Indra, heaven; त्रिविष्टपस्येव पतिं जयन्तः R.6.78. -2 the three worlds. ˚सद् m. a god. -वृत् a. 1 threefold; मौञ्जी त्रिवृत्समा श्लक्ष्णा कार्या विप्रस्य मेखला Ms.2.42. -2 consisting of three parts (as three गुणs, विद्याs); Bhāg.3.24.33;1.23.39; (consisting of three letters- ओङ्कार); हिरण्यगर्भो वेदानां मन्त्राणां प्रणवस्त्रिवृत् Bhāg.11.16.12. (-m.) 1 a sacrifice. -2 a girdle of three strings; Mb.12.47.44. -3 an amulet of three strings. (-f.) a plant possessing valuable purgative properties. ˚करण combining three things, i. e. earth, water, and fire. -वृत्तिः livelihood through 3 things (sacrifice, study and alms). -वेणिः, -णी f. the place near Prayāga where the Ganges joins the Yamunā and receives under ground the Sarasvatī; the place called दक्षिणप्रयाग where the three sacred rivers separate. -वेणुः 1 The staff (त्रिदण्ड) of a Saṁnyāsin; केचित् त्रिवेणुं जगृहुरेके पात्रं कमण्डलुम् Bhāg.11.23.34. -2 The pole of a chariot; अथ त्रिवेणुसंपन्नं ...... बभञ्ज च महारथम् Rām.3. 51.16; Mb.7.156.83; a three bannered (chariot); Bhāg.4.26.1. -वेदः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas. -शक्तिः a deity (त्रिकला), Māyā; Bhāg.2.6.31. -शङ्कुः 1 N. of a celebrated king of the Solar race, king of Ayodhyā and father of Hariśchandra. [He was a wise, pious, and just king, but his chief fault was that he loved his person to an inordinate degree. Desiring to celebrate a sacrifice by virtue of which he could go up to heaven in his mortal body, he requested his family-priest Vasiṣṭha to officiate for him; but being refused he next requested his hundred sons who also rejected his absurd proposal. He, therefore, called them cowardly and impotent, and was, in return for these insults, cursed and degraded by them to be a Chāṇḍāla. While he was in this wretched condition, Viśvāmitra, whose family Triśaṅku had in times of famine laid under deep obligations, undertook to celebrate the sacrifice, and invited all the gods to be present. They, however, declined; whereupon the enraged Viśvāmitra. by his own power lifted up Triśaṅku to the skies with his cherished mortal body. He began to soar higher and higher till his head struck against the vault of the heaven, when he was hurled down head-foremost by Indra and the other gods. The mighty Viśvāmitra, however, arrested him in his downward course, saying 'Stay Triśaṅku', and the unfortunate monarch remained suspended with his head towards the earth as a constellation in the southern hemisphere. Hence the wellknown proverb:-- त्रिशङ्कुरिवान्तरा तिष्ठ Ś.2.] -2 the Chātaka bird. -3 a cat. -4 a grass-hopper. -5 a firefly. ˚जः an epithet of Hariśchandra. ˚याजिन् m. an epithet of Viśvāmitra. -शत a. three hundred. (-तम्) 1 one hundred and three. -2 three hundred. -शरणः a Buddha. -शर्करा three kinds of sugar (गुडोत्पन्ना, हिमोत्था, and मधुरा). -शाख a. three-wrinkled; भ्रुकुट्या भीषणमुखः प्रकृत्यैव त्रिशाखया Ks.12.72. -शालम् a house with three halls or chambers. -शिखम् 1 a trident; तदापतद्वै त्रिशिखं गरुत्मते Bhāg.1.59.9. -2 a crown or crest (with three points). -शिरस् m. 1 N. of a demon killed by Rāma. -2 an epithet of Kubera. -3 fever. त्रिशिरस्ते प्रसन्नो$स्मि व्येतु ते मज्ज्वराद्भयम् Bhāg.1.63.29. -शीर्षः Śiva. -शीर्षकम्, -शूलम् a trident. ˚अङ्कः, ˚धारिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -शुक्लम् the holy combination of 'three days' viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the moon (day of the manes) and daytime; त्रिशुक्ले मरणं यस्य, L. D. B. -शूलिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -शृङ्गः 1 the Trikūṭa mountain. -2 a triangle. -शोकः the soul. -षष्टिः f. sixty-three. -ष्टुभ् f. a metre of 4 x 11 syllables. -संध्यम्, -संध्यी the three periods of the day, i. e. dawn, noon, and sunset; also -त्रिसवनम् (-षवणम्); Ms.11.216. -संध्यम् ind. at the time of the three Sandhyas; सान्निध्यं पुष्करे येषां त्रिसन्ध्यं कुरुनन्दन Mb. -सप्तत a. seventy-third. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-three. -सप्तन्, -सप्त a. (pl.) three times 7, i. e. 21. -सम a. (in geom.) having three equal sides, equilateral. -सरः milk, sesamum and rice boiled together. -सरकम् drinking wine thrice ('सरकं शीधुपात्रे स्यात् शीधुपाने च शीधुनि' इति विश्वः); प्रातिभं त्रिसरकेण गतानाम् Śi.1.12. -सर्गः the creation of the 3 Guṇas; Bhāg.1.1.1. -साधन a. having a threefold causality; R.3.13. -सामन् a. singing 3 Sāmans (an उद्गातृ); उद्गाता तत्र संग्रामे त्रिसामा दुन्दुभिर्नृप Mb.12.98.27. -साम्यम् an equilibrium of the three (qualities); Bhāg.2.7.4. -सुपर्णः, -र्णम् 1 N. of the three Ṛigvedic verses (Rv.1.114.3-5). -2 N. of T. Ār.1.48-5; -a. familiar with or reciting these verses; Ms.3.185. -स्थली the three sacred places : काशी, प्रयाग, and गया. -स्थानम् the head, neck and chest together; तन्त्रीलयसमायुक्तं त्रिस्थानकरणान्वितम् Rām.7.71.15. -a. 1 having 3 dwelling places. -2 extending through the 3 worlds. -स्रोतस् f. an epithet of the Ganges; त्रिस्रोतसं वहति यो गगनप्रतिष्ठाम् Ś.7.6; R.1.63; Ku.7.15. -सीत्य, -हल्य a. ploughed thrice (as a field). -हायण a. three years old.
dakṣiṇa दक्षिण a. [दक्ष्-इनन् Uṇ 2.5.] 1 Able, skilful, dexterous, competent, clever; इत्यम्बरीषं नाभागिमन्वमोदन्त दक्षिणाः Mb.12.29.12. -2 Right (opp. वाम). -3 Situated on the right side. दक्षिणं परि, दक्षिणं कृ to place any one on the right side as a mark of respect; ग्रहर्क्षताराः परियन्ति दक्षिणम् Bhāg.4.12.25. -4 South, southern; as in दक्षिणवायु, दक्षिणदिक्; आददे नातिशीतोष्णो नभस्वानिव दक्षिणः R. 4.8. -5 Situated to the south. -6 Sincere, straightforward, honest, impartial. -7 Pleasing, amiable. -8 Courteous, civil. -9 Compliant, submissive. -1 Dependent. -11 Favourable; 'दक्षिणः सरलावामपरच्छन्दानुवर्तिषु' इति विश्वः; Ki.18.27. -णः 1 The right hand or arm. -2 A civil or courteous person, applied in poetic compositions to a lover who professes attachment to one mistress, while his heart has been entirely taken up by another. -3 An epithet of Śiva or Viṣṇu. -4 The right-hand horse of a carriage; इन्द्रस्येव दक्षिणः श्रियैधि Vāj.9.8. -5 The southern sacred fire. -णः, णम् 1 The right side. -2 The south; Nala.9.23. -3 The Deccan. -णम् The highest doctrine of the Śāktas -Comp. -अग्निः the southern fire, the sacred fire placed southwards; also called अन्वाहार्यपचन q. v. -अग्र a. pointing to the south. -अचलः the southern mountain. i. e. Malaya. -अत्ययः a dweller in the south. -अपर a. south-western. -अभिमुख a. facing the south, directed towards the south; Ms.4.5. -अयनम् the sun's progress south of the equator, the half year in which the sun moves from the north to the south, the winter solstice; सर्वे$श्वमेधैरीजानास्ते$ न्वयुर्दक्षिणायनम् Mb. 12.29.13. रात्रिः स्याद्दक्षिणायनम् Ms.1.67; Bhāg.5.21.3. -अरण्यम् Dandakāraṇya. -अर्धः 1 the right hand. -2 the right or southern side. -आचार a. 1 honest, well-behaved. -2 a worshipper of Śakti according to the right hand (or purer) ritual. -आम्नायः the southern sacred text (of the Tāntrikas). -आवर्त a. turning to the right (from the left), (a conch-shell). -आशा the south. ˚पतिः 1 an epithet of Yama. -2 the planet Mars. -इतर a. 1 left (as hand or foot); तमिमं कुरु दक्षिणेतरं चरणं निर्मितरागमेहि मे Ku.4.19. -2 northern. (-रा) the north. -ईर्मन् a. (a deer) wounded on the right side मृगयुमिव मृगो$थ दक्षिणेर्मा. -उत्तर a. turned or lying to the south and the north. ˚वृत्तम् the meridian line. -कालिका f. 1 A Tāntrika Deity. -2 Durgā. -पश्चात् ind. to the south-west. -पश्चिम a. south-western. (-मा) the south-west; जग्मुर्भरतशार्दूल दिशं दक्षिणपश्चिमाम् Mb.17.1.44. -पूर्व, -प्राच् a. south-east. -पूर्वा, -प्राची the south-eastern quarter. -भागः the southern hemisphere. -समुद्रः, -सागरः the southern ocean. -स्थः a charioteer.
dāraḥ दारः 1 A rent, gap, cleft, hole. -2 A ploughed field. -राः [दारयन्ति (भ्रातॄन्) इति दाराः; cf P.III.3.2. Vārt.] -m. (pl.) A wife; एते वयममी दाराः कन्येयं कुलजीवितम् Ku.6.63; दशरथदारानधिष्ठाय वसिष्ठः प्राप्तः U.4. Pt.1.1; Ms.1.112;2.217; Ś.4.17; 5.29. -Comp. -अधिगम- नम् marriage; Ms.1.112. -अधीन a. dependent on a wife; दाराधीनस्तथा स्वर्गः पितॄणामात्मनश्च ह Ms.9.24. -उप- संग्रहः, -संग्रहः, -ग्रहः, -परिग्रहः, -ग्रहणम् marriage; नवे दारपरिग्रहे U.1.19; ततस्तद्वचसा चक्रे स मतिं दारसंग्रहे Bm.1.95;1.462; यदुच्यते द्विजातीनां शूद्राद्दारोपसंग्रहः । नैतन्मम मतम् Y.1.56. -कर्मन् n., -क्रिया marriage; असपिण्डा च या मातुरसगोत्रा च या पितुः । सा प्रशस्ता द्विजातीनां दारकर्मणि मैथुने ॥ Ms.3.5; सवर्णाग्रे द्विजातीनां प्रशस्ता दारकर्मणि 12; अथ राजा दशरथस्तेषां दारक्रियां प्रति (चिन्तयामास) Rām.1.18.37; (विचिन्त्य) दारक्रियायोग्यदशं च पुत्रम् R.5.4. -बलिभुज् m. a crane, crow.
dāsamīyāḥ दासमीयाः N. of people; cf. Mb.8.44.33 com. [दासमीय = दासमदेशोद्भव or दासं गृहशूद्रं मिमते मानयन्ति मैथुनार्थि- न्यस्ताः दासभ्यः तज्ज] a son born of a woman of higher caste from Śudra father.
dṛś दृश् a. (At the end of comp.) 1 Seeing, superintending, surveying, viewing. -2 Discerning, knowing. -3 Looking like, appearing. (-f.) 1 Seeing, viewing, perceiving. -2 The eye, sight; स दधे दृशमुदग्रतारकाम् R.11.69. -3 Knowledge. -4 The number 'two'. -5 The aspect of a planet. -Comp. -अञ्चलः a side-long glance. -अध्यक्षः the sun. -कर्णः a snake. -कर्मन् n. an operation by which any planet of a certain latitude is referred to the ecliptic. -क्षयः decay or loss of sight, becoming dimsighted. -क्षेपः the sine of the zenith distance of the highest or central point of the ecliptic at a given time; cf. दृगज्या. -गविः the cosine of the zenith distance. -गोचर a. visible. (-रः) the range of sight. -छत्रम् an eye-lid; Rāj. T.8. -जलम् tears. -ज्या the sine of the zenith-distance. -तुल्य a. coincident with observation, or an observed place (in Astr.). -निमीलनम् a kind of game in which children play hide and seek (Mar. आंधळी कोशिंबीर) -पथः the range of sight. -पातः a look, glance. -प्रसादा a blue stone used for a collyrium. -प्रिया beauty, splendour. -भक्तिः f. a look of love, an amorous glance. -रुध a. obstructing the sight; Śi.19.76. -लम्बनम् vertical parallax. -विषः a snake. -वृत्तम् a vertical circle. -शक्तिः f. the faculty of perception. -श्रुतिः a snake, serpent. -संगमः the sight of and meeting with; यासां नाम्नापि कामः स्यात्संगमं दर्शनं विना । तासां दृक्संगमं प्राप्य यन्न द्रवति कौतुकम् ॥ Pt.4.33.
deva देव a. (-वी f.) [दिव्-अच्] 1 Divine, celestial; Bg.11. 11; Ms.12.117. -2 Shining; यज्ञस्य देवमृत्विजम् Rv.1.1.1. -3 Fit to be worshipped or honoured. -वः 1 A god, deity; एको देवः केशवो वा शिवो वा Bh.3.12. -2 (a) The god of rain, an epithet of Indra; as in द्वादश वर्षाणि देवो न ववर्ष; अवर्षयद्देवः Rām.1.9.18; काले च देशे च प्रववर्ष देवः Bu. Ch.2.7. (b) A cloud. -3 A divine man, Brāhmaṇa, as in भूदेव. -4 A king, ruler, as in मनुष्यदेव; तां देवसमितिं (अभ्या- गच्छत्) Mb.3.13.22. -5 A title affixed to the names of Bārhmaṇas; as in गोविन्ददेव, पुरुषोत्तमदेव &c. -6 (In dramas) A title of honour used in addressing a king, ('My lord', 'Your majesty'); ततश्च देव Ve.4; यथाज्ञापयति देवः &c. -7 Quicksilver. -8 The Supreme Spirit; हित्वा च देहं प्रविशन्ति देवं दिवौकसो द्यामिव पार्थ सांख्याः Mb.12.31.112. -9 A fool -1 A child. -11 A man following any particular business. -12 A lover. -13 Emulation. -14 Sport, play. -15 A husband's brother (cf. देवृ, देवर). -16 A lancer. -वम् An organ of sense; देवानां प्रभवो देवो मनसश्च त्रिलोककृत् Mb.14.41.3. [cf. L. deus; Gr. deos.]. -Comp. -अंशः a partial incarnation of god. -अगारः, -रम् a temple. -अङ्गना a celestial damsel, an apsaras. -अतिदेवः, -अधिदेवः 1 the highest god. -2 an epithet of (1) Śiva. (2) Buddha. (3) Viṣṇu. देवातिदेवो भगवान् प्रसूतिरंशे हरिर्यस्य जगत्प्रणेता Hariv. -अधिपः 1 an epithet of Indra. -2 the supreme god. -अनीकम् an army of celestials. -अनुचरः, -अनुयायिन् m. an attendant or follower of a god; निशम्य देवानुचरस्य वाचं मनुष्यदेवः पुनरप्युवाच R.2.52. -अन्धस् n., अन्नम् 1 the food of gods, divine food, ambrosia. -2 food that has been first offered to an idol; see Ms.5.7 and Kull. thereon. -अभीष्ट a. 1 liked by or dear to gods. -2 sacred or dedicated to a deity. (-ष्टा) piper betel. -अरण्यम् the garden of gods, the Nandana garden; अलमुद्द्योतयामासुर्देवारण्यमिवर्तवः R.1.8. -अरिः a demon. -अर्चनम्, -ना 1 the worship of gods. -2 idolatry. -अर्पणम् 1 an offering to the god. -2 the Veda; पृथग्- भूतानि चान्यानि यानि देवार्पणानि च Mb.13.86.17 (see com.). -आवसथः a temple. -अश्वः an epithet of उच्चैःश्रवस्, the horse of Indra. -आक्रीडः 'the garden of the gods', Nandana garden. -आजीवः, -आजीविन् m. an attendant upon an idol. -2 a low Brāhmaṇa subsisting by attendance upon an idol and upon the offerings made to it. -आत्मन् a. 1 consecrated, holy, sacred. -2 of a divine nature. (-m.) 1 the divine soul; ते ध्यानयोगानुगता$ पश्यन् देवात्मशक्तिं स्वगुणैर्निगूढाम् Śvet. Up.1.3. -2 the holy fig-tree. -आयतनम् a temple; Ms.4.46; न देवा- यतनं गच्छेत् कदाचिद् वा$प्रदक्षिणम् । न पीडयेद् वा वस्त्राणि न देवा- यतनेष्वपि ॥ Kūrma P. -आयुधम् 1 a divine weapon. -2 rainbow. -आयुष्म् the life-time of a god. -आलयः 1 heaven. -2 a temple. -आवासः 1 heaven. -2 the holy fig-tree (अश्वत्थ). -3 a temple. -4 the Sumeru mountain. -आहारः nectar, ambrosia. -इज् a. (nom. sing. देवेट्-ड्) worshipping the gods. -इज्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati, preceptor of the gods. -इज्जः 1 an epithet of Indra. -2 of Śiva. -इष्ट a. dear to gods. (-ष्टः) bdellium. (-ष्टा) the wild lime tree. -ईशः an epithet of (1) Indra. (2) Śiva. (3) Viṣṇu. (4) Brahman. (-शी) N. of Durgā also of Devakī mother of Kṛiṣṇa. -ईश्वरः N. of (1) Śiva. (2) Indra. -उद्यानम् 1 divine garden. -2 The Nandana garden. -3 a garden near a temple. -ऋषिः (देवर्षिः) 1 a deified saint, divine sage such as अत्रि, भृगु, पुलस्त्य, अङ्गिरस् &c.; एवंवादिनि देवर्षौ Ku.6.84 (i. e. अङ्गिरस्); अथ देवऋषी राजन् संपरेतं नृपात्मजम् Bhāg.; आब्रह्मभुवनाल्लोका देवर्षिपितृमानवाः । तृप्यन्तु पितरः सर्वे मातृमातामहा- दयाः Tarpaṇamantra. -2 an epithet of Narada; देवर्षीणां च नारदः Bg.1.13.26. -ओकस् n. the mountain Meru or Sumeru. -कन्या a celestial damsel, a nymph; also देवकन्यका. -कर्दमाः sandal, aloe wood, camphor, saffron pounded together and made into a paste. -कर्मन् n., -कार्यम् 1 a religious act or rite, divine command; अनुष्ठितदेवकार्यम् R.12.13. -2 the worship of gods. -काष्ठम् the Devadāru tree. -किरी N. of a Rāgiṇī; ललिता मालती गौरी नाटी देवकिरी तथा । मेघरागस्य रागिण्यो भवन्तीमाः सुमध्यमाः ॥ -कुटम् a temple. -कुण़्डम् a natural spring. -कुलम् 1 a temple. -2 a race of gods. -3 a group of gods. -कुल्या the celestial Ganges. -कुसुमम् cloves; एलां च देवकुसुमं त्वक्पत्रं देवदारु च Śiva. B.3.14. -खातम्, -खातकम् 1 a natural hollow among mountains. -2 a natural pond or reservoir; Ms.4.23. -3 a pond near a temple. ˚बिल a cavern, chasm. -गणः a class of gods. -गणिका an apsaras; q. v. -गतिः the path of देवलोक; अनुज्ञातश्च रामेण ययौ देवगतिं मुनिः A. Rām. 2.1.4. -गन्धर्वः an epithet of Nārada. (-र्वम्) a particular mode of singing. -गर्जनम् thunder. -गर्भः see हिरण्यगर्भ; Rām.2.4.23. -गायनः a celestial chorister, a Gandharva. -गान्धारी N. of a Rāgiṇī गान्धारी देवगान्धारी मालवी श्रीश्च सारवी । रामकीर्यपि रागिण्यः श्रीरागस्य प्रिया इमाः ॥ -गिरिः 1 N. of a mountain; cf. Me.44. -2 N. of a town (Daulatabad). -गिरी f. N. of a Rāgiṇī. -गुरुः 1 an epithet of Kaśyapa (the father of gods). -2 of Bṛihaspati (the preceptor of gods). -गुही an epithet of Sarasvatī or of a place situated on it. -गुह्यम् 1 a secret only known by gods. -2 death. -गृहम् 1 a temple. -2 the place of a king. -3 a planetary sphere. -ग्रहः a class of demons who causes harmless madness. -चरितम् the course of action or practices of the gods; न देवचरितं चरेत्. -चर्या the worship or service of gods. -चिकित्सकौ (du.) Aśvins, the twin physicians of gods. -छन्दः a pearl-necklace having 81, 1 or 18 strings; शतमष्टयुतं हारो देवच्छन्दो ह्यशीतिरेकयुता Bṛi. S.81.32. -जनः the gods collectively. ˚विद्या the science of music, dance, other arts &c.; Ch. Up.7.1.2. -जातम् a class of gods. -जामिः f. a sister of the gods; देवजामीनां पुत्रो$सि Av. 6.46.1. -तरुः 1 the holy fig-tree. -2 one of the trees of paradise. (i. e. मन्दार, पारिजात, सन्तान, कल्प and हरि- चन्दन); पञ्चैते देवतरवो मन्दारः पारिजातकः । सन्तानः कल्पवृक्षश्च पुंसि वा हरिचन्दनम् ॥ Ak. -3 the tree in a village (चैत्यवृक्ष) where the villagers usually meet (Mar. पार). -तर्पणम् offerings of water, part of the सन्ध्या ceremony. -ताडः 1 fire. -2 an epithet of Rāhu. -तातः 1 a sacrifice. -2 N. of Kaśyapa. -तातिः 1 a god. -2 divine service; स नो यक्षद् देवताता यजीयान् Rv.3.19.1. -तीर्थम् 1 the right moment for the worship of gods. -2 the tips of the fingers sacred to gods. -दत्त a. 1 god-given, granted by the gods. -2 given to the gods (as a village, &c.). (-त्तः) 1 N. of the conch-shell of Arjuna; देवदत्तं धनञ्जयः (दध्मौ) Bg.1.15. -2 a certain person (used in speaking of men indefinitely); मुक्तस्ततो यदि बन्धाद्देवदत्त उपाच्छिनत्ति Bhāg.5.14.24; देवदत्तः पचति, पिनो देवदत्तो दिवा न भुङ्क्ते &c. -3 one of the vital airs exhaled in yawning; देवदत्तो विजृम्भणे. ˚अग्रजः N. of Buddha. -दर्शन a. visiting the gods. (-नः) N. of Nārada; यथा प्राह नारदो देवदर्शनः Bhāg.2.8.1. -दारु m., n. a species of pine; गङ्गाप्रवाहोक्षित- देवदारु Ku.1.54; R.2.36. -दासः a servant or attendant upon a temple. (-सी) 1 a female in the service of gods or a temple. -2 a courtezan (employed as a dancer in a temple). -3 the wild citron tree. -दीपः the eye. -दुन्दुभिः 1 divine drum; देवदुन्दुभिनिर्घोषो पुष्पवृष्टिश्च खात् पतन् Rām. -2 the holy basil with red flowers. -3 an epithet of Indra. -दूतः a divine envoy or messenger, an angel. -देवः 1 an epithet of Brahman; Rām.1.43.1. -2 of Śiva; अयाचितारं न हि देवदेवमद्रिः सुतां ग्राहयितुं शशाक Ku.1.52. -3 of Viṣṇu; Bg.1.15. -4 of Gaṇeśa; दृष्टप्रभावो वरदो देवदेवो विनायकः Ks.2.55. -दैवत्य a. destined for the god; Ms.2.189. -द्रोणी a procession with idols. -धर्मः a religious duty or office. -धानी the city of Indra; तां देवधानीं स वरुथिनीपतिर्बहिः समन्ताद्रुरुधे पृतन्यया Bhāg. 8.15.23. -धान्यम् a kind of grass-grain (Mar. देवभात). -धिष्ण्यम् a chariot of the gods (विमान); Bhāg.1. 82.7. -नक्षत्रम् N. of the first 14 नक्षत्रs in the southern quarter (opp. to यमनक्षत्रम्). -नदी 1 the Ganges. -2 any holy river; Ms.2.17. -नन्दिन् m. N. of the doorkeeper of Indra. -2 N. of a grammarian. -नागरी N. of the character in which Sanskrit is usually written. -नाथः Śiva. -निकायः 1 'residence of gods', paradise, heaven; तं तुष्टुवुर्देवनिकायकेतवः Bhāg.1.27.25. -2 a host or assembly of gods; Ms.1.36. -निन्दकः a blasphemer, unbeliever, heretic, atheist. -निन्दा heresy, atheism. -निर्माल्यम् 1 a garland remaining from a sacrifice. -निर्मित a. 'god-created', natural. -पतिः an epithet of Indra. -पादाः 'the royal feet or presence', an honorific term for a king; देवपादाः प्रमाणम्. -पथः 1 'heavenly passage', heaven, firmament दिव्यो देवपथो ह्येष नात्र गच्छन्ति मानुषाः Mb. -2 the milky way. -पशुः any animal consecrated to a deity. -पात्रम् an epithet of Agni. -पुर्, -पुरी f. an epithet of Amarāvatī, the city of Indra. -पुरोहितः 1 a domestic priest of the gods. -2 the planet Jupiter (बृहस्पति). -पुष्पम् cloves. -पूज्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati. -प्रतिकृतिः f., -प्रतिमा an idol, the image of a deity. -प्रश्नः 'consulting deities', astrology, fortune-telling. -प्रसूत a. good-produced (water); Av.6. 1.2. -प्रियः 'dear to the gods', an epithet of Śiva; (देवानांप्रियः an irreg. comp. meaning1 a goat. -2 a fool, idiot like a brute breast, as in ते$प्यतात्पर्यज्ञा देवानांप्रियाः K. P. -3 an ascetic, who renounces the world). -बलिः an oblation to the gods. -बाहुः 1 N. of a king in the Yadu race. -2 N. of a sage; देवबाहुः शतधनुः कृतवर्मेति तत्सुताः Bhāg. -ब्रह्मन् m. an epithet of Nārada. -ब्राह्मणः 1 a Brāhmaṇa who lives on the proceeds of a temple. -2 a venerable Brāhmaṇa. -भक्तिः worship or service of the gods. -भवनम् 1 the heaven. -2> a temple. -3 the holy fig-tree. -भागः the northern hemisphere. -भ m. a god; (-f.) heaven. -भूमिः f. heaven; पितुः प्रदेशा- स्तव देवभूमयः Ku.5.45. -भूतिः f. an epithet of the Ganges. -भूयम् divinity, godhead; विदितमेव भवतां ...... परां निर्वृतिमुपेत्य देवभूयं गताः सर्वे न पूर्वपुरुषा इति Rām. Champū. -भृत् m. an epithet of 1 Viṣṇu. -2 of Indra. -भोगः Pleasure of the gods, heavenly joy; अन्नन्ति दिव्यान् दिवि देवभोगान् Bg.9.2. -भोज्यम् nectar. -मणिः 1 the jewel of Viṣṇu called कौस्तुभ. -2 the sun. -3 a curl of hair on a horse's neck; आवर्तिनः शुभफल- प्रदशुक्तियुक्ताः संपन्नदेवमणयो भृतरन्ध्रभागाः (अश्वाः) Śi.5.4; N.1.58. -मधु n. divine honey; असौ वा आदित्यो देवमधु Ch. Up.3.1.1. -मातृ f. N. of Aditi, mother of gods. -मातृक a. 'having the god of rain or clouds as foster-mother', watered only by the clouds, depending on rain-water and not on irrigation, deprived of every other kind of water (as a country); देशो नद्यम्बुवृष्ट्यम्बु- संपन्नव्रीहिपालितः । स्यान्नदीमातृको देवमातृकश्च यथाक्रमम् ॥ Ak.; cf. also वितन्वति क्षेममदेवमातृकाः (i. e. नदीमातृकाः) चिराय तस्मिन् कुरवश्चकासते Ki.1. 17. -मानकः the jewel of Viṣṇu called कौस्तुभ. -माया the Māyā of gods; ते दुस्तराम- तितरन्ति च देवमायाम् Bhāg. -मार्गः the air or sky. -मासः the eighth month of pregnancy. -मुनिः a divine sage. -यजनम् 1 a sacrificial place, a place where a sacrifice is performed; ततस्ते देवयजनं ब्राह्मणाः स्वर्णलाङ्गलैः (कृष्ट्वा) Bhāg.1.74.12. देवयजनसंभवे सीते U.4. -2 a place of worship; मण्डलं देवयजनं दीक्षासंस्कार आत्मनः Bhāg.12.11.17. -यजि a. making oblations to gods. -यज्ञः a sacrifice to the superior gods made by oblations to fire, or through fire to the gods; (one of the five daily sacrifices of a Brāhmaṇa; see Ms.3.81,85 and पञ्चयज्ञ also). -यज्यम्, -यज्या a sacrifice. -यात्रा 'an idolprocession,' any sacred festival when the idols are carried in procession; केनापि देवयात्रागतेन सिद्धादेशेन साधुना मत्समक्षमादिष्टा M.5.12-13. -यान bestowing मोक्ष; यज्ञस्य देवयानस्य मेध्याय हविषे नृप Bhāg.8.8.2. -नः the path leading to मोक्ष; सत्येन पन्था विततो देवयानः Muṇḍ.3.1.6. -यानम् a celestial car. -युगम् 1 the first of the four ages of the world; also called कृतयुग, सनत्कुमारो भगवान् पुरा देवयुगे प्रभुः Rām.1.11.11. -2 an age of the gods comprising four ages of men. -योनिः 1 a superhuman being, a demigod; विद्याधरो$प्सरोयक्षरक्षोगन्धर्वकिन्नराः । पिशाचो गुह्यकः सिद्धो भूतो$मी देवयोनयः ॥ Ak. -2 a being of divine origin. -3 fuel used in kindling fire (f. also). -योषा an apsaras. -रथः a car for carrying the image of god in procession. -थम् a day's journey for the sun's chariot. -रहस्यम् a divine mystery. -राज्, -राजः 1 an epithet of Indra; Rām.7.6.6. -2 a king. -3 N. of Buddha. -रातः 1 an epithet of Parīkṣit. -2 a kind of swan or crane. -राष्ट्रम् N. of an empire in the Deccan. -लक्ष्मम् the Brāhmanical cord. -लता the Navamallikā or double jasmine plant. -लिङ्गम् the image or statue of a deity; Bhāg.3.17.13. -लोकः heaven, paradise; देवलोकस्य चर्त्विजः (प्रभुः) Ms.4.182. -वक्त्रम् an epithet of fire. -वर्त्मन् n. the sky or atmosphere. -वर्धकिः, -शिल्पिन् m. Viśvakarman, the architect of gods. -वाणी 'divine voice', a voice from heaven. -वाहनः an epithet of Agni. -विद्या 1 divine science; Ch. Up.7.1.2. -2 the science of Nirukta or etymology; ibid. -विभागः the northern hemisphere. -विश् f., -विशा a deity. -वीतिः food of the gods. -वृक्षः the Mandāra tree. -व्यचस् a. Ved. occupied by the gods. -व्रतम् 1 a religious observance, any religious vow. -2 the favourite food of the gods. (-तः) an epithet of 1 Bhīṣma; ततो विनशनं प्रागाद्यत्र देवव्रतो$पतत् Bhāg.1.9.1. -2 Kārtikeya. -व्रतत्वम् celibacy (ब्रह्मचारिव्रत); देवव्रतत्वं विज्ञाप्य Mb.5.172.19. -शत्रुः a demon; स देवशत्रूनिव देवराजः Mb. -शुनी an epithet of Saramā, the bitch of the gods. -शेखर the damanaka tree (Mar. दवणा). -शेषम् the remnants of a sacrifice offered to gods. -श्रीः m. a sacrifice. (f.) Lakṣmī. -श्रुतः an epithet of 1 Viṣṇu. -2 Nārada. -3 a sacred treatise. -4 a god in general. -संसद् f. देवसभा q. v. -सत्यम् divine truth, established order of the gods. -संध a. divine. -सभा 1 an assembly of the gods (सुधर्मन्). -2 a council of a king, council-chamber. -3 a gambling-house. -सभ्यः 1 a gambler. -2 a frequenter of gaming-houses. -3 an attendant on a deity. -4 the keeper of a gambling-house. -सहा 1 rules of begging alms (? भिक्षासूत्र); L. D. B. -2 N. of a plant. -सायुज्यम् identification or unification with a deity, conjunction with the gods, deification. -सिंह an epithet of Śiva. -सुषिः a tube or cavity (in the heart) leading to the gods; cf. उदान, तस्य ह वा एतस्य हृदयस्य पञ्च देवसुषयः Ch. Up.3.13.1. -सू N. of 8 deities (अग्नि, सोम, सवितृ, रुद्र, बृहस्पति, इन्द्र, मित्र and वरुण). -सृष्टा an intoxicating drink. -सेना 1 the army of gods. -2 N. of the wife of Skanda; स्कन्देन साक्षादिव देवसेनाम् R.7.1. (Malli.:-- देवसेना = स्कन्दपत्नी perhaps it merely means 'the army of the gods' personified as Skanda's wife). ˚पतिः, ˚प्रियः an epithet of Kārtikeya. -स्वम् 'property of gods', property applicable to religious purposes or endowments; यद्धनं यज्ञशीलानां देवस्वं तद्विदु- र्बुधाः Ms.11.2,26. ˚अपहरणम् sacrilege. -सावर्णिः the 13th Manu; मनुस्त्रयोदशो भाव्यो देवसावर्णिरात्मवान् Bhāg. 8.13.3. -हविस् n. an animal offered to gods at a sacrifice. -हिंसकः an enemy of gods. -हूः the left ear; Bhāg.4.25.51. -हूतिः f. 1 invocation of the gods. -2 N. of a daughter of Manu Svāyambhuva and wife of Kardama. -हेडनम् an offence against the gods. -हेतिः a divine weapon.
drākṣā द्राक्षा Vine, grape (the creeper or the fruit); द्राक्षे द्रक्ष्यन्ति के त्वाम् G&imarc;t.12; R.4.65; Bv.1.14;4.39. मधुक्षीरद्राक्षामधुमधुरिमा कैरपि पदेर्विशिष्यावाख्येयो भवति रसनामात्र- विषयः Ānandalaharī -Comp. -आसवः, उत्थम् a spiritious liquor drawn from vine. -घृतम् N. of a particular medicinal ghee. -रसः grape-juice, wine. -रिष्टः a particular beverage (in medicine).
dvi द्वि num. a. (Nom. du. द्वौ m., द्वे f., द्वे n.) Two, both; सद्यः परस्परतुलामधिरोहतां द्वे R.5.68. (N. B. In comp. द्वा is substituted for द्वि necessarily before दशन्, विंशति and त्रिंशत् and optionally before चत्वारिंशत्, पञ्चाशत्, षष्टि, सप्तति and नवति, द्वि remaining unchanged before अशीति.) [cf. L. duo, bis or bi in comp.; Gr. duo, dis; Zend dva; A. S. twi.] -Comp. -अक्ष a. two-eyed, binocular. द्व्यक्षीं त्र्यक्षीं ललाटाक्षीम् Mb. -अक्षर a. dissyllabic. (-रः) a word of two syllables. -अङ्गुल a. two fingers long. (-लम्) two fingers' length. -अणुकम् an aggregate or molecule of two atoms, a diad. विषयो द्व्यणुकादिस्तु ब्रह्माण्डान्त उदाहृतः Bhāṣāparichchheda. -अन्तर a. separated by two intermediate links. -अर्थ a. 1 having two senses. -2 ambiguous, equivocal. -3 having two objects in view. ˚कर a. accomplishing two objects; आम्रश्च सिक्तः पितरश्च तृप्ता एका क्रिया द्व्यर्थकरीह लोके Vāyu P. ˚त्वम् the state of having to convey two senses; द्व्यर्थत्वं विप्रतिषिद्धम् MS.7.1.6. -अर्ध a. 1. -अवर a. at least two; द्व्यवरान् भोजयेद् विप्रान् पायसेन यथोचितम् Bhāg.8.16.43. -अशीत a. eighty-second. -अशीतिः f. eighty-two. -अष्टम् copper. ˚सहस्रम् 16. -अहः a period of two days. -आत्मक a. 1 having a double nature. -2 being two. -आत्मकाः m. (pl.) the signs of the zodiac Gemini, Virgo, Sagittarius and Pisces. -आमुष्यायणः 'a son of two persons or fathers', an adopted son who remains heir to his natural father though adopted by another. -आम्नात a. twice mentioned. -आहिक a. recurring every day (fever). -ऋचम् (द्वृचम् or द्व्यर्चम्) a collection of two verses or riks. -एकान्तर a. separated by two or by one (degree); द्व्येकान्तरासु जातानां धर्म्यं विद्यादिमं विधिम् Ms.1.7. कः, -ककारः 1 crow (there being two 'Ka's in the word काक). -2 the ruddy goose (there being two 'Ka's in the word कोक). -ककुद् m. a camel. -कर a. Yielding two senses, serving two purposes; तत्र द्विकरः शब्दः स्यात् । न च सकृदुच्चरितः शक्तो ŚB. on MS.12.1.4. -कार्षापणिक a. worth two कार्षापणs -कौडविक a. containing or worth two कुडवs. -गत a ambiguous. -गु a. exchanged or bartered for two cows. (-गुः) a subdivision of the Tatpuruṣa compound in which the first member is a numeral; द्वन्द्वो द्विगुरपि चाहम् Udb. -गुण a. double, twofold; पितुर्वधव्यसनमिदं हि येन मे चिरादपि द्विगुणमिवाद्य वर्धते Mu.5.6 (द्रिगुणाकृ to plough twice; द्विगुणीकृ to double, increase; द्विगुणीभूत a. double, augmented). -गुणित a. 1 doubled, multiplied by two; वैरोचनैर्द्विगुणिताः सहसा मयूखैः Ki.5.46. -2 folded double. -3 enveloped. -4 doubly increased, doubled. -चरण a. having two legs, two-legged; द्विचरणपशूनां क्षितिभुजाम् Śānti.4.15. -चत्वारिंश a. (द्वि-द्वा-चत्वारिंश) fortysecond. -चत्वारिंशत् f. (द्वि-द्वा चत्वारिंशत्) forty-two. -चन्द्रधी, -मतिः The illusion of seeing two moons due to an eye disease called Timira; N.13.42. -जः 'twice-born' 1 a man of any of the first three castes of the Hindus (a Brāhmaṇa, Kṣatriya or Vaiśya); मातुर्यदग्रे जायन्ते द्वितीयं मौञ्जिबन्धनात् । ब्राह्मणक्षत्रियविशस्तस्मादेते द्विजाः स्मृताः Y.1.39. -2 Brāhmaṇa (over whom the Saṁskāras or purificatory rites are performed); जन्मना ब्राह्मणो ज्ञेयः संस्कारै- र्द्विज उच्यते. -3 any oviparous animal, such as a bird, snake, fish &c.; Mb.12.361.5. (द्विजश्रेष्ठ = द्विजाना- मण्डजानां सर्पाणां श्रेष्ठ); स तमानन्दमविन्दत द्विजः N.2.1; Ś.5.22; R.12.22; Mu.1.11; Ms.5.17. -4 a tooth; कीर्णं द्विजानां गणैः Bh.1.13. (where द्विज means 'a Brāhmaṇa' also). -5 A star; L. D. B. -6 A kind of horse; जलोद्भवा द्विजा ज्ञेयाः Aśvachikitsā. -7 A Brahmachārī; Bhāg.11.18.42. ˚अग्ऱ्य a Brāhmaṇa. ˚अयनी the sacred thread worn by the first three castes of the Hindus. ˚आलयः 1 the house of a dvija. -2 a nest. ˚इन्द्रः, ˚ईशः 1 the moon; द्विजेन्द्रकान्तं श्रितवक्षसं श्रिया Śi.12.3. -2 an epithet of Garuḍa. -3 camphor. ˚दासः a Sūdra. ˚देवः 1 a Brāhmaṇa; Bhāg.8.15.37. -2 a sage; Bhāg.3.1.23. -3 N. of Brahmadeva; Bhāg. 5.2.16. ˚पतिः, ˚राजः an epithet of 1 the moon; इत्थं द्विजेन द्विजराजकान्तिः R.5.23. -2 Garuḍa. -3 camphor. ˚प्रपा 1 a trench or basin round the root of a tree for holding water. -2 a trough near a well for watering birds, cattle &c. ˚प्रियः kind of khadira. ˚प्रिया the Soma plant. ˚बन्धुः, ˚ब्रुवः 1 a man who pretends to be a Brāhmaṇa. -2 one who is 'twice-born' or a Brāhmaṇa by name and birth only and not by acts; cf. ब्रह्मबन्धु. ˚मुख्यः a Brāhmaṇa. ˚लिङ्गिन् m. 1 a Kṣatriya. -2 a pseudo-Brāhmaṇa, one disguised as a Brāhmaṇa. ˚वाहनः an epithet of Viṣṇu (having Garuḍa for his vehicle). ˚सेवकः a Sūdra. -जन्मन् a. 1 having two natures. -2 regenerated. -3 oviparous (-m.). -जातिः m. 1 a man of any of the first three castes of the Hindus; एतान् द्विजातयो देशान् संश्रयेरन् प्रयत्नतः Ms.2.24. -2 a Brāhmaṇa. Ki.1.39; Ku.5.4. गुरुरग्निर्द्विजातीनां वर्णानां ब्राह्मणो गुरुः H. -3 a bird. -4 a tooth. -5 A kind of horse; लक्षणद्वयसम्बन्धाद् द्विजातिः स्यात् तुरङ्गमः Yuktikalpataru. -जातीय a. 1 belonging to the first three castes of the Hindus. -2 of a twofold nature. -3 of mixed origin, mongrel. (-यः) a mule. -जानि a having two wives. -जिह्व a. double-tongued (fig. also). -2 insincere. (-ह्वः) 1 a snake; परस्य मर्माविधमुज्झतां निजं द्विजिह्वतादोषमजिह्मगामिभिः Śi.1.63; R.11.64;14.41; Bv.1.2. -2 an informer, a slanderer, tale-bearer. -3 an insincere person -4 a thief. -5 particular disease of the tongue. -ज्या the sine of an arc. -ठः 1 the sign visarga consisting of two dots. -2 N. of Svāhā, wife of Agni. -त्र a. (pl.) two or three; द्वित्राण्यहान्यर्हसि सोढुमर्हन् R.5.25; सूक्ष्मा एव पतन्ति चातकमुखे द्वित्राः पयोबिन्दवः Bh.2.121. -त्रिंश (द्वात्रिंश) a. 1 thirty second. -2 consisting of thirty two. -त्रिंशत् (द्वात्रिंशत्) f. thirty-two. ˚लक्षण a. having thirty-two auspicious marks upon the body. -दण्डि ind. stick against stick. -दत् a. having two teeth (as a mark of age). -दन्तः an elephant. -दल a. having two parts, two-leafed. -दश a. (pl.) twenty. -दश a. (द्वादश) 1 twelfth; गर्भात् तु द्वादशे विशः Ms.2.36. -2 consisting of twelve. -दशन् (द्वादशन्) a. (pl.) twelve. ˚अंशुः, ˚अर्चिस् m. an epithet of 1 the planet Jupiter. -2 Bṛihaspati, the preceptor of the gods. ˚अक्षः, ˚करः, ˚लोचनः epithets of Kārtikeya ˚अक्षरमन्त्रः- विद्या the mantra ऊँ नमो भगवते वासुदेवाय; गन्धधूपादिभिश्चार्चेद्वाद- शाक्षरविद्यया Bhāg.8.16.39. ˚अङ्गुल a measure of twelve fingers. ˚अध्यायी N. of Jaimini's Mimāṁsā in twelve Adhyāyas. ˚अन्यिक a. committing twelve mistakes in reading. ˚अस्र a dodecagon. ˚अहः 1 a period of twelve days; शुध्येद् विप्रो दशाहेन द्वादशाहेन भूमिपः Ms.5.83;11.168. -2 a sacrifice lasting for or completed in twelve days. ˚अक्षः, ˚आख्यः a Buddha. ˚आत्मन् m. the sun; N.1.52. ˚आदित्याः (pl.) the twelve suns; see आदित्य. ˚आयुस् m. a dog. ˚लक्षणी f. the मीमांसासूत्र of जैमिनि (so called because it comprises twelve chapters); धर्मो द्वादशलक्षण्या व्युत्पाद्यः ŚB. on MS. ˚वार्षिक a. 1 twelve years old, lasting for twelve years; Pt.1. ˚विध a. twelve-fold. ˚सहस्र a. consisting of 12. -दशी (द्वादशी) the twelfth day of a lunar fortnight. -द्वादशान्यिक (द्वादशापपाठा यस्य जाताः द्वादशान्यिकः). -दशम् (द्वादशम्)) a collection of twelve, ˚आदित्याः Twelve Ādityas:- विवस्वान्, अर्यमा, पूषन्, त्वष्टा, सविता, _x001F_3भग, धाता, विधाता, वरुण, मित्र, रुद्र, विष्णु. ˚पुत्रा Twelve types of sons according to Dharmaśāstra:-- औरस, क्षेत्रज, दत्तक, कृत्रिम, गूढोत्पन्न, अपविद्ध, कानीन, सहोढ, क्रीत, पौनर्भव, स्वयंदत्त, पारशव. -दाम्नी a cow tied with two ropes. -दिवः a ceremony lasting for two days. -देवतम् the constellation विशाखा. -देहः an epithet of Gaṇesa. -धातुः an epithet of Gaṇeśa. -नग्नकः a circumcised man. -नवत (द्वि-द्वा-नवत) a. ninety-second. -नवतिः(द्वि-द्वा-नवतिः) f. ninety-two. -पः an elephant; यदा किञ्चिज्ज्ञो$हं द्विप इव मदान्धः समभवम् Bh.3.31; विपूर्यमाणश्रवणोदरं द्विपाः Śi. ˚अधिपः Indra's elephant. ˚आस्य an epithet of Gaṇesa. -पक्षः 1 a bird. -2 a month. -पञ्चाश (द्वि-द्वा-पञ्चाश) a. fifty-second. -पञ्चाशत् f. (द्वि-द्वा-पञ्चाशत्) fifty-two. -पथम् 1 two ways. -2 a cross-way, a place where two roads meet. -पद् see द्विपाद् below. -पद a. having two feet (as a verse). -पदः a biped man. -पदिका, -पदी a kind of Prākṛita metre. -पाद्, a. two footed; द्विपाद बहुपादानि तिर्यग् गतिमतीनि च Mb.14.37. -पादः 1 a biped, man. -2 a bird. -3 a god. -पाद्यः, -द्यम् a double penalty. -पायिन् m. an elephant. -फालबद्धः hair parted in two; N.1.16. -बाहुः man; Ks.53.94. -बिन्दुः a Visarga (:). -भातम् twilight. -भुजः an angle. -भूम a. having two floors (as a palace). -भौतिकः a horse possessing two elements out of the five; द्वयोर्लक्षणसंबन्धात् तुरगः स्याद् द्विभौतिकः Yuktikalpataru. -मातृ, -मातृजः an epithet of 1 Gaṇesa. -2 king Jarāsandha. -मात्रः a long vowel (having two syllabic instants); एकमात्रो भवेद् ह्रस्वो द्विमात्रो दीर्घ उच्यते Śikṣā. -मार्गी a cross-away. -मुखा 1 a leech. -2 kind of water-vessel; ˚अहिः, ˚उरगः a doublemouthed snake. -रः 1 a bee; cf. द्विरेफ. -2 = बर्बर q. v. -मुनि ind. the two Munis, Pāṇini and Kātyāyana; द्विमुनि व्याकरणस्य, विद्याविद्यावतारभेदाद् द्विमुनिव्याकरणमित्यपि साधु Sk. -मूर्वा N. of a plant, presumably some hemp. Mātaṅga. L.9.2. -यामी Two night-watches = 6 hours. -रदः an elephant; सममेव समाक्रान्तं द्वयं द्विरदगामिना R.4.4; Me.61. ˚अन्तकः, ˚अराति, ˚अशनः 1 a lion. -2 the Śarabha. -रसनः a snake. -रात्रम् two nights. -रूप a. 1 biform. -2 written in two ways. -3 having a different shape. -4 bi-colour, bipartite. (-पः) 1 a variety of interpretation or reading. -2 a word correctly written in two ways. -रेतस् m. a mule. -रेफः a large black bee (there being two 'Ra's in the word भ्रमर); अनन्तपुष्पस्य मधोर्हि चूते द्विरेफमाला सविशेषसङ्गा Ku.1.27;3.27,36. -लयः (in music) double time (?); साम्य of two things (like गीत and वाद्य); द्विलयान्ते चर्चरी V.4.35/36. -वक्त्रः 1 a double-mouthed serpent. -2 a kind of demon; एकवक्त्रो महावक्त्रो द्विवक्त्रो कालसंनिभः Hariv. -वचनम् the dual number in grammar. -वज्रकः a kind of house or structure with 16 angles (sides). -वर्गः The pair of प्रकृति and पुरुष, or of काम and क्रोध; जज्ञे द्विवर्गं प्रजहौ द्विवर्गम् Bu. Ch.2.41. -वाहिका a wing. -विंश (द्वाविंश) a. twenty-second. -विंशतिः f. (द्वाविंशति) twenty-two. -विध a. of two kinds or sorts; द्विविधः संश्रयः स्मृतः Ms.7.162. -वेश(स)रा a kind of light carriage drawn by mules. -व्याम, -व्यायाम a. two fathoms long. -शतम् 1 two hundred. -2 one hundred and two. -शत्य a. worth or bought for two hundred. -शफ a. clovenfooted. (-फः) any cloven-footed animal. -शीर्षः an epithet of Agni; also द्विशीर्षकः; सप्तहस्तः चतुःशृङ्गः सप्तजिह्वो द्विशीर्षकः Vaiśvadeva. -श्रुति a. comprehending two intervals. -षष् a. (pl.) twice six, twelve. -षष्ट (द्विषष्ट, द्वाषष्ट) a. sixty-second. -षष्टिः f. (-द्विषष्टिः, द्वाषष्टिः) sixty-two. -सन्ध्य a. having a morning and evening twi-light. -सप्तत (द्वि-द्वा-सप्तत) a. seventy-second. -सप्ततिः f. (द्वि-द्वा सप्ततिः) seventy two. -सप्ताहः a fortnight. -सम a. having two equal sides. -समत्रिभुजः an isosceles triangle. -सहस्राक्षः the great serpent Śeṣa. -सहस्र, -साहस्र a. consisting of 2. (-स्रम्) 2. -सीत्य, -हल्य a. ploughed in two ways, i. e. first length-wise and then breadth-wise. -सुवर्ण a. worth or bought for two golden coins. -स्थ (ष्ठ) a. conveying two senses; भवन्ति चद्विष्ठानि वाक्यानि यथा श्वेतो धावति अलम्बुसानां यातेति ŚB. on MS.4.3.4. -हन् m. an elephant. -हायन, -वर्ष a. two years old; शुके द्विहायनं कत्सं क्रौञ्चं हत्वा त्रिहायनम् Ms.11.134. -हीन a. of the neuter gender. -हृदया a pregnant woman. -होतृ m. an epithet of Agni.
dvitīyākṛta द्वितीयाकृत a. Ploughed twice (as a field).
dhavala धवल a. [धवं कम्पं लाति ला-क; Tv.] 1 White; धवलातपत्र, धवलगृहम्, धवलवस्त्रम् &c. नीता येन निशा शशाङ्कधवला Ujjvalamaṇi. -2 Handsome. -3 Clear, pure. -लः 1 The white colour. -2 An excellent bull. -3 China camphor (चीनकर्पूर). -4 N. of a tree. (धव). -लम् White-pepper. -ला A woman with a white complexion. -ली A white cow; (धवला also). -Comp. -उत्पलम् the white water-lily (said to open at moonrise). -गिरिः N. of the highest peak of the Himālaya mountain. -गृहम् a house whitened with chunam, a place. -पक्षः 1 a goose; धवलपक्षविहंगमकूजितैः Śi.6.45. -2 the bright half of a lunar month. -मृत्तिका chalk.
dhārā धारा 1 A stream or current of water, a line of descending fluid, stream, current; धारा नैव पतन्ति चातक- मुखे मेघस्य किं दूषणम् Bh.2.93; Me.55; R.16.66; आबद्ध- धारमश्रु प्रावर्तत Dk.74. -2 A shower, a hard or sharpdriving shower. -3 A continuous line or series; प्रणतौ हन्त निरन्तराश्रुधाराः Bv.2.2. -4 A leak or hole in a pitcher. -5 The pace of a horse; धाराः प्रसाधयितुमव्यतिकीर्ण- रूपाः Śi.5.6; N.1.72. -6 The margin, edge or border of anything; ध्रुवं स नीलोत्पलपत्रधारया शमीलतां छेत्तुमृषिर्व्यव- स्यति Ś.1.18. -7 The sharp edge of a sword, axe, or of any cutting instrument; तर्जितः परशुधारया मम R.11.78; 6.42;1.86,41; Bh.2.28. -8 The edge of mountain or precipice. -9 A wheel or the periphery of a wheel; धारानिबद्धेव कलङ्करेखा R.13.15. -1 A garden-wall, fence, hedge. -11 The van or front line of an army. -12 The highest point, excellence. -13 A multitude. -14 Fame. -15 Night. -16 Turmeric. -17 Likeness. -18 The tip of the ear. -19 Speech. -2 Rumour, report. -21 N. of an ancient town in Mālvā, capital of king Bhoja. -Comp. -अग्रम् the broad-edged head of an arrow. -अङ्कुरः 1 a drop of rain. -2 hail; धाराङ्कुरवर्षिणो जलदाः Bṛi.S.32.21. -3 advancing before the line of an army (to defy the enemy). -अङ्गः a sword. -अटः 1 the Chātaka bird. -2 a horse. -3 a cloud. -4 a furious elephant, one in rut. -अधिरूढ a. raised to the highest pitch; किं वा धाराधिरूढं हि जाड्यं वेदजडे जने Ks.6.62. -अवनिः f. wind. -अश्रु n. a flood of tears; Amaru.1. -आवर्तः a whirlpool. -आसरः a heavy down-fall of rain, a hard or sharp driving shower; धारासारैर्महति वृष्टिर्बभूव H.3; V.4.1. -ईश्वरः king Bhoja. -उष्ण a. warm from a cow (as milk); धारोष्णं त्वमृतं पयो भ्रमहरं निद्राकरं कान्तिदम् । वृष्यं बृंहणमग्निवर्धन- मतिस्वादु त्रिदोषापहम् ॥ Rājanighaṇṭu. -गिरिः The fort of Devagiri or Daulatabad; स हि शैलो निजामस्य प्रियकारी महायशाः । प्रतापी प्रथितो लोके धारागिरिरिवापरः ॥ Śiva. B.2. -गृहम् a bath-room with water-jets, a shower-bath or a house furnished with artificial jets or fountains of water; शिलाविशेषानधिशय्य निन्युर्धारागृहेष्वातपमृद्धिमन्तः R.16.49. -धरः 1 holder of streams, a cloud; धातः किं नु विधौ विधातुमुचितो धाराधराडम्बरः Bv.1.4. -2 a sword. -निपातः, -पातः 1 a fall of rain, a hard or pelting shower, Me.48. -2 a stream of water. -यन्त्रम् a fountain, jet (of water); धारायन्त्रजलाभिषेककलुषे धौताञ्जने लोचने Amaru.124; धारायन्त्र- विमुक्तसंततपयः पूरप्लुते सर्वतः Ratn.1.1. -वर्षः, -र्षम्, -संपातः a hard, sharp-driving or incessant shower; न प्रसेहे स रुद्धार्कमधारावर्षदुर्दिनम् R.4.82. -वाहिन् a. incessant, continuous; पटुर्धारावाही नव इव चिरेणापि (मन्युः) U.4.3. -विषः a crooked sword. -शीत a. (milk) cooled after having been milked.
dhur धुर् f. (Nom. sing. धूः) 1 A yoke (lit.); न गर्दभा वाजिधुरं वहन्ति Mk.4.17; अत्रस्नुभिर्युक्तधुरं तुरङ्गैः R.14.47. -2 (a) That part of a yoke which rests on the shoulder. (b) The foremost part of the pole where the yoke is fixed. -3 The pin at both ends of an axle for fastening the nave of the wheel. -4 The shaft or pole of a carriage. -5 A load, burden (fig. also); responsibility, duty, task; तेन धूर्जगतो गुर्वी सचिवेषु निचिक्षिते R.1.34;2.74;3.35;5.66; Ku.6.3; कार्यधुरं वहन्ति Mu.1.14; आप्तैरप्यनवाप्तपौरुषफलैः कार्यस्य धूरुज्झिता Mu.6.5; 4.6; Ki.3.5;14.6. -6 The foremost or highest place, van, front, top, head; अपांसुलानां धुरि कीर्तनीया R.2.2; धुरि स्थिता त्वं पतिदेवतानाम् 14.74; अविघ्नमस्तु ते स्थेयाः पितेव धुरि पुत्रिणाम् 1.91; धुरि प्रतिष्ठापयितव्य एव M.1.16; 5.16. -7 A finger. -8 Agitation, trembling. -9 Reflection. -1 A spark of fire. -11 Distress, affliction. -12 A part, portion, share. -13 Wealth. -14 N. of the Ganges. (धुरि कृ 'to place at the head or in front of'; किंवाभविष्यदरुणस्तमसां विभेत्तां तं चेत्सहस्रकिरणो धुरि नाकरि- ष्यत् Ś.7.4) -Comp. -गत (धूर्गत) a. 1 standing on the pole of a chariot. -2 standing at the head, chief, head, foremost. -जटिः (धूर्जटिः) an epithet of Śiva; धूर्जटिः पातु युष्मान् Ve.1.3. -धर (धूर्धर also धुरंधर) a. 1 bearing the yoke. -2 fit to be harnessed. -3 laden with good qualities or important duties. -4 chief, head, foremost, pre-eminent; कुलधुरंधरो भव V.5; गजानां पङ्कमग्नानां गजा एव धुरंधराः H. (-रः) 1 a beast of burden. -2 a man of business. -3 a chief, head, leader. -4 an epithet of Śiva. -वह (धूर्वह) a 1 carrying or bearing a burden. -2 managing affairs. (-हः) a beast of burden; so धूर्वोढृ.
dhūliḥ धूलिः m., f. धूली 1 Dust; अनीत्वा पङ्कतां धूलिमुदकं नावतिष्ठते Śi.2.34. -2 Powder. -Comp. -कुट्टिमम्, -केदारः 1 a mound, rampart of earth. -2 a ploughed field. -ध्वजः wind. -पटलः, -लम् a cloud of dust. -पुपिष्का, -पुष्पी the Ketaka plant. -हस्तयति (intran.) to smear the hands with dust; N.1.81.
dhṛta धृत p. p. [धृ-कर्मणि क्त] 1 Held, carried, borne, supported. -2 Possessed. -3 Kept, preserved, retained. -4 Seized, grasped, laid, hold of. -5 Worn, used, put on; किमित्यपास्याभरणानि यौवने धृतं त्वया वार्धकशोभि वल्कलम् Ku.5.44. -6 Placed, deposited. -7 Practised, observed. -8 Weighed. -9 (Actively used) Holding, bearing. -1 Intent upon. -11 Prepared, ready. -12 Resolved, firm; रिपुनिग्रहे धृतः Rām.4.27.47; see धृ also. -तम् 1 Falling. -2 State, existence. -3 Taking, seizing. -4 Wearing, putting on. -5 A particular manner of fighting. -Comp. -आत्मन् a. firm minded, steady, calm, collected. (-m.) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -उत्सेक a. haughty, arrogant; Rāj. T. -एकवेणि a. bearing a single braid of hair (as a sign of mourning); नियमक्षाममुखी धृतैकवेणिः Ś7.21. -गर्भ a. pregnant; Ks.7.83. -दण्ड a. 1 inflicting punishment. -2 one on whom punishment is inflicted; राजभिर्धृतदण्डास्तु कृत्वा पापानि मानवाः । निर्मलाः स्वर्गमायान्ति सन्तः सुकृतिनो यथा ॥ Ms.8.318. -दीधितिः fire. -पट a. covered with a cloth. -मानस a. firm-minded, bent upon; तपसे धृतमानसः Rām.7.9.46. -राजन् a. ruled by a good king (as a country). -राष्ट्रः 1 a good king. -2 a country ruled by a good king. -3 N. of the eldest son of Vyāsa by a widow of विचित्रवीर्य. [As the eldest son he was entitled to the throne, but being blind from birth, he renounced the sovereignty in favour of Pāṇḍu; but on his retirement to the woods, he undertook it himself, making Duryodhana, his eldest son, the virtual ruler. When Duryodhana, was killed by Bhīma, the old king thirsted for revenge, and expressed his desire to embrace Yudhiṣṭhira and Bhīma. K&rtod.;iṣṇa readily discovered his object, and convinced that Bhīma was marked out by the king as his prey, he caused an iron image of Bhīma to be made. And when the blind king rushed forward to embrace Bhīma, Kṛiṣṇa substituted the iron image which the revengeful old man pressed with so much force that it was crushed to pieces, and Bhīma escaped. Thus dis comfited, he, with his wife, repaired to the Himālaya and there died after some years.] -4 N. of a bird; L. D. B. -वर्मन् a clad in armour, mailed; -m. N. of a reputed king. -व्रत a. 1 observing vows, performing religious rites. -2 devoted, attached. -3 of a fixed law or order. (-तः) an epithet of (1) Indra. (2) Varuṇa. (3) Agni. (4) A king in the Puru dynasty.
naraḥ नरः [नॄ-नये-अच्] 1 A man, male person; संयोजयति विद्यैव नीचगापि नरं सरित् । समुद्रमिव दुर्धर्षं नृपं भाग्यमतः परम् ॥ H. Pr.5; Ms.1.96;2.213. -2 A man or piece at chess. -3 The pin of a sun-dial. -4 The Supreme Spirit, the original or eternal man. -5 Man's length (= पुरुष. q. v.). -6 N. of a primitive sage. -7 N. of Arjuna; see नरनारायण below. -8 A horse. -9 (In gram.) A personal termination. -1 The individual soul (जीवात्मा); Mb.12.28.5. -Comp. -अङ्गः 1 the penis. -2 eruption on the face. -अधमः a wretch, miscreant. -अधिपः, अधिपतिः, -ईशः, -ईश्वरः, -देवः, -पतिः, -पालः a king; नरपतिहितकर्ता द्वेष्यतां याति लोके Pt. नराणां च नराधिपम् Bg.1.27; Ms.7.13; R.2.75;3.42;7.62; Me.39; Y.1.311. -अन्तकः death. -अयनः an epithet of Viṣṇu. नराणामयनं यस्मात् तेन नारायणः स्मृतः Brav.P. -अशः a demon, goblin. -आधारः N. of Śiva. (-रा) the earth. -इतरः 1 a being higher than a man, a god; Bhāg.4.6.9. -2 an animal. -इन्द्रः 1 a king; R.2.18. नरेन्द्रकन्यास्तमवाप्य सत्पतिं तमोनुदं दक्षसुता इवाबभुः 3.33;6.8; Ms.9.253. -2 a physician, dealer in antidotes, curer of poisons; तेषु कश्चि- न्नरेन्द्राभिमानी तां निर्वर्ण्य Dk.51; सुनिग्रहा नरेन्द्रेण फणीन्द्रा इव शत्रवः Śi.2.88. (where the word is used in both senses). ˚मार्गः a high street, main road. -3 a mineralogist; L. D. B. -उत्तमः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 of Buddha. -ऋषभः 'the chief of men', a prince, king. -कपालः a man's skull. -कीलकः the murderer of a spiritual preceptor. -केश(स)रिन् m. 1 Viṣṇu in his fourth incarnation; cf. नरसिंह below. -2 the chief of men. -चिह्नम् the moustaches. -देवः 1 the warrior class (क्षत्रिय); शिष्ट्वा वा भूमि- देवानां नरदेवसमागमे Ms.11.82. -2 a king. -धिः the world. -द्विष् m. a demon, goblin; तेन मूर्धानमध्वंसन्नरद्विषः Bk.15. 94. -नारायणः N. of Kṛiṣṇa. (-णौ dual) originally regarded as identical, but in mythology and epic poetry, considered as distinct beings, Arjuna being identified with Nara and Kṛiṣṇa with Nārāyaṇa. [In some places they are called देवौ, पूर्वदेवौ, ऋषी or ऋषिसत्तमौ. They are said to have been practising very austere penance on the Himālaya, which excited the fear of Indra, and he sent down several damsels to disturb their austerities. But Nārāyaṇa put all of them to shame by creating a nymph called Urvaśī from a flower placed on his thigh who excelled them in beauty; cf. स्थाने खलु नारायणमृषिं विलोभयन्त्यस्तदूरुसंभवामिमां दृष्ट्वा व्रीडिताः सर्वा अप्सरस इति V.1.] -पशुः 'a beast-like man', a beast in human form. -पुङ्गवः 'best of men', an excellent man; शैब्यश्च नरपुङ्गवः Bg.1.5. -बलिः a human sacrifice. -भुज् a. man-eating, cannibal. -भूः f. the Bharatavarṣa, i. e. India. -मानिका, मानिनी, -मालिनी 'manlike woman', a woman with a beard, masculine woman or an amazon. -माला a girdle of skulls. -मेधः a human sacrifice. -यन्त्रम् sun-dial. -यानम्, -रथः, -वाहनम् a vehicle drawn by men, a palanquin; नरयानादवातीर्य Parṇāl.4.17; Bhāg.1.59.37. -लोकः 1 'the world of men', the earth, terrestrial world. -2 mankind. -वाहनः an epithet of Kubera; विजयदुन्दुभितां ययुरर्णवा घनरवा नर- वाहनसंपदः R.9.11. -विष्वणः a demon, goblin. -वीरः a brave man, hero. -व्याघ्रः, -शार्दूलः an eminent man. -शृङ्गम् 'man's horn', an impossibility, a chimera, non-entity. -संसर्गः human society. -सखः an epithet of Nārayaṇa; ऊरूद्भवा नरसखस्य मुनेः सुरस्त्री V.1.3. -सिंहः, -हरिः 'man-lion', Viṣṇu in his fourth incarnation; cf. तव करकमलवरे नखमद्भुतशृङ्गं दलितहिरण्यकशिपुतनुभृङ्गम् । केशव धृत- नरहरिरूप जय जगदीश हरे ॥ Gīt.1. -सिंहद्वादशी the 12th day in the light half of फाल्गुन. -स्कन्धः a multitude or body of men. -हयम् a fight or enmity between man and horse.
nāvanīta नावनीत (-ती f.) 1 Coming from butter. -2 Mild, soft, gentle; नावनीतं हि हृदयं विप्राणां शाम्य भार्गव Mb.5.185. 29. -n. Ghee recently prepared out of butter; नावनीतेन भुङ्क्ते इत्यचिरनिर्दग्धेनेति गम्यते । ŚB. on MS.1.4.12.
niḥśvasita निःश्वसित p. p. 1 Breathed out, sighed. -2 Sighing. -तम् 1 Expiration. -2 A sigh; स्तनकम्पक्रियालक्ष्यैर्नस्तं निःश्वसितैरिव (हृदयम्) V.2.19. निःश्वासः niḥśvāsḥ निश्वासः niśvāsḥ निःश्वासः निश्वासः 1 Breathing out, expiration. -2 Sighing, a sigh, breath. -Comp. -परम a. melancholy.
nikarṣaṇam निकर्षणम् 1 An open space for recreation, or a playground in or near a town. -2 A court at the entrance of a house. -3 Neighbourhood. -4 An uncultivated or unploughed plot of ground.
nirūpita निरूपित p. p. 1 Seen, discovered, marked, beheld. -2 Appointed, chosen, selected; निरूपितः सर्वसहो गदाभृता Bhāg.9.5.9; केदारकर्मणि निरूपितः 5.9.11. -3 Weighed, considered. -4 Ascertained, determined. -5 Pointed against, shot off; अस्त्राण्यमोघमहिमानि निरूपितानि नो पस्पृशु- र्नृहरिदासमिवासुराणि Bhāg.1.15.16.
nirvāṇa निर्वाण p. p. 1 Blown or put out, extinguished (as a lamp or fire); निर्वाणवैरदहनाः प्रशमादरीणाम् Ve.1.7; Ku.2.23. -2 Lost, disappeared. -3 Dead, deceased. -4 Liberated from existence. -5 Set (as the sun). -6 Calmed, quieted. -7 Plunged. -णम् 1 Extinction; अपि निर्वाणमायाति नानलो याति शीतताम् H.1.131; शनैर्निर्वाणमाप्नोति निरिन्धन इवानलः Mb. -2 Vanishing from sight, disappearance. -3 Dissolution, death. -4 Final liberation or emancipation from matter and reunion with the Supreme Spirit, eternal bliss; निर्वाणं नाधिगच्छेयुर्जीवेयुः पशु- जीविकाम् Mb.3.31,26; निर्वाणमपि मन्ये$हमन्तरायं जयश्रियः Ki.11.69; R.12.1. -5 (With Buddhists) Absolute extinction or annihilation, complete extinction of individual or worldly existence. -6 Perfect and perpetual calm, repose; निर्वाणं समुपगमेन यच्छते ते (नमः) Ki.18.39. -7 Complete satisfaction or pleasure, supreme bliss, highest felicity; स योगी ब्रह्मनिर्वाणं ब्रह्मभूतो$धिगच्छति Bg.5.24; अये लब्धं नेत्रनिर्वाणम् Ś.3; M.3.1; Śi.4.23; V.3.21. -8 Cessation, desisting. -9 Vacuity. -1 Union, association, confluence. -11 The bathing of an elephant; as in अनिर्वाण R.1.71. -12 Instruction in sciences. -13 Finis, completion; प्राप्य संकल्पनिर्वाणं नातिप्रीतो$भ्यगात् पुरम् Bhāg.4.9.27. -Comp. -पुराणम् offering oblations to the dead (?); Rāj. T. -भूयिष्ट a. almost vanished or departed; see under निर्वा (3) above. -मस्तकः final emancipation or deliverance, final beatitude.
nirvyūḍhiḥ निर्व्यूढिः f. 1 End, completion. -2 A helmet, crest. -3 A door, gate. -4 A peg or bracket projecting from a wall. -5 Highest point or degree. -6 Decoction; cf. निर्यूह.
nis निस् ind. 1 As a prefix to verbs it implies separation (away from, outside of), certainty, completeness or fulness, enjoyment, crossing over, transgressing &c.; (for examples see under (निर्). -2 As a prefix to nouns, not directly derived from verbs, it forms nouns or adjectives, and has the sense of (a) 'out of', 'away from'; as in निर्वन, निष्कौशाम्बि; or (b) more usually, 'not', 'without', 'devoid of' (having a privative force); निःशेष 'without a remainder'; निष्फल, निर्जल, &c. N. B. In compound the स् of निस् is changed to र् before vowels and soft consonants (see निर्), to a visarga before sibilants, to श् before च् and छ्, and to ष् before क् and प्; cf. दुस्. -Comp. -कण्टक (निष्कण्टक) a. 1 thornless. -2 free from thorns or enemies, free from danger or nuisance. (-कः) N. of Śiva. -कन्द (निष्कन्द) a. without edible roots. -कपट (निष्कपट) a. guileless, sincere. -कम्प (निष्कम्प) a. motionless, steady, immovable; निष्कम्पचामरशिखाः Ś.1.8; Ku.3.48. -करुण (निष्करुण) a. merciless, pitiless, cruel. -करूष (निष्क रूष) a. free from dirt. -कर्मन् (निष्कर्मन्) a. inactive. -कल (निष्कल) a. 1 without parts, undivided, whole. -2 waned, decayed, diminished. -3 impotent, barren. -4 maimed. -5 inarticulate (a musical term); N.21.16. -6 Without attributes, or qualities; निष्कलं निष्क्रियं शान्तं निरवद्यं निरञ्जनम् Śvet. Up; Bhāg.1.9.44; तद् ब्रह्म निष्कलमहं (स्मरामि). -(लः) 1 a receptacle. -2 the pudendum muliebre. -3 N. of Brahmā. (-ला, -ली) an elderly woman, one who is past child-bearing, or one in whom menstruation has ceased. -कलङ्क, (निष्कलङ्क) -कल्मष a. stainless, spotless. -कषाय (निष्कषाय) a. free from dirt or impure passions. -कान्त (निष्कान्त) a. not lovely, ugly. -काम (निष्काम) a. 1 free from wish or desire, desireless, disinterested, unselfish. -2 free from all worldly desires; विशिष्टफलदाः पुंसां निष्कामाणां विमुक्तिदाः Viṣṇu. P. (-मम् ind.) 1 without wish or desire. -2 unwillingly. -कारण (निष्कारण) a. 1 causeless, unnecessary. -2 disinterested, free from any motive; निष्कारणो बन्धुः. -3 groundless, not proceeding from any cause. (-णम् ind.) without any cause or reason, causelessly, needlessly. -कालकः (निष्कालकः) a penitent shaven and smeared with clarified butter. -कालिक (निष्कालिक) a. 1 one whose term of life is over or elapsed, whose days are numbered. -2 one who has no conqueror, invincible (अजय्य). -किञ्चन (निष्किञ्चन) a. penniless, poor, indigent; प्रज्ञानं शौचमेवात्र शरीरस्य विशेषतः । तथा निष्कि- ञ्चनत्वं च मनसश्च प्रसन्नता ॥ Mb. -किल्विष (निष्किल्विष) a. sinless, faultless. -कुल (निष्कुल) a. having no kindred, left alone in the world. (निष्कुलं कृ 'to cut off completely, exterminate'; निष्कुला कृ 1 to exterminate one's family -2 to shell, strip off the husk; निष्कुलाकरोति दाडिमम् Sk.; N.22.15.) -कुलीन (निष्कुलीन) a. of low family. -कूज (निष्कूज) a. still, silent; U.2.16. -कूट (निष्कूट) a. pitiless, merciless, cruel. -कैवल्य (निष्कैवल्य) a. 1 mere, pure, absolute. -2 deprived of final beatitude (मोक्षहीन). -कोश (निष्कोश) a. unsheathed. -कौशाम्बि (निष्कौशाम्बि) a. who has gone out of Kauśāmbī. -क्रिय (निष्क्रिय) a. 1 inactive. -2 not performing ceremonial rites; Ms.1.58. -3 knowing higher knowledge as a sage, Saṁnyāsin; न्यासे कुटीचकः पूर्वं बह्वोदो हंस- निष्क्रियौ Bhāg.3.12.43. -यम् the Supreme Spirit (ब्रह्म). -क्षत्र (निःक्षत्र), -क्षत्रिय (निःक्षत्रिय) a. destitute of the military tribe. -क्षेपः (निःक्षेपः) = निक्षेप q. v. -चक्रम् (निश्चक्रम्) ind. completely; निश्चक्रं हतराक्षसः पुनरगाद्ब्रह्मत्व- माद्यं स्थिराम् A. Rām.1.1.1. -चक्रिक (निश्चक्रिक) a. without tricks, honest. -चक्षुस् (निश्चक्षुस्) a. blind, eyeless. -चत्वारिंशः (निश्चत्वारिंश) a. past forty. -चिन्त (निश्चिन्त) a. 1 free from anxiety, unconcerned, secure. -2 thoughtless, unthinking. -चेतन (निश्चेतन) a. unconscious. -चेतस् (निश्चेतस्) a. not in one's right senses, mad. -चेष्ट (निश्चेष्ट) a. motionless, powerless. -चेष्टाकरण (निश्चेष्टाकरण) a. depriving (one) of motion, causing motionlessness (said of one the arrows of Cuhid). -छन्दस् (निश्छन्दस्) a. not studying the Vedas (छन्दस्) Ms.3,7. -छिद्र (निश्छिद्र) a. 1 without holes. -2 without defects or weak points. -3 uninterrupted, unhurt. -तन्तु a. 1 having no offspring, childless. -2 a Brahmachārin; मुण्डा निस्तन्तवश्चापि वस- त्यर्थार्थिनः पृथक् Mb.12.167.16. -तन्द्र, -तन्द्रि a. not lazy, fresh, healthy. -तमस्क -तिमिर a. 1 free from darkness, bright; तस्य द्वितीयहरिविक्रमनिस्तमस्कं वायोरिमं परि- वहस्य वदन्ति मार्गम् Ś.7.6. -2 freed from sin or moral impurities. -तर्क्य a. unimaginable, inconceivable. -तल a. 1 round, globular; मुक्ताकलापस्य च निस्तलस्य Ku.1.42. Kau. A.2.9. -2 moving, trembling, shaking. -3 bottomless. -4 down, below. (-ला) a pill, round ball. -तुल a. matchless, incomparable. -तुष a. 1 freed from chaff. -2 purified, cleansed. -3 simplified. ˚क्षीरः wheat. ˚रत्नम् a crystal. -4 faultless, pure; शशंस गुणैररीणैरुदयास्तनिस्तुषम् N.15.8. -तुषत्वम् faultlessness; कवेः पुष्यति निस्तुषत्वम् Maṅkhaka.2.7. -तुषित a. 1 husked. -2 made thin. -3 abandoned. -तेजस् a. destitute of fire, heat or energy, powerless, impotent; न भेतव्यं भृशं चैते मात्रा निस्ते- जसः कृताः Mārk. P. -2 spiritless, dull. -3 obscure. -त्रप a. impudent, shameless. -त्रिंश a. 1 more than thirty; निस्त्रिंशानि वर्षाणि चैत्रस्य P.V.4.73; Sk. -2 pitiless, merciless, cruel; हे निस्त्रिंश विमुक्तकण्ठकरुणं तावत् सखी रोदितु Amaru.6. (-शः) a sword; निजध्नुः शरनिस्त्रिंशकुन्ततोमरशक्तिभिः Śiva B.3.19; शूरौर्निस्त्रिंशपाणिभिः Parnāl 1.5. ˚भृत् m. a sword-bearer. -त्रैगुण्य a. destitute of the three qualities (सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्); निस्त्रैगुण्यो भवार्जुन Bg.2.45. -पक्व (निष्पक्व) well cooked, boiled. -पङ्क (निष्पङ्क) a. free from mud, clear, pure. -पताक (निष्पताक) a. having no flag or banner. -पतिसुता (निष्पतिसुता) a woman having no husband and no sons. -पत्र (निष्पत्र) a. 1 leafless. -2 unfeathered, featherless. [निष्पत्राकृ 'to pierce with an arrow so that the feathers come through on the other side'; to cause excessive bodily pain (fig.); निष्पत्राकरोति मृगं व्याधः (सपुङ्खस्य शरस्य अपर- पार्श्वे निर्गमनान्निष्पत्रं करोति Sk.); एकश्च मृगः सपत्राकृतो$न्यश्च निष्पत्राकृतो$पतत् Dk.165; so यान्ती गुरुजनैः साकं स्मयमानानना- म्बुजा । तिर्यग्ग्रीवं यदद्राक्षीत्तन्निष्पत्राकरोज्जगत् Bv.2.132.] -पथ्य (निष्पथ्य) a. unwell, ill -पद (निष्पद) a. having no foot. (-दम्) a vehicle moving without feet (as a ship). -पराक्रम (निष्पराक्रम) a. weak, powerless. -परामर्श (निष्परामर्श) a. without advice, helpless; M.4.2/3 -परिकर (निष्परिकर) a. without preparations. -परिग्रह (निष्परिग्रह) a. having no property or possessions; Mu.2. (-हः) an ascetic without family, dependents, or other belongings. -परिच्छद (निष्परिच्छद) a. having no retinue or train. -परिदाह (निष्परिदाह) a. incombustible. -परिहार्य (निष्परिहार्य) a. To be applied by all means. -परीक्ष (निष्परीक्ष) a. not examining or testing accurately. -परीहार (निष्परीहार) a. 1 not avoiding. -2 not observing caution. -परुष (निष्परुष) a. (in music) soft. -पर्यन्त (निष्पर्यन्त), -पार (निष्पार) a. boundless, unbounded. -पर्याय (निष्पर्याय) a. out of order. -पाप (निष्पाप) sinless, guiltless, pure. -पुत्र (निष्पुत्र) a. sonless, childless. -पुराण (निष्पुराण) a. not existing before, unheard of, new. -पुरुष (निष्पुरुष) 1 unpeopled, tenantless, desolate. -2 without male issue; Ms.3.7. -2 not male, feminine, neuter. -षः 1 a eunuch. -2 a coward. -पुलाक (निष्पुलाक) a. freed from chaff. -पौरुष (निष्पौरुष) a. unmanly. -प्रकम्प (निष्प्रकम्प) a. steady, immovable, motionless. -प्रकारक (निष्प्रकारक) 1 a. without ditinction of species, without specification, absolute. -2 without the relation of the qualifier and the qualified, see निर्विकल्प (7); निष्प्रकारकं ज्ञानं निर्विकल्पकम् T. S. -प्रकाश (निष्प्रकाश) a. not transparent, not clear, dark. -प्रचार (निष्प्रचार) a. 1 not moving away, remaining in one place. -2 concentrated, intently fixed; निष्प्रचारेण मनसा परं तदधिगच्छति Mb.12.215.17. -प्रज्ञ (निष्प्रज्ञ) a. ignorant, stupid. -प्रणय (निष्प्रणय) a. cold. -प्रताप (निष्प्रताप) a. destitute of glory, mean, base; शङ्क- नीया हि सर्वत्र निष्प्रतापा दरिद्रता Pt.2.94. -प्रति(ती)कार (निष्प्रति(ती)कार), -प्रतिक्रिय (निष्प्रतिक्रिय) a. 1 incurable, irremediable; सर्वथा निष्प्रतीकारेयमापदुपस्थिता K. 151. -2 unobstructed, uninterrupted. (-रम्) ind. uninterruptedly. -प्रतिग्रह (निष्प्रतिग्रह) a. not accepting gifts. -प्रतिघ (निष्प्रतिघ) a. unhindered, unobstructed, unimpeded; स हि निष्प्रतिघेन चक्षुषा त्रितयं ज्ञानमयेन पश्यति R.8.78. -प्रतिद्वन्द्व (निष्प्रतिद्वन्द्व) a. without enemies, unopposed. -2 matchless, unrivalled, unequal- led. -प्रतिभ (निष्प्रतिभ) a. 1 devoid of splendour. -2 having no intelligence, not ready-witted, dull, stupid. -3 apathetic. -प्रतिभान (निष्प्रतिभान) a. cowardly, timid. -प्रतीप (निष्प्रतीप) a. 1 looking straightforward, not turned backwards. -2 unconcerned (as a look). -प्रत्याश (निष्प्रत्याश) a. hopeless, despondent. -प्रत्यूह (निष्प्रत्यूह) a. unobstructed, unimpeded; निष्प्रत्यूहाः प्रियसखि यदा दुःसहाः संबभूवुः Māl.9.45; निष्प्र- त्यूहमुपास्महे भगवतः कौमोदकीलक्ष्मणः Murārināṭakam. -प्रपञ्च (निष्प्रपञ्च) a. 1 without extension. -2 without deceit, honest. -प्रभ (निःप्रभ or -निष्प्रभ) a. 1 lustreless, pale-looking; निष्प्रभश्च रिपुरास भूभृताम् R.11.81. -2 powerless. 3 gloomy, obscure, dim, dark. -प्रमाणक (निष्प्रमाणक) a. without authority. -प्रयत्न (निष्प्र- यत्न) a. inactive, dull. -प्रयोजन (निष्प्रयोजन) a. 1 without motive, not influenced by any motive. -2 causeless, groundless, -3 useless. -4 needless, unnecessary. (-नम्) ind. causelessly, without reason, without any object; Mu.3. -प्रवणि, प्रवाण, प्रवाणि (निष्प्रवणि, -ष्प्रवाण, -ष्प्रवाणि) a. fresh from loom, quite new (cloth, &c.) -प्राण (निष्पाण) a. 1 lifeless, dead. -2 Weak (निर्बल); निष्प्राणो नामिहन्तव्यः Mb.12.95.12. -फल (निष्फल) a. 1 bearing no fruit, fruitless (fig. also), unsuccessful, futile; निष्फलारम्भयत्नाः Me.56. -2 useless, profitless, vain; Ku.4.13. -3 barren (as a tree). -4 meaningless (as a word). -5 seedless, impotent. (-ला, -ली) a woman past child-bearing. -फेन (निष्फेन) a. foamless. n. opium. -शङ्क (निःशङ्क) a. free from fear or risk, secure, fearless. (-निःशङ्कः) (in music) a kind of dance. -f. (निःशङ्का) absence of fear. -ind. fearlessly, securely, easily. -शब्द (निःशब्द) a. not expressed in words, inaudible; निःशब्दं रोदितुमारेभे K.135. (-ब्दः, ब्दम्) silence, a calm. -शमः (निःशमः) uneasiness, anxiety. -शरण a. (-निःशरण) helpless, forlorn. -शर्कर (-निःशर्कर) a. free from pebbles (as a bathing place). -शलाक (निःशलाक) a. lonely, solitary, retired. (-कम्) a retired place, solitude; अरण्ये निःशलाके वा मन्त्रयेदविभावितः Ms.7.147. -शल्य a. 1 free from arrows. -2 free from thorns or darts. -शूक (निःशूक) a. merciless, cruel. (-कः) beardless rice. -शेष (निःशेष) a. without remainder (either finished or passed away). -शोध्य (निःशोध्य) a. washed, pure, clean. -श्रीकः a. 1 deprived of lustre, beauty. -2 unhappy. -श्रेयस a. the best, most excellent. (-सः) an epithet of Śiva. (-सम्) final beatitude, absolution; यः करोति वधोदर्का निःश्रेयसकरीः क्रियाः Ki.11.19; see निःश्रेयस also. -2 devotion, faith, belief. -3 apprehension, conception. -4 happiness (in general), welfare; इदं निःश्रेयसं परम् Ms. 1.16. -संशय (निःसंशय) a. 1 undoubted, certain. -2 not doubtful, not suspecting or doubting; कुरु निः- संशयं वत्से स्ववृत्ते लोकमित्यशात् R.15.79. (-यम्) ind. doubtlessly, undoubtedly, surely, certainly. -संस्कार (निःसंस्कार) a. uneducated, ill-mannered. -संख्य (निःसंख्य) a. innumerable. -संग (निःसंग) a. 1 not attached or devoted to, regardless of, indifferent to; यन्निःसंगस्त्वं फलस्यानतेभ्यः Ki.18.24. -2 one who has renounced all worldly attachments; भर्तुर्ये प्रलये$पि पूर्वसुकृता- सङ्गेन निःसङ्गया भक्त्या कार्यधुरं वहन्ति कृतिनस्ते दुर्लभास्त्वादृशाः Mu.1.14. -3 unconnected, separated, detatched. -4 unobstructed; निःसङ्गं प्रतिभिरुपाददे विवृत्तिः Ki.7.12. (-गम्) ind. unselfishly. -संचारः (निःसंचारः) not taking a walk; Māl. -संज्ञ (निःसंज्ञ) a. unconscious. -सत्त्व (निःसत्त्व) a. 1 unenergetic, weak, impotent. -2 mean, insignificant, low. -3 non-existent, unsubstantial. -4 deprived of living beings. (-त्त्वम्) 1 absence of power or energy. -2 non-existence. -3 insignificance. -संतति (निःसंतति), -संतान (निःसंतान) a. childless. -संदिग्ध (निःसंदिग्ध), -संदेह (निःसंदेह) a. see निःसंशय. -संधि (निस्संधि), निःसंधि) a. having no joints perceptible, compact, firm, close, -सपत्न (निःसपत्न) a. 1 having no rival or enemy; घनरुचिरकलापो निःसपत्नो$द्य जातः V.4.1. -2 not claimed by another, belonging exclusively to one possessor. -3 having no foes. -समम् (निःसमम्) ind. 1 unseasonably, at a wrong time. -2 wickedly. -संपात (निःसंपात) a. affording no passage, blocked up. (-तः) the darkness of midnight, thick darkness. -संबाध (निःसंबाध) a. not contracted, spacious, large. -संभ्रम (निःसंभ्रम) a. not perplexed, unembarrassed. -सरणि (निःसरणि) a. pathless. -सह (निःसह) a. 1 Exhausted, powerless; कुसुमावचयपरिश्रमनिःसहं मे शरीरम् Nāg.2. -2 intolerable, irresistible. -सार (निःसार) a. 1 sapless, pithless. -2 worthless, vain, unsubstantial. ˚ता 1 sapless, pithlessness; निःसारत्वाल्लघीयसः (तृणस्य च समा गतिः) Pt.1.16. -2 worthlessness. -3 vanity, unsubstantial or transitory nature. -सीम (निःसीम), -सीमन् (निःसीमन्) a. immeasurable, boundless; अहह महतां निःसीमानश्चरित्रविभूतयः Bh.2.35; निःसीमशर्मप्रदम् 3.97. -स्तम्भ (निःस्तम्भ) a. having no pillars. -2 having no support. -3 not proud; निःस्तम्भो भ्रष्टसंकल्पः स्वान् मेघान् स न्यवारयत् Bhāg.1.25.24. -सूत्र a. helpless; निःसूत्रमास्ते घनपङ्कमृत्सु N.7.69. -स्नेह (निःस्नेह) a. 1 not unctuous or greasy, without unction or oil, dry. -2 not showing affection, unfeeling, unkind, indifferent. -3 not loved, not cared for; केशा अपि विरज्यन्तो निःस्नेहाः किं न सेवकाः Pt.1. 82. -4 not longing for, indifferent to. (-हा) lin-seed. -स्पन्द (निःस्पन्द or निस्स्पन्द) a. motionless, steady; ज्याबन्धनिस्स्पन्दभुजेन यस्य R.6.4. -स्पर्श (निःस्पर्श) a. hard, rough. -स्पृह (निःस्पृह) a. free from desire; निःस्पृहस्य तृणं जगत्. -2 regardless of, indifferent to; ननु वक्तृविशेषनिःस्पृहाः Ki.2.5; R.8.1; भोगेभ्यः स्पृहयालवो न हि वयं का निःस्पृहाणामसि Bh. -3 content, unenvious. -4 free from any worldly ties. -स्व (निःस्व) a. poor, indigent; निस्वो वष्टि शतम् Śānti.2.6; त्यक्त्वा जनयितारं स्वं निःस्वं गच्छति दूरतः Pt.1.9. -स्वन (निःस्वन) a. soundless. -स्वभावः (निःस्वभावः) poverty. -a. void of peculiarities. -स्वादु (निःस्वादु) a. tasteless, insipid.
naiṣṭhika नैष्ठिक a. (-की f.) 1 Final, last, concluding; विदधे विधिमस्य नैष्ठिकम् R.8.25. -2 Decided, definitive, conclusive (as a reply.); एषा नो नैष्ठिकी बुद्धिः Mb.1.37.29. -3 Fixed, firm, constant; शान्तिमाप्नोति नैष्ठिकीम् Bg.5.12; भक्तिर्भवति नैष्ठिकी Bhāg.1.2.18. -4 Highest, perfect; मोदेन वां कामसुखैर्मदाद् वा यो नैष्ठिकं श्रोष्यति नास्य धर्मम् Bu. Ch.1.82. -5 Completely familiar with or versed in. -6 Vowing perpetual abstinence and chastity. -7 Obligatory; न चैतन्नैष्ठिकं कर्म त्रयाणां भूरिदक्षिण Mb.12.63.23. -कः [निष्ठा मरणं तत्पर्यन्तं ब्रह्मचर्येण तिष्ठति तिष्ठति निष्ठा-ठक्] A perpetual religious student who continues with his spiritual precept or even after the prescribed period, and vows life-long abstinence and chastity; निवेदितो नैष्ठिकसुन्दरस्तया Ku.5.62; cf. नैष्ठिको ब्रह्मचारी तु वसेदाचार्यसंनिधौ Y.1.49 and उपकुर्वाण also.
pañcan पञ्चन् num. a. (Always pl., nom. and acc. पञ्च) Five. (As the first member of comp. पञ्चन् drops its final न्). [cf. Gr. pente.] -Comp. -अंशः the fifth part, a fifth. -अग्निः 1 an aggregate of five sacred fires; i. e. (अन्वाहार्यपचन or दक्षिण, गार्हपत्य, आहवनीय, सभ्य, and आव- सथ्य). -2 a householder who maintains the five sacred fires; पञ्चाग्नयो धृतव्रताः Māl.1; Ms.3.185. -3 five mystic fires supposed to exist in the body; तेजो ह्यग्निस्तथा क्रोधश्चक्षुरूष्मा तथैव च । अग्निर्जरयते यच्च पञ्चाग्नेयाः शरीरिणः ॥ Mb.12.184.21. -4 one who is acquainted with the doctrine of these fires. ˚साधनम् four fires on four sides and the sun above the head. This is a form of penance. -अङ्ग a. five-membered, having five parts or divisions as in पञ्चाङ्गः प्रणामः (i. e. बाहुभ्यां चैव जानुभ्यां शिरसा वक्षसा दृशा); कृतपञ्चाङ्गविनिर्णयो नयः Ki.2.12. (see Malli. and Kāmandaka quoted by him); पञ्चाङ्गमभिनयमुपदिश्य M.1; चित्ताक्षिभ्रूहस्तपादैरङ्गैश्चेष्टादिसाम्यतः । पात्राद्यवस्थाकरणं पञ्चाङ्गे$भिनयो मतः ॥ (-ङ्गः) 1 a tortoise or turtle. -2 a kind of horse with five spots in different parts of his body. (-ङ्गी) a bit for horses. -(ङ्गम्) 1 collection or aggregate of five parts. -2 five modes of devotion (silent prayer, oblations, libations, bathing idols and feeding Brāhmaṇas) -3 the five parts of a tree; त्वक्पत्रकुसुमं मूलफलमेकस्य शाखिनः । एकत्र मिलितं चैतत् पञ्चाङ्ग- मिति संज्ञितम् ॥ -4 a calendar or almanac, so called because it treats of five things:-- (तिथिर्वारश्च नक्षत्रं योगः करणमेव च); चतुरङ्गबलो राजा जगतीं वशमानयेत् । अहं पञ्चा- ङ्गबलवानाकाशं वशमानये ॥ Shbhāṣ. ˚गुप्तः a turtle. ˚पत्रम् a calendar. ˚विनिर्णयः the five rules are as follows; सहायाः साधनोपाया विभागो देशकालयोः । विनिपातप्रतीकारः सिद्धिः पञ्चाङ्ग- मिष्यते ॥ Kāmandak; cf. Ki.2.12. ˚शुद्धिः f. the propitiousness or favourable state of five important points; i. e. तिथि, वार, नक्षत्र, योग and करण (in astrology). -अङ्गिक a. five-membered. -अङ्गुल a. (-ला or -ली f.) measuring five fingers. (-लः) the castor-oil plant. -अ(आ)जम् the five products of the goat; cf. पञ्चगव्य. -अतिग a. liberated (मुक्त); सो$पि पञ्चातिगो$भवत् Mb. 12.59.9. -अप्सरस् n. N. of a lake, said to have been created by the sage Mandakarni; cf. R.13.38. -अमरा The five plants i. e. (Mar. भांग, दूर्वा, बेल, निर्गुडी and तुळस. -अमृत a. consisting of 5 ingredients. -(तम्) 1 the aggregate of five drugs; dry ginger, a species of Moonseed (Cocculus cordifolius, Mar. गुळवेल), Asparagus recemosus (Mar. शतावरी), Hypoxis brevifolia (Mar. मुसळी), गोक्षुरक (Mar. गोखरूं). -2 the collection of five sweet things used in worshipping deities; (दुग्धं च शर्करा चैव घृतं दधि तथा मधु). -3 the five elements; Māl.5.2. -अम्लम् the aggregate of five acid plants (the jujube, pomegranate, sorrel, spondias and citron). -अर्चिस् m. the planet Mercury. -अवयव a. five-membered (as a syllogism, the five members being, प्रतिज्ञा, हेतु, उदाहरण, उपनय and निगमन q. v.). -अवस्थः a corpse (so called because it is resolved into the five elements) cf. पञ्चत्व below. -अविकम् the five products of the sheep; cf. पञ्चगव्य. -अशीतिः f. eighty-five. -अहः a period of five days. -आतप a. doing penance with five fires. (i. e. with four fires and the sun); cf. R.13.41. -आत्मक a. consisting of five elements (as body). -आननः, -आस्यः, -मुखः, -वक्त्रः 1 epithets of Śiva. -2 a lion (so called because its mouth is generally wide open; पञ्चम् आननं यस्य), (often used at the end of names of learned men to express great learning or respect; न्याय˚, तर्क˚ &c. e. g. जगन्नाथतर्कपञ्चानन); see पञ्च a. -3 the sign Leo of the zodiac. (-नी) an epithet of Durgā. -आम्नायाः m. (pl.) five Śāstras supposed to have proceeded from the five mouths of Śiva. -आयतनी, -नम् a group of five deities like गणपति, विष्णु, शंकर, देवी and सूर्य. -इन्द्रियम् an aggregate of the five organs (of sense or actions; see इन्द्रियम्). -इषुः, -बाणः, -शरः epithets of the god of love; (so called because he has five arrows; their names are:-- अरविन्दमशोकं च चूतं च नवमल्लिका । नीलोत्पलं च पञ्चैते पञ्चबाणस्य सायकाः ॥ the five arrows are also thus named:-- संमोहनोन्मादनौ च शोषणस्तापनस्तथा । स्तम्भनश्चेति कामस्य पञ्चबाणाः प्रकीर्तिताः ॥). -उपचारः the five articles of worship i. e. (गन्ध, पुष्प, धूप, दीप and नैवेद्य). -उष्मन् m. (pl.) the five digestive fires supposed to be in the body. -कपाल a. prepared or offered in five cups. -कर्ण a. branded in the ear with the number 'five' (as cattle &c.); cf. P.VI.3.115. -कर्मन् n. (in medicine) the five kinds of treatment; i. e. 1 वमन 'giving emetics'; 2 रेचन 'purging'; 3 नस्य 'giving strenutatories'; 4 अनुवासन 'administering an enema which is oily', and 5 निरूह 'administering an enema which is not oily. वमनं रेचनं नस्यं निरूहश्चानुवासनम् । पञ्चकर्मेदमन्यश्च ज्ञेयमुत्क्षेपणादिकम् ॥ -कल्याणकः a horse with white feet and a white mouth. -कषाय a decoction from the fruits of five plants (जम्बु, शाल्मलि, वाट्याल, बकुल and बदर). -कृत्यम् the five actions by which the Supreme Power manifests itself (सृष्टि, स्थिति, संहार, तिरोभाव and अनुग्रह- करण). -कृत्वस् ind. five times. -कृष्णः A kind of game. (-ष्णाः) The five deities of Mahānubhāva sect namely चक्रवर्ती कृष्ण, Datta of Mātāpura, Gundam Raul of ऋद्धिपुर, चांगदेव राऊळ of द्वारावती and चांगदेव राऊळ of प्रतिष्ठान. -कोणः a pentagon. -कोलम् the five spices taken collectively; पिप्पली पिप्पलीमूलं चव्यचित्रकनागरम् । पञ्चकोलं ......... (Mar. पिंपळी, पिंपळमूळ, चवक, चित्रक व सुंठ). -कोषाः m. (pl.) the five vestures or wrappers supposed to invest the soul; they are:-- अन्नमयकोष or the earthly body (स्थूलशरीर); प्राणमयकोष the vesture of the vital airs; मनो- मयकोष the sensorial vesture; विज्ञानमयकोष the cognitional vesture (these three form the लिङ्गशरीर); and आनन्द- मयकोष the last vesture, that of beatitude. कोषैरन्नमयाद्यैः पञ्चभिरात्मा न संवृतो भाति । निजशक्तिसमुप्तन्नैः शैवालप़टलैरिवाम्बु वापीस्थम् ॥ Vivekachūdāmaṇi. -क्रोशी 1 a distance of five Kroṣas. -2 N. of the city, Banares. -खट्वम्, -खट्वी a collection of five beds. -गत a. (in alg.) raised to the fifth power. -गवम् a collection of five cows. -गव्यम् the five products of the cow taken collectively; i. e. milk, curds, clarified butter or ghee, urine, and cowdung (क्षीरं दधि तथा चाज्यं मूत्रं गोमयमेव च). -गु a. bought with five cows. -गुण a. five-fold. (-णाः) the five objects of sense (रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श and शब्द). (-णी) the earth. -गुप्तः 1 a tortoise (as drawing in its 4 feet and head). -2 the materialistic system of philosophy, the doctrines of the Chārvākas. -घातः (in music) a kind of measure. -चत्वारिंश a. forty-fifth. -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-five. -चामरम् N. of 2 kinds of metre; प्रमाणिकापदद्वयं वदन्ति पञ्चचामरम् Vṛittaratnākara. -जनः 1 a man, mankind. -2 N. of a demon who had assumed the form of a conch-shell, and was slain by Kṛiṣṇa; तस्मै प्रादाद्वरं पुत्रं मृतं पञ्चजनोदरात् Bhāg.3.3.2. -3 the soul. -4 the five classes of beings; i. e. gods, men, Gandharvas, serpents and pitṛis; यस्मिन् पञ्च पञ्चजना आकाशश्च प्रतिष्ठितः Bṛi. Up.4.4.17. -5 the four primary castes of the Hindus (ब्राह्मण, क्षत्रिय, वैश्य and शूद्र) with the Niṣādas or barbarians as the fifth (pl. in these two senses); (for a full exposition see Sārirabhāṣya on Br. Sūtras 1.4.11-13). (-नी) an assemblage of five persons. -जनीन a. devoted to the five races. (-नः) an actor, a mimic, buffoon, one who is devoted to the pentad viz. singer, musician, dancer, harlot and a jester; गायकवादक- नर्तकदासीभण्डरतः खलु पञ्चजनीनः Bhāsāvritti on P.V.1.9. -ज्ञानः 1 an epithet of Buddha as possessing the five kinds of knowledge. -2 a man familiar with the doctrines of the Pāśupatas. -तक्षम्, -क्षी a collection of five carpenters. -तत्त्वम् 1 the five elements taken collectively; i. e. पृत्थी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश. -2 (in the Tantras) the five essentials of the Tāntrikas, also called पञ्चमकार because they all begin with म; i. e. मद्य, मांस, मत्स्य, मुद्रा and मैथुन. -तन्त्रम् N. of a well-known collection in five books containing moral stories and fables by Visnugupta; पञ्चतन्त्रात्तथान्यस्माद् ग्रन्थादाकृष्य लिख्यते H. Pr.9. -तन्मात्रम् the five subtle and primary elements (such as शब्द, रस, स्पर्श and रूप and गन्ध). -तपस् m. an ascetic who in summer practises penance sitting in the middle of four fires with the sun burning right over his head; cf. हविर्भुजामेधवतां चतुर्णां मध्ये ललाटंतपसप्तसप्तिः R.13.41; Ku.5.23; Ms.6.23 and Śi.2.51. also; ग्रीष्मे पञ्चतपा वीरो वर्षास्वासारषाण्मुनिः Bhāg. 4.23.6; Rām.3.6.5. -तय a. five-fold; वृत्तयः पञ्चतय्यः क्लिष्टा अक्लिष्टाः Mbh. (-यः) a pentad. -तिक्तम् the five bitter things:-- निवामृतावृषपटोलनिदिग्धिकाश्च. -त्रिंश a. thirtyfifth. -त्रिंशत्, -त्रिंशतिः f. thirty-five. -दश a. 1 fifteenth. -2 increased by fifteen; as in पञ्चदशं शतम् 'one hundred and fifteen'. -दशन् a. (pl.) fifteen. ˚अहः a period of fifteen days. -दशिन् a. made or consisting of fifteen. -दशी 1 the fifteenth day of a lunar fortnight (the full or new moon day); Y.1.146. -2 N. of a philosophical work (प्रकरणग्रन्थ) by माधवाचार्य (विद्यारण्य). -दीर्घम् the five long parts of the body; the arms, eyes, belly, nose and breast; बाहू नेत्रद्वयं कुक्षिर्द्वे तु नासे तथैव च । स्तनयोरन्तरं चैव पञ्चदीर्घं प्रचक्षते ॥ -देवताः the five deities:-- आदित्यं गणनाथं च देवीं रुद्रं च केशवम् । पञ्चदैवतमित्युक्तं सर्वकर्मसु पूजयेत् ॥ -धारणक a. upheld by the five elements. -नखः 1 any animal with five claws; such as the hare, alligator, tortoise, porcupine, rhinoceros शशकः शल्लकी गोधा खड्गी कूर्मश्च पञ्चमः । पञ्च पञ्चनखा भक्ष्या ये प्रोक्ताः कृतजैर्द्विजैः Bk.6.131; Ms.5.17,18; Y.1.177. -2 an elephant. -3 a turtle. -4 a lion or tiger. -नखी, -नखराज an iguana (Mar. घोरपड); Gīrvāṇa. -नदः 'the country of five rivers, the modern Panjab (the five rivers being शतद्रु, विपाशा, इरावती, चन्द्रभागा and वितस्ता, or the modern names Sutlej, Beas, Ravee, Chenab and Jhelum). -दा (pl.) the people of this country. -नवतिः f. ninety-five. -निम्बम् the five products of निम्ब viz. (the flowers, fruit, leaves, bark and root). -नीराजनम् waving five things before an idol and then falling prostrate before it; (the five things being:-- a lamp, lotus, cloth, mango and betel-leaf). -पञ्चाश a. fiftyfifth. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-five. -पदी 1 five steps; पुंसो यमान्तं व्रजतो$पिनिष्ठुरै- रेतैर्धनैः पञ्चपदी न दीयते Pt.2.115. -2 the five strong cases, i. e. the first five inflections -पर्वन् n. (pl.) the five parvans q. v.; they are चतुर्दश्यष्टमी चैव अमावास्या च पूर्णिमा । पर्वाण्येतानि राजेन्द्र रविसंक्रान्तिरेव च ॥ a. five-knotted (an arrow). -पल्लवम् The leaves of the mango, fig, banyan, ficus religiosa (Mar. पिंपळ) and Genus Ficus (Mar. पायरी). There are other variations such as पनस, आम्र, पिप्पल, वट and बकुल. The first group is for the Vedic ritual only. -पात्रम् 1 five vessels taken collectively. -2 a Srāddha in which offerings are made in five vessels. -पाद् a. consisting of five feet, steps, or parts; पञ्चपादं पितरम् Praśna Up.1.11. (-m.) a year (संवत्सर). -पादिका N. of a commentary on शारीरकभाष्य. -पितृ m. (pl.) the five fathers:-- जनकश्चोपनेता च यश्च कन्यां प्रयच्छति । अन्नदाता भयत्राता पञ्चैते पितरः स्मृताः ॥ -पित्तम् the bile of five animals viz. (the boar, goat, buffalo, fish and peacock). -प्रस्थ a. having five elevations (a forest). -प्राणाः m. (pl.) the five life-winds or vital airs: प्राण, अपान, व्यान, उदान, and समान. -प्रासादः a temple of a particular size with four pinnacles and a steeple. -बन्ध a fine equal to the fifth part of anything lost or stolen. -बलाः five medicinal herbs, namely बला, नागबला, महाबला, अति- बला and राजबला. -बाणः, -वाणः, -शरः epithets of the god of love; see पञ्चेषु. -बाहुः N. of Śiva. -बिन्दुप्रसृतम् N. of a particular movement in dancing; Dk.2. -बीजानि the five seeds:--कर्कटी, त्रपुस, दाडिम, पद्मबीज, and वानरीबीज. -भद्र a. 1 having five good qualities. -2 consisting of five good ingredients (as a sauce &c.). -3 having five auspicious marks (as a horse) in the chest, back, face and flanks. -4 vicious. -द्रः a kind of pavilion. -भागिन् m. the five deities of पञ्चमहा- यज्ञ; धर्मकामविहीनस्य चुक्रुधुः पञ्चभागिनः Bhāg.11.23.9. -भुज a. pentagonal. (-जः) 1 a pentagon; cf. पञ्चकोण. -2 N. of Gaṇeśa. -भूतम् the five elements; पृथ्वी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश. -भृङ्गाः the five trees, viz. देवदाली (Mar. देवडंगरी), शमी, भङ्गा (Mar. भांग), निर्गुण्डी and तमालपत्र. -मकारम् the five essentials of the left-hand Tantra ritual of which the first letter is म; see पञ्चतत्त्व (2). -महापातकम् the five great sins; see महापातक Ms.11. 54. -महायज्ञाः m. (pl.) the five daily sacrifices enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृ- यज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो बलिर्भौतो नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7. अहुतं च हुतं चैव तथा प्रहुतमेव च । ब्राह्मं हुतं प्राशितं च पञ्च यज्ञान् प्रचक्षते ॥ Ms.3.73; see महायज्ञ. -मारः son of Baladeva; L. D. B. -माश(षि)क a. consisting of five Māṣas (as a fine &c.). -माष(षि)क a. amounting to five māṣas; गर्दभाजाविकानां तु दण्डः स्यात्पञ्चमाषिकः Ms.8.298. -मास्य a. happening every five months. -मुखः an arrow with five points; (for other senses see पञ्चानन.) -मुद्रा five gestures to be made in presenting offerings to an idol; viz आवाहनी, स्थापनी, संनिधापनी, संबोधनी and संमुखीकरणी; see मुद्रा. -मूत्रम् the urine of five female animals; the cow, goat, she-buffalo, sheep, and she-ass.). -मूलम् there are nine varieties of the pentad combinations of roots; लघुपञ्चमूल, बृहत्पञ्चमूल, शतावर्यादि, तृणपञ्चमूल, जीवकादिपञ्चमूल, पुनर्नवादिपञ्चमूल, गोक्षुरादि˚, वल्ली˚. -रत्नम् a collection of five gems; (they are variously enumerated: (1) नीलकं वज्रकं चेति पद्मरागश्च मौक्तिकम् । प्रवालं चेति विज्ञेयं पंचरत्नं मनीषिभिः ॥ (2) सुवर्णं रजतं मुक्ता राजावर्तं प्रवालकम् । रत्नपञ्चकमाख्यातम् ...॥ (3) कनकं हीरकं नीलं पद्मरागश्च मौक्तिकम् । पञ्चरत्नमिदं प्रोक्त- मृषिभिः पूर्वदर्शिभिः ॥ -2 the five most admired episodes of the Mahābhārata; गीता, विष्णुसहस्रनाम, भीष्मस्तवराज, अनुस्मृति and गजेन्द्रमोक्ष). -रसा the आमलकी tree (Mar. आंवळी). -रात्रम् 1 a period of five nights; इत्यर्थं वयमानीताः पञ्चरात्रो$पि विद्यते Pañch.3.24. -2 N. of one of Bhāsa's dramas. -3 N. of a philosophical treatise attributed to Nārada. -4 N. of an अहीन (sacrifice) lasting for 5 days; स एतं पञ्चरात्रं पुरुषमेधं यज्ञक्रतुमपश्यत् Śat. Br.; cf. Mb.12.218. 11. -राशिकम् the rule of five (in math.). -लक्षणम् a Purāṇa; so called because it deals with five important topics:-- सर्गश्च प्रतिसर्गश्च वंशो मन्वन्तराणि च । वंशानुचरितं चैव पुराणं पञ्चलक्षणम् ॥ see पुराण also. -लवणम् five kinds of salt; i. e. काचक, सैन्धव, सामुद्र, बिड and सौवर्चल. -लाङ्गलकम् a gift (महादान) of as much land as can be cultivated with five ploughs. -लोकपालः the five guardian deities viz. Vināyaka, Durgā, Vāyu, Ākāśa and Aśvinīkumāra. -लोहम् a metallic alloy containing five metals (i. e. copper, brass, tin, lead and iron). -लोहकम् the five metals i. e. gold, silver, copper, tin and lead. -वटः the sacred or sacrificial thread worn across the breast (यज्ञोपवीत). -वटी 1 the five fig-trees: i. e. अश्वत्थ, बिल्व, वट, धात्री and अशोक. -2 N. of a part of the Daṇḍakā forest where the Godāvarī rises and where Rāma dwelt for a considerable time with his beloved; it is two miles from Nasik; परिहरन्तमपि मामितः पञ्चवटीस्नेहो बलादाकर्षतीव U.2.27/28; R.13.34. -वर्गः 1 an aggregate of five. -2 the five essential elements of the body. -3 the five organs of sense; संतुष्टपञ्चवर्गो$हं लोकयात्रां प्रवाहये Rām.2.19.27. -4 the five daily sacrifices enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; cf. महायज्ञ. -5 the five classes of spies (कापटिक, उदास्थित, गृहपतिव्यञ्जन, वैदेहिकव्यञ्जन and तापसव्यञ्जन); cf. Kull. on Ms.7.154. -वर्षदेशीय a. about five years old. -वर्षीय a. five years old. -वल्कलम् a collection of the barks of five kinds of trees; namely न्यग्रोध, उदुम्बर, अश्वत्थ, प्लक्ष and वेतस. -वल्लभा N. of Draupadī. -वार्षिक a. recurring every five years. -वाहिन् a. drawn by five (as a carriage). -विंश a. twenty-fifth. -शः 1 a Stoma consisting of 25 parts. -2 N. of Viṣṇu (regarded as the 25th तत्त्व); स तु जन- परितापं तत्कृतं जानता ते नरहर उपनीतः पञ्चतां पञ्चविंश Bhāg. 7.8.53. -विंशतिः f. twenty-five. -विंशतिका a collection of twenty-five; as in वेतालपञ्चविंशतिका. -विध a. fivefold, of five kinds. ˚प्रकृतिः f. the five departments of a government; अमात्यराष्ट्रदुर्गार्थदण्डाख्याः पञ्च चापराः Ms.7.157. -वीरगोष्ठम् an assembly room, concert-hall; रागमञ्जरी नाम पञ्चवीरगोष्ठे संगीतकमनुष्ठास्यति Dk.2. -वृत्, -वृतम् ind. five-fold. -वृत्तिता depending on senses; Rām.2.1.65. -शत a. amounting to five hundred. (-तम्) 1 one hundred and five. -2 five hundred. -शाखः 1 the hand; स्वशिरः पश्चशाखाभ्यामभिहत्यायतेक्षणा Mb.11.17.3; कदापि नो मुञ्चति पञ्चशाखः (नारायणस्य) Rām. Ch.1.9; स्फूर्जद्रत्नाङ्गुलीयद्युतिशबलनखद्योतिभिः पञ्चशाखैः Śiva B.3.49. -2 an elephant. -शारदीयः N. of a Yāga. -शिखः a lion. -शीलम् the five rules of conduct; Buddh. -शुक्लम् The holy combination of five days, viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the month (day of the manes) and day time, हरिवासर and सिद्धक्षेत्र (cf. त्रिशुक्लम्). -ष a. (pl.) five or six; सन्त्यन्ये$पि बृहस्पतिप्रभृतयः संभाविताः पञ्चषाः Bh.2.34. -षष्ट a. sixty-fifth. -षष्टिः f. sixty-five. -सटः one with five tufts of hair on the head (सटाः जटाः केशसन्निवेशे मध्ये मध्ये पञ्चसु स्थानेषु क्षौरवद्वापनम्); दासो$यं मुच्यतां राज्ञस्त्वया पञ्चसटः कृतः Mb.3.272.18; (Mar. पांच पाट काढणें). -सप्तत a. seventy-fifth. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-five. -सस्यम् the five grains viz. धान्य, मुद्ग, तिल, यव and माष. -सिद्धान्ती f. the five astronomical doctrines from astronomical book like सूर्यसिद्धान्त etc. -सिद्धौषधयः the five medicinal plants:-- तैलकन्द, सुधाकन्द, क्रोडकन्द, रुदन्तिक, सर्पाक्षी. -सुगन्धकम् the five kinds of aromatic vegetable sub- stances; they are:-- कर्पूरकक्कोललवङ्गपुष्पगुवाकजातीफलपञ्चकेन । समांशभागेन च योजितेन मनोहरं पञ्चसुगन्धकं स्यात् ॥. -सूनाः f. the five things in a house by which animal life may be accidentally destroyed; they are:-- पञ्चसूना गृहस्थस्य चुल्ली पेषण्युपस्करः कण्डनी चोदकुम्भश्च Ms.3.68. -सूरणाः the five medicinal esculent roots; sweet and bitter सूरण, अत्यम्ल- पर्णी, काण्डीर, मालाकन्द. &c. -स्रोतम् n. the mind; पञ्चस्रोतसि निष्णातः Mb.12.218.11. (com. पञ्चस्त्रोतांसि विषयकेदारप्रणालिका यस्य तस्मिन् मनसि). -हायन a. five years old.
para पर a. [पॄ-भावे-अप्, कर्तरि अच्-वा] (Declined optionally like a pronoun in nom. voc. pl., and abl. and loc. sing. when it denotes relative position) 1 Other, different, another; see पर m also. -2 Distant, removed, remote; अपरं भवतो जन्म परं जन्म विवस्वतः Bg.4.4. -3 Beyond, further, on the other side of; म्लेच्छदेशस्ततः परः Ms.2.23;7.158. -4 Subsequent, following, next to, future, after (usually with abl.); बाल्यात् परामिव दशां मदनो$ध्युवास R.5.63; Ku.1.31. -5 Higher, superior; सिकतात्वादपि परां प्रपेदे परमाणुताम् R.15.22; इन्द्रियाणि पराण्याहु- रिन्द्रियेभ्यः परं मनः । मनसस्तु परा बुद्धिर्यो बुद्धेः परतस्तु सः ॥ Bg.3.42. -9 Highest, greatest, most distinguished, pre-eminent, chief, best, principal; क्षत्रात् परं नास्ति Bṛi. Up.1.4.11. न त्वया द्रष्टव्यानां परं दृष्टम् Ś.2; Ki.5.18; परतो$पि परः Ku.2.14 'higher than the highest'; 6.19; Ś7.27. -7 Having as a following letter or sound, followed by (in comp.). -8 Alien, estranged, stranger. -9 Hostile, inimical, adverse, -1 Exceeding, having a surplus or remainder, left over; as in परं शतम् 'exceeding or more than a hundred. -11 Final, last. -12 (At the end of comp.) Having anything as the highest object, absorbed or engrossed in, intent on, solely devoted to, wholly engaged or occupied in; परिचर्यापरः R.1.91; so ध्यानपर, शोकपर, दैवपर, चिन्तापर &c. -रः 1 Another person, a stranger, foreigner; oft. in pl. in this sense; यतः परेषां गुणग्रहीतासि Bv.1.9; Śi.2.74; see एक, अन्य also. -2 A foe, an enemy, adversary; उत्तिष्ठमानस्तु परो नोपेक्ष्यः पथ्यभिच्छता Śi.2.1; Pt.2.158; R.3.21. -3 The Almighty; तावदध्यासते लोकं परस्य परचिन्तकाः Bhāg.3.32.8. -रम् 1 The highest point or pitch, culminating point. -2 The Supreme Sprit; तेषामादित्यवज्ज्ञानं प्रकाशयति तत् परम् Bg.5.16. -3 Final beatitude; असक्तो ह्याचरन् कर्म परमाप्नोति पूरुषः Bg.3.19. -4 The secondary meaning of a word. -5 (In logic) One of the two kinds of सामान्य or generality of notion; more extensive kind, (comprehending more objects); e. g. पृथ्वी is पर with respect to a घट). -6 The other or future world; परासक्ते च वस्तस्मिन् कथमासीन्मनस्तदा Mb.6.14.55. Note-The acc., instr. and loc. singulars of पर are used adverbially; e. g. (a) परम् 1 beyond, over, out of (with abl.); वर्त्मनः परम् R.1.17. -2 after (with abl.); अस्मात् परम् Ś.6.24; R.1.66;3.39; Me.12; भाग्यायत्त- मतः परम् Ś.4.17; ततः परम् &c. -3 thereupon, thereafter. -4 but, however. -5 otherwise. -6 in a high degree, excessively, very much, completely, quite; परं दुःखितो$स्मि &c. -7 most willingly. -8 only. -9 at the utmost. (b) परेण 1 farther, beyond, more than; किं वा मृत्योः परेण विधास्यति Māl.2.2. -2 afterwards; मयि तु कृतनिधाने किं विदध्याः परेण Mv.2.49. -3 after (with abl.) स्तन्यत्यागात् परेण U.2.7. (c) परे 1 afterwards, thereupon; अथ तेन दशाहतः परे R.8.73. -2 in future. -Comp. -अङ्गम् the hinder part of the body. -अङ्गदः an epithet of Śiva. -अणुः See परमाणु; Bhāg.1.14.11. -अदनः a horse found in the country of Persia or Arabia. -अधिकारचर्चा officiousness, meddlesomeness. -अधीन a. dependent on another, subject, subservient; अन्नमेषां पराधीनं देयं स्याद्भिन्नभाजने Ms.1.54,83; H.1.119. -अन्तः final death. (-ताः) m. (pl.) N. of a people. -अन्तकः an epithet of Śiva. -2 a frontier. -अन्तकालः the time of death; ते ब्रह्मलोकेषु परान्तकाले परामृताः परिमुच्यन्ति सर्वे Muṇḍ.3.2.6. -अन्न a. living or subsisting on another's food. (-न्नम्) the food of another; परगृहललिताः परान्नपुष्टाः Mk.4.28. ˚परिपुष्टता being fed with the food of others; Y.3.241. ˚भोजिन् a. subsisting on the food of others; रोगी चिरप्रवासी परान्नभोजी परावसथशायी । यज्जीवति तन्मरणं यन्मरणं सो$स्य विश्रामः ॥ H.1.12. -अपर a. 1 far and near, remote and proximate. -2 prior and posterior. -3 before and beyond, earlier and later. -4 higher and lower, best and worst. (-रः) a Guru of an intermediate class. (-रम्) (in logic) a property intermediate between the greatest and smallest numbers, a species (as existing between the genus and individual); e. g. पृथ्वी which is पर with _x001F_1respect to a घट is अपर with respect to द्रव्य; द्रव्यत्वादिक- जातिस्तु परापरतयोच्यते Bhāṣā. P.8. -अभिध्यानम् self-conceit; high opinion for self or body (देहाभिमान); स्वयं पराभिध्यानेन विभ्रंशितस्मृतिः Bhāg.5.14.1. -अमृतम् rain. -अयण (अयन) a. 1 attached or devoted to, adhering to. -2 depending on, subject to. -3 intent on, solely devoted to or absorbed in (at the end of comp.); प्रभुर्धनपरायणः Bh.2.56; so मोह˚; अथ मोहपरायणा सती विवशा कामवधूर्विबोधिता Ku.4.1; अग्निहोत्र˚ &c. -4 connected with. -5 being a protector (त्राता); अबर्हाश्चरणैर्हीनाः पूर्वेषां वः परायणाः Mb.1.23.4. -6 leading or conducive to. -(णम्) 1 the principal or highest objest, chief aim, best or last resort; एतत् परायणम् Praśna Up.1.1; तपसश्च परायणम् Rām.1.21.1; Mb.12.179.12. -2 essence, sum. -3 Ved. going away, departure, exit. -4 firm devotion. -5 a universal medicine, panacea. -6 a religious order. -अर्थ a. 1 having another aim or meaning. -2 intended or designed for another, done for another. (-र्थः) 1 the highest interest or advantage. -2 the interest of another (opp. स्वार्थ); स्वार्थो यस्य परार्थ एव स पुमानेकः सतामग्रणीः Subhāṣ.; R.1.29. -3 the chief or highest meaning. -4 the highest object (i.e. sexual intercourse). -5 the supreme good (मोक्ष); ज्ञात्वा प्रजहि कालेन परार्थमनुदृश्य च Mb.12.288.9. -6 Something else. Hence परार्थता or परार्थत्व means 'being subsidiary to something else; परार्थता हि गुणभावः ŚB. on MS.4.3. -7 an object which is meant for another's use (Sāṅ. Phil.); सङ्घातपरार्थत्वात् त्रिगुणादिविपर्ययादधिष्ठानात् Sāṅ. K.17. ˚वादिन् a. speaking for another; mediator, substitute. -अर्थिन् a. striving for the supreme good. (-र्थम् -र्थे) ind. for the sake of another. -अर्धम् 1 the other part (opp. पूर्वार्ध); the latter half; दिनस्य पूर्वार्धपरार्धभिन्ना छायेव मैत्री खलसज्जनानाम् Bh.2.6. -2 a particular high number; i. e. 1,,,,,; एकत्वादिपरार्धपर्यन्ता संख्या T. S. -अर्धक a. One half of anything. -अर्ध्य a. 1 being on the farther side or half. -2 most distant in number; हेमन्तो वसन्तात् परार्ध्यः Śat. Br. -3 most excellent, best, most exalted, highly esteemed, highest, supreme; R.3.27;8.27;1.64;16;39; आबद्धप्रचुरपरार्ध्यकिंकिणीकः Śi.8.45. -4 most costly; Śi.4.11; श्रियं परार्ध्यां विदधद् विधातृभिः Bu. Ch.1.1. -5 most beautiful or lovely, finest; R.6.4; परस्परस्पर्धिपरार्ध्यरूपाः पौरस्त्रियो यत्र विधाय वेधाः Śi.3.58. -6 Divine: असावाटीत् सङ्ख्ये परार्ध्यवत् Bk.9.64. (-र्ध्यम्) 1 a maximum. -2 an infinite number. -अवर a. 1 far and near; परावराणां स्रष्टारं पुराणं परमव्ययम् Mb.1.1.23. -2 earlier and later. -3 prior and posterior or subsequent. -4 higher and lower. -5 traditional; पुनाति पङ्क्तिं वंश्यांश्च सप्त सप्त परावरान् Ms.1. 15. -6 all-including; परावरज्ञो$सि परावरस्त्वम् Mb.3.232. 18. (-रा) descendants. (-रम्) 1 cause and effect. -2 the whole extent of an idea. -3 the universe. -4 totality. ˚ज्ञ, ˚दृश् a. knowing both the past and the future; परावरज्ञो ब्रह्मर्षिः Mb.1.6.5. -अवसथ- शायिन् a. sleeping in another's house; H.1.12. -अहः the next day. -अह्णः the afternoon, the latter part of the day. -आगमः attack of an enemy. -आचित a. fostered or brought up by another. (-तः) a slave. -आत्मन् m. the Supreme Spirit. -आयत्त a. 1 dependent on another, subject, subservient; परायत्तः प्रीतेः कथमिव रसं वेत्तु पुरुषः Mu.3.4. -2 Wholly subdued or overwhelmed by. -आयुस् m. an epithet of Brahman; नाहं परायुर्ऋषयो न मरीचिमुख्या जानन्ति यद्विरचितं खलु सत्त्वसर्गाः Bhāg.8.1.12. -आविद्धः 1 an epithet of Kubera. -2 of Viṣṇu. -आश्रय a. dependent upon another. (-यः) 1 dependence upon another. -2 the retreat of enemies. (-या) a plant growing on another tree. -आसङ्गः dependence upon another. -आस्कन्दिन् m. a thief, robber. -इतर a. 1 other than inimical; i. e. friendly, kind. -2 one's own; विधाय रक्षान् परितः परेतरान् Ki.1.14. -ईशः 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 of Viṣṇu. -इष्टिः N. of Brahman. -इष्टुका a cow which has often calved. -उत्कर्षः another's prosperity. -उद्वहः the Indian cuckoo. -उपकारः doing good to others, benevolence, beneficence, charity; परोपकारः पुण्याय पापाय परपीडनम्. -उपकारिन् a. benevolent, kind to others. -उपजापः causing dissension among enemies; परोपजापात् संरक्षेत् प्रधानान् क्षुद्रकान् अपि Kau. A.1.13. -उपदेशः advising others; परोपदेशे पाण्डित्यम्. -उपरुद्ध a. besieged by an enemy. -उपसर्पणम् approaching another; begging. -ऊढा another's wife. -एधित a. fostered or brought up by another. (-तः) 1 a servant. -2 the (Indian) cuckoo. -कर्मन् n. service for another. ˚निरतः a servant. -कलत्रम् another's wife. ˚अभिगमनम् adultery; वरं क्लैब्यं पुसां न च परकलत्राभिगमनम् H.1.116. -कायप्रवेशनम् entering another's body (a supernatural art). -कारः The deeds of the enemy; राज्ञः समीपे परकारमाह प्रज्ञापनैषा विबि- धोपदिष्टा Kau. A.2.1. -कार्यम् another's business or work. ˚निरतः 1 a benevolent man. -2 a slave, servant. -काल a. relating to a later time, mentioned later. -कृतिः an example or precedent, a passage descriptive of the doings of men; MS.6.7.26. -क्रमः doubling the second letter of a conjunction of consonants. -क्रान्तिः f. inclination of the ecliptic. -क्षेत्रम् 1 another's body. -2 another's field; ये$क्षेत्रिणो बीजवन्तः परक्षेत्रप्रवापिणः । ते वै सस्यस्य जातस्य न लभन्ते फलं क्वचित् ॥ Ms.9.49. -3 another's wife; तौ तु जातौ परक्षेत्रे Ms.3.175. -गामिन् a. 1 being with another. -2 relating to another. -3 beneficial to another. -गुण a. beneficial to another. (-णः) the virtue of another; परगुणपरमाणून् पर्वतीकृत्य नित्यम् Bh.2.78. -ग्रन्थिः joint (as of a finger); an articulation. -ग्लानिः f. subjugation of an enemy; आत्मोदयः परग्लानिर्द्वयं नीतिरितीयती Śi.2.3. -चक्रम् 1 the army of an enemy. -2 invasion by an enemy, one of the six itis q. v. -3 a hostile prince. -छन्द a. dependent. (-दः) 1 the will of another. -2 dependence. ˚अनुवर्तनम् following the will of another. -छिद्रम् a weak or vulnerable point of another, a defect in another. -ज a. 1 stranger. -2 coming from a foe. -3 inferior. -जनः a stranger (opp. स्वजन); शक्तः परजने दाता Ms.11.9. -जन्मन् n. a future birth. -जात a. 1 born of another. -2 dependent on another for livelihood. (-तः) a servant. -जित a. 1 conquered by another. -2 maintained by another. (-तः) the (Indian) cuckoo. -तन्त्र a. dependent on another, dependent, subservient. -तन्त्रम् (a common group of) subsidiaries belonging to another; जैमिनेः परतन्त्रापत्तेः स्वतन्त्रप्रतिषेधः स्यात् MS.12.1.8. (see तन्त्रम्). -तर्ककः a suppliant, beggar; Dānasāgara, Bibliotheca Indica, 274, Fascicule 1, p.15; also परतर्कुक. -तल्पगामिन् m. One who approaches another man's wife. -तार्थिकः The adherent of another sect. -दाराः m. (pl.) another's wife; ˚अभिगमनम्, ˚अभिमर्षः Adultery. -दारिन् m. an adulterer. -दुःखम् the sorrow or grief of another; विरलः परदुःखदुःखितो जनः; महदपि परदुःखं शीतलं सम्यगाहुः V.4.13. -देवता the Supreme Being. -देशः a hostile or foreign country. -देशिन् m. a foreigner. -द्रोहिन्, -द्वेषिन् a. hating others, hostile, inimical. -धनम् another's property. -धर्मः 1 the religion of another; स्वधर्मे निधनं श्रेयः परधर्मो भयावहः Bg.3.35. -2 another's duty or business. -3 the duties of another caste; परधर्मेण जीवन् हि सद्यः पतति जातितः Ms.1.97. -ध्यानम् absolute meditation or contemplation; ध्येये मनो निश्चलतां याति ध्येयं विचिन्तयत् । यत् तद् ध्यानं परं प्रोक्तं मुनिभिर्ध्यानचिन्तकैः ॥ Garuḍa P. -निपातः the irregular posteriority of a word in a compound; i. e. भूतपूर्वः where the sense is पूर्वं भूतः; so राजदन्तः, अग्न्याहितः &c. -निर्वाणम् the highest निर्वाण; (Buddh.). -पक्षः the side or party of an enemy. -पदम् 1 the highest position, eminence. -2 final beatitude. -परिग्रह a. see पराधीन; स्ववीर्यविजये युक्ता नैते पर- परिग्रहाः Mb.7.144.22. -हः another's property (as wife &c); यथा बीजं न वप्तव्यं पुंसा परपरिग्रहे Ms.9.42-3. -परिभवः humiliation or injury suffered from others. -पाकनिवृत्त a. One who does not depend on others for his sustenance and performs the पञ्चयज्ञs faultlessly and takes food in his own house. -पाकरत a. one who depends upon others for his sustenance but performs the usual ceremonies before cooking; पञ्चयज्ञान् स्वयं कृत्वा परान्नमुपजीवति । सततं प्रातरुत्थाय परपाकरतस्तु सः ॥ -पाकरुचिः having a liking for others' food; परपाकरुचिर्न स्यादनिन्द्या- मन्त्रणादृते Y.1.112. -पिण्डः another's food, food given by another. ˚अद् a., ˚भक्षक a. one who eats another's food or one who feeds at the cost of another; यादृशो$हं परपिण्डभक्षको भूतः Mk.8.25/26; (-m.) a servant. ˚रत a. feeding upon another's food; परपिण्डरता मनुष्याः Bh. -पुरञ्जयः a conqueror, hero. -पुरुषः 1 another man, a stranger. -2 the Supreme Spirit, Viṣṇu. -3 the husband of another woman. -पुष्ट a. 1 fed or nourished by another. -2 Stranger. (-ष्टः) the (Indian) cuckoo. ˚महोत्सवः the mango tree. -पुष्टा 1 the (Indian) cuckoo. -2 a parasitical plant. -3 a harlot, prostitute. -पूर्वा a woman who has or had a former husband; Ms.3.166; पतिं हित्वा$पकृष्टं स्वमुत्कृष्टं या निषेवते । निन्द्यैव सा भवेल्लोके परपूर्वेति चोच्यते Ms.5.163. -प्रतिनप्तृ m. son of the great grand son. -प्रपौत्रः (see प्रतिनप्तृ). -प्रेष्यः a servant, menial, slave. -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit; cf. लीने परे ब्रह्मणि Bh. परे ब्रह्मणि को$पि न लग्नः Śaṅkara (चर्पटपञ्जरिका 7). -भागः 1 another's share. -2 superior merit. -3 good fortune, prosperity. -4 (a) excellence, superority, supremacy; दुरधिगमः परभागो यावत् पुरुषेण पौरुषं न कृतम् Pt.1.33;5.34. (b) excess, abundance, height; स्थलकमलगञ्जनं मम हृदय- रञ्जनम् जनितरतिरङ्गपरभागम् Gīt.1; आभाति लब्धपरभागतया- धरोष्ठे R.5.7; Ku.7.17; Ki.5.3;8.42; Śi.7.33; 8.51;1.86;12.15. -5 the last part, remainder. -भाव a. loving another. -भावः the being second member in a compound. -भाषा a foreign tongue. -भुक्त a. enjoyed or used by another; परभुक्तां च कान्तां च यो भुङ्क्ते स नराधमः । स पच्यते कालसूत्रे यावच्चन्द्रदिवाकरौ ॥ Brav. P. -भूत a. following, subsequent (as words). -भृत् m. a crow (said to nourish the cuckoo). -भृत a. nourished by another. -भृतः, -ता the (Indian) cuckoo; (so called because she is nourished by another i. e. by a crow); प्रागन्तरिक्षगमनात्- स्वमपत्यजातमन्यैर्द्विजैः परभृताः खलु पोषयन्ति Ś.5.22; Ku.6.2; R.9.43; Ś.4.1. -भतम् 1 another's opinion. -2 different opinion or doctrine; heterodoxy. -मर्मज्ञ a. knowing the secrets of another. -मृत्युः a crow. -रमणः a married woman's gallant or paramour; स्वाधीने पररमणे धन्यास्तारुण्यफलभाजः Pt.1.18. -लोकः the next (or furture) world; परलोकनवप्रवासिनः प्रतिपत्स्ये पदवीमहं तव Ku. 4.1. ˚गमः, ˚यानम् death. ˚विधि funeral rites; परलोक- विधौ च माधव स्मरमुद्दिश्य (निबपेः सहकारमञ्जरीः) Ku.4.38. -वश, -वश्य a. subject to another, dependent, dependent on others; सर्वं परवशं दुःखं सर्वमात्मवशं सुखम्. -वाच्यम् a fault or a defect of another; प्रकटान्यपि नैपुणं महत् परवाच्यानि चिराय गोपितुम् Śi.16.3. -वाणिः 1 a judge. -2 a year. -3 N. of the peacock of Kārtikeya. -वादः 1 rumour, report. -2 Objection, controversy. -वादिन् m. a disputant, controversialist. -वेश्मन् n. the abode of the Supreme Being. -व्रतः an epithet of Dhṛitarāṣṭra. -शब्दः a word expressive of something else; परशब्दस्य परत्र वृत्तौ तद्वद् भावो गम्यते ŚB. on MS.7.2.1. -श्वस् ind. the day after tomorrow. -संगत a. 1 associated with another. -2 fighting with another. -संज्ञकः the soul. -सवर्ण a. homogeneous with a following letter (in gram.). -सात् ind. into the hands of another. ˚कृता a woman given in marriage. -सेवा service of another. -स्त्री another's wife. -स्वम् another's property; व्यावृता यत् परस्वेभ्यः श्रुतौ तस्करता स्थिता R.1.27; Ms.7.123. ˚हरणम् seizing another's property. -हन् a. killing enemies. -हित a. 1 benevolent. -2 profitable to another. -तम् the welfare of another; सन्तः स्वयं परहिताभिहिताभियोगाः Bh.
parama परम a. [परं परत्वं माति-क Tv.] 1 Most distant, last. -2 Highest, best, most excellent, greatest; प्राप्नोति परमां गतिम् Ms.4.14;7.1;2.13. -3 Chief, principal, primary, supreme; सर्वथा ब्राह्मणाः पूज्याः परमं दैवतं हि तत् Ms.9.319. -4 Exceeding, extreme. -5 Adequate, sufficient; परमं यत्नमातिष्ठेत् स्तेनानां निग्रहे नृपः Ms.8.32. -6 Worst. -7 Higher than, superior to; न मन्ये वाणि- ज्यात् किमपि परमं वर्तनमिह Pt.1.11. -मम् The utmost or highest; the chief or prominent part; (at the end of comp.) consisting principally of, solely occupied with; कामोपभोगपरमा एतावदिति निश्चिताः Bg.16.11; Ms.6.96. -मम् ind. 1 A particle of assent, acceptance or agreement (well, very well, yes, be it so); ततः परममित्युक्त्वा प्रतस्थे मुनिमण्डलम् Ku.6.35. -2 Exceedingly, very much; परमक्रुद्धः &c. -Comp. -अक्षरम् the sacred syllable 'om' or Brahmā. -अङ्गना an excellent woman. -अणुः an infinitesimal particle, an atom; सिकतात्वादपि परां प्रपेदे पर- माणुताम् R.15.22; परगुणपरमाणून् पर्वतीकृत्य नित्यम् Bh.2.78; पृथ्वी नित्या परमाणुरूपा T. S; (a परमाणु is thus defined:-- जालान्तरस्थसूर्यांशौ यत् सूक्ष्मं दृश्यते रजः । भागस्तस्य च षष्ठो यः परमाणुः स उच्यते ॥ Tarka K., or less accurately:-- जाला- न्तरगते रश्मौ यत् सूक्ष्मं दृश्यते रजः । तस्य त्रिंशत्तमो भागः परमाणुः स उच्यते ॥) ˚अङ्गकः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -अद्वैतम् 1 the Supreme Spirit. -2 pure unitarianism. -अन्नम् rice boiled in milk with sugar. -अपमः the inclination of a planet's orbit to the ecliptic. -अर्थः 1 the highest or most sublime truth, true spiritual knowledge, knowledge about Brahman or the Supreme Spirit; इदं हि तत्त्वं परमार्थभाजाम् Mv.7.2. -2 truth, reality, earnestness; परिहासविजल्पितं सखे परमार्थेन न गृह्यतां वचः Ś.2.19; oft in comp. in the sense of 'true' or 'real'. ˚मत्स्याः R.7.4. Mv.4.3. -3 any excellent or important object. -4 the best sense. -5 the best kind of wealth. ˚दरिद्र really poor; Mk. ˚भाज a. partaking of the highest truth; Mv. ˚विद् a philosopher. -अर्थतः ind. truly, really, exactly, accurately; विकारं खलु परमार्थतो$ज्ञात्वा$नारम्भः प्रतीकारस्य Ś.4; उवाच चैनं परमार्थतो हरं न वेत्सि नूनं यत एवमात्थ माम् Ku.5.75; Pt.1.136. -अहः an excellent day. -आत्मन् m. the Supreme Spirit or Brahman; न च योगविधेर्नवेतरः स्थिरधीरा परमात्मदर्शनात् R.8.22; स्वर्गापवर्गयो- र्मार्गमामनन्ति मनीषिणः । यदुपास्तिमसावत्र परमात्मा निरूप्यते ॥ Kusum. -आनन्दः 'supreme felicity', Supreme Spirit. -आपद् f. the greatest calamity or misfortune. -आयु- धम् the wheel (चक्र); शूलैः प्रमथिताः केचित् केचित्तु परमायुधैः Rām.6.58.12. -आर्यः a Bodhisattva (q. v.). -इष्वासः an excellent archer. -ईशः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -ईश्वरः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 of Indra. -3 of Śiva. -4 the Almighty god, the Supreme Being. -5 N. of Brahman. -6 a universal monarch, sovereign of the world; see चक्रवर्तिन्. -ऋषिः a great sage. -ऐश्वर्यम् supremacy. -काण़्डः, -ण्डम् a very auspicious moment. -क्रान्तिः f. the sine of the greatest declination. -गतिः f. 1 any chief object or refuge (as a god). -2 final beatitude, emancipation. -गवः an excellent bull or cow. -गहन a. very myserious, profound. -तत्त्वम् the highest truth. -धर्मात्मन् a. very dutiful, virtuous. -पदम् 1 the best position, highest rank. -2 final beatitude; विष्णोः पदे परमे मध्व उत्सः Rv.1.154.5. -परम a. most excellent of all. -पुंस् the Supreme Spirit; N. of Viṣṇu. -पुरुषः, -पूरुषः the Supreme Spirit. -प्रख्य a. celebrated, renowned. -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit. -मुद्रा f. One of the poses of goddess त्रिपुरा. -रसः butter-milk mixed with water. -राजः a supreme monarch. -समुदय a. very auspicious or successful; परमसमुदयेनाश्वमेधेन चेष्ट्वा Mk.1.4. -सम्मत a. highly esteemed; much revered. -हंसः an ascetic of the highest order, one who has controlled and subdued all his senses by abstract meditation; cf. कुटीचक; कुटीचको बहूदकः हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परमो हंसो यो यः पश्चात् स उत्तमः ॥ Hārītāsmṛiti. ˚परिव्राजकाचार्यः N. of Śaṅkarāchārya.
paramaka परमक a. Highest, most excellent, best &c.; also परमिक; चतुर्णामात्मजानां हि प्रीतिः परमिका मम Rām.1.2.11.
paramataḥ परमतः ind. In the highest degree, exceedingly, very much.
paramatā परमता 1 Highest rank, position; यद्यपि राजा परमतां गच्छति ब्रह्मैवान्तत उपनिश्रयति Bṛi. Up.14.11. -2 Highest aim or end.
parameṣṭhin परमेष्ठिन् a Standing at the head, highest, chief; परमेष्ठिनां प्रभुः Bhāg.1.89.58. -m. 1 An epithet of Brahman. -2 Of Śiva. -3 Of Viṣṇu. -4 Of Garuḍa. -5 Of Agni. -6 Any spiritual teacher. -7 (with Jainas) An Arhat.
paras परस् ind. (Rarely used by itself in classical Sanskrit) 1 Beyond, further, more than; परोरजः सवितुर्जातवेदः Bhāg.5.7.14. -2 On the other side of. -3 Far away, at a distance -4 With the exception of. -5 Ved. In future, afterwards. -Comp. -कृष्ण a. very black. -पुंसा Ved. a woman not satisfied with her husband (and therefore seeking for a paramour). -पुरुष a. higher than a man. -शत a. more than a hundred; स जवेन पतन् परःशतानां पततां ब्रात इवारवं वितेने Ki.13.26; Śi. 12.5. -श्वस् ind. the day after tomorrow. -सहस्र a. more than a thousand; परःसहस्राः शरदस्तपांसि तप्त्वा U. 1.15; परःसहस्रैः पिशाचैः Mv.5.17.
parastāt परस्तात् ind. 1 Beyond, on the other side of, further than (with gen.); आदित्यवर्णं तमसः परस्तात् Bg.8.9. -2 Hereafter, afterwards; परस्तादवगम्यते Ś.1. -3 Higher than. -4 Ved. From above. -5 Aside, apart.
parāmṛṣṭa परामृष्ट p. p. 1 Touched, handled, seized, grasped. -2 Roughly treated, violated. -3 Weighed, considered, judged. -4 Endured. -5 Connected with. -6 Afflicted by (as a disease); see परामृश्.
paricchedya परिच्छेद्य a. 1 To be accurately defined, definable; प्रत्यक्षो$प्यपरिच्छेद्यो मह्यादिर्महिमा तव R.1.28. -2 To be weighed or estimated.
parovarīyas परोवरीयस् a. Ved. 1 Broader on the outside. -2 Most excellent of all. -m. 1 The Supreme Being. -3 The highest happiness.
parparīṇam पर्परीणम् A joint; L. D. B. -णः 1 Juice of the stalks of betel leaves. -2 A tendon of a betel leaf. -3 Worship of Śiva with ghee in the Uttarāyaṇa; L. D. B.
pavitra पवित्र a. [पू-करणे इत्र] 1 Sacred, holy, sinless, sanctified (persons or things); त्रीणि श्राद्धे पवित्राणि दौहित्रः कुतपस्तिलाः Ms.3.235; पवित्रो नरः, पवित्रं स्थानम् &c. -2 Purified by the performance of ceremonial acts (such as sacrifices &c.). -4 Purifying, removing sin. -त्रम् 1 An instrument for cleansing or purifying, such as a sieve or strainer &c. -2 Two blades of Kuśa grass used at sacrifices in purifying and sprinkling ghee; N.17.188. -3 A ring of Kuśa grass worn on the fourth finger on certain religious occasions; धौताङ्घ्रिपाणिराचम्य सपवित्र उदङ्मुखः Bhāg.6.8.4. -4 The sacred thread worn by members of the first three castes of the Hindus. -5 Copper. -6 Rain. -7 Water. -8 Rubbing, cleansing. -9 A vessel in which the arghya is presented. -1 Clarified butter. -11 Honey. -12 A purifying prayer. -13 A means of purifying the mind. -14 A cloth for straining Soma juice; वायुः पूतः पवित्रेण प्रत्यङ् सोमो$तिद्रुतः Ts.1. 8.21. -त्रा 1 The holy basil. -2 Turmeric (पवित्रीकृ 'to purify, sanctify'; पवित्रीभू 'to become pure or holy'). -Comp. -आरोपणम्, आरोहणम् investiture with the sacred thread. -धान्यम् barley. -पाणि a. holding Darbha grass in the hand.
pāramārthika पारमार्थिक a. (-की f.) [परमार्थाय हितं ठक्] 1 Relating to परमार्थ or the highest truth or spiritual knowledge. -2 Real, essential, truly or really existent; सत्ता त्रिविधा पारमार्थिकी, व्यावहारिकी, प्रातीतिकी च Vedānta. -3 Caring for truth, loving truth or right; न लोकः पारमार्थिकः Pt. 1.342. -4 Excellent, supremely good, best.
pārameṣṭhyam पारमेष्ठ्यम् 1 Supremacy, highest position; Deve Mantra. -2 Royal insignia; पारमेष्ठ्यानुपादाय पण्यान्युच्चावचानि च । पादयोर्न्यपतत् प्रेम्णा प्रक्लिन्नहृदयेक्षणः ॥ Bhāg.9.1.39.
pīthaḥ पीथः 1 The sun. -2 Time. -3 Fire. -4 Protection. -5 Drink; यस्याध्वरे भगवानध्वरात्मा मघोनि माद्यत्युरुसोमपीथे Bhāg.5.15.12. -थम् 1 Water. -2 Ghee.
puras पुरस् ind. 1 Before (in time or space), in front, in the presence of, before the eyes of (by itself or with gen.); अमुं पुरः पश्यसि देवदारुम् R.2.36; तव प्रसादस्य पुरस्तु संपदः Ś.7.3; तस्य स्थित्वा कथमपि पुरः Me.3; Ku.4.3; Amaru.43; often used with कृ, गम्, धा, भू (see below). -2 In the east, from the east. -3 Eastward. -Comp. -अनुवाक्या (पुरो$नुवाक्या) an introductory verse or hymn. -करणम्, -कारः see under पुरस्कृ below. -ग, -गम, (पुरोग-गम) a. 1 chief, leading, foremost, pre-eminent, oft. with the force of a noun; स किंवदन्तीं वदतां पुरोगः R.14.31;6.55; Ku.7.4. -2 led or presided over by (at the end of comp.); इन्द्रपुरोगमा देवाः 'the gods with Indra at the head'; अतुलाः प्रीतयो राजन् संबन्धकपुरोगमाः Rām. 7.38.4. -गत a. 1 standing in front of. -2 preceded. -गतिः f. precedence. (-तिः) a dog. -गन्तृ, -गामिन् a. 1 going before or in front. -2 chief, leading, a leader. (-m.) a dog. -चरणम् (पुरश्चरणम्) 1 a preparatory or initiatory rite. -2 preparation, initiation. -3 repetition of the name of a deity accompanied with burnt offerings; जीवहीनो यथा देही सर्वकर्मसु न क्षमः । पुरश्चरणहीनो$पि तथा मन्त्रः प्रकीर्तितः ॥ Tantrasāra. -छदः (पुरश्छदः) a nipple. -जन्मन् (पुरोजन्मन्) a. born before. -जव a. (पुरोजव) surpassing in speed, swifter than. -वः a servant, attendant. -डाश् m., -डाशः (पुरोडाश्, -शः) 1 a sacrificial oblation made of ground rice and offered in kapālas or vessels; पुरोडाशाश्चरूश्चैव विधिवन्निर्वपेत् पृथक् Ms. 6.11. -2 an oblation in general; Ms.7.21. -3 an oblation of ghee with cakes of ground meal. -4 a kind of sacrificial ladle. -5 the leavings of an oblation (हुतशेष). -6 the Soma juice. -7 a prayer (मन्त्र) recited in offering oblations. -पाक a. near fulfilment, about to be fulfilled; आशीर्भिरेघयामासुः पुरःपाकाभिरम्बिकाम् Ku. 6.9. -प्रहर्तृ m. one who fights in the van or frontline; पौलस्त्य एष समरेषु पुरःप्रहर्ता R.13.72. -फल a. having the fruit near or at hand, promising fruit (in the near future); भक्त्योपपन्नेषु हि तद्विधानां प्रसादचिह्नानि पुरः- फलानि R.2.22. -भाग (पुरोभाग) a. 1 obtrusive, officious; किमिदानीं पुरोभागामद्य त्वं नाभिभाषसे Rām.4.2.4. -2 fault-finding. -3 envious or jealous of; प्रायः समानविद्याः परस्परयशःपुरोभागाः M.1.2 (पुरोभाग may here mean 'envy' also). (-गः) 1 the front part, forepart, van. -2 obtrusiveness, officiousness. -3 jealousy, envy- -भागिन् a. 1 forward, self-willed, naughty; किं पुरो- भागिनि स्वातन्त्र्यमवलम्बसे Ś.5. -2 obtrusive, officious; V.3. -3 fault-finding. -4 envious, jealous. -मारुतः, -वातः (पुरोमारुतः, -वातः) a fore-wind, wind blowing in front; कोटरमकालवृष्ट्या प्रबलपुरोवातया गमिते M.4.2; R.18. 38. -वर्तिन् a. being in front or in the presence of. -सरः a. going or moving in front. (-रः) 1 a forerunner, harbinger; आविष्कृतो$रुणपुरःसर एकतो$र्कः Ś.4.2. -2 a follower, attendant; servant; ऊचुर्निषेधितास्तांस्ते वैवस्वतपुरःसराः Bhāg.6.1.32; परिमेयपुरःसरौ R.1.37. -3 a leader, one who leads the way, foremost, pre-eminent; गगनादवतीर्णा सा यथावृद्धपुरःसरा Ku.6.49. -4 (at the end of comp.) attended or preceded by, with; as मानपुरः- सरम्, प्रणामपुरःसरम्, वृकपुरःसराः &c. (-रम्) ind. with or after. -स्थायिन् a. standing in front.
puruṣaḥ पुरुषः [पुरि देहे शेते शी-ड पृषो˚ Tv.; पुर्-अग्रगमने कुषन् Uṇ. 4.74] 1 A male being, man; अर्थतः पुरुषो नारी या नारी सार्थतः पुमान् Mk.3.27; Ms.1.32;7.17;9.2; R.2.41. -2 Men, mankind. -3 A member or representative of a generation. -4 An officer, functionary, agent, attendant, servant. -5 The height or measure of a man (considered as a measure of length); द्वौ पुरुषौ प्रमाणमस्य सा द्विपुरुषा-षी परिखा Sk. -6 The soul; द्वाविमौ पुरुषौ लोके क्षरश्चाक्षर एव च Bg.15.16 &c. -7 The Supreme Being, God (soul of the universe); पुरातनं त्वां पुरुषं पुराविदः (विदुः) Śi.1.33; R.13.6. -8 A person (in grammar); प्रथम- पुरुषः the third person, मध्यमपुरुषः the second person, and उत्तमपुरुषः the first person, (this is the strict order in Sk.). -9 The pupil of the eye. -1 (In Sāṅ. phil.) The soul (opp. प्रकृति); according to the Sāṅkhyas it is neither a production nor productive; it is passive and a looker-on of the Prakṛiti; cf. त्वामामनन्ति प्रकृतिं पुरुषार्थप्रवर्तिनीम् Ku.2.13 and the word सांख्य also. -11 The soul, the original source of the universe (described in the पुरुषसूक्त); सहस्रशीर्षः पुरुषः सहस्राक्षः सहस्रपात् &c. -12 The Punnāga tree. -13 N. of the first, third, fifth, seventh, ninth, and eleventh signs of the zodiac. -14 The seven divine or active principles of which the universe was formed; तेषामिदं तु सप्तानां पुरुषाणां महौजसाम् Ms.1.19. -षी A woman. -षम् An epithet of the mountain Meru. -Comp. -अङ्गम् the male organ of generation. -अदः, -अद् m. 'a man-eater', cannibal, goblin; अवमेने हि दुर्बुद्धिर्मनुष्यान् पुरुषादकः Mb.3.275.27. -अधमः the vilest of men, a very low or despicable man. -अधिकारः 1 a manly office or duty. -2 calculation or estimation of men; संसत्सु जाते पुरुषाधिकारे न पूरणी तं समुपैति संख्या Ki.3.51. -अन्तरम् another man. -अयणः, -अर्थः 1 any one of the four principal objects of human life; i. e. धर्म अर्थ, काम and मोक्ष. -2 human effort or exertion (पुरुषकार); धर्मार्थकाममोक्षाश्च पुरुषार्था उदाहृताः Agni P.; H. Pr.35. -3 something which when done results in the satisfaction of the performer; यस्मिन् कृते पदार्थे पुरुषस्य प्रीतिर्भवति स पुरुषार्थः पदार्थः ŚB. on MS.4.1.2. -अस्थिमालिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -आद्यः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 a demon. -आयुषम्, -आयुस् n. the duration of a man's life; अकृपणमतिः कामं जीव्याज्जनः पुरुषायुषम् Ve.6.44; पुरुषायुषजीविन्यो निरातङ्का निरीतयः R.1. 63. -आशिन् m. 'a man-eater', a demon, goblin. -इन्द्रः a king. -उत्तमः 1 an excellent man. -2 the highest or Supreme Being, an epithet of Viṣṇu or Kṛiṣṇa; यस्मात् क्षरमतीतो$हमक्षरादपि चोत्तमः । अतो$स्मि लोके वेदे च प्रथितः पुरुषोत्तमः ॥ Bg.15.18. -3 a best attendant. -4 a Jaina. -5 N. of a district in Orissa sacred to Viṣṇu. -कारः 1 human effort or exertion, manly act, manliness, prowess (opp. दैव); एवं पुरुषकारेण विना दैवं न सिध्यति H. Pr.32; दैवे पुरुषकारे च कर्मसिद्धिर्व्यवस्थिता Y.1.349; cf. 'god helps those who help themselves'; अभिमतसिद्धिर- शेषा भवति हि पुरुषस्य पुरुषकारेण Pt.5.3; Ki.5.52. -2 manhood, virility. -3 haughtiness, pride. -कुणपः, -पम् a human corpse. -केसरिन् m. man-lion, an epithet of Viṣṇu. in his fourth incarnation; पुरुषकेसरिणश्च पुरा नखैः Ś.7.3. -ज्ञानम् knowledge of mankind; Ms.7.211. -तन्त्र a. subjective. -दध्न, -द्वयस् a. of the height of a man. -द्विष् m. an enemy of Viṣṇu. -द्वेषिणी an illtempered woman (who hates her husband). -नाथः 1 a general, commander. -2 a king. -नियमः (in gram.) a restriction to a person. -पशुः a beast of a man, brutish person; cf. नरपशु. -पुङ्गवः, -पुण्डरीकः a superior or eminent man. -पुरम् N. of the capital of Gāndhāra, q. v. -बहुमानः the esteem of mankind; निवृत्ता भोगेच्छा पुरुषबहुमानो विगलितः Bh.3.9. -मानिन् a. fancying oneself a hero; कथं पुरुषमानी स्यात् पुरुषाणां मयि स्थिते Rām.2.24.35. -मेधः a human sacrifice. -वरः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -वर्जित a. desolate. -वाहः 1 an epithet of Garuḍa. -2 an epithet of Kubera. -व्याघ्रः -शार्दूलः, -सिंहः 'a tiger or lion among men', a distinguished or eminent man. उद्योगिनं पुरुषसिंहमुपैति लक्ष्मीः H. -2 a hero, brave man. -समवायः a number of men. -शीर्षकः A kind of weapon used by burglars (a sham head to be inserted into the hole made in a wall); Dk.2.2. -सारः an eminent man; Bhāg.1.16.7. -सूक्तम् N. of the 9th hymn of the 1th Maṇḍala of the Ṛigveda (regarded as a very sacred hymn).
pṛṣat पृषत् a. 1 Spotted, variegated. -2 Sprinkling -m. The spotted antelope; 'पृषन्मृगे पुमान् बिन्दौ न द्वयोः पृषतो$पि ना' इति कोशः; Viś. Guṇa.192. -n. 1 A drop of water or of any other liquid; (said by some to be used only in pl.). -Comp. -अंशः -अश्वः 1 wind, air; पृषदश्वो धनेशश्च महेशश्च दिगीश्वराः Śiva B.6.44. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -आज्यम् ghee mixed with coagulated milk; संभृतं पृषदाज्यम् Rv.1.9.8. -पतिः (-पृषतांपतिः) wind. -बलः N. of the horse of Wind.
pṛṣātakam पृषातकम् Mixture of ghee and coagulated milk.
petvam पेत्वम् 1 Nectar. -2 Ghee. -त्वः A ram (?).
peyūṣaḥ पेयूषः षम् 1 Nectar. -2 The milk of a cow that has calved within seven days; सप्तरात्रप्रसूतायाः क्षीरं पेयूष- मुच्यते Hārāvalī; Ms.5.6. -3 Fresh ghee.
paura पौर a. (-री f.) [पुरे वसति शैषिको अण्] 1 Relating to a city or town, produced in a town, civic. -2 Ved. Filling one's own belly. -रः 1 A townsman, citizen, (opp. जानपद); Ku.6.41; R.2.1,74;12.3;16.9. -2 A term applied to a prince engaged in war under particular circumstances. -3 A planet in a state of opposition to other planets. -री The language of the servants in a palace. -रम् A sort of grass (रोहिष). -Comp. -अङ्ना, -योषित् f., -स्त्री a woman living in a town; विद्युद्दामस्फुरितचकितैर्यत्र पौराङ्गनानां लोलापाङ्गैर्यदि न रमसे लोचनैर्वञ्चितो$सि Me.27. -कार्यम् public business; अर्थजातस्य गणनाबहुलतयैकमेव पौरकार्यमवेक्षितम् Ś.6. -जनः, -लोकः 1 a citizen. -2 citizens, burghers. -जानपद a. belonging to town and country. -दाः (pl.) citizens and rustics, townsmen and country people; कथं दुर्जनाः पौरजानपदाः U.1. -वृद्धः an eminent citizen, an elder man. -सख्यम् fellow-citizenship; दशाब्दाख्यं पौरसख्यम् Ms.2.134.
pauroḍāśaḥ पौरोडाशः A Mantra recited upon making an oblation of ghee.
pratana प्रतन a. (-नी f.) Old, ancient; प्रतनेनानुबन्धेन निजामोप- चिकीर्षया Śiva. B.8.8; ...... नयवर्त्म प्रतनं प्रवर्तयत् Śiva B.32.1. -Comp. -हविस् Old ghee to be used as an oblation.
prati प्रति ind. 1 As a prefix to verbs it means (a) towards, in the direction of; (b) back, in return, again; तष्ठेदानीं न मे जीवन् प्रतियास्यसि दुर्मते Rām.7.18.13; (c) in opposition to, against, counter; (d) upon, down upon; (see the several roots with this preposition). -2 As a prefix to nouns not directly derived from verbs it means (a) likeness, resemblance, equality; (b) opposite, of the opposite side; प्रतिबल Ve.3.5. 'the opposing force'; so प्रतिद्विपाः Mu.2.13; (c) rivalry; as in प्रतिचन्द्रः 'a rival moon'; प्रतिपुरुषः &c. -3 As a separable preposition (with acc.) it means (a) towards, in the direction of, to; तौ दम्पती स्वां प्रति राजधानीं प्रस्थापयामास वशी वसिष्ठः R.2.7;1. 75; प्रत्यनिलं विचेरु Ku.3.31; वृक्षं प्रति विद्योतते विद्युत् Sk.; (b) against, counter, in opposition to, opposite; तदा यायाद् रिपुं प्रति Ms.7.171; प्रदुदुवुस्तं प्रति राक्षसेन्द्रम् Rām.; ययावजः प्रत्यरिसैन्यमेव R.7.55; (c) in comparison with, on a par with, in proportion to, a match for; त्वं सहस्राणि प्रति Ṛv.2.1.8; (d) near, in the vicinity of, by, at, in, on; समासेदुस्ततो गङ्गां शृङ्गवेरपुरं प्रति Rām.; गङ्गां प्रति; (e) at the time, about, during; आदित्यस्योदयं प्रति Mb; फाल्गुनं वाथ चैत्रं वा मासौ प्रति Ms.7.182; (f) on the side of, in favour of, to the lot of; यदत्र मां प्रति स्यात् Sk.; हरं प्रति हलाहलं (अभवत्) Vop.; (g) in each, in or at every, severally (used in a distributive sense); वर्षं प्रति, प्रतिवर्षम्; यज्ञं प्रति Y.1.11; वृक्षं वृक्षं प्रति सिञ्चति Sk.; (h) with regard or reference to, in relation to, regarding, concerning, about, as to; न हि मे संशीतिरस्या दिव्यतां प्रति K.132; चन्द्रोपरागं प्रति तु केनापि विप्रलब्धासि Mu.1; धर्मं प्रति Ś.5.18; मन्दौत्सुक्यो$स्मि नगरगमनं प्रति Ś.1; Ku.6.27; 7.83; त्वयैकमीशं प्रति साधु भाषितम् 5.81; Y.1.218; R.6. 12;1.29;12.51; (i) according to, in conformity with; मां प्रति in my opinion; (j) before, in the presence of; (k) for, on account of. -4 As a separable preposition (with abl.) it means either (a) a representative of, in place of, instead of; प्रद्युम्नः कृष्णात् प्रति Sk.; संग्रामे यो नारायणतः प्रति Bk.8.89; or (b) in exchange or return for; तिलेभ्यः प्रति यच्छति माषान् Sk.; भक्तेः प्रत्यमृतं शंभोः Vop. -5 As the first member of Avyayībhāva compound it usually means (a) in or at every; as प्रतिसंवत्सरम् 'every year', प्रतिक्षणम्, प्रत्यहम् &c.; (b) towards, in the direction of; प्रत्यग्नि शलभा डयन्ते. -6 प्रति is sometimes used as the last member of Avyayī. comp. in the sense of 'a little'; सूपप्रति, शाकप्रति. [Note:-In the compounds given below all words the second members of which are words not immediately connected with verbs, are included; other words will be found in their proper places.] -Comp. -अंशम् ind. on the shoulders. -अक्षरम् ind. in every syllable or letter; प्रत्यक्षरश्लेषमयप्रबन्ध Vās. -अग्नि ind. towards the fire. -अग्र = प्रत्यग्र q. v. -अङ्गम् 1 a secondary or minor limb (of the body), as the nose. -2 a division, chapter, section. -3 every limb. -4 a weapon. (-ङ्गम्) ind. 1 on or at every limb of the body; as in प्रत्यङ्ग- मालिङ्गितः Gīt.1. -2 for every subdivision. -3 in each case (in grammar). -अधिदेवता a tutelary deity who stays in front or near one; Hch. -अधिष्ठानम्, -आधानम् the principal place of residence; Bṛi. Up.2.2.1. -2 repository. -अनन्तर a. 1 being in immediate neighbourhood; दानमानादिसत्कारैः कुरुष्व प्रत्यनन्तरम् Rām.4.15.27. (com. प्रत्यनन्तरं स्वाधीनम्). -2 standing nearest (as an heir). -3 immediately following, closely connected with; जीवेत् क्षत्रियधर्मेण स ह्यस्य (ब्राह्मणस्य) प्रत्यनन्तरः; Ms.1. 82;8.185. (-रम्) ind. 1 immediately after. -2 next in succession. -रीभू to betake oneself close to; P. R. -अनिलम् ind. towards or against the wind. -अनीक a 1 hostile, opposed, inimical. -2 resisting, opposing. -3 opposite. -4 equal, vying with. (-कः) an enemy. (-कम्) 1 hostility, enmity, hostile attitude or position; न शक्ताः प्रत्यनीकेषु स्थातुं मम सुरासुराः Rām. -2 a hostile army; यस्य शूरा महेष्वासाः प्रत्यनीकगता रणे Mb.; ये$वस्थिताः प्रत्यनीकेषु योधाः Bg.11.32. (प्र˚ may have here sense 1 also). -3 (in Rhet.) a figure of speech in which one tries to injure a person or thing connected with an enemy who himself cannot be injured; प्रतिपक्षमशक्तेन प्रतिकर्तुं तिरस्क्रिया । या तदीयस्य तत्स्तुत्यै प्रत्यनीकं तदुच्यते K. P.1. -अनुप्रासः a kind of alliteration. -अनुमानम् an opposite conclusion. -अन्त a. contiguous, lying close to, adjacent, bordering. (-न्तः) 1 a border, frontier; स गुप्तमूलप्रत्यन्तः R.4.26. -2 a bordering country; especially, a country occupied by barbarian or Mlechchhas. ˚देशः a bordering country. ˚पर्वतः an adjacent hill; पादाः प्रत्यन्तपर्वताः Ak. -अन्धकार a. spreading shadow; Buddh. -अपकारः retaliation, injury in return; शाम्येत् प्रत्यप- कारेण नोपकारेण दुर्जनः Ku.2.4. -अब्दम् ind. every year -अमित्र a. hostile. (-त्रः) an enemy. (-त्रम्) ind. towards as enemy. -अरिः 1 a well-matched opponent. -2 the 9th, 14th or 23rd asterism from the जन्मनक्षत्र. -3 a particular asterism; दारुणेषु च सर्वेषु प्रत्यरिं च विवर्जयेत् Mb.13.14.28 (com. प्रत्यरिं स्वनक्षत्राद् दिननक्षत्रं यावद् गणयित्वा नवभिर्भागे हृते पञ्चमी तारा प्रत्यरिः ।). -अर्कः a mock sun; parhelion. -अर्गलम् the rope by which a churning stick is moved. -अवयवम् ind. 1 in every limb. -2 in every particular, in detail. -अवर a. 1 lower, less honoured; पुरावरान् प्रत्यवरान् गरीयसः Mb.13.94.12. -2 very low or degrading, very insignificant; Ms.1.19. -अश्मन् m. red chalk. -अष्ठीला a kind of nervous disease. -अहम् ind. every day, daily; day by day; गिरिशमुपचचार प्रत्यहं सा सुकेशी Ku.1.6. -आकारः a scabbard, sheath. -आघातः 1 a counter-stroke. -2 reaction. -आचारः suitable conduct or behaviour. -आत्मम् ind. singly, severally. -आत्मक a. belonging to oneself. -आत्म्यम् similarity with oneself. -आत्मेन ind. after one's own image; स किंनरान् कुंपुरुषान् प्रत्यात्म्येना- सृजत् प्रभुः Bhāg.3.2.45. -आदित्यः a mock sun. -आरम्भः 1 recommencement, second beginning. -2 prohibition. -आर्द्र a. fresh. -आशा 1 hope, expectation; न यत्र प्रत्याशामनुपतति नो वा रहयति Māl.9.8. -2 trust, confidence. -आसङ्गः Connection, contact; अथ प्रत्यासङ्गः कमपि महिमानं वितरति Mv.1.12. -आस्वर 1 returning. -2 reflecting; Ch.Up.1.3.2. -आह्वयः echo, resonance; छाया प्रत्याह्वयाभासा ह्यसन्तो$प्यर्थकारिणः Bhāg.11.28.5. -उत्तरम् a reply, rejoinder. -उलूकः 1 a crow; मृत्युदूतः कपोतो$यमुलूकः कम्पयन्मनः । प्रत्युलूकश्च कुह्वानैरनिद्रौ शून्यमिच्छतः ॥ Bhāg.1.14.14. -2 a bird resembling an owl. -ऋचम् ind. in each Rik. -एक a. each, each one, every single one. (-कम्) ind. 1 one at a time, severally; singly, in every one, to every one; oft. with the force of an adjective; विवेश दण्डकारण्यं प्रत्येकं च सतां मनः R.12.9. 'entered the mind of every good man'; 12.3;7.34; Ku.2.31. -एनस् m. 1 an officer of justice (who punishes criminals); Bṛi. Up.4.3.7. -2 a heir responsible for the debts of the deceased; surety. -कञ्चुकः 1 an adversary. -2 a critic. -कण्ठम् ind. 1 severally, one by one. -2 near the throat. -कलम् ind. constantly, perpetually. -कश a. not obeying the whip. -कष्ट a. comparatively bad. -कामिनी a female rival; Śi. -कायः 1 an effigy, image, picture, likeness. -2 an adversary; स वृषध्वजसायकावभिन्नं जयहेतुः प्रतिकाय- मेषणीयम् Ki.13.28. -3 a target, butt, mark. -कितवः an opponent in a game. -कुञ्जरः a hostile elephant. -कूपः a moat, ditch. -कूल a. 1 unfavourable, adverse, contrary, hostile, opposite, प्रतिकूलतामुपगते हि विधौ विफलत्व- मेति बहुसाधनता Śi.9.6; Ku.3.24. -2 harsh, discordant. unpleasant, disagreeable; अप्यन्नपुष्टा प्रतिकूलशब्दा Ku.1. 45. -3 inauspicious. -4 contradictory. -5 reverse, inverted. -6 perverse, cross, peevish, stubborn. ˚आचार- णम्, ˚आचरितम् any offensive or hostile action or conduct; प्रतिकूलाचरितं क्षमख मे R.8.81. ˚उक्तम्, -क्तिः f. a contradiction. ˚कारिन्, -कृत, -चारिन्, -वत्ति a. opposing. ˚दर्शन a. having an inauspicious or ungracious appearance. ˚प्रवर्तिन्, -वर्तिन् a. acting adversely, taking an adverse course. ˚भाषिन् a. opposing, contradicting. ˚वचनम् disagreeable or unpleasant speech. ˚वादः contradiction. (प्रतिकूलता, -त्वम् adverseness, opposition, hostility. प्रति- कूलयति 'to oppose'.). -कूल ind. 1 adversely, contrarily. -2 inversely, in inverted order. -कूलय Den. P. to resist, oppose. -कूलिक a. hostile, inimical. -क्षणम् ind. at every moment or instant, constantly; प्रतिक्षणं संभ्रमलोलदृष्टि- र्लीलारविन्देन निवारयन्ती Ku.3.56. -क्षपम् ind. everynight. -गजः a hostile elephant -गात्रम् ind. in very limb. -गिरिः 1 an opposite mountain. -2 an inferior mountain. -गृहम्, -गेहम् ind. in every house. -ग्रामम् ind. in every village. -चक्रम् a hostile army. -चन्द्रः a mock moon; paraselene. -चरणम् ind. 1 in every (Vedic) school or branch. -2 at every foot-step. -छाया, -यिका 1 a reflected image, reflection, shadow; रूपं प्रतिच्छायिक- योपनीतम् N.6.45. -2 an image, picture. -जङ्घा the forepart of the leg. -जिह्वा, -जिह्विका the soft palate, -तन्त्रम् ind. according to each Tantra or opinion. -तन्त्र- सिद्धान्तः a conclusion adopted by one of the disputants only; (वादिप्रतिवाद्येकतरमात्राभ्युपगतः). -त्र्यहम् ind. for three days at a time. -दण्ड a. Ved. disobedient. -दिनम् ind. every day; राशीभूतः प्रतिदिनमिव त्र्यम्बकस्याट्टहासः Me.6. -दिशम् ind. in every direction, all round, everywhere. -दूतः a messenger sent in return. -देवता a corresponding deity; गताः कलाः पञ्चदश प्रतिष्ठा देवाश्च सर्वे प्रतिदेवतासु Muṇḍa.3.2.7. -देशम् ind. in every country. -देहम् ind. in every body. -दैवतम् ind. for every deity. -द्वन्द्वः 1 an antagonist, opponent, adversary, rival. -2 an enemy. (-द्वम्) opposition, hostility. -द्वन्द्विन् a. 1 hostile, inimical. -2 adverse (प्रतिकूल); कृतान्तदुर्वृत्त इवापरेषां पुरः प्रतिद्वन्द्विनि पाण्डवास्त्रे Ki.16.29. -3 rivalling, vying with; किसलयोद्भेदप्रतिद्वन्दिभिः (करतलैः) Ś.4.5. (-m.) an opponent, adversary, rival; तुल्यप्रति- द्वन्द्वि बभूव युद्धम् R.7.37.;15.25. -द्वारम् ind. at every gate. -धुरः a horse harnessed by the side of another. -नप्तृ m. great-grandson, a son's grandson. -नव a. 1 new, young, fresh. -2 newly blown budded; सान्ध्यं तेजः प्रतिनवजपापुष्परक्तं दधानः Me.38. -नाडी a branch-vein. -नायकः the adversary of the hero of any poetic composition; धीरोद्धतः पापकारी व्यसनी प्रतिनायकः S. D., as रावण in the Rāmāyaṇa, शिशुपाल in Māgha-Kāvya &c. -नारी, -पत्नी, -युवतिः a female rival; Śi.7.45. -निनादः = प्रतिध्वनिः q. v. -न्यायम् ind. in inverted order; पुनः प्रतिन्यायं प्रतियोन्याद्रवति स्वप्नायैव Bṛi. Up.4.3.15. -पक्ष a. like, similar. (-क्षः) 1 the opposite side, party or faction, hostility; विमृश्य पक्षप्रतिपक्षाभ्यामवधारणं नियमः Gaut. S, -2 an adversary, enemy, foe, rival; प्रति- पक्षकामिनी, -लक्ष्मी 'a rival wife'; Bv.2.64; दासीकृतायाः प्रति- पक्षलक्ष्याः Vikr.1.73; प्रतिपक्षमशक्तेन प्रतिकर्तुम् K. P.1; Vikr.1.7; often used in comp. in the sense of 'equal' or 'similar'. -3 remedy, expiation; यादवस्य पापस्य प्रतिपक्षमुपदिशामि Nāg.5. -4 a defendant or respondent (in law). ˚ता 1 hostility, opposition. -2 obstacle. -पक्षित a. 1 containing a contradiction. -2 nullified by a contradictory premise; (as a hetu in न्याय); cf. सत्प्रतिपक्ष. -पक्षिन् m. an opponent, adversary. -पण्यम् merchandise in exchange; Buddh. -प्रथम् ind. along the road, towards the way; प्रतिपथगतिरासीद् वेगदीर्घीकृताङ्गः Ku.3.76. -पदम् ind. 1 at evry stop. -2 at every place, everywhere. -3 expressly. -4 in every word; प्रतिपदाख्याने तु गौरवं परिहरद्भिर्वृत्तिकारैः सर्वसामान्यः शब्दः प्रति- गृहीतः प्रकृतिवदिति ŚB. on MS.8.1.2. -पल्लवः an opposite or outstretched branch; R. -पाणः 1 a stake. -2 a counter-pledge. -3 a counter-stake; Mb.3. -पादम् ind. in each quarter. -पात्रम् ind. with regard to each part, of each character; प्रतिपात्रमाधीयतां यत्नः Ś.1 'let care be taken of each character'. -पादपम् ind. in every tree. -पाप a. returning sin for sin, requiting evil for evil. -पु(पू)रुषः 1 a like or similar man. -2 a substitute, deputy. -3 a companion. -4 the effigy of a man pushed by thieves into the interior of a house before entering it themselves (to ascertain if any body is awake). -5 an effigy in general. (-षम्) ind. man by man, for each man. -पुस्तकम् a copy of an original manuscript. -पूर्वाह्णम् ind. every forenoon. -प्रति a. counter-balancing, equal to. -प्रभातम् ind. every morning. -प्रसवः 1 (As opposed to अनुप्रसव) tracing causes back to the origin as -a pot, a lump of mud, mud, clay, Pātañjala Yogadarśana. -2 Negation of (or exception to) a negation. The force of a प्रतिप्रसव is positive, limiting as it does the scope of a प्रतिषेध or negation. Hence it is just the opposite of परिसंख्या whose force is negative or exclusive since it limits the scope of a positive statement. प्रतिप्रसवो$यं न परिसंख्या ŚB. on MS.1.7.45. -प्रकारः an outer wall or rampart. -प्रियम् a kindness or service in return; प्रतिप्रियं चेद् भवतो न कुर्यां वृथा हि मे स्यात् स्वपदोपलब्धिः R.5.56. -बन्धुः an equal in rank or station; Mb.5.121.13. -बलः a. 1 able, powerful. -2 equal in strength, equally matched or powerful. (-लम्) 1 a hostile army; अस्त्रज्वालावलीढप्रतिबलजलधेरन्तरौर्वायमाणे Ve.3.7. -2 strength. -बाहु 1 the forepart of the arm. -2 an opposite side (in a square or polygon). -बि (वि) म्बः, -म्बम् 1 a reflection, reflected image; ज्योतिषां प्रतिबिम्बानि प्राप्नु- वन्त्युपहारताम् Ku.6.42; Śi.9.18. -2 an image, a picture. -बीजम् a rotten seed. -भट a. vying with, rivalling; घटप्रतिभटस्तनि N.13.5. (-टः) 1 a rival, an opponent; निवासः कन्दर्पप्रतिभटजटाजूटभवने G. L.21. -2 a warrior on the opposite side; समालोक्याजौ त्वां विदधति विकल्पान् प्रतिभटाः K. P.1. -भय a. 1 fearful, formidable, terrible, frightful. -2 dangerous; स्वगृहोद्यानगते$पि स्निग्धैः पापं विशङ्क्यते मोहात् । किमु दृष्टबह्वपायप्रतिभयकान्तारमध्यस्थे ॥ Pt.2.171; Nāg.5.1.; Bhāg.1.6.14. (-यम्) a danger; सुनन्द, श्रुतं मया संनिहितगरुडप्रतिभयमुद्देशं जामाता जीमूतवाहनो गतः Nāg.5. -भैरव a. dreadful. -मञ्चः a kind of measure (in music.) -मञ्चाः Platforms opposite to each other; दशभागिकौ द्वौ प्रतिमञ्चौ Kau. A.2.3.21. -मण्डलम् 1 a secondary disc (of the sun &c.). -2 an eccentric orbit. -मन्दिरम् ind. in every house. -मल्लः an antagonist, a rival; उपेयिवांसं प्रतिमल्लतां रयस्मये जितस्य प्रसभं गरुत्मतः N.1.63; पातालप्रतिमल्लगल्ल &c. Māl.5.22. -मानना worship (पूजा); स्पर्शमशुचिवपुरर्हति न प्रतिमाननां तु नितरां नृपोचिताम् Śi.15.35. -माया a counter-spell or charm; प्रतिमाया कृतं च तत् Mb.1.34.22. -मार्गः the way back; Mb.4. -मार्गम् ind. back, backwards. -माला capping verses (Mar. भंडी). -मासम् ind. every month, monthly. -मित्रम् an enemy, adversary. -मुख a. standing before the face, facing; प्रतिमुखागत Ms.8.291. -2 near, present. (-खम्) a secondary plot or incident in a drama which tends either to hasten or retard the catastrophe; see S. D.334 and 351-364. (-खम्) ind. 1 towards. -2 in front, before. -मुखरी a particular mode of drumming. -मुद्रा 1 a counterseal. -2 the impression of a seal. -मुहूर्तम् ind. every moment. -मूर्तिः f. an image, a likeness. -मूषिका f. a musk-rat (Mar. चिचुंदरी). -यूथपः the leader of a hostile herd of elephants. -रथः an adversary in war (lit. in fighting in a war-chariot); दौष्यन्तिमप्रतिरथं तनयं निवेश्य Ś.4.2. -रथ्यम् in every road; अस्मिन् नगरे प्रतिरथ्यं भुजङ्गबद्धसंचारे Udb. -रवः, -ध्वनिः 1 an echo; प्रतिरवविततो वनानि चक्रे Ki.1.4. -2 quarrel; controversy. -3 (Ved.) life (प्राण). -रसितम् an echo; केनास्मत् सिंह- नादप्रतिरसितसखो दुन्दुभिस्ताड्यते$यम् Ve.1.22. -राजः a hostile king. -रात्रम् ind. every night. -रूप a. 1 corresponding, similar, having a counter-part in; अग्निर्यथैको भुवनं प्रविष्टो रूपं रूपं प्रतिरूपो बभूव Kaṭh.2.2.9. -2 beautiful. -3 suitable, proper; इदं न प्रतिरूपं ते स्त्रीष्वदाक्षिण्यमीदृशम् Bu. Ch.4.66; आत्मनः प्रतिरूपं सा बभाषे चारुहासिनी Rām.4. 19.17. -4 facing (अभिमुख); प्रतिरूपं जनं कुर्यान्न चेत् तद् वर्तते यथा Mb.12.97.16 (com. प्रतिरूपं युद्धाभिमुखम्). (-पम्) 1 a picture, an image, a likeness. -2 a mirror-like reflecting object; अदर्शनं स्वशिरसः प्रतिरूपे च सत्यपि Bhāg. 1.42.28. -4 an object of comparison (उपमान); भवान्मे खलु भक्तानां सर्वेषां प्रतिरूपधृक् Bhāg.7.1.21. -रूपक a. resembling, similar (at the end of comp.); जहीमान् राक्षसान् पापानात्मनः प्रतिरूपकान् Mb.3.29.11; चेष्टाप्रतिरूपिका मनोवृत्तिः Ś.1. (-कम्) 1 a picture, an image; अग्निदैर्गर- दैश्चैव प्रतिरूपककारकैः Mb.12.59.49. -2 a forged edict; जर्जरं चास्य विषयं कुर्वन्ति प्रतिरूपकैः Mb.12.56.52. -3 a reflection. -लक्षणम् a mark, sign, token. -लिपिः f. a transcript, a written copy. -लेखः a writ of reply; प्रावृत्तिकश्च प्रतिलेख एव Kau. A.2.1.28. -लोम a. 1 'against the hair or grain', contray to the natural order, inverted, reverse (opp. अनुलोम); नववर्षसहस्राक्षः प्रतिलोमो$भवद् गुरुः Bhāg.12.14.15. -2 contrary to caste (said of the issue of a woman who is of a higher caste than her husband). -3 hostile. -4 low, vile, base. -5 left (वाम). -6 obstinate, perverse; अपरिचितस्यापि ते$प्रतिलोमः संवृत्तः Ś.7. -7 disagreeable, unpleasant. (-मम्) any injurious or unpleasant act. (-मम्) ind. 'against the hair or grain', inversely, invertedly. ˚ज a. born in the inverse order of the castes; i. e. born of a mother who is of a higher caste than the father; cf. Ms.1.16,25. -लोमक a. reverse, inverted; राजन्यविप्रयोः कस्माद् विवाहः प्रतिलोमकः Bhāg.9.18.5. -कम् inverted order. -लोमतः ind. 1 in consequence of the inverted order or course; Ms.1.68. -2 in an unfriendly manner; यदा बहुविधां वृद्धिं मन्येत प्रतिलोमतः Mb.12.13.39. -वत्सरम् ind. every year. -वनम् ind. in every forest. -वर्णिक a. similar, corresponding. -वर्धिन् a. being a match for. -वर्षम् ind. every year. -वस्तु n. 1 an equivalent, a counterpart. -2 anything given in return. -3 a parallel. ˚उपमा a figure of speech thus defined by Mammaṭa:-- प्रतिवस्तूपमा तु सा ॥ सामान्यस्य द्विरेकस्य यत्र वाक्यद्वये स्थितिः । K. P.1; e. g. तापेन भ्राजते सूर्यः शूरश्चापेन राजते Chandr.5. 48. -वातः a contrary wind; प्रतिवाते$नुवाते च नासीत गुरुणा सह Ms.2.23. (-तम्) ind. against the wind; चीनांशुक- मिव केतोः प्रतिवातं नीयमानस्य Ś.1.33. -वारणः a hostile elephant. -वासरम् ind. every day. -विटपम् ind. 1 on every branch. -2 branch by branch. -विषम् an antidote. (-षा) a birch tree. -विष्णुकः a Muchakunda tree. -वीरः an opponent, antagonist. -वीर्यम् being equal to or a match for. -वृषः a hostile bull. -वेलम् ind. at each time, on every occasion. -वेशः 1 a neighbouring house, neighbourhood. -2 a neighbour. -वेशिन् a. a neighbour; दृष्ट्वा प्रभातसमये प्रतिवेशिवर्गः Mk.3.14. -वेश्मन् n. a neighbour's house. -वेश्यः a neighbour. -वैरम् requital of hostilities revenge. -शब्दः 1 echo, reverberation; वसुधाधरकन्दराभिसर्पी प्रतिशब्दो$पि हरेर्भिनत्ति नागान् V. 1.16; Ku.6.64; R.2.28. -2 a roar. -शशिन् m. a mock-moon. -शाखम् ind. for every branch or school (of the Veda). -शाखा a side-branch; महाभूतविशेषश्च विशेषप्रतिशाखवान् Mb.14.35.21. -संवत्सरम् ind. every year. -सङ्गक्षिका 1 a cloak to keep off the dust; Buddh. -संदेशः a reply to the message; दर्पसारस्य प्रति- संदेशमावेदयत् D. K.2.1. -सम a. equal to, a match for. -सव्य a. in an inverted order. -सामन्तः an enemy. -सायम् ind. every evening. -सूर्यः, -सूर्यकः 1 a mock-sun. -2 a lizard, chameleon; 'कृकलासस्तु सरटः प्रतिसूर्यः शयानकः ।' Hemchandra; तृष्यद्भिः प्रतिसूर्यकैरजगरस्वेदद्रवः पीयते U.2.16. -सेना, सैन्यम् a hostile army; निहतां प्रतिसैन्येन वडवामिव पातिताम् Rām.2.114.17. -स्थानम् ind. in every place, everywhere. -स्मृतिः N. of particular kind of magic; गृहाणेमां मया प्रोक्तां सिद्धिं मूर्तिमतीमिव । विद्यां प्रतिस्मृतिं नाम Mb.3.36.3. -स्रोतस् ind. against the stream; सरस्वतीं प्रतिस्रोतं ययौ ब्राह्मणसंवृतः Bhāg.1.78. 18. -a. going against the stream; अथासाद्य तु कालिन्दी प्रतिस्रोतः समागताम् Rām.2.55.5. -हस्तः, -हस्तकः a deputy, an agent, substitute, proxy; आश्रितानां भृतौ स्वामिसेवायां धर्मसेवने । पुत्रस्योत्पादने चैव न सन्ति प्रतिहस्तकाः ॥ H.2.33. -हस्तीकृ to take; Pratijñā 3. -हस्तिन् the keeper of a brothel; Dk.2.2.
pratikṛṣṭa प्रतिकृष्ट p. p. 1 Twice ploughed. -2 Repulsed, despised, rejected. -3 Hidden, concealed. -4 Low, vile, abject. प्रतिकोपः pratikōpḥ प्रतिक्रोधः pratikrōdhḥ प्रतिकोपः प्रतिक्रोधः Anger against any one.
pratyakṣa प्रत्यक्ष a. [अक्ष्णःप्रति] 1 Perceptible (to the eye), visible; प्रत्यक्षाभिः प्रपन्नस्तनुभिरवतु वस्ताभिरष्टाभिरीशः Ś1.1. -2 Present, in sight, before the eye. -3 Cognizable by any organ of sense. -4 Distinct, evident, clear. -5 Direct, immediate. -6 Explicit, express. -7 Corporeal. -क्षम् 1 Perception, ocular evidence, apprehension by the senses, considered as a प्रमाण or mode of proof; इन्द्रियार्थसंनिकर्षजन्यं ज्ञानं प्रत्यक्षम् T. S. -2 Explicitness, distinctness. -3 Superintendence, care for; प्रत्यहं लोकयात्रायाः प्रत्यक्षं स्त्रीनिबन्धनम् Ms.9.27. -4 (In Rhet.) A kind of style descriptive of impressions derived from the senses. (The forms प्रत्यक्षम्, प्रत्यक्षेण, प्रत्यक्षतः, प्रत्यक्षात् are used adverbially in the sense of 1 Before, in the presence of, in the sight of. -2 Openly, publicly. -3 Directly, immediately. Hence; प्रत्यक्षतोदृष्टसम्बन्धम् is a variety of अनुमान where the connection between the लिङ्ग and the लिङ्गिन् or साध्य is directly perceived; प्रत्यक्षतो दृष्टसम्बन्धं यथा धूमाकृतिदर्शनादग्न्याकृतिविज्ञानम् ŚB. on MS.1. 1.5. -4 Personally. -5 At sight. -6 Explicitly. -7 Distinctly, clearly. -8 Literally. So प्रत्यक्षे in the sight of, before the eyes of.) -Comp. -करणम् one's own perception. -कृता (i. e. ऋक्) a hymn in which s deity is directly addressed. -ज्ञान्म् ocular evidence, knowledge obtained by direct perception. -दर्शनम् ocular evidence, direct proof. -दर्शनः, -दर्शिन् m. an eyewitness. -दृष्ट a. personally seen. -पर a. setting the highest value on the visible. -परीक्षणम् personal examination, real observation. -प्रमा correct or certain knowledge, such as is obtained by direct perception through the senses. -प्रमाणम् 1 ocular proof, evidence of the senses. -2 an organ of perception. -फल a. having evident or visible consequences. -भूत a. manifested, appeared personally. -भोगः enjoyment of anything with the knowledge of the owner. -वादिन् m. a Buddhist who admits no other evidence than ocular proof or perception. -विधानम् an express injunction. -विषयीभू to move only within the range of sight. -विहित a. directly or explicitly enjoined. -वृत्तिः composed clearly or intelligibly (as a word). -सिद्ध a. determined by ocular proof. प्रत्यक्षता pratyakṣatā त्वम् tvam प्रत्यक्षता त्वम् 1 Perceptibility, ocular proof. -2 Standing face to face. -3 Explicitness. -4 (In phil.) ...... तत्तदिन्द्रिययोग्यवर्तमानविषयावच्छिन्नचैतन्याभिन्नत्वं तत्तदाकार- वृत्त्यवच्छिन्नज्ञानस्य तत्तदंशे प्रत्यक्षत्वम् Vedānta P.
prasādhanam प्रसाधनम् 1 Accomplishing, effecting, bringing about. -2 Setting in order, arranging. -3 Decorating, ornamenting, embellishing; toilet, dress; ध्रियते कुसुम- प्रसाधनं तव तच्चारु वपुर्न दृश्यते Ku.4.18. -4 A decoration, ornament, means of decoration or ornament; भूतार्थ- शोभाह्रियमाणनेत्राः प्रसाधने संनिहिते$पि नार्यः Ku.7.13,3. -नः, -नम्, -नी A comb. -Comp. -विधिः decoration, embellishment. -विशेषः the highest decoration; प्रसाधन- विधेः प्रसाधनविशेषः V.2.3.
prāgram प्राग्रम् The highest point. -Comp. -सर a. first, foremost; त्वमर्हतां प्राग्रसरः स्मृतो$सि नः Ś.5.15. -हर a. chief, principal; विश्वावसुप्राग्रहरैः प्रवीणैः Ku.7.48; R.16.23.
phālaḥ फालः लम् 1 A ploughshare; Ms.6.16. -2 Separation of the hair on each side of the head (सीमान्तभाग); द्विफालबद्धाश्चिकुराः शिरःस्थितम् N.1.16. -3 A sort of spade. -4 A bundle. -5 The forehead (for भाल). -लः 1 An epithet of Balarāma. -2 Of Śiva. -3 The citron. tree. -लम् 1 A garment of cotton. -2 A ploughed field. -Comp. -आहत a. ploughed, tilled. -कृष्ट a. 1 tilled. -2 produced by cultivation; न फालकृष्टमश्नीयात् Ms. 6.16. (-ष्टम्) a ploughed field. -गुप्तः N. of Balarāma.
baliḥ बलिः [बल्-इन्] 1 An oblation, a gift or offering (usually religious); नीवारबलिं विलोकयतः Ś.4.21; U.1.5. -2 The offering of a portion of the daily meal of rice, grain, ghee &c. to all creatures, (also called भूतयज्ञ), one of the five daily Yajñas to be performed by a householder; see Ms.3.67,91; it is usually performed by throwing up into the air, near the housedoor, portions of the daily meal before partaking of it; यासां बलिः सपदि मद्गृहदेहलीनां हंसैश्च सारसगणैश्च विलुप्तपूर्वः Mk.1.9. -3 Worship, adoration; Rām.2.3. 8; अवचितबलिपुष्पा वेदिसंमार्गदक्षा Ku.1.6; Me.57; अव- चितानि बलिकर्मपर्याप्तानि पुष्पाणि Ś.4. -4 Fragments of food left at a meal. -5 A victim offered to a deity. -6 A tax, tribute, impost; also 'religious tax'; (cf. सीता, भागो, बलिः, करो......च राष्ट्रम्); Kau. A.2.6.24; प्रजानामेव भूत्यर्थं स ताभ्यो बलिमग्रहीत् R.1.18; Ms.7.8;8.37; प्रजिघाय बलिं तथा Śiva B.29.42; न चाजिहीर्षीद् बलिमप्रवृत्तम् Bu. Ch.2.44. -7 The handle of a chowrie. -8 N. of a celebrated demon; येन बद्धो बली राजा दानवेन्द्रो महाबलः Rakṣābandhanamantra. [He was a son of Virochana, the son of Prahlāda. He was a very powerful demon and oppressed the gods very much. They, therefore, prayed to Viṣṇu for succour, who descended on earth as a son of Kaśyapa and Aditi in the form of a dwarf. He assumed the dress of a mendicant, and having gone to Bali prayed him to give him as much earth as he could cover in three steps. Bali, who was noted for his liberality, unhesitatingly acceded to this apparently simple request. But the dwarf soon assumed a mighty form, and began to measure the three steps. The first step covered the earth, the second the heavens; and not knowing where to place the third, he planted it on the head of Bali and sent him and all his legions to the Pātāla and allowed him to be its ruler. Thus the universe was once more restored to the rule of Indra; cf. छलयसि विक्रमणे बलिमद्भुतवामन Gīt. 1; R.7.35; Me.59. Viṣṇu is said to still guard his door in Pātāla. He is one of the seven Chirajivins; cf. चिरजीविन्]. -लिः f. 1 A fold, wrinkle &c. (usually written वलि q. v.). -2 The fold of skin in stout persons or females. -3 The ridge of a thatched roof. -Comp. -करः a. 1 paying tribute. -2 offering sacrifices. -3 producing wrinkles. -करम्भः a sacrificial cake. -कर्मन् n. 1 offering oblations to all creatures. -2 the act of worshipping. -3 payment of tribute. -क्रिया a line on the forehead; नतभ्रुवो मण्डयति स्म विग्रहे बलिक्रिया चातिलकं तदास्पदम् Ki.8.52. -दानम् 1 presentation of an offering to a deity. -2 offering oblations to all creatures. -द्विष्, -ध्वंसिन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -नन्दनः, -पुत्रः, -सुतः epithets of Bāṇa, the son of Bali. -पुष्टः a crow; भ्रमेण द्रष्टुं बलिपुष्टलोकः समापतत्याशु तमिस्ररूपः Rām. Ch.6.25. -प्रियः the Lodhra tree. -बन्धनः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -भुज् m. 1 a crow; अहो अधर्मः पालानां पीव्नां बलिभुजामिव Bhāg.1.18.33. -2 a sparrow. -3 a crane. -भृत् a. tributary. -भोजः, -भोजनः a crow; द्वितीयो बलिभोजानां (पन्थाः) Rām.4.58.25. -मन्दिरम्, -वेश्मन्, -सद्मन् n. the lower regions, the abode of Bali. -मुखः a monkey. -विधानम् the offering of an oblation. -व्याकुल a. engaged in worship or in offering oblations to all creatures; आलोके ते निपतति पुरा सा बलिव्याकुला वा Me.87. -षड्भागः the sixth part as a tribute; अरक्षितारं राजानं बलिषड्भागहारिणम् Ms.8.38. -हन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -हरणम् an offering of oblations to all creatures. -होमः the offering of oblations.
bījākṛta बीजाकृत a. (a field) Ploughed or harrowed after sowing.
bhūyiṣṭha भूयिष्ठ a. [अतिशयेन बहु इष्ठन् भ्वादेशे युक् च] 1 Most, most numerous or abundant. -2 Most important, principal, chief. -3 Very great or large, very much, much, many, numerous. -4 Chiefly or for the most part composed of, mostly composed or consisting of, chiefly filled with or characterized by (at the end of com.); अभिरूपभूयिष्ठा परिषद् Ś.1; शूल्यमांसभूयिष्ठ आहारो$श्यते Ś.2; राष्ट्रेषु कतमत्सुपुरुषभूयिष्ठम् Dk.; शिल्पदारिकाभूयिष्ठं परिजनम् M.5; R.4.7. -5 Almost, mostly, nearly all (usually after a past passive participle); अये उदितभूयिष्ठ एष तपनः Māl.1; निर्वाणभूयिष्ठमथास्य वीर्यम् Ku.3.52; V.1.8. -ष्ठम् ind. 1 For the most part, mostly; भूयिष्ठमन्यविषया न तु दृष्टिरस्याः Ś.1.3. -2 Exceedingly, very much, in the highest degree; भूयिष्ठं भव दक्षिणा परिजने Ś.4.18; R.6.4;13.14.
madhu मधु a. (-धु or -ध्वी f.) [मन्यत इति मधु, मन्-उ नस्य धः Uṇ.1.18) Sweet, pleasant, agreeable, delightful; आपापयति गोविन्दपादपद्मासवं मधु Bhāg.1.18.12; त्वया सह निवत्स्यामि वनेषु मधुगन्धिषु U.2.18. -f. N. of a plant (जीवा, जीवन्ती). -n. -(धु) 1 Honey; एतास्ता मधुनो धाराश्च्योतन्ति सविषास्त्वयि U.3.34; मधु तिष्ठति जिह्वाग्रे हृदये तु हलाहलम्. -2 The juice or nectar of flowers; मधु द्विरेफः कुसुमैकपात्रे पपौ प्रियां स्वामनुवर्तमानः Ku.3.36; देहि मुखकमलमधुपानम् Gīt.1. -3 A sweet intoxicating drink, wine, spirituous liquor; विनयन्ते स्म तद्योधा मधुभिर्विजयश्रमम् R.4.65; Ṛs. 1.3. -4 Water. -5 Sugar. -6 Sweetness. -7 Anything sweet. -8 Ved. Soma juice. -9 Milk or anything produced from milk (Ved.). -1 A bee-hive; केचित्- पीत्वापविध्यन्ति मधूनि मधुपिङ्गलाः Rām.5.62.1. -11 Bee-wax; Ms.1.88. -m. (धुः) 1 The spring or vernal season; मधुरया मधुबोधितमाधवी Śi.6.2; क्व नु ते हृदयंगमः सखा कुसुमायोजितकार्मुको मधुः Ku.4.24,25;3.1,3. -2 The month of Chaitra; भास्करस्य मधुमाधवाविव R.11.7; मासे मधौ मधुरकोकिलभृङ्गनादै रामा हरन्ति हृदयं प्रसभं नराणाम् Ṛs.6. 25. -3 N. of a demon killed by Viṣṇu. -4 N. of another demon, father of Rāvaṇa and killed by Śatrughna. -5 The Aśoka tree. -6 N. of king Kārtavīrya. -Comp. -अष्ठीला a lump of honey, clotted honey. -आधारः wax. -आपात a. having honey at the first taste; शक्तः परजने दाता स्वजने दुःखजीविनि । मध्वापातो विषास्वादः स धर्मप्रतिरूपकः ॥ Ms.11.9. -आम्रः a kind of mango tree. -आलु n., -आलुकम् sweet potato. -आवासः the mango tree. -आसवः sweet spirituous liquor (made from honey). -आसवनिकः distiller, vintner. -आस्वाद a. having the taste of honey. -आहुतिः f. a sacrificial offering of sweet things. -उच्छिष्टम्, -उत्थभ्, -उत्थितभ् 1 bees'-wax; शस्त्रासवमधूच्छिष्टं मधु लाक्षा च बर्हिषः Y.3.37; मधूच्छिष्टेन केचिच्च जध्नुरन्योन्यमुत्कटाः Rām.5.62.11. -2 the casting of an image in wax; Mānasāra; the name of 68th chapter. -उत्सवः the spring or vernal festival celebrated on the full-moon day of Chaitra. -उदकम् 'honey-water', water mixed with honey, hydromel. -उद्यानम् a spring-garden. -उपघ्नम् 'the abode of Madhu', an epithet of Mathurā; स च प्राप मधूपघ्नं कुम्भीन- स्याश्च कुक्षिजः R.15.15. -उषितम् wax. -कण्ठः the cuckoo. -करः 1 a large black bee; कुटजे खलु तेनेहा तेने हा मधुकरेण कथम् Bv.1.1; R.9.3; Me.37,49; सर्वतः सारमादत्ते यथा मधुकरो बुधः Bhāg. -2 a lover, libertine. -3 sweet lime. (-री) a female bee; न च मधुकरीवदन्नरस- भोजिन्यो देवता इति प्रमाणमस्ति ŚB. on MS.9.1.9. ˚गणः, ˚श्रेणिः f. a swarm of bees. -कर्कटी 1 sweet lime, a kind of citron. -2 A kind of date. -काननम्, -वनम् the forest of the demon Madhu. -कारः, -कारिन् m. a bee. -कुक्कुटिका, -कुक्कुटी a sort of citron tree. -कुल्या a stream of honey. -कृत् m. a bee; Bhāg. 11.7.33. -केशटः a bee. -कोशः, -षः 1 a bee-hive. -2 a honey comb. -क्रमः 1 a bee-hive. -2 a honey comb. (pl.) drinking-bout, carousals. -क्षीरः, -क्षीरकः a Kharjūra tree. -गन्धः the Bakula tree. -गन्धि, -गन्धिक a. scented with honey, sweet-smelling; वनेषु मधुगन्धिषु U.2.18. -गायनः the cuckoo. -गुञ्जनः the drum-stick plant (Mar. शेवगा). -ग्रहः a libation of honey. -घोषः the cuckoo. -च्युत्, -त, -श्च्युत् a. 1 dropping or distilling honey; ददतु तरवः पुष्पैरर्घ्यं फलैश्च मधुश्च्युतः U.3.24. -2 mellifluous, overflowing with sweets. -जम् bees'-wax. -जा 1 sugar-candy. -2 the earth. -जम्बीरः a kind of citron. -जित्, -द्विष्, -निषूदन, -निहन्तृ m., -मथः, -मथनः, -रिपुः, -शत्रुः, -सूदनः epithets or Viṣṇu; इति मधुरिपुणा सखी नियुक्ता Gīt.5; R.9.48; Śi.15.1. -जीवनः N. of plant (Mar. बेहडा). -तृणः, -णम् sugar cane. -त्रयम् the three sweet things; i. e. sugar, honey, and clarified butter. -दीपः the god of love. -दूतः the mango tree. -दोहः the extracting of sweetness or honey. -द्रः 1 a bee. -2 a libertine. -द्रवः N. of a tree having red blossoms (Mar. तांबडा शेवगा). -द्रुमः the mango tree. -धातुः a kind of yellow pyrites (सुवर्णमाक्षिक). -धारा a stream of honey. -धूलिः f. molasses. -धेनुः honey offered to Brāhmaṇas in the form of a cow. -नाडी a cell in a honey-comb. -नारिकेलः, -नारिकेरकः a kind of cocoanut (Mar. मोहाचा नारळ). -नेतृ m. bee. -पः a bee or a drunkard; राजप्रियाः कैरविण्यो रमन्ते मधुपैः सह Bv.1.126;1.63 (where both meanings are intended). -पटलम् a bee-hive. -पतिः an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. -पर्कः 1 'a mixture of honey', a respectful offering made to a guest or to the bridegroom on his arrival at the door of the father of the bride; (its usual ingredients are five:- दधि सर्पिर्जलं क्षौद्रं सिता चैतैश्च पञ्चभिः । प्रोच्यते मधुपर्कः); समांसो मधुपर्कः U.4; असिस्वदद्यन्मधु- पर्कमर्पितं स तद् व्यधात्तर्कमुदर्कदर्शिनाम् । यदैष पास्यन्मधु भीमजाधरं मिषेण पुण्याहविधिं तदा कृतम् N.16.13; Ms.3.119 et seq. -2 the ceremony of receiving a guest. -पर्किकः one who praises at the time of मधुपर्क; पठन्ति पाणिस्वनिका मागधा मधुपर्किकाः Mb.7.82.2. (com. मधुपर्किकाः माङ्गल्योपस्थापकाः). -पर्क्य a. worthy of madhuparka q. v. -पर्णिका, -पर्णी the Indigo plant. -पाका sweet melon. -पात्रम् a wine-jug. -पानम् drinking wine; धनलवमधुपानभ्रान्त- सर्वेन्द्रियाणाम् Bh. -पायिन् m. a bee. -पालः a honeykeeper. -पुरम्, -री an epithet of Mathurā; संप्रत्युज्झित- वासनं मधुपुरीमध्ये हरिः सेव्यते Bv.4.44. -पुष्पः 1 the Aśoka tree. -2 the Bakula tree. -3 the Dantī tree. -4 the Śirīṣa tree. -प्रणयः addiction to wine. -प्रमेहः diabetes, sacharine urine. -प्राशनम् one of the sixteen purificatory Samskāras (which consists in putting a little honey into the mouth of a new-born male child). -प्रियः an epithet of Balarāma. -फलः a kind of cocoanut. -फलिका a kind of date. -बहुला the Mādhavī creeper. -बा(वी)जः a pomegranate tree. -बी(वी)- जपूरः a kind of citron. -भूमिकः an epithet of Yogin in the second order. -मक्षः, -क्षा, -मक्षिका a bee. -मज्जनः the tree called आखोट. -मत्त a. 1 drunk with wine. -2 excited by the spring. -मदः the intoxication of liquor. -मन्थः a kind of drink mixed with honey. -मल्लिः, -ल्ली f. the Mālatī creeper. -मस्तकम् a kind of sweetmeat made of honey, flour, oil, and ghee; मधुतैलघृतैर्मध्ये वेष्टिताः समिताश्च याः । मधुमस्तकमुद्दिष्टम् ..... Śabda-chandrikā. -माक्षिकम् = मधुधातु q. v. -माधवम्, -वौ the two spring months (चैत्र and वैशाख). -माधवी 1 a kind of intoxicating drink; क्रीडन्त्यो$भिरताः सर्वाः पिबन्त्यो मधुमाधवीम् Mb.1.81.3. -2 any springflower. -माध्वीकम् a kind of intoxicating liquor. -मारकः a bee. -मांसम् honey and meat; Ms.11.158. -मूलम् N. of an edible root (like Mar. रताळें, सुरण). -मेहः मधुप्रमेह q. v. -यष्टिः, -ष्टी f. 1 sugar-cane. -2 liquorice. -यष्टिका, -वल्ली liquorice. -रस a. sweet-flavoured, sweet. -(सः) 1 the wine-palm. -2 sugarcane. -3 sweetness. -(सा) 1 a bunch of grapes. -2 vine. -लग्नः N. of a tree. -लिह्, -लेह्, -लेहिन् m. -लोलुपः a bee; so मधुनोलेहः; मधुलिहां मधुदानविशारदा R.9.29; मधुलेहिगीतौ Bk.; मधुलिह इव मधुबिन्दून् विरलानपि भजत गुणलेशान् Ve.1.5. -वनम् 1 N. of the forest inhabited by the demon Madhu where Śatrughna founded Mathurā. -2 N. of the forest of Sugrīva. (-नः) the cuckoo. -वल्ली 1 liquorice. -2 a kind of grape -3 Sweet citron. -वाच् the Indian cuckoo. -वाराः (m. pl.) drinking often and often, tippling, carousing; जज्ञिरे बहुमताः प्रमदानामोष्ठयावक- नुदा मधुवाराः Ki.9.59; क्षालितं नु शमितं नु वधूनां द्रावितं नु हृदयं मधुवारैः Śi.1.14; sometimes in the sing, also; see: अङ्गनास्यचषकैर्मधुवारः Ki.9.57. -विद्या N. of a mystical doctrine. -व्रतः a bee; मार्मिकः को मरन्दानामन्तरेण मधुव्रतम् Bv.1.117; तस्मिन्नद्य मधुव्रते विधिवशान्माध्वीकमाकाङ्क्षति 46; मालां मधुव्रतवरूथगिरोपघुष्टाम् Bhāg. -शर्करा honey-sugar. -शाखः a kind of tree. -शिला = मधुधातु q. v. -शिष्टम्, -शेषम् wax. -श्री beauty of spring. -सखः, -सहायः, -सारथिः, -सुहृद् m. the god of love. -संधानम् brandy. -सिक्थकः a kind of poison. -सूदनः 1 a bee; गायन् कलं क्रीडति पद्मिनीषु मधूनि पीत्वा मधुसूदनो$सौ Chanḍ. M. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu; भक्तानां कर्मणां चैव सूदनान्मधुसूदनः -3 N. of a writer of works like अद्वैतसिद्धि. -स्थानम् a bee-hive. -स्रवः a. dropping honey or sweetness. -(वा) 1 liquorice. -2 N. of the third day in the bright half of Śrāvaṇa. -स्वरः the cuckoo. -हन् m. 1 a destroyer or collector of honey; सर्वथा संहतैरेव दुर्बलैर्बलवानपि । अमित्रः शक्यते हन्तुं मधुहा भ्रमरैरिव ॥ Mb.3.33.7; Bhāg.11.7.34. -2 a kind of bird of prey. -3 a sooth-sayer. -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
mahā महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note : The number of compounds of which महा is the first member is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.) -Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives. -अङ्ग a. huge, bulky. -(ङ्गः) 1 a camel. -2 a kind of rat. -3 N. of Śiva. -अञ्जनः N. of a mountain. -अत्ययः a great danger or calamity. -अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead. -अध्वरः a great sacrifice. -अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage. -2 cooking utensils. (-सी) a kitchen-maid. (-सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2. -अनिलः a whirlwind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59. -अनुभाव a. 1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3. -2 virtuous, righteous, just. (-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person. -2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century. -अन्तकः 1 death. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness. -2 gross (spiritual) ignorance. -अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country. -अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (-यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent. -अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma. -अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king). -अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva. -अम्बुजम् a billion. -अम्ल a. very sour. (-म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest. -अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (-र्घः) a kind of quail. -अर्घ्य a. 1 valuable, precious. -2 invaluable; inestimable; see महार्ह below. -अर्चिस् a. flaming high. -अर्णवः 1 the great ocean. -2 N. of Śiva. -अर्थ a. 1 rich. -2 great, noble, dignified. -3 important, weighty. -4 significant. -अर्बुदम् one thousand millions. -अर्ह a. 1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12. -2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (-र्हम्) white sandal-wood. -अवरोहः the fig-tree. -अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56. -अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4. -अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby. -अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता ...... -असिः a large sword. -असुरी N. of Durgā. -अह्नः the afternoon. -आकार a. extensive, large, great. -आचार्यः 1 a great teacher. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (-ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree. -आत्मन् a. 1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63. -2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4. -3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.) 1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54. -2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्). -आनकः a kind of large drum. -आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss. -2 especially, the great bliss of final beatitude. (-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor. -2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha. -आपगा a great river. -आयुधः an epithet of Śiva. -आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (-म्भः) any great enterprize. -आलयः 1 a temple in general. -2 a sanctuary, an asylum. -3 a great dwelling. -4 a place of pilgrimage. -5 the world of Brahman. -6 the Supreme Spirit. -7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity. -8 N. of a particular dark fortnight. -9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādrapada. (-या) N. of a particular deity. -आशय a. highsouled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्. (-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7. -2 the ocean. -आस्पद a. 1 occupying a great position. -2 mighty, powerful. -आहवः a great or tumultuous fight. -इच्छ a. 1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33. -2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां ...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37. -इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7. -2 a chief or leader in general. -3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52. -इभ्य a. very rich. -इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16. -इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4. -ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree. -ईशानी N. of Pārvatī. -ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -4 a god (opp. प्रकृति). -5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55. (-री) 1 N. of Durgā. -2 a kind of bell-metal. -उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63. -उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (-लः) the Sārasa bird. -उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36. -2 the god of love. -उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि ...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं ...... Mb.3.91.2. (-हः) 1 perseverance. -2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38. -उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17. -2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conchshell, shell. -उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity. (-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence. -2 final beatitude. -3 a lord, master. -4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App. -5 N. of the capital of Kanouja. -6 sour milk mixed with honey. -7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या). -उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent. -(रम्) 1 a big belly. -2 dropsy. -उदार a. 1 very generous or magnanimous. -2 mighty, powerful. -उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते. -उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hardworking. -उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs). -उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (-तः) the palmyra tree. -उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank. -उपकारः a great obligation. -उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher. -उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98. -उरस्क a. broad-chested. (-स्कः) an epithet of Śiva. -उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17. -उल्का 1 a great meteor. -2 a great fire-brand. -ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacrificial priests. -ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence. -ऋषभः a great bull. -ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage'). -2 N. of Sacute;iva. -3 of Buddha. -ओघ a. having a strong current. -घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37. -ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (-ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva. -ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour. -ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (-सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी). -ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी). -ओषधिः f. 1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug. -2 the Dūrvā grass. -3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं... . -औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea. -2 ginger. -3 garlic. -4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ). -कच्छः 1 the sea. -2 N. of Varuṇa. -3 a mountain. -कन्दः garlic. -कपर्दः a kind of shell. -कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree. -2 red garlic. -कम्बु a. stark naked. (-म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva. -कर a. 1 large-handed. -2 having a large revenue. -कर्णः an epithet of Śiva. -कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva. -कला the night of the new moon. -कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69. -कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c. -2 an epithet of Śukra. -कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ). -कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (-ता) the earth. -काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky. (-यः) 1 an elephant. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि). -कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate. -कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika. -कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram. -2 N. of a celebrated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -4 N. of a kind of gourd. -5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29. -काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form. -काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas). -कीर्तनम् a house. -कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent. -कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (-लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent. -कुहः a species of parasitical worm. -कृच्छ्रम् a great penance. -केतुः N. of Śiva. -केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a large sheath. -क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46. -क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva. -क्षत्रपः a great satrap. -क्षीरः sugar-cane. -क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara. -खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?). -गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्. -गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa. -गदः fever. -गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (-न्धः) a kind of cane. (-न्धम्) a kind of sandalwood. (-न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā. -गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva. -गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी. -गल a. longnecked. -गवः Bos gavaeus. -गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (-णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue. -गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः). -गुल्मा the Soma plant. -गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump. -ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu. -2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6. -ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama. -ग्रीवः 1 a camel. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -ग्रीविन् m. a camel. -घूर्णा spirituous liquor. -घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes). -घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (-षम्) a market, fair. (-षः) a loud noise, clamour. -चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial. -चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch. -चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā. -चपला a kind of metre. -चमूः f. a large army. -छायः the fig-tree. -जङ्घः a camel. -जटः an epithet of Śiva. -जटा 1 a great braid of hair. -2 the matted hair of Śiva. -जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (-त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva. -जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25. -2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7. -3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6. -4 the chief of a caste or trade. -5 a merchant, tradesman. -जवः an antelope. -जातीय a. 1 rather large. -2 of an excellent kind. -जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी) -जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva. -ज्ञानिन् m. 1 a very learned man. -2 a great sage. -3 N. of Śiva. -ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63. -ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -ज्वरः great affliction. -ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining. (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 a sacrificial fire. -डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.). -तपस् m. 1 a great ascetic. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल. -तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess. -तिक्तः the Nimba tree. -तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation. -तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (-क्ष्णा) the markingnut plant. -तेजस् a. 1 possessed of great lustre or splendour. -2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.) 1 a hero, warrior. -2 fire. -3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver. -त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva. -दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger. -दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -दण्डः 1 a long arm. -2 a severe punishment. -दम्भः an epithet of Śiva. -दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet. -दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्. -दारु n. the devadāru tree. -दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt. -दूषकः a kind of grain. -देवः N. of Śiva. (-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī. -2 the chief queen. -द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree. -द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple. -धन a. 1 rich. -2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13. (-नम्) 1 gold. -2 incense. -3 a costly or rich dress. -4 agriculture, husbandry. -5 anything costly or precious. -6 great booty. -7 a great battle (Ved.). -धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -धातुः 1 gold. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 lymph. -4 N. of Meru. -धी a. having a great understanding. -धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox. -ध्वजः a camel. -ध्वनिक a. dead. -नग्नः an athlete; Buddh. -नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु ...... तनोति ...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās. -नदः a great river. -नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1. -2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal. -नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor. -2 N. of a river. -3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता ... . -नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells. -नलः a kind of reed. -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता. -नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D. :-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥ -नाडी sinew, tendon. -नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar. -2 a great drum. -3 a thunder-cloud. -4 a shell. -5 an elephant. -6 a lion. -7 the ear. -8 a camel. -9 an epithet of Śiva. (-दम्) a musical instrument. -नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda. -2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा. -नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls. -2 a great head or chief. -नासः an epithet of Śiva. -निद्र a. fast asleep. (-द्रा) 'the great sleep', death. -निम्नम् intestines, abdomen. -नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists). -निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम् -2 an epithet of Durgā. -नीचः a washerman. -नील a. dark-blue. (-लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire. -नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva. -नेमिः a crow. -न्यायः the chief rule. -पक्ष a. 1 having many adherents. -2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179. (-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa. -2 a kind of duck. (-क्षी) an owl. -पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre. -पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥ -पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥ -पटः the skin. -पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3. -2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death. -3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven. -4 an epithet of Śiva. -5 the long pilgrimage to mount Kedāra. -6 the way to heaven. -7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra. -पथिक a. 1 undertaking great journeys. -2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः) -पद्मः 1 a particular high number. -2 N. of Nārada. -3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera. -4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world. -5 an epithet of Nanda. -6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera. (-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus. -2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda. -पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch. -पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon. -पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे ... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324. -पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58. -पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154. -2 any great sin or transgression. -पात्रः a prime minister. -पादः an epithet of Śiva. -पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked. -पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P. -पुंसः a great man. -पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7. -2 the Supreme Spirit. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1. -पुष्पः a kind of worm. -पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions. -पृष्ठः a camel. -पोटगलः a kind of large reed. -प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu. -प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper. -प्रपञ्चः the great universe. -प्रभ a. of great lustre. (-भः) the light of a lamp. -प्रभुः 1 a great lord. -2 a king, sovereign. -3 a chief. -4 an epithet of Indra. -5 of Śiva -6 of Viṣṇu. -7 a great saint or holy man. -प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inhabitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत ...... Ve.3.4. -प्रश्नः a knotty question. -प्रसादः 1 a great favour. -2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः -प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death. -2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365. -प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates. -2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्. -3 a raven. -प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K. -प्रेतः a noble departed spirit. -प्लवः a great flood, deluge; ... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71. -फल a. 1 bearing much fruit. -2 bringing much reward. (-ला) 1 a bitter gourd. -2 a kind of spear. (-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward. -2 a testicle. -फेना the cuttle-fish bone. -बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet. -बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes. -बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām (-लः) 1 wind, storm. -2 a Buddha. -3 a solid bamboo. -4 a palm. -5 a crocodile. -बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (-लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara. -बाध a. causing great pain or damage. -बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (-हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere. -2 the heart. -3 a water-jar, pitcher. -4 a hole, cave. -बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas. -बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva. -बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum. -बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain). -बुशः barley. -बृहती a kind of metre. -बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha. -2 a Buddha. -ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit. -ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa. -2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa. -भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg. -भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā. -भाग a. 1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous. -2 illustrious, distinguished, glorious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192. -3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16. -भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity. -2 great excellence or merit. -भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (-तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu. -भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous. -भाण्डम् a chief treasury. -भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते -भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary. -2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini. -भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni. -भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू). -भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu. -भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly. -भुज a. long-armed, powerful. -भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6. (-तः) 1 the Supreme Being. -2 a great creature. -भोगः 1 a great enjoyment. -2 a great coil or hood; great winding. -3 a serpent. (-गा) an epithet of Durgā. -मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5. -2 N. of Śiva. -मति a. 1 high-minded. -2 clever. (-तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter. -मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster. -मद a. greatly intoxicated. (-दः) an elephant in rut. -मनस्, -मनस्क a. 1 high-minded, nobleminded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7. -2 liberal. -3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v. -मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas. -2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell. -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier. -मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess. -मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi. -महः a great festive procession; Sinhās. -महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky). -महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor. -2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c. -मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.). -माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha. -मात्र a. 1 great in measure, very great or large. -2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37. (-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high stateofficial, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1. -2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161. -3 a superintendent of elephants. (-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister. -2 the wife of a spiritual teacher. -मानसी N. of a Jain goddess. -मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6. -मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Viṣṇu. -माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent. -2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya. -मायूरम् a particular drug. (-री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh. -मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads. -मालः N. of Śiva. -माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva. -मुखः a crocodile. -मुद्रा a particular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga). -मुनिः 1 a great sage. -2 N. of Vyāsa. -3 an epithet of Buddha. -4 of Agastya. -5 the coriander plant. (-नि n.) 1 coriander seed. -2 any medicinal herb or drug. -मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu. -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -मूलम् a large radish. (-लः) a kind of onion. -मूल्य a. very costly. (-ल्यः) a ruby. -मृगः 1 any large animal. -2 an elephant, -3 the fabulous animal called शरभ. -मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva. -मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug. -मृधम् a great battle. -मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P. -मेधा an epithet of Durgā. -मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (-हा) an epithet of Durgā. -यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.). -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19. -यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated. -यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares. -यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promulgated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान). -याम्यः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men. -योगिन् m. 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Viṣṇu. -3 a cock. -योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ. -रक्तम् coral. -रङ्गः a large stage. -रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28. -2 the thorn-apple. -रजनम् 1 safflower. -2 gold. -3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6. -रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56. -रथः 1 a great chariot. -2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥). -3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ. -रवः a frog. -रस a. very savoury. (-सः) 1 a sugarcane. -2 quicksilver. -3 a precious mineral. -4 the fruit of the date tree. -5 any one of the eight substances given below :-दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (-सम्) sour ricewater. -राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184. -2 a respectful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb. -3 a deified Jaina teacher. -4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, paramount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree. -राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu. -राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.). -राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign. -राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king. -2 N. of Durgā. -रात्रम् midnight, dead of night. -रात्रिः, -त्री f. 1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः. -2 midnight. -3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina. -राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās. -2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (-ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34. -रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains. -रुज्, -ज a. very painful. -रुद्रः a form of Śiva. -रुरुः a species of antelope. -रूप a. mighty in form. (-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 resin. -रूपकम् a kind of drama. -रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight :-उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥). -रौद्र a. very dreadful. (-द्री) an epithet of Durgā. -रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9. -लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्. -2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival. -लयः 1 a great world destruction. -2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्). -लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (-ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva. -लोलः a crow. -लोहम् a magnet. -वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century). -वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva. -वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana. -वरा Dūrvā grass. -वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation. -वर्तनम् high wages; -वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper. -2 a large creeping plant. -वसः the porpoise. -वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa. -वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence. -2 any continuous composition or literary work. -3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c. -4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25. -वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावातातैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22. -वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant. -वायुः 1 air (as an element). -2 stormy wind, hurricane, tempest. -वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras. -विडम् a kind of factitious salt. -विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy. -विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः ... ॥ -विपुला a kind of metre. -विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः. -विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva. -विषः a serpent having two mouths. -विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries). -विस्तर a. very extensive or copious. -वीचिः N. of a hell. -वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior. -2 a lion. -3 the thunderbolt of Indra. -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -5 of Garuḍa. -6 of Hanumat. -7 a cuckoo. -8 a white horse. -9 a sacrificial fire. -1 a sacrificial vessel. -11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti. -वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful. (-र्यः) 1 N. of Brahman. -2 the Supreme Being. (-र्या) the wild cotton shrub. -2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun. -वृषः a great bull. -वेग a. 1 very sw
māṣaḥ माषः [मष् संज्ञायां कर्तरि घञ्] 1 A bean; (the sing. being used for the plant and the pl. for the fruit or seed); तिलेभ्यः प्रति यच्छति माषान् Sk.; मुद्राभावे माषाद्याः प्रति- निधित्वमर्हन्ति J. N. V. -2 A particular weight of gold; पञ्चकृष्णलको माषस्ते सुवर्णस्तु षोडश Ms.8.134; माषो विंशतिमो भागः पणस्य परिकीर्तितः or गुञ्जाभिरष्टभिर्माषः -3 A fool, blockhead. -4 A kind of pulse. -5 A cutaneous eruption resembling beans. -Comp. -अदः, -आदः a tortoise. -आज्यम् a dish of beans cooked with ghee. -आशः a horse. -ऊन a. less by a Māṣa. -पर्णी Glycine Debilis (Mar. रानउडीद). -पिष्टम् a kind of sauce prepared from the flour of Māṣa (Mar. डांगर ?) Gaṇeśa P.49.47-51. -पेशम् ind. as if beans were ground; Mk. -योनिः a thin cake (पर्पट) made of Māṣa flour; Gīrvāṇa. -वर्धकः a goldsmith.
mūrdhan मूर्धन् m. [मुह्यत्यस्मिन्नाहते इति मूर्धा, cf. Uṇ.1.156] 1 The forehead, brow. -2 The head in general; नतेन मूर्ध्ना हरिरग्रहीदपः Śi.1.18; R.16.81; नैसर्गिकी सुरभिणः कुसुमस्य सिद्धा मूर्ध्नि स्थितिर्न चरणैरवताडनानि U.1.14; Ku.3.22. -3 The highest or most prominent part, top, summit, peak, head; अतिष्ठन्मनुजेन्द्राणां मूर्ध्नि देवपतिर्यथा Mb. 'stood at the head of all kings' &c.; उत्तमे शिखरे जाते भूम्यां पर्वतमूर्धनि Sandhyā Mantra; Ś.5.7; Me.17. -4 (Hence) A leader, head, chief, foremost, prominent. -5 Front, van, forepart; स किल संयुगमूर्ध्नि सहायतां मघवतः प्रतिपद्य महारथः R.9.19. -6 (In geom.) The base. -7 (In gram.) The roof of the palate. -Comp. -अन्तः the crown of the head. -अक्षिषिक्त a. 1 consecrated, crowned, inaugurated; मूर्धाभिषिक्तं कुमुदो बभाषे R.16.81. -2 common, stock (as an instance); उत्कृत्योत्कृत्य कृत्तिं इति बीभत्सस्य मूर्धाभिषिक्तमुदाहरणम्. (-क्तः) 1 a consecrated king; पश्य मूर्धाभिषिक्तानामाचार्य कदनं महत् Mb.7.15.12. -2 a man of the Kṣatriya caste. -3 a minister. -4 = मूर्धावसिक्त (1) q. v. -अभिषेकः consecration, inauguration. -अवसिक्तः 1 N. of a particular mixed tribe sprung from a Brāhmaṇa father and Kṣatriya mother. -2 a consecrated king. -कर्णी, कर्परी f. an umbrella. -ग a. sitting down on the head; स्यन्दनैः स्यन्दनगता गजैश्च गजमूर्धगाः Rām.7.7.5. -जः 1 the hair (of the head); पर्याकुला मूर्धजाः Ś.1.3; विललाप विकीर्णमूर्धजा Ku.4.4 'she tore her hair for grief'. -2 the mane. -3 a crown, helmet; विमुक्तमूर्धजा ये च ये चापि हतवाहनाः Mb.1.5.12. -ज्योतिस् n. see ब्रह्मरन्ध्र or मुद्रामार्ग. -पातः splitting of the skull. -पिण्डः a lump upon the head (of an elephant in rut). -पुष्पः the Śirīṣa tree. -रसः the scum of boiled rice. -वेष्टनम् a turban, diadem.
yūpaḥ यूपः [यु-पक् पृषो˚ दीर्घः; cf. Uṇ.3.27] 1 A sacrificial post (usually made of bamboo or Khadira wood) to which the victim is fastened at the time of immolation; अपेक्ष्यते साधुजनेन वैदिकी श्मशानशूलस्य न यूपसत्क्रिया Ku.5.73; ग्रामेष्वात्मविसृष्टेषु यूपचिह्नेषु यज्वनाम् R.1.44. -2 A trophy. -Comp. -आहुतिः f. an oblation at the erection of the sacrificial post. -कटकः a wooden ring at the top of the Yūpa. -कर्णः that part of the Yūpa which is sprinkled with ghee. -कर्मन्यायः the rule according to which the उत्कर्ष or अपकर्ष of some detail belonging solely to the विकृति will be restricted to that particular detail alone, so that the तदादितदन्तन्याय will not apply in that case. This is discussed and established by जैमिनि and शबर in MS.5.1.27. -द्रुः, -द्रुमः the Khadira tree. -द्विपः, -हस्तिन् a. cloth wrapped round the sacrificial post in certain rites; मीमांसामांसलप्रज्ञास्तां यूपद्विपदापिनीम् N.17.61. -ध्वजः the sacrifice personified. -लक्ष्यः a bird (?). -व्रस्कः the cutter of the sacrificial post.
rajas रजस् n. [रञ्ज्-असुन् नलोपः Uṇ.4.224] 1 Dust, powder, dirt; धन्यास्तदङ्गरजसा मलिनीभवन्ति Ś.7.17; आत्मोद्धतैरपि रजोभिरलङ्घनीयाः 1.8; R.1.42;6.33. -2 The dust or pollen of flowers; भूयाद् कुशेशयरजोमृदुरेणुरस्याः (पन्थाः) Ś. 4.11; Me.35,67; Śi.7.42. -3 A mote in a sun-beam, any small particle (of matter); cf. Ms.8.132; जाल- सूर्यमरीचिस्थं त्रसरेणू रजः स्मृतम् Y.1.362. -4 A ploughed or cultivated land, arable field. -5 Gloom, darkness. -6 Foulness, passion, emotion, moral or mental darkness; अपथे पदमर्पयन्ति हि श्रुतवन्तो$पि रजोनिमीलिताः R.9. 74. -7 The second of the three Guṇas or constituent qualities of all material substances (the other two being सत्त्व and तमस्; रजस् is supposed to be the cause of the great activity seen in creatures; it predominates in men, as Sattva and Tamas predominate in gods and demons); अन्तर्गतमपास्तं मे रजसो$पि परं तमः Ku.6.6; Bg.6. 27; रजोजुषे जन्मनि K.; Māl.1.2. -8 Menstrual discharge, menses; रजसाभिप्लुतां नारी नरस्य ह्युपगच्छतः । प्रज्ञा तेजो बलं चक्षुरायुश्चैव प्रहीयते ॥ Ms.4.41;5.66. -9 Safflower. -1 Tin. -11 Ved. Air, atmosphere. -12 A division of the world. -13 Vapour. -14 Cloud or rain-water. -15 Sin (पाप); प्रायश्चित्तं च कुर्वन्ति तेन तच्छाम्यते रजः Rām.4. 18.34. -Comp. -गुणः see (7) above. -जुष् a. one who is addicted to Rajoguṇa; रजोषुजे जन्मनि सत्त्ववृत्तये K. -तमस्क a. being under the influenec of both rajas and tamas. -तोकः, -कम्, -पुत्रः 1 greediness, avarice; मुनये प्रेषयामास रजस्तोकमदौ तथा Bhāg.12.8.16. -2 'the child of passion', a term applied to a person to show that he is quite insignificant. -दर्शनम् the first appearance of the menstrual excretion, first menstrual flow. -निमीलित a. blinded by passion; अपथे पदमपयन्ति हि श्रुतवन्तो$पि रजोनिमीलिताः R.9.74. -पटलम् a coating of dust. -बन्धः suppression of menstruation. -मूर्तिः the god Brahmā. -मेघः a cloud of dust. -रसः, -व(ब)- लम् darkness. -शयः a dog; L. D. B. -शुद्धिः f. pure condition of the menses. -सारथिः wind; L. D. B. -हरः 'dirt-remover', a washerman.
ratiḥ रतिः f. [रम्-क्तिन्] 1 Pleasure, delight, satisfaction, joy; अकृतार्थे$पि मनसिजे रतिमुभयप्रार्थना कुरुते Ś.2.1. -2 Fondness for, devotion or attachment to, pleasure in (with loc.) प्रीतिः परा तात रतिश्च जाता Mb.3.112.11; पापे रतिं मा कृथाः Bh.2.77; स्वयोषिति रतिः 2.62; R.1.23; Ku.5.65. -3 Love, affection; S. D. thus defines it; रतिर्मनोनुकूले$र्थे मनसः प्रवणायितम् 27; cf. 26 also; (it is the Sthāyibhāva of the rasa called शृङ्गार q. v.) ससत्त्व- रतिदे नित्यं सदरामर्षनाशिनि Ki.15.27. -4 Sexual pleasure; दाक्षिण्योदकवाहिनी विगलिता याता स्वदेशं रतिः Mk.8.38; so रति- सर्वस्वम् q. v. below. -5 Sexual union, coition, copulation. -6 The goddess of love, the wife of Kāma or Cupid; साक्षात् कामं नवमिव रतिर्मालती माधवं यत् Māl.1.15; Ku.3. 23;4.45; R.6.2. -7 The pudenda. -8 N. of the sixth digit (कला) of the moon. -9 Ved. Rest, cessation. -1 N. of magical incantation recited over weapons; Rām. -Comp. -अङ्गम्, -कुहरम् pudendum muliebre. -कर a. 1 giving pleasure; रामो रतिकरः पितुः Rām.1.18.24. -2 enamoured. -रः a particular Samādhi. -कर्मन्, -क्रिया sexual union. -खेदः the languor of sexual enjoyment. -गृहम्, -भवनम्, -मन्दिरम् 1 a pleasure house. -2 a brothel. -3 pudendum muliebre -तस्करः a seducer, ravisher. -दूतिः, -ती f. a love messenger; रतिदूतिपदेषु कोकिलाम् (आदिश) Ku.4.16. -नागः a mode of coitus. -पतिः, -प्रियः, -रमणः the god of love; अपि नाम मनागवतीर्णो$सि रतिरमणबाणगोचरम् Māl.1; दधति स्फुटं रतिपतेरिषवः शिततां यदुत्पलपलाशदृशः Śi.9.66; पूर्वं यत्र समं त्वया रतिपतेरासादिताः सिद्धयः Gīt. -पाश (-कः) a mode of coitus. -बन्धः a mode of coitus. -मदा f. an Apsaras. -मित्रः a mode of coitus. -रसः sexual pleasure. -रहस्यम् N. of an erotic work by Kokkoka. -लक्षम् sexual union. -लम्पट a. lustful, libidinous. -शक्तिः f. manly or virile power. -शूरः a man of great procreative power. -सर्वस्वम् the all-in-all or highest essence of sexual pleasure; करं व्याधुन्वत्या पिबसि रतिसर्वस्वमधरम् Ś.1.23. -सुन्दरः a mode of coitus.
roha रोह a. [रुह्-अच्] 1 Growing, springing up. -2 Rising, ascending. -3 Riding on; as in अश्वरोहः 'a rider'. -हः 1 Rising, height, altitude. -2 The raising of anything (as of a number from a smaller to a higher denomination). -3 Growth, development (fig.). -4 Bud, blossom, shoot; बीजं चैकं रोहसहस्रमेति Mb.12.12. 38. -5 The generating cause; क्षिते रोहः प्रवहः शश्वदेव Mb.13.76.1. -6 A rider; बाणाक्षिप्तारोहशून्यासनानाम् Śi.18.56. -Comp. -पूर्व a. having the accents ascending.
laḍḍa लड्ड = लटक q. v. लड्डुः laḍḍuḥ ल़ड्डुकः l&tod;ḍḍukḥ लड्डुः ल़ड्डुकः A kind of sweetmeat (a round ball of sugar, wheat or rice-flour, ghee, and spices).
lokaḥ लोकः [लोक्यते$सौ लोक्-घञ्] 1 The world, a division of the universe; (roughly speaking there are three lokas स्वर्ग, पृथ्वी and पाताल, but according to fuller classification the lokas are fourteen, seven higher regions rising from the earth one above the other, i. e. भूर्लोक, भुवर्लोक, स्वर्लोक, महर्लोक, जनर्लोक, तपर्लोक, and सत्यलोक or ब्रह्मलोक; and seven lower regions, descending from the earth one below the other; i. e. अतल, वितल, सुतल, रसातल, तलातल, महातल, and पाताल). -2 The earth, terrestrial world (भूलोक); इह- लोके in this world (opp. परत्र). -3 The human race, mankind, men, as in लोकातिग, लोकोत्तर &c. q. v. -4 The people or subjects (opp. the king); स्वसुखनिरभिलाषः खिद्यसे लोकहेतोः Ś.5.7; R.4.8. -5 A collection, group, class, company; आकृष्टलीलान् नरलोकपालान् R.6.1; or शशाम तेन क्षितिपाल- लोकः 7.3. -6 A region, tract, district, province. -7 Common life, ordinary practice (of the world); लोकवत्तु लीलाकैवल्यम् Br. Sūt.II.1.33; यथा लोके कस्यचिदाप्तैषणस्य राज्ञः &c. S. B. (and diverse other places of the same work). -8 Common or worldly usage (opp. Vedic usage or idiom); वेदोक्ता वैदिकाः शब्दाः सिद्धा लोकाच्च लौकिकाः, प्रियतद्धिता दाक्षिणात्या यथा लोके वेदे चेति प्रयोक्तव्ये यथा लौकिक- वैदिकेष्विति प्रयुञ्जते Mbh. (and in diverse other places); अतो$स्मि लोके वेदे च प्रथितः पुरुषोत्तमः Bg.15.18. -9 Sight, looking. -1 The number 'seven', or 'fourteen'. -11 Ved. Open space; space, room. -12 One's own nature (निजस्वरूप); नष्टस्मृतिः पुनरयं प्रवृणीत लोकम् Bhāg.3. 31.15. -13 Enlightenment (प्रकाश); इच्छामि कालेन न यस्य विप्लवस्तस्यात्मलोकावरणस्य मोक्षम् Bhāg.8.3.25. -14 Recompense (फल); अग्नावेव देवेषु लोकमिच्छन्ते Bṛi. Up.1.4.15. -15 An object of enjoyment (भोग्यवस्तु); अथो अयं वा आत्मा सर्वेषां भूतानां लोकः Bṛi. Up 1.4.16. -16 Sight, the faculty of seeing (चक्षुरिन्द्रिय); अग्निर्लोकः Bṛi. Up.3.9. 1. -17 An object of sense (विषय); उपपत्त्योपलब्धेषु लोकेषु च समो भव Mb.12.288.11. (In compounds लोक is often translated by 'universally', 'generally', 'popularly'; as लोकविज्ञात so ˚विद्विष्ट). -Comp. -अक्षः space, sky. -अतिग a. extraordinary, supernatural. -अतिशय a. superior to the world, extraordinary. -अधिक a. extraordinary, uncommon; सर्वं पण्डितराजराजितिलकेनाकारि लोकाधिकम् Bv.4.44; Ki.2.47. -अधिपः 1 a king. -2 a god or deity. -अधिपतिः a lord of the world. -अनुग्रहः prosperity of mankind. -अनुरागः 'love of mankind', universal love, general benevolence, philanthropy. -अनुवृत्तम् obedience of the people. -अन्तरम् 'another world', the next world, future life; लोकान्तरसुखं पुण्यं तपोदानसमुद्भवम् R.1.69;6.45; लोकान्तरं गम्-प्राप् &c. 'to die'. -अन्तरित a. dead. -अपवादः public scandal, popular censure; लोकापवादो बलवान् मतो मे R.14.4. -अभि- भाविन् a. 1 overcoming the world. -2 pervading the whole world (as light). -अभिलक्षित a. generally liked. -अभ्युदयः public weal or welfare. -अयनः N. of Nārāyaṇa. -अलोकः N. of a mythical mountain that encircles the earth and is situated beyond the sea of fresh water which surrounds the last of the seven continents; beyond लोकालोक there is complete darkness, and to this side of it there is light; it thus divides the visible world from the regions of darkness; प्रकाशश्चा- प्रकाशश्च लोकालोक इवाचलः R.1.68; लोकालोकव्याहतं धर्मराशेः शालीनं वा धाम नालं प्रसर्तुम् Śi.16.83; Mv.5.1,45; ऊर्ध्व- मालोकयामासुः लोकालोकमिवोच्छ्रितम् Parṇāl.3.3; (for further explanation see Dr. Bhāṇḍārkar's note on l. 79 of Māl. 1th Act). (-कौ) the visible and the invisible world. -आकाशः 1 space, sky. -2 (with Jains) a worldly region. -आचारः common practice, popular or general custom, ways of the world; अपि शास्त्रेषु कुशला लोकाचारविवर्जिताः Pt.5.43. -आत्मन् m. the soul of the universe. -आदिः 1 the beginning of the world. -2 the creator of the world. -आयत a. atheistical, materialistic. (-तः) a materialist, an atheist, a follower of Chārvāka. (-तम्) materialism, atheism; (for some account see the first chapter of the Sarvadarśanasaṁgraha). -आयतिकः an atheist, a materialist; कच्चिन्न लोकायतिकान् ब्राह्मणांस्तात सेवसे Rām. 2.1.38. -ईशः 1 a king (lord of the world). -2 Brahman. -3 quick-silver. -उक्तिः f. 1 a proverb, popular saying; लोके ख्यातिमुपागतात्र सकले लोकोक्तिरेषा यतो दग्धानां किल वह्निना हितकरः सेको$पि तस्योद्भवः Pt.1.371. -2 common talk, public opinion. -उत्तर a. extraordinary, uncommon, unusual; लोकोत्तरा च कृतिः Bv.1.69.7; U.2.7. (-रः) a king. ˚वादिन् m. pl. N. of a Buddhist school. -उपक्रोशनम् circulating evil reports among the people; असारस्य वाक्संतक्षणैर्लोकोपक्रोशनैः ... अपवाहनम् Dk.2.2. -एकबन्धुः an epithet of Śākyamuni. -एषणा 1 desire for heaven; या वितैषणा सा लोकैषणोभे ह्येते एषणे एव भवतः Bṛi. Up.3.5.1. -2 desire for the good opinion of the public. -कण्टकः 1 a troublesome or wicked man, the curse of mankind. -2 an epithet of Rāvaṇa; see कण्टक. -कथा a popular legend, folk-tale. -कर्तृ, -कृत् m. the creator of the world. -कल्प a. 1 resembling the world. -2 regarded by the world. (-ल्पः) a period or age of the world. -कान्त a. liked by the people, popular; भव पितुरनुरूपस्त्वं गुणैर्लोककान्तैः V.5.21. (-न्ता) a kind of medical herb (Mar. मुरुढशेंग). -कारणकारणः an epithet of Śiva. -क्षित् a. inhabiting heaven. -गतिः f. actions of men. -गाथा a song handed down among people, folk-song. -चक्षुस् n. the sun. -चारित्रम् the ways of the world. -जननी an epithet of Lakṣmī. -जित् m. 1 an epithet of Buddha. -2 any conqueror of the world. -3 a sage. -a. winning heaven; तद्धैतल्लोकजिदेव Bṛi. Up.1.3.28. -ज्ञ a. knowing the world. -ज्येष्ठः an epithet of Buddha. -तत्त्वम् knowledge of mankind. -तन्त्रम् course of the world; निर्मितो लोकतन्त्रो$यं लोकेषु परिवर्तते Bhāg.12.11.29. -तुषारः camphor. -त्रयम्, -त्रयी the three worlds taken collectively; उत्खात- लोकत्रयकण्टकेपि R.14.73. -दम्भक a. cheating mankind; Ms.4.195. -द्वारम् the gate of heaven. -धर्मः 1 a worldly matter. -2 (with Buddhists) worldly condition. -धातुः a particular division of the world (जम्बु- द्वीप). -धातृ m. an epithet of Śiva. -धारिणी N. of the earth. -नाथः 1 Brahman. -2 Viṣṇu. -3 Śiva. -4 a king, sovereign. -5 a Buddha -6 the sun. -नेतृ m. an epithet of Śiva. -पः, -पालः 1 a regent or guardian of a quarter of the world; ललिताभिनयं तमद्य भर्ता मरुतां द्रष्टुमनाः सलोकपालः V.2.18; R.2.75;12.89;17.78; (the lokapālas are eight; see अष्टदिक्पाल). -2 a king, sovereign. -पक्तिः f. esteem of mankind, general respectability. -पतिः 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 of Viṣṇu. -3 a king, sovereign. -पथः, -पद्धतिः f. the general or usual way, the universally accepted way. -परोक्ष a. hidden from the world. -पितामहः an epithet of Brahman. -प्रकाशनः the sun. -प्रत्ययः universal prevalence. -प्रवादः general rumour, current report, popular talk. -प्रसिद्ध a. well-known, universally known. -बन्धुः, -बान्धवः 1 the sun. -2 Śiva. -बाह्य, -वाह्य 1 excluded from society, excommunicated. -2 differing from the world, eccentric, singular; उन्मादवन्नृत्यति लोकबाह्यः Bhāg.11.2.4. (-ह्यः) an outcast. -भर्तृ a. supporter of the people. -भावन, -भाविन् a. promoting the welfare of the world. -मर्यादा an established or current custom. -मातृ f. an epithet of Lakṣmī. -मार्गः an established custom. -यज्ञः desire for the good opinion of the people (लोकैषणा); Mb.1. 18.5. (com. लोकयज्ञो लोकैषणा सर्वो मां साधुमेव जानात्विति वासनारूपः). -यात्रा 1 worldly affairs, the course of worldly life, business of the world; तस्माल्लोकयात्रार्थी नित्यमुद्यत- दण्डः स्यात् Kau. A.1.4; Mb.3.15.31; Dk.2.8; एवं किलेयं लोकयात्रा Mv.7; यावदयं संसारस्तावत् प्रसिद्धैवेयं लोकयात्रा Ve.3. -2 a popular usage or custom; एषोदिता लोकयात्रा नित्यं स्त्रीपुंसयोः शुभा Ms.9.25 -3 worldly existence, career in life; Māl.4,6. -4 support of life, maintenance. -रक्षः a king, sovereign. -रञ्जनम् pleasing the world, popularity. -रवः popular talk or report. -रावण a. tormentor of the people; रावणं लोकरावणम् Rām.3.33.1; Mb.3.148.12. -लेखः 1 a public document. -2 an ordinary letter. -लोचनम् the sun. -वचनम् a popular rumour or report. -वर्तनम् the means by which the world subsists. -वादः public rumour; common talk, popular report; मां लोकवादश्रवणादहासीः R.14.61. -वार्ता popular report, public rumour; कश्चिदक्षर्धूतः कलासु कवित्वेषु लोकवार्तासु चातिवैचक्षण्यान्मया समसृज्यत Dk.2.2. -विद्विष्ट a. disliked by men, generally or universally disliked. -विधिः 1 a mode of proceeding prevalent in the world. -2 the creator of the world. -विनायकाः a class of deities presiding over diseases. -विभ्रमः see लोकव्यवहार; हृष्यत्तनुर्विस्मृतलोकविभ्रमः Bhāg.1.71.26. -विरुद्ध a. opposed to public opinion; यद्यपि शुद्धं लोकविरुद्धं नाकरणीयम् नाचरणीयम्. -विश्रुत a. farfamed, universally known, famous, renowned. -विश्रुतिः f. 1 world-wide fame. -2 unfounded rumour, mere report. -विसर्गः 1 the end of the world; Mb. -2 the creation of the world; Bhāg. -वृत्तम् 1 the way of the world, a custom prevalent in the world; लोकवृत्तमनुष्ठेयं कृतं वो बाष्पमोक्षणम् Rām.4.25.3. -2 an idle talk or gossip; न लोकवृत्तं वर्तेत वृत्तिहेतोः कथंचन Ms.4.11. -वृत्तान्तः, -व्यवहारः 1 the course or ways of the world, general custom; Ś.5. -2 course of events. -व्यवहार a. commonly used, universally current. -व्रतम् general practice or way of the world. -श्रुतिः f. 1 a popular report. -2 world-wide fame. -संसृतिः f. 1 fate, destiny. -2 course through the world. -संकरः general confusion in the world. -संग्रहः 1 the whole universe. -2 the welfare of the world; लोकसंग्रहमेवापि संपश्यन् कर्तुमर्हसि Bg.3.2. -3 worldly experience. -4 propitiation of mankind. -संपन्न a. possessed of worldly wisdom. -संबाधः a throng of men, going and coming; इतस्ततः प्रवेशनिर्गमप्रवृत्तलोकसंबाधम् Dk.2.3. -साक्षिक a. 1 having the world as a witness; in the face of the world; प्रत्यक्षं फलमश्नन्ति कर्मणां लोकसाक्षिकम् Mb.3.32.6. -2 attested by witnesses. -साक्षिन् m. 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 fire. -साधक a. creating worlds. -साधारण a. common (as a topic); Dk. -सिद्ध a. 1 current among the people, usual, customary. -2 generally received or accepted. -सीमातिवर्तिन् a. extraordinary, supernatural. -सुन्दर a. generally admired. -स्थलम् common occurrence. -स्थितिः f. 1 existence or conduct of the universe, worldly existence; the stability or permanence of the world; ये चैवं पुरुषाः कलासु कुशलास्तेष्वेव लोकस्थितिः Bh.2.22. -2 a universal law. -हास्य a. world-derided, the butt of general ridicule. -हित a. beneficial to mankind or to the world. (-तम्) general welfare.
vasu वसु a. Sweet. -2 Dry. -3 Ved. Wealthy, rich. -4 Ved. Good. -n. [वस्-उन् Uṇ.1.1] 1 Wealth, riches; स्वयं प्रदुग्धे$स्य गुणैरुपस्नुता वसूपमानस्य वसूनि मेदिनी Ki.1.18; R.8.31; 9.6 वस्वीशाद् वसुनिकरं (लब्ध्वा) धृतानुरागा Rām. ch.7.58. -2 A jewel, gem. -3 Gold. -4 Water; वसु काल उपादत्ते काले चायं विमुञ्चति Bhāg.4.16.6. -5 A thing, substance; त्रात्वार्थितो जगति पुत्रपदं च लेभे दुग्धा वसूनि वसुधा सकलानि येन Bhāg.2.7.9; Mb.12.98.2. -6 A kind of salt. -7 A medicinal root (वृद्धि). -8 A yellow kind of kidney-bean. -9 The ghee (घृत); विधिना वेददृष्टेन वसोर्धारा- मिवाध्वरे Mb.13.2.35. -m. 1 N. of a class of deities (usually pl. in this sense); सेयं भूरिवसोर्वसोरिव सुता मृत्यो- र्मुखे वर्तते Māl 5.24; Ki.1.18; (the Vasus are eight in number :-- 1 आप, 2 ध्रुव, 3 सोम, 4 धर or धव, 5 अनिल, 6 अनल, 7 प्रत्यूष, and 8 प्रभास; sometimes अह is substituted for आप; धरो ध्रुवश्च सोमश्च अहश्चैवानिलो$नलः । प्रत्यूषश्च प्रभासश्च वसवो$ष्टाविति स्मृताः). -2 The number 'eight'. -3 N. of Kubera. -4 Of Śiva. -5 Of Agni. -6 A tree. -7 A lake, pond. -8 A rein. -9 The tie of a yoke. -1 A halter. -11 A ray of light; निरकाशयद्रविमपेतवसुं वियदालयादपरदिग्गणिका Śi.9.1; शिथिलवसुमगाधे मग्नमापत् पयोधौ Ki.1.46 (in both cases वसु means 'wealth' also). -12 The sun. -13 The distance from the elbow to the closed fist. -f. 1 A ray of light. -2 Light, radiance. -3 A medicinal root (वृद्धि). -Comp. -उत्तमः N. of Bhīṣma; तान् समेतान् महाभागानुपलभ्य वसूत्तमः । पूजयामास ...... Bhāg.1.9.9. -उपमः Natron (Mar. सज्जीखार). -ओ (औ) कसारा 1 N. of Amarāvatī, the city of Indra. -2 of Alakā, the city of Kubera; 'वस्वौकसारा श्रीदस्य शक्रस्य नलिनी पुरी' इति हरिः; वस्वौकसारां नलिनीमतीत्यैवोत्तरान् कुरून् Rām.2.94.26; व्यक्तं वस्वोकसारेयम् Mb.7.67.16. (com. वस्वोकसारा सलोप आर्षः । कनकमयानि ओकांसि सारो यस्याः सा तथा). -3 of a river attached to Amarāvatī and Alakā. -कीटः, -कृमिः a beggar. -ता, -तातिः f. Ved. wealth. -दा the earth. -देवः N. of the father of Kṛiṣṇa and son of Sūra, a descendant of Yadu. ˚भूः, -सुतः &c. epithets of Kṛiṣṇa. -देवता, -देव्या the asterism called Dhaniṣṭhā. -देव्या the ninth day of a lunar fortnight. -द्रुमः the Udumbara tree. -धर्मिका crystal. -धा 1 the earth; वसुधेयमवेक्ष्यतां त्वया R.8.83; पुरा सप्तद्वीपां जयति वसुधामप्रतिरथः Ś.7.35;1.25. -2 the heaven; धरान् धरित्रीं वसुधां भर्तुस्तिष्ठाम्यनन्तरम् Mb. 13.93.1 (com. वसून् देवान् धत्ते इति व्युत्पत्त्या वसुधां दिवम्). -3 the ground; वसुधालिङ्गनधूसरस्तनी Ku.4.4. ˚अधिपः a king. ˚धरः a mountain; वसुधाधरकन्दराभिसर्पी प्रतिशब्दो$पि हरेर्भिनत्ति नागान् V.1.18. ˚नगरम् the capital of Varuṇa. -धारा, -भारा the capital of Kubera. [वसोर्धारा 1 a stream of ghee prepared for Vasus; कुड्यलग्नां वसोर्धारां सप्त वारान् घृतेन तु । कारयेत् प़ञ्च वारान् वा नातिनीचां न चोच्छ्रिताम् Chhandogapaddhati. -2 N. of a vessel for pouring ghee into fire; त्वया द्वादशवर्षाणि वसोर्धाराहुतं हविः Mb.1.223.72. -3 N. of the heavenly Ganges (मन्दाकिनी); Mb.13.8.5.]. -धारिणी the earth. -पालः a king. -प्रभा one of the seven tongues of fire. -प्राणः an epithet of Agni. -भम् the constellation धनिष्ठा. -रण्व a. delighted with wealth; वसुरण्वो विभुरसि Mahānār.17.15. -रेतस् m. fire; संप्राप्तो यत्र सांनिध्यं सदासीद् वसुरेतसः Rām.7.31.7; Mb.1.13.3. -रोचिस् m. 1 sacrifice; religious ceremony. -2 Fire. -व्रतम् a kind of penance (eating only ground rice for twelve days). -श्रेष्ठम् 1 wrought gold. -2 silver. -षेणः N. of Karṇa; वसुवर्मधरं दृष्ट्वा तं बालं हेमकुण्डलम् । नामास्य वसुषेणेति ततश्चक्रुर्द्विजातयः ॥ Mb.3.39.13-14. -स्थली N. of the city of Kubera.
vicyuta विच्युत p. p. 1 Fallen down, slipped off. -2 Displaced, thrown down from. -3 Deviated or swerving from. -4 Separated from the living part, sloughed. -5 Failed, perished, lost.
vitribhalagnakam वित्रिभलग्नकम् The highest point of the ecliptic above the horizon.
vindhyaḥ विन्ध्यः [विदधाति करोति भयम् Uṇ.4.121] 1 N. of a range of mountain which separates Hindustan proper from the Deccan or south; it is one of the seven Kulaparvatas (q. v.) and forms the southern limit of Madhyadeśa; see Ms.2.21. [According to a legend, the Vindhya mountain, being jealous of the mount Meru (or Himālaya) demanded that the sun should revolve round himself as about Meru, which the sun declined to do; whereupon the Vindhya began to rise higher and higher so as to obstruct the path of the sun and moon. The gods being alarmed sought the aid of the sage Agastya, who approached the mountain and requested that by bending down he would give him an easy passage to the south, and that he would retain the same position till his return. This Vindhya consented to do (because according to one account, he regarded Agastya as his teacher); but Agastya never returned from the south, and Vindhya never attained the height of Meru.] -2 A hunter. -न्ध्या 1 N. of a plant (लवली). -2 Small cardamoms. -3 A measure of time (त्रुटि); L. D. B. -Comp. -अटवी the great Vindhya forest. -कूटः, -कूटनम् epithets of the sage Agastya. -गिरिः the Vindhya range of hills; also विन्ध्याचल, विन्ध्याद्रि. -वासिन् m. an epithet of the grammarian व्याडि. (-नी) an epithet of Durgā.
virūkṣaṇam विरूक्षणम् 1 Roughening. -2 Acting as an astringent. -3 Blame, censure. -4 A curse, an imprecation.
viśiṣ विशिष् 7 P. 1 To particularize, individualize, specify, define. -2 To distinguish, discriminate. -3 To aggravate, heighten, enhance, intensify; पुनरकाण्डविवर्तनदारुणो विधिरहो विशिनष्टि मनोरुजम् Māl.4.7; U.4.15. -4 To surpass, excel; विशेषको वा विशिशेष यस्याः श्रियं त्रिलोकीतिलकः स एव Śi.3.63. -Pass. 1 To be different from; स्वदेहान्न व्यशिष्यत R.17.62. -2 To be better or higher than, surpass, excel, be preferable or superior to (often with abl.); तस्माद् दुर्गं विशिष्यते H.3.5; Mv.7.39; मौनात् सत्यं विशिष्यते Ms.2.83;3.23; (also with instr. and gen.); सर्वेषामेव दानानां ब्रह्मदानं विशिष्यते Ms.4.233. -Caus. 1 To distinguish, particularize. -2 To surpass, excel; मदनमपि गुणैर्विशेषयन्ती Mk.4.4; M.3.5.
vṛṣalaḥ वृषलः [वृष् कलच्] 1 A Śudra. -2 A horse. -3 Garlic. -4 A sinner, wicked or irreligious man; वृषो हि भगवान् धर्मस्तस्य यः कुरुते ह्यलम् । वृषलं तं विदुर्देवास्तस्माद्धर्मं न लोपयेत् ॥ Ms.8.16; वृषलो गृञ्जने शूद्रे चन्द्रगुप्ते च राजनि । -5 An outcast. -6 N. of Chandragupta (particularly used by Chaṇakya, see inter alia Mu. acts 1 and 3). -7 A man of one of the three highest classes who has lost his caste by the omission of prescribed duties. -8 A dancer. -9 An ox. -लम् A long pepper.
vedanam वेदनम् वेदना [विद्-ल्युट्] 1 Knowledge, perception. -2 Feeling, sensation; सत्त्वं रजस्तमश्चैव प्राणिनां संश्रिताः सदा । त्रिविधा वेदना चैव सर्वसत्त्वेषु दृश्यते ॥ Mb.12.194.29. [also 'sensitivity (to the driver's stimuli) of an elephant'. It is of 7 kinds :- अत्यर्थ, उत्तान, गम्भीर, अन्वर्थ, प्रत्यर्थ, कर्कश and सिद्ध]. -3 Pain, torment, agony, anguish; अवेदनाज्ञं कुलिशक्षतानाम् Ku.1.2; R.8.5. -4 Acquisition, wealth, property. -5 Marriage; वसनस्य दशा ग्राह्या शूद्रयोत्कृष्टवेदने Ms.3.44;9.65; Y.1.62. -6 Presenting, giving. -7 The marriage of a Śūdra woman with a man of a higher caste.
vainatakam वैनतकम् A vessel for holding or pouring out ghee (in sacrifices).
vyāghārita व्याघारित p. p. Sprinkled with oil or ghee.
śaṭṭakam शट्टकम् Flour of rice mixed with water and ghee.
śiphākaḥ शिफाकः The root of a water-lily. शिबिः(-विः) 1 A beast of prey. -2 The birch tree. -3 N. of a country (pl.); Mb.5.195.7. -4 N. of a king (who is said to have saved Agni in the form of a dove from Indra in the form of a hawk by offering an equal quantity of his own flesh weighed in a balance); शिबेरिव समुद्भूतं शरणागतरक्षया Mu.6.18.
śiras शिरस् n. [शॄ-असुन् निपातः Uṇ.4.193] 1 The head; शिरसा श्लाघते पूर्वं (गुणं) परं (दोषं) कण्ठे नियच्छति Subhās. -2 Skull. -3 A peak, summit, top (as of a mountain); हिमगौरैरचलाधिपः शिरोभिः Ki.5.17; Śi.4.54. -4 The top of a tree. -5 The head or top of anything; तेनाहृतो महातालो वेपमानो बृहच्छिराः Bhāg.1.15.33; शिरसि मसीपटलं दधाति दीपः Bv.1.74. -6 Pinnacle, acme, highest point. -7 Front, forepart, van (as of an army); पुत्रस्य ते रणशिरस्ययमग्रयायी Ś.7.26; U.5.3. -8 Chief, principal, head (usually at the end of comp.). -9 N. of the verse in the गायत्री (from आपो ज्योतिः to स्वरोम्); cf. T. Ar.1.27; Bhāg 5.9.5. -Comp. -अस्थि n. (शिरोस्थि) the skull. -कपालिन् m. an ascetic who carries about a human skull. -क्रिया presentation of the head. -गृहम् (शिरोगृहम्) a room on the top of a house, turret, garret. -ग्रहः (शिरोग्रहः) affection of the head, headache. -छेदः, -छेदनम् (शिरश्छेदः &c.) beheading, decapitation. -तापिन् m. an elephant. -त्रम्, -त्राणम् 1 a helmet; च्युतैः शिरस्त्रैश्चषकोत्तरेव R.7.49,66; अपनीत- शिरस्त्राणाः 4.64. -2 a head-dress. -धरा, -धिः, ध्रः (शिरोधरा, -धिः, -ध्रः) the neck; तेषां शिरोधरान् धूताञ्छरध्वज- धनूंषि च Rām.7.7.17; निकृत्तबाहूरुशिरोध्रविग्रहम् Bhāg.1. 59.16; Śi.4.52;5.65; cf. कम्बुशिरोधिः Chaitanyachandro- daya 3. -पीठम् the back of the neck. -पीडा headache. -पुष्पम् an ornament for the head; स्फुरितारुणवर्णेन शिर- ष्पुष्पेण शोभिताम् Śiva B.2.53. -प्रणामः bending the head. -प्रदानम् giving up the head or life. -प्रावरणम् a turban. -फलः the cocoa-nut tree. -भूषणम् (शिरोभूषणम्) an ornament for the head. -मणिः (शिरोमणिः) 1 a jewel worn on the head. -2 a crest-jewel. -3 a title of respect conferred on learned men. -मर्मन् m. (शिरोमर्मन्) a hog. -मालिन् m. (शिरोमालिन्) an epithet of Śiva. -रत्नम् (शिरोरत्नम्) a jewel worn on the head. -रुजा (शिरोरुजा) head-ache. -रुह् m., -रुहः (शिरोरुह्- रुहः) (also शिरसिरुह्-हः) the hair of the head; शिरोरुहैः स्नानकषायवासितैः स्त्रियो निदाधं शमयन्ति कामिनाम् Ṛs. 1.4; Ku.5.9; R.15.16. -रोगः a disease of the head; अथातः शिरोरोगविज्ञानीयमध्यायं व्याख्यास्यामः Suśr. -वर्तिन् a. (-शिरोवर्तिन्) being at the head. (-m.) a chief, any one at the head of affairs. -वल्ली (शिरोवल्ली) the crest of a peacock. -वृत्तम् (शिरोवृत्तम्) pepper. -वेष्टः, वेष्टनम् (शिरोवेष्टः, -ष्टनम्) a head-dress, turban; शिरोवेष्टनव्याजतस्ते मुखेन्दोः Sūkti.35. -शूलम् head-ache. -रथः 1 leader, chief. -2 a plaintiff. -a. imminent. -स्थानम् main apartment; गतेष्वस्मासु राजा नः शिरःस्थानानि पश्यतु Pratimā 1.31. -हारिन् m. (शिरोहारिन्) an epithet of Śiva.
śūdraḥ शूद्रः [शुच्-रक् पृषो˚ चस्य दः दीर्घः Uṇ.2.19] A man of the fourth or the last of the four principal tribes of the Hindus; he is said to have been born from the feet of Puruṣa; पद्भ्यां शूद्रो अजायत Ṛv.1.9.12; or of Brahman; Ms.1.87; and his principal business was to serve the three higher castes; एकमेव तु शूद्रस्य प्रभुः कर्म समादिशत् । एतेषामेव वर्णानां शुश्रुषामनसूयया ॥ Ms.1.9. -Comp. -आर्ता the Priyaṅgu plant. -आह्निकम् the daily ceremonies or observances of a Śūdra. -उदकम् water polluted by the touch of a Śūdra. -कृत्यम्, -धर्मः the duties of a Śūdra. -घ्न, -हन् a. 1 killing a Śūdra. -2 the slayer of a Śūdra; एतदेव व्रतं कृत्स्नं षण्मासान् शूद्रहा चरेत् Ms.11.13. -प्रियः an onion. -प्रेष्यः a man of any of the three higher castes who has become a servant to a Śūdra. -भूयिष्ठ a. consisting mostly of Śūdra; यद्राष्ट्रं शूद्रभूयिष्ठम् (विनश्यति) Ms.8.22. -याजकः one who conducts a sacrifice for a Śūdra. -राज्यम् a country of which a Śūdra is a king; न शूद्रराज्ये निवसेत् Ms.4.61. -वर्गः the Śūdra or servile class. -वृत्तिः the occupation of a Śūdra; वैश्यो$जीवन् स्वधर्मेण शूद्रवृत्त्यापि वर्तयेत् Ms.1.98, -शासनम् 1 dominion of a Śūdra. -2 a written bond of a Śūdra; L. D. B. -3 an edict addressed to Śūdras. -संस्पर्शः the touch of a Śūdra; अस्वर्ग्या ह्याहुतिः सा स्याच्छूद्रसंस्पर्शदूषिता Ms.5.14. -सेवनम् serving a Śūdra, being the servant of a Śūdra; Ms.11.69.
śvasita श्वसित p. p. [श्वस्-क्त] 1 Breathed, sighed. -2 Breathing. -तम् 1 Breathing, respiration. -2 Sighing.
saṃskāraḥ संस्कारः 1 Making perfect, refining, polishing; (मणिः) प्रयुक्तसंस्कार इवाधिकं बभौ R.3.18. -2 Refinement, perfection, grammatical purity (as of words); संस्कार- वत्येव गिरा मनीषी Ku.1.28 (where Malli, renders the word by व्याकरणजन्या शुद्धिः); R.15.76. -3 Education, cultivation, training (as of the mind); निसर्ग- संस्कारविनीत इत्यसौ नृपेण चक्रे युवराजशब्दभाक् R.3.35; Ku. 7.1. -4 Making ready, preparation. -5 Cooking, dressing (as of food &c.). -6 Embellishment, decoration, ornament; स्वभावसुन्दरं वस्तु न संस्कारमपेक्षते Dṛi. Ś. 49; Ś.7.23; Mu.2.1. -7 Consecration, sanctification, hallowing; संस्कारो नाम स भवति यस्मिञ्जाते पदार्थो भवति योग्यः कस्यचिदर्थस्य ŚB. on MS.3.1.3. -3 Impression, form, mould, operation, influence; यन्नवे भोजने लग्नः संस्कारो नान्यथा भवेत् H. Pr.8; Bh.3.84. -9 Idea, notion, conception. -1 Any faculty or capacity. -11 Effect of work, merit of action; फलानुमेयाः प्रारम्भाः संस्काराः प्राक्तना इव R.1.2. -12 The self-reproductive quality, faculty of impression; one of the 24 qualities or guṇas recognised by the Vaiśeṣikas; it is of three kinds: भावना, वेग, and स्थितिस्थापकता q .q. v. v. -13 The faculty of recollection, impression on the memory; संस्कारमात्रजन्यं ज्ञानं स्मृतिः T. S. -14 A purificatory rite, a sacred rite or ceremony; संस्कारार्थं शरीरस्य Ms.2.66; R.1.78; (Manu mentions 12 such Saṃskāras viz. 1. गर्भाधान, 2. पुंसवन, 3. सीमन्तोन्नयन, 4. जातकर्मन्, 5. नामकर्मन्, 6. निष्क्रमण, 7. अन्नप्राशन, 8. चूडाकर्मन्, 9. उपनयन, 1. केशान्त, 11. समावर्तन, and 12. विवाह; see Ms.2.26 &c.; some writers increase the number to sixteen). -15 Purification, purity. -16 A rite or ceremony in general. -17 Investiture with the sacred thread; मांसं मूत्रं पुरीषं च प्राश्य संस्कारमर्हति Mb.12.165.76. -18 Obsequial ceremonies. -19 A polishing stone; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5 (where संस्कार may mean 'polishing' also). -Comp. -पूत a. 1 purified by sacred rites. -2 purified by refinement or education. -भूषणम् (speech) adorned by correctness. -रहित, -वर्जित, -हीन a. (a person of one of the three higher castes) over whom the purificatory ceremonies, particularly the threadceremony, have not been performed and who therefore becomes a Vrātya or outcast; cf. व्रात्य. -शब्दः a word which gains its currency owing to संस्कार; संस्कारशब्दा एते आहवनीयादयः ŚB. on MS.5.3.21.
sattā सत्ता 1 Existence, entity, being. -2 Actual existence, reality. -3 The highest Jāti or generality; द्रव्यादित्रिक- वृत्तिस्तु सत्ता परतयोच्यते. -4 Goodness, excellence.
sattvam सत्त्वम् [सतो भावः] (Said to be m. also in the first ten senses) 1 Being, existence, entity. -2 Nature, essence. -3 Natural character, inborn disposition; अच्योष्ट सत्त्वान्नृपतिश्च्युताशः Bk.3.2. -4 Life, spirit, breath, vitality, principle of vitality; उद्गतानीव सत्त्वानि बभूवुरमनस्विनाम् Rām.2.48.2; चित्रे निवेश्य परिकल्पित- सत्त्वयोगा Ś.2.1. -5 Consciousness, mind, sense; वाक्च सत्वं च गोविन्द बुद्धौ संवेशितानि ते Mb.12.46.4; Bg.16.1; Bhāg.7.15.41. -6 An embryo. -7 Substance, thing, wealth. -8 An elementary substance such as earth, air, fire &c. -9 (also m.) A living or sentient being, animal, beast; वन्यान् विनेष्यन्निव दुष्टसत्त्वान् R.2.8;15.15; किं नो$पत्यनिर्विशेषाणि सत्वानि विप्रकरोषि Ś7; Māl.9; यश्चासूनपि संत्यजेत् करुणया सत्त्वार्थमभ्युद्यतः Nāg.2.1. -1 An evil spirit, a demon, ghost; अद्य नूनं दशरथः सत्त्वमाविश्य भाषते Rām.2.33.1. -11 Goodness, virtue, excellence. -12 Truth, reality, certainty. -13 Strength, energy, courage, vigour, power, inherent power, the stuff of which a person is made; निजमेव सत्त्वमुपकारि साम् Ki.18. 14; Mb.12.313.17; क्रियासिद्धिः सत्त्वे भवति महतां नोपकरणे Subhāṣ.; R.5.31; Mu.3.22. -14 Wisdom, good sense. -15 The quality of goodness or purity regarded as the highest of the three Guṇas q. v.; (it is said to predominate most in gods and heavenly beings). -16 A natural property or quality, characteristic. -17 A noun, substantive. -18 Intellect (बुद्धि); अघ्राणमवितर्कं च सत्त्वं प्रविशते परम् Mb.12.24.18. -19 The subtle body of individual soul (लिङ्गशरीर); गृहाणीव हि मर्त्यानामाहुर्देहानि पण्डिताः । कालेन विनियुज्यन्ते सत्त्वमेकं तु शाश्वतम् ॥ Mb.11.3.8. -Comp. -अनुरूप a. 1 according to one's inborn disposition or inherent character; सर्वः कृच्छ्रगतो$पि वाञ्छति जनः सत्त्वानुरूपं फलम् Bh.2.3. -2 according to one's means or wealth; सत्त्वानुरूपाहरणीकृतश्रीः R.7.32. (Malli's interpretation does not appear to suit the context). -आत्मन् m. the individual soul (लिङ्गदेह); वशे तिष्ठति सत्त्वात्मा सततं योगयोगिनाम् Mb.12.253.6. -उत्साहः 1 natural energy. -2 energy and courage. -उद्रेकः 1 excess of the quality of goodness. -2 pre-eminence in strength or courage. -गुणः the quality of purity or goodness. -तनुः epithet of Viṣṇu; श्रेयांसि तत्र खलु सत्त्वतनोर्नृणां स्युः Bhāg.1.2.23. -धातुः the animal sphere. -धामन् epithet of Viṣṇu. -योगः 1 dignity; Kau. A.1.9. -2 association with life; चित्रे निवेश्य परिकल्पितसत्त्वयोगा Ś.2.1. -लक्षणम् signs of pregnancy; तत्कथमिमामभिव्यक्तसत्त्वलक्षणां ... प्रतिपत्स्ये Ś.5. -लोकः a world of living beings. -विप्लवः loss of consciousness. -विहित 1 caused by nature. -2 caused by goodness. -3 virtuous, upright. -संशुद्धिः f. purity or uprightness of nature; अभयं सत्त्वसंशुद्धिः Bg.16.1. -संपन्न a. 1 endowed with goodness, virtuous. -2 equable, evenminded. -संप्लवः 1 loss of strength or vigour. -2 universal destruction. -सारः 1 essence of strength. -2 a very powerful person. -स्थ a. 1 being in the nature of things. -2 inherent in animals. -3 animate. -4 characterized by goodness, good, excellent. -स्थः a Yogi; कर्मस्था विषयं ब्रूयुः सत्त्वस्था समदर्शिनः Mb.12.238.6.
samāpanā समापना Highest degree, perfection; द्रव्यत्यागे तु कर्माणि भोगत्यागे व्रतान्यपि । सुखत्यागे तपोयोगं सर्वत्यागे समापना ॥ Mb.12.219.18.
samutkarṣaḥ समुत्कर्षः 1 Exaltation. -2 Setting oneself up, belonging to a tribe higher than his own; अनृतं च समुत्कर्षे Ms.11.56. -3 Laying aside (a girdle).
savya सव्य a. [Uṇ4.19] 1 Left, left-hand; सव्ये प्राचीन- आवीती निवीती कण्ठसज्जने Ms.2.63. -2 Southern. -3 Contrary, backward, reverse; प्रदक्षिणं च सव्यं च ग्राममध्ये च नाचरेत् Mb.12.278.7. -4 Right. -5 Dry, not sprinkled with ghee (अनभिघृत); सव्यशब्दो रूक्षे भाष्यते । सव्या वपा इत्यनभिघृततां दर्शयति ŚB. on MS.4.1.36. -व्यः An epithet of Viṣṇu. -व्यम् ind. The usual position of the sacred thread when it hangs down over the left shoulder; cf. अपसव्य. -Comp. -अपसव्य a. 1 left and right. -2 Wrong and right, -इतर a. right; सव्येतरेण स्फुरता तदक्ष्णा R.14.49. -जानु n. a mode of fighting (by using the left knee). -बाहु n. a mode of fighting with the left arm. -साचिन् m. an epithet of Arjuna; निमित्तमात्रं भव सव्यसाचिन् Bg.11. 33.; (the name is thus derived in Mb.:-- उभौ मे दक्षिणौ पाणी गाण्डीवस्य विकर्षणे । तेन देवमनुष्येषु सव्यसाचीति मां विदुः ॥).
sāra सार a. [सृ-घम्, सार्-अच् वा] 1 Essential. -2 Best, highest, most excellent; एतद्वः सारफल्गुत्वं बीजयोन्योः प्रकीर्तितम् Ms.9.56; द्वयोः सारं तुल्यं द्वितयमभियुक्तेन मनसा Mu.1.13. -3 Real, true, genuine. -4 Strong, vigorous; सारबलम् Kau. A.1; सुयुद्धकामुकं सारमसारं विपरीतकम् Śukra.4.872. -5 Sound, thoroughly proved. -6 Highest or best (at the end of comp.); त्रिवर्गसारः Ku.5.38. -7 Just, right; पृथोस्तत् सूक्तमाकर्ण्य सारं सुष्ठु मितं मधु Bhāg.4.22.17. -8 Speckled, motley. -9 Driving away; यो$यं दिधक्षोर्दावपावकस्य गरिम- सारः सीकरासारः B. R.2.6/61. -रः, -रम् (but usually m. only except in the first 4 senses) 1 Essence, essential part, quintessence; स्नेहस्य तत् फलमसौ प्रणयस्य सारः Māl.1. 9; U.6.22; असारे खलु संसारे सारमेच्चतुष्टयम् । काश्यां वासः सतां संगो गङ्गांम्भः शंभुसेवनम् ॥ Dharm.14. -2 Substance, pith. -3 Marrow; निःशेषं शकलितवल्कलाङ्गसारैः Ki.17.62. -4 Real truth, main point. -5 The sap or essence of trees; as in खदिरसार, सर्जसार. -6 Summary, epitome, compendium. -7 Strength, vigour, power, energy; सारं धरित्रीधरणक्षमं च Ku.1.17; R.2.74. -8 Prowess, heroism, courage; राज्ञा हिमवतः सारो राज्ञः सारो हिमाद्रिणा R.4.79. -9 Firmness, hardness. -1 Wealth, riches; गामात्तसाराम् R.5.26. -11 Nectar. -12 Fresh butter. -13 Air, wind. -14 Cream, coagulum of curds. -15 Disease. -16 Matter, pus. -17 Worth, excellence, highest perception. -18 A man at chess. -19 Impure carbonate of soda. -2 A figure of speech corresponding to English 'climax'; उत्तरोत्तरमुत्कर्षो भवेत् सारः परावधिः K. P.1. -21 The heart. -22 Course, motion. -23 Extension. -24 Any or chief ingredient. -25 (In Rhet.) A kind of climax. -26 Dung. -27 Pus. -रा 1 Dūrvā grass. -2 Kuśa grass. -रम् 1 Water -2 Fitness, propriety. -3 Wood, thicket. -4 Steel. -Comp. -अपराधौ m. du. the ability (of a criminal to suffer) and the nature of crime; the greatness of the crime; सारापराधौ चालोक्य दण्डं दण्ड्येषु पातयेत् Ms.8. 126; cf. 9.262. -असार a. valuable and worthless, strong and weak. (-रम्) 1 worth and worthlessness; सारासारं च भाण्डानाम् Ms.9.331. -2 substance and emptiness. -3 strength and weakness. ˚विचारः consideration of strong and weak points &c. -गन्धः sandal wood. -गात्र a. strong-limbed. -गुणः a principal virtue. -गुरु a. heavy with weight. -ग्रीवः N. of Śiva. -जम् fresh butter. -तरुः the plantain tree. -दा 1 N. of Sarasvatī. -2 of Durgā. -द्रुमः the Khadira tree. -फल्गु a. superior and inferior; Kau. A.2.7. ˚त्वम् goodness and badness; comparative importance; एतद्वः सारफल्गुत्वं बीज- योन्योः प्रकीर्तितम् Ms.9.56. -भङ्गः loss of vigour. -भाण्डम् 1 a natural vessel. -2 a bale of goods, merchandise. -3 implements. -मार्गणम् searching for pith or marrow. -मितिः the Veda. -योध a. consisting of excellent warriors. -लोहम् steel.
sāratā सारता 1 Firmness, solidity. -2 Strong confidence. -3 Worth, value. -4 Highest degree. -5 The being a chief ingredient.
sāvitrī सावित्री 1 A ray of light. -2 N. of a celebrated verse of the Rigveda, so called because it is addressed to the sun; it is also called गायत्री; q.v. for further information. -3 The ceremony of investiture with the sacred thread; आ षोडशाद् ब्राह्मणस्य सावित्री नातिवर्तते Ms.2.38. -4 N. of a wife of Brahman. -5 N. of Pārvatī. -6 N. of a wife of Kaśyapa. -7 An epithet of Sūryā (daughter of Savitṛi). -8 N. of the wife of Satyavat, king of Sālva. [She was the only daughter of king Aśvapati. She was so lovely that all the suitors that came to woo her were repulsed by her superior lustre, and thus though she reached a marriageable age, she found no one ready to espouse her. At last her father asked her to go and find out a husband of her own choice. She did so, and having made her selection returned to her father, and told him that she had chosen Satyavat, son of Dyumatsena, king of Sālva, who being driven out from his kingdom was then leading a hermit's life along with his wife. When Nārada, who happened to be present there, heard this, he told her as well as Aśvapati that he was very sorry to hear of the choice she had made, for though Satyavat was in every way worthy of her, yet he was fated to die in a year from that date, and in choosing him, therefore, Sāvitrī would be only choosing life-long widow-hood and misery. Her parents, therfore, naturally tried to dissuade her mind, but the high-souled maiden told them that her choice was unalterably fixed. Accordingly the marriage took place in due time, and Sāvitrī laid aside her jewels and rich apparel, and putting on the coarse garments of hermits, spent her time in serving her old father and mother-in-law. Still, though outwardly happy, she could not forget the words of Nārada, and as she counted, the days seemed to fly swifitly like moments, and the fated time, when her husband was to die, drew near. 'I have yet three days' thought she, 'and for these three days I shall observe a rigid fast.' She maintained her vow, and on the fourth day, when Satyavat was about to go to the woods to bring sacrificial fuel, she accompanied him. After having collected some fuel, Satyavat, being fatigued, sat down, and reposing his head on the bosom of Sāvitrī fell asleep. Just then Yama came down, snatched off his soul, and proceeded towards the south. Sāvitrī saw this and followed the god who told her to return as her husband's term of life was over. But the faithful wife besought Yama in so pathetic a strain that he granted her boon after boon, except the life of her husband, until, being quite subdued by her devotion to her husband and the force of her eloquent appeal, the god relented and restored even the spirit of Satyavat to her. Delighted she returned, and found her husband as if roused from a deep sleep, and informing him of all that had occurred, went to the hermitage of her father-in-law who soon reaped the fruits of the boons of Yama. Sāvitrī is regarded as the beau ideal or highest pattern of conjugal fidelity, and a young married woman is usually blessed by elderly females with the words जन्मसावित्री भव, thus placing before her the example of Sāvitrī for lifelong imitation.] -Comp. -पतितः, -परिभ्रष्टः a man of any one of the first three castes not invested with the sacred thread at the proper time; cf. व्रात्य; सावित्रीपतिता व्रात्या व्रात्यस्तोमादृते क्रतोः Y.1.38; Ms.2.39; तान् सावित्रीपरिभ्रष्टान् व्रात्यानिति विनि- र्दिशेत् Ms.1.2. -व्रतम् N. of a particular fast kept by Hindu women on the last three days of the bright half of Jyeṣṭha to preserve them from widowhood. -सूत्रम् the sacred thread (यज्ञोपवीत).
sāhasam साहसम् [सहसा बलेन निर्वृत्तम् अण्] 1 Violence, force; rapine; पैशून्यं साहसं द्रोहं ईर्ष्यासूयार्थदूषणम् । वाग्दण्डजं च पारुष्यं क्रोधजोी$पि गणो$ष्टकः ॥ Ms.7.48. -2 Any criminal act (such as robbery, rape, felony &c.), a heinous crime, an aggressive act. -3 Cruelty, oppression; न सहास्मि साहसमसाहसिकी Śi.9.59. -4 Boldness, daring, daring courage; साहसे श्रीः प्रतिवसति Mk.4. -5 Precipitation, rashness, temerity, an inconsiderate or reckless act, a rash or daring act; तदपि साहसाभासम् Māl.2; किमपरमतो निर्व्यूढं यत् करार्पणसाहसम् 9.1; Pt.1.191; Ki.17.42. -6 Punishment, chastisement, fine (m. also in this sense); पणानां द्वे शते सार्धे प्रथमः साहसः स्मृतः Ms.8.138,276; Y. 1.66,365. -Comp. -अङ्कः 1 an epithet of king Vikramāditya. -2 of a poet. -3 of a lexicographer. -अधिपतिः a police officer; साहसाधिपतिं चैव ग्रामनेतारमेव च Śukra.2.2. -अध्यवसायिन् a. acting rashly or with inconsiderate haste. -एकरसिक a. wholly intent on violence, ferocious, brutal. -करणम् violence, force. -कारिन् a. 1 bold, audacious. -2 rash, inconsiderate. -दण्डः highest amerciament; पूर्वः साहसदण्ड आहर्तुः Kau. A.2.5. -लाञ्छन a. characterized by boldness.
sītā सीता [सि-त पृषो˚ दीर्घः] 1 A furrow, track or line of a ploughshare. -2 (Hence) A tilled or furrowed ground, ploughed land; वृषेव सीतां तदवग्रहक्षताम् Ku.5.61. -3 Husbandry, agriculture; as in सीताद्रव्य q. v. -4 N. of the daughter of Janaka, king of Mithilā, and wife of Rāma.; जनकानां कुले कीर्तिमाहरिष्यति मे सुता । सीता भर्तार- मासाद्य रामं दशरथात्मजम् ॥ Rām.1.67.22. [She was so called because she was supposed to have sprung from a furrow made by king Janaka while ploughing the ground to prepare it for a sacrifice which he had instituted to obtain progeny, and hence also her epithets, 'Ayonijā', 'Dharāputrī' &c. She was married to Rāma and accompanied him to the forest. While there she was once carried off by Rāvaṇa who tried to violate her chastity, but she scornfully rejected his suit. When Rāma came to know that she was in Lankā, he attacked ther place, killed Rāvaṇa and his host of demons, and recovered Sītā. She had, however, to pass through the terrible ordeal of fire before she could be received by her husband as his wife. Though thus convinced of her chastity, he had afterwards to abandon her, when far advanced in pregnancy, because the people continued to suspect her fidelity. She however, found a protector in the sage Vālmīki, at whose hermitage she was delivered of Kuśa and Lava, and who brought them up. She was ultimately restored to Rāma by the sage.] -5 N. of a goddess, wife of Indra. -6 N. of Umā -7 N of Lakṣmī. -8 N. of one of the four fabulous branches (the eastern branch) of the Ganges. -9 Spirituous liquor. -Comp. -अध्यक्षः superintendent of agriculture. -द्रव्यम् implements of agriculture, tools of husbandry; सीताद्रव्यापहरणे शस्त्राणा- मौषधस्य च Ms.9.293. -पतिः N. of Rāmachandra. -फलः the custard-apple tree. (-लम्) its fruit.
sītya सीत्य a. Measured out by furrows, tilled, ploughed. -त्यम् Rice, corn, grain. सीतानकः sītānakḥ सीतीनकः sītīnakḥ सीतानकः सीतीनकः Pease. सीत्कारः sītkārḥ सीत्कृतिः sītkṛtiḥ सीत्कारः सीत्कृतिः f. A sound made by drawing in the breath, (expressive of sighing, shivering with cold, murmuring &c.); मया दष्टाधरं तस्याः ससीत्कारमिवाननम् V.4.21.
sīmā सीमा 1 Boundary, limit, border, margin, frontier. -2 A mound or ridge serving to mark the boundary of a field, village &c.; सीमां प्रति समुत्पन्ने विवादे Ms.8.245; Y.2.152. -3 A mark, land-mark. -4 A bank, shore, coast. -5 The horizon. -6 A suture (as of a skull). -7 The bounds of morality or decorum, limits of propriety. -8 The highest or utmost limit, highest point, climax; सीमेव पद्मासनकौशलस्य Bk.1.6. -9 A field. -1 The nape of the neck. -11 The scrotum. -12 An ornament of the hair; L. D. B. -Comp. -अज्ञानम् ignorance of boundaries; सीमाज्ञाने नृणां वीक्ष्य नित्यं लोके विपर्ययम् Ms.8.249. -अधिपः 1 a neighbouring prince. -2 a keeper of borders. -अन्तः 1 a boundary-line, border, frontier-line. -2 the utmost limit. ˚पूजनम् 1 the ceremony of worshipping or honouring a village boundary. -2 worshipping the bridegroom when he arrives at the village boundary. -उल्लङ्घनम् transgressing or leaping over a boundary, crossing a frontier (now performed on the Dasarā day). -कृषाण a. ploughing on the border of a land mark. -निश्चयः a legal decision with respect to land-marks or boundaries. -बन्धः a depository of rules of morality. -लिङ्गम् a boundary-mark, land-mark; उपच्छन्नानि चान्यानि सीमालिङ्गानि कारयेत् Ms.8.249. -वादः a dispute about boundaries. -विनिर्णयः settlement of disputed boundary-questions; सीमाविनिर्णयं कुर्युः प्रयता राजसंनिधौ Ms.8.258. -विवादः litigation about boundaries. ˚धर्मः the law regarding disputes about boundaries. -वृक्षः 1 a tree serving as a boundary-mark; सीमावृक्षांश्च कुर्वीत न्यग्रोधाश्वत्थकिंशुकान् Ms.8.246. -2 (fig.) one whose example is followed by others. -संधिः the meeting of two boundaries; सीमासंधिषु कार्याणि देवतायतनानि च Ms.8. 248,261. -सेतुः a ridge or causeway serving as a boundary; सामन्तप्रत्ययो ज्ञेयः सीमासेतुविनिर्णयः Ms.8.262.
surabhi सुरभि a. 1 Sweet-smelling, fragrant, odorous; पाटलसंसर्गसुरभिवनवाताः Ś.1.3; Me.16,21,34. -2 Pleasing, agreeable. -3 Shining handsome; तां सौरभेयीं सुरभिर्यशोभिः R.2.3; Mv.6.63. -4 Beloved, friendly, -5 Celebrated, famous. -6 Wise, learned. -7 Good, virtuous. -भिः 1 Fragrance, odour, perfume; यः पुरीष- सुरभिसौगन्ध्यवायुस्तं देशं दशयोजनं समन्तात् सुरभिं चकार Bhāg. 5.5.33. -2 Nutmeg. -3 Resin of Sāla, or resin in general. -4 The Champaka tree. -5 The Śamī tree. -6 The Kadamba tree. -7 A kind of fragrant grass. -8 The season of spring; वासार्थं हर संभृतं सुरभिणा पौष्पं रजो वीरुधाम् V.2.2. -9 The month of Chaitra. -1 The Bakula tree. -f. 1 The gum olibanum tree. -2 The sacred basil. -3 Jasmine. -4 A sort of perfume or fragrant plant. -5 Spirituous liquor. -6 The earth. -7 A cow; ऊर्जस्वलेन सुरभीरनु निःसपत्नं जग्मे जयोद्धुरविशाल- विषाणमुक्ष्णा Śi.5.64. -8 N. of the fabulous cow of plenty; सुतां तदीयां सुरभेः कृत्वा प्रतिनिधिम् R.1.81,75; व्यालम्बेथाः सुरभितनयालम्भजां मानयिष्यन् Me.47. -9 N. of one of the Mātṛis. -1 The east. -n. 1 A fragrant smell, perfume, fragrance. -2 Sulphur. -3 Gold. -Comp. -गन्धम् see सुरभिवल्कल. -गोत्रम् oxen, cattle, kine. -घृतम् fragrant butter, well-seasoned ghee. -त्रिफला 1 nutmeg. -2 cloves. -3 areca nut. -त्वच् f. large cardamoms. -दारुः the Sarala tree. -पत्रा the rose-apple. -बाणः an epithet of Cupid. -मासः the spring. -मुखम् the commencement of spring. -वल्कलम् the bark of Laurus Cassia (Mar. दालचिनी). -स्रवा the gum olibanum tree.
sphuṭita स्फुटित p. p. [स्फुट्-क्त] 1 Burst, broken open, split, cracked; पाकारुणस्फुटितदाडिमकान्ति Māl.9.31. -2 Budded, blown, expanded (as a flower); स्फुटितकमला- मोदप्रायाः प्रवान्तु वनानिलाः U.3.24. -3 Made clear, manifested, shown. -4 Torn, destroyed. -5 Laughed at-Comp. -चरण a. having wide feet, splay-footed.
svāmin स्वामिन् a. (-नी f.) [स्व अस्त्यर्थे मिनि दीर्घः] Possessing proprietory rights. -m. 1 A proprietor, an owner. -2 A lord, master; रघुस्वामिनः सच्चरित्रम् Vikr.18.17. -4 A sovereign, king, monarch. -5 A husband. -6 A spiritual preceptor. -7 A learned Brāhmana, an ascetic or religious man of the highest order; (in this sense usually added to proper names).-8 An epithet of Kārtikeya. -9 Of Viṣṇu. -1 Of Śiva. -11 Of the sage Vātsyāyana. -12 Of Garuḍa. -13 The sacrificer, the owner (at a याग); यो$र्थी स्वत्यागेन ऋत्विजः परिक्रीणीते, यश्च स्वं प्रदेयं त्यजति स स्वामी ŚB. on MS.6.3. 21; तस्मान्न स्वामिनः प्रतिनिधिः ibid. -14 The image or temple of a god. -Comp. -उपकारकः a horse. -कार्यम् the business of a king or master. -गुणः the virtue of a ruler. -जङ्घिन् m. N. of Paraśurāma. -जनकः the father-in-law. -पाल m. du. the owner and the keeper (of cattle); क्रयविक्रयानुशयो विवादः स्वामिपालयोः Ms.8.5. -भट्टारकः a noble lord. -भावः the state of a lord or owner, ownership. -मूल a. originating in or derived from a master or lord. -वात्सल्यम् affection for the husband or lord. -सद्भावः 1 existence of a master or owner. -2 goodness of a master or lord. -सेवा 1 the service of a master. -2 respect for a husband.
halya हल्य a. 1 Arable, to be ploughed. -2 Ugly, deformed. -ल्यम् 1 A ploughed field. -2 Deformity, ugliness. Rām.7.3.22; see हलम् (2).
havanīya हवनीय a. [हु कर्मणि अनीयर्] Sacrificial. -यम् 1 Anything fit for an oblation. -2 Clarified butter or ghee.
haviṣyam हविष्यम् [हविषे हितं यत्] 1 Anything fit for an oblation; दर्भाः पवित्रं पूर्वाह्णो हविष्याणि च सर्वशः Ms.3.256;11. 77,16; Y.1.239; (नन्दव्रजकुमारिकाः) चेरुर्हविष्यं भुञ्जनाः कात्यायन्यर्चनव्रतम् Bhāg.1.22.1. -2 Clarified butter. -3 Wild rice. -4 Rice mixed with ghee. -Comp. -अन्नम् food fit to be eaten during certain holidays or days of fast. -आशिन्, -भुज् m. fire.
hasita हसित p. p. [हस्-कर्तरि क्त] 1 Laughed, laughing. -2 Blown, expanded. -तम् 1 Laughter. -2 Joke, jesting; कीर्तितानि हसिते$पि तानि यं व्रीडयन्ति चरितानि मानिनम् Ki.13.47. -3 The bow of the god of love.
haimavatī हैमवती 1 N. of Pārvatī. -2 Of the river Ganges; एवमुक्तः प्रत्युवाच राजा हैमवतीं तदा Mb.3.18.16. -3 A kind of myrobalan. -4 A kind of drug. -5 Common flax. -6 A tawny grape. हैयंगवम् haiyaṅgavam हैयंगवीनम् haiyaṅgavīnam हैयंगवम् हैयंगवीनम् [त्वो गोदोहात् भवं ह्यस् गो ख नि˚] 1 Clarified butter prepared from the preceding day's milk, fresh ghee; हैयंगवीनमादाय घोषवृद्धानुपस्थितान् R.1. 45; Bk.5.12. -2 Butter prepared a day before it is used, fresh butter; भित्वा मृषाश्रुर्दृषदश्मना रहो जघास हैयंगव- मन्तरं गतः Bhāg.1.9.6.
hotram होत्रम् [हु-ष्ट्रन्] 1 Anything fit to be offered as an oblation (as ghee). -2 A burnt offering. -3 A sacrifice.
homaḥ होमः [हु-मन्] 1 Offering oblations to gods by throwing ghee into the consecrated fire, (one of the five daily Yajñas, to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa, called देवयज्ञ q. v.); इष्टिर्यागः । स एवासेचनाधिको होमः ŚB. on MS.6.8.7. -2 A burnt offering. -3 A sacrifice; R.3.38; Mb. 12.165.26. -Comp. -अग्निः the sacrificial fire. -कर्मन् sacrificial act. -कल्पः mode of sacrificing. -कुण्डम् a hole in the ground for receiving the consecrated fire. -तुरङ्गः a sacrificial horse; नियुज्य तं होमतुरङ्गरक्षणे R.3.38. -धानम् a sacrificial chamber. -धान्यम् 1 sesamun. -2 barley. -धूमः the smoke of a burnt offering or sacrificial fire. -धेनुः a cow yielding milk for an oblation. -भस्मन् n. the ashes of a burnt offering. -भाण्डम् a sacrificial implement. -वेला the time for offering oblations. -शाला a sacrificial hall or chamber.
homīya होमीय होम्य a. Belonging to or fit for an oblation. -भ्यम् (also हौम्यम्) 1 Ghee. -2 Anything for an oblation (होमद्रव्य); अग्निनामव्ययं ह्येतद्धौम्यं वेदविदो विदुः । तस्माद्ददाति यो धेनुं स हौम्यं संप्रयच्छति ॥ Mb.13.66.47.
Macdonell Vedic Search
7 results
upama upa-má, spv. a. highest, viii. 29, 9.
ghṛta ghṛ-tá, (pp.) n. clarified butter, ghee, i. 85, 3; ii. 33, 11. 14; v. 11, 3; 83, 8 [ghṛ be hot].
ghṛtanirṇij ghṛtá-nirṇij, a. (Bv.) having a garment of ghee, ii. 35, 4 [nir-níj, f. splendour from nís out + nijwash].
ghṛtavant ghṛtá-vant, a. accompanied with ghee, iii. 59, 1; abounding in ghee, x. 14, 14.
jyeṣṭha jyé-ṣṭha, spv. highest, ii. 35, 9; chief, vii. 86, 4 [spv. of jyā].
para pár-a, a. farther, ii. 12, 8; higher, x. 15, 1; remote, x. 15, 10 [pṛ pass].
parama para-má, spv. a. farthest, iv. 50, 3; x. 14, 8; 129, 7; highest, i. 154, 5. 6; ii. 35, 14; iv. 50, 4.
Macdonell Search
1 result
ghed gha̮id, ghem v.  gha.
Bloomfield Vedic
Concordance
1 result0 results38 results
anu ghen mandī maghonaḥ RV.8.2.33c.
bhūri ghed indra ditsasi RV.4.32.20c.
etad ghed uta vīryam RV.4.30.8a.
na ghet tvam asi (AVP. ghed asi tvaṃ) tastuvam AVś.5.13.11b; AVP.8.2.10b.
na ghet tvam asi (AVP. ghed asi tvaṃ) tābuvam AVś.5.13.10b; AVP.8.2.9b.
na ghed asi tvaṃ etc. see na ghet tvam asi etc.
na ghem anyad ā papana RV.8.2.17a; AVś.20.18.2a; SV.2.70a.
taṃ ghed agnir vṛdhāvati RV.8.75.14c; TS.2.6.11.3c. See taṃ hed.
taṃ ghem itthā namasvinaḥ RV.1.36.7a; 8.69.17a; AVś.20.92.14a; AB.1.22.8; Aś.4.7.4; śś.18.8.4. P: taṃ ghem itthā śś.5.10.26.
te ghed agne svādhyaḥ RV.8.19.17a; 43.30a.
tubhyaṃ ghet te janā ime RV.8.43.29a.
ud ghed abhi śrutāmagham RV.8.93.1a; AVś.20.7.1a; SV.1.125a; 2.800a; GB.2.3.14; ā.5.2.3.2; Aś.9.11.15; śś.18.2.2; Vait.21.2; 33.2. P: ud ghed abhi Aś.5.10.28; 6.4.10; śś.7.12.4; 9.11.2; 12.2.7.
upa ghed enā namasā gṛṇīmasi RV.2.34.14b.
agne tvaṃ rodasī naḥ sudoghe # RV.3.15.6b.
aśvinā sāragheṇa mā # AVś.6.69.2a; 9.1.19a.
ārokā iva ghed aha # RV.8.43.3a.
idaṃ te jaṅghe ni tṛṇadmi bhūmyām # AVP.2.84.8.
indro na rodasī ubhe (KSṭB.VS.21.34d, dughe) # VS.20.60c; 21.34d; MS.3.11.2d: 142.1; 3.11.3c: 144.2; KS.38.8c; TB.2.6.11.4d; 12.3c.
indro vā ghed iyan magham # RV.8.21.17a. Cf. BṛhD.6.59 (B).
urvī pṛthvī madhudughe supeśasā # RV.6.70.1b; SV.1.378b; VS.34.45b; MS.4.11.1b: 162.12; KS.13.15b.
uṣāsānaktā sudugheva dhenuḥ # RV.1.186.4b; 7.2.6b.
kāmaṃ kāmadughe dhukṣva # VS.12.72a; TS.4.2.5.6a; MS.2.7.14a: 95.10; 3.2.5: 22.3; KS.16.12a; śB.7.2.2.12a; Apś.16.19.5; Mś.6.1.6.6.
gṛhāṇāṅgāny apve (SV. erroneously, aghe) parehi # RV.10.103.12b; AVś.3.2.5b; AVP.3.5.5b; SV.2.1211b; VS.17.44b; N.9.33b. Fragment: apve parehi N.6.12.
taṃ hed agnir vidhāvati # MS.4.11.6c: 176.5. See taṃ ghed.
tugro ha bhujyum aśvinodameghe # RV.1.116.3a; TA.1.10.2a.
te vām upadadhe kāmadughe akṣite # TB.3.11.1.18.
devī ūrjāhutī dughe sudughe (MS.VS.21.52a, put sudughe with the following pāda) # VS.21.52a; 28.16a,39a; MS.3.11.5a: 147.7; TB.2.6.10.3a; 14.3a. P: devī ūrjāhutī Mś.4.1.11. See prec.
payasvatī sudughe śūram indram # VS.20.41b; MS.3.11.1b: 140.6; KS.38.6b; TB.2.6.8.3b.
puṣpiṇyau carato jaṅghe # AB.7.15.2a; śś.15.19a.
pra dīrgheṇa vandanas tāry āyuṣā # RV.1.119.6d.
madhuścutā madhudughe madhuvrate # RV.6.70.5b.
madhvā saṃpṛktāḥ sāragheṇa dhenavaḥ # RV.8.4.8c; SV.2.956c.
manor viśvasya ghed ime # RV.8.47.4c.
no magheva niṣṣapī parā dāḥ # RV.1.104.5d; N.5.16.
yajñasya peśaḥ sudughe payasvatī # RV.2.3.6d.
yad asmin madhughe madhu # AVP.8.10.3c.
yāmann añjaspā iva ghed upabdibhiḥ # RV.10.94.13b.
yudhā yudham upa ghed eṣi dhṛṣṇuyā # RV.1.53.7a; AVś.20.21.7a.
Dictionary of Sanskrit Search
"ghe" has 6 results
uccathe higher tone also called उदात्त or acute; confer, compare नीचमुच्चात् Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 55, also एते स्वराः प्रकम्पन्ते यत्रोच्चस्वरितोदयाः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III.19; confer, compare also the terms उच्चश्रुति Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 61, एकोच्च R.T. 62, अाद्युच्च, अन्तेाच्चक. et cetera, and others
uttama(1)the best,the highest,the last: (2) the last letter of the consonantclasses, the nasal; cf, A.Pr.II.4.14; R.Pr.IV.3; confer, compare also अनुत्तम meaning non-nasal; (3) the उत्तमपुरुष or the premier or the first person constituting the affixes मि, वस् and मस् and their substitutes, confer, compare P.I.4.107.
udāttatararaised acute, a tone slightly higher than the acute tone which is mentioned in connection with the first half of a circumflex vowel; confer, compare तस्योदात्ततरोदात्तादर्धमात्रार्धमेव वा R.P.III.2.
nāda(1)voice; resonance; tone; the sound caused by the vibration of the vocal chords in the open glottis when the air passes through them; confer, compare वर्णाोत्पत्त्यनन्तरभावी अनुरणनरूपः शब्दः नादः Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.on Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.9; confer, compare also संवृते कण्ठे यः शब्दः क्रियते स नादसंज्ञो भवति Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.II. 4; (2) sound, articulate sound generally without sense, which is momentary; (3) the highest sound. See परा.
parāthe highest eternal voice or word, the highest and the most lofty of the our divisions of language (वाक), viz. परा,पश्यन्ती, मध्यमा and वैखरी, which, (परा), philosophically is identified with नाद ( व्रह्म ) or शब्दब्रह्म . It is described as वर्णादि -विशेषरहिता चेतनमिश्रा सृष्ट्युपयोगिनी जगदुपादानभूता कुण्डलिनीरूपेण प्राणिनां मूलाधारे वर्तते | कुण्डलिन्याः प्राणवायुसंयोगे परा व्यज्यते | इयं निःष्पन्दा पश्यन्त्यादयः सस्पन्दा अस्या विवर्तः । इयमेव सूक्ष्मस्फोट इत्युच्यते ।
vaiyākaraṇasiddhāntakaimudīan extremely popular work on the subject of Sanskrit grammar written for the use of students, which, although difficult at a few places, enables the students by its careful study to get a command over the subject. and enable him to read other higher works on grammar. The work is based on the Astadhyayi of Panini without omitting a single Sutra. The arrangement of the Sutras is, entirely different, as the author, for the sake of facility in understanding, has divided the work into different topics and explained the Sutras required for the topic by bringing them together in the topic. The main topics or Prakaranas are twelve in number, viz. (1) संज्ञापरिभाषा, (2) पञ्चसंधि, (3) सुबन्त or षड्लिङ्ग, (4) स्त्रीप्रत्यय, (5) कारक, (6) समास, (7) तद्धित, (8) तिङन्त, (9) प्रक्रिया, (10) कृदन्त, (11) वैदिकी and (12) स्वर which are sometimes styled as व्याकरणद्वादशी. The work is generally known by the term सिद्धान्तकौमुदी, or even कौमुदी, and it has got a large number of scholarly and ordinary commentaries as also commentaries on commentaries, all numbering a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. twelve, and two abridgments the Madhyakaumudi and the Laghukaumudi. The work was written by the reputed scholar Bhattoji Diksita of Varanasi in the seventeenth century. See Bhattoji Diksita.
Vedabase Search
403 results
ghṛta gheeCC Madhya 14.178
CC Madhya 17.59
SB 3.16.8
ghṛta ghee, or clarified butterCC Madhya 4.93
sarpiṣā gheeSB 6.19.22
sambandha-abhidheya-prayojana-maya first one's relationship, then activities in devotional service, and then achieving the highest goal of life, love of GodheadCC Madhya 25.131
sarva-adhika the highest of allCC Antya 7.24
tri-adhīśaḥ the master of three places, namely Goloka Vṛndāvana, Vaikuṇṭhaloka and the material world, or the master of Mahā-Viṣṇu, Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu and Kṣīrodakaśāyī Viṣṇu, or the master of Brahmā, Viṣṇu and Maheśvara, or the master of the three worlds (the higher, lower and middle planetary systems)CC Madhya 21.33
adhyāsīnam sitting higherSB 10.78.23
adhyāste is sitting higherSB 10.78.24
agni-hotrīm absolutely necessary for the production of yogurt, milk and ghee to offer as oblations in the fireSB 8.8.2
ahasat laughedSB 10.61.37
ājya in gheeSB 11.27.16-17
ājya of the gheeSB 11.27.38-41
ājya with gheeSB 11.27.38-41
ājyam offering of gheeSB 11.16.30
amṛti a preparation generally called amṛti-jilipi, made with rice powder and chick-pea flour, mixed with yogurt, fried in ghee and immersed in sugar waterCC Madhya 14.30
ghṛta-sikta parama-anna sweet rice mixed with gheeCC Madhya 15.217
muni-annaiḥ by preparations made with ghee for saintly personsSB 7.15.7
muni-annam foodstuffs prepared with ghee and suitable to be eaten by great saintly personsSB 7.15.5
muni-annena with food (prepared in ghee and offered to the Supreme Lord)SB 7.15.11
sat-annena with food prepared with ghee and milk, which is supposed to be very pureSB 8.16.54
anuttamām the highestBG 7.18
uttama-āptibhiḥ by attainment of the highest platform of perfectionCC Madhya 24.181
vara-ārohām higher consciousnessSB 4.26.13
parama-artha-vidām of those who know the highest goalCC Adi 3.87
parama-puruṣa-artha the highest benediction of lifeCC Antya 4.12
asādhu-maryādaḥ who is without proper respect for the higher witnessesSB 5.14.9
parama-āśiṣaḥ the highest benedictionsSB 9.5.13
asvargyam which does not lead to higher planetsBG 2.2
ati-dyubhiḥ rising higher than the skySB 12.9.13
mahā-ātmanaḥ strongheartedSB 4.5.12
atyantam the highestBG 6.28
ātyantikaḥ the highest platformSB 3.29.14
ucca-avacaiḥ higher or lower according to the different positions in the varṇāśrama-dharma (brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya, vaiśya and śūdra)SB 5.22.4
ucca-avacān higher and lowerSB 11.22.35-36
ucca-avacāni lower and higherSB 8.24.34-35
ucca-avacatvam the quality of higher or lower grades of lifeSB 8.24.6
ucca-avaceṣu the lower and higher living entitiesSB 7.10.20
ucca-avaceṣu having higher or lower bodily formsSB 8.24.6
avadhi the highest limitCC Adi 4.48
sādhya-avadhi the highest limit of perfectionCC Madhya 8.96
para-avara of higher or lowerSB 7.9.27
para-avarasya and of lower and higher conditions of lifeSB 5.11.7
para-avaratvam discrimination due to higher or lower levelsSB 7.9.27
para-avare the source of all living entities, from the highest, Lord Brahmā, to the lowest, like the insignificant antsSB 5.15.7
para-avareṣām of all living entities, in higher or lower statuses of lifeSB 9.1.8
khe avasthitaḥ yaḥ this person Brahmā, who was situated in the higher planetary system in the skySB 10.13.15
bahuta hāsilā laughed very muchCC Madhya 17.115
bhāgaṇa-loka the luminaries and higher planetsSB 5.26.40
bhagavat-śabda-saṃjñam known in the higher sense as Bhagavān, or full of all opulencesSB 5.12.11
ghṛte bhājāila fried with gheeCC Antya 10.32
ghṛtete bhājiyā frying in gheeCC Antya 10.28
ghṛtete bhājiyā frying with gheeCC Antya 10.31
bhakta-prema-sīmā the highest limit of ecstatic love by the devoteeCC Madhya 4.211
mahā-bhāva of higher ecstatic loveCC Madhya 24.31
tat-bhāvam that highest stage of joyCC Adi 4.153
brahma-lokāt from Brahmaloka, the highest planetSB 4.27.21
cittam the higher faculties of consciousnessSB 11.25.18
vara-da-īśvarāt from the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the highest of the bestowers of benedictionsSB 4.20.23
daivika caused by higher powersSB 10.57.30
daivikam due to higher powersSB 11.23.40
vara-darśanāt the sight of whom is itself the highest benedictionSB 12.10.33
tri-daśaiḥ by all the demigods from the higher planetary systemsSB 6.9.46
deva-yānasya which fulfills the desire to be elevated to the higher planetary systems and to BrahmalokaSB 8.8.2
devaiḥ by higher arrangementSB 3.32.21
tri-dhāma-paramam to the highest planetary systemSB 3.24.20
pābe prema-dhana you will achieve the highest goal, ecstatic love of KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 25.154
diva-okasaḥ the demigods (who inhabit the higher planets)SB 3.17.1
divam in the higher planetsSB 3.6.28
divam to the higher planetsSB 3.17.20
divam the higher planetary system known as SvargalokaSB 8.11.5
divi in the higher planetary systemBG 18.40
divi in the higher planetary systemsSB 4.9.60
divi in the higher planetary systemsSB 7.9.23
divi in the higher planetary systemSB 8.20.19
divya-varṣa celestial years, or years counted according to the higher planetary systemSB 10.3.36
divyāḥ denizens of higher planetsSB 2.7.8
divyāḥ in the sky of the higher planetary systemSB 8.4.2
divyam pertaining to the demigods in the higher planetsSB 2.9.8
dravya-sūkṣma-vipākaḥ the paraphernalia offered as oblations in the fire, such as food grains mixed with gheeSB 7.15.50-51
dvi-jāteḥ for one who is twice-born (being a member of one of the three higher social orders)SB 10.84.37
dvija-janāḥ persons declaring themselves to be the higher three classes (brāhmaṇas, kṣatriyas and vaiśyas)SB 2.7.38
dvija-śuśrūṣā the service of the three higher sections (the brāhmaṇas, kṣatriyas and vaiśyas)SB 7.11.15
dvijaḥ a person of a higher caste (such as a brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya or vaiśya)SB 5.26.26
dyauḥ the higher planetary systemsSB 5.18.32
dyauḥ the higher planetary systemsSB 8.7.27
dyu-patayaḥ the predominating deities of higher planetary systems (Lord Brahmā and others)CC Madhya 21.15
ati-dyubhiḥ rising higher than the skySB 12.9.13
gandharva the expert artisans in the higher planetsSB 3.10.28-29
sat-gatau the highest goal of lifeCC Madhya 22.46
sat-gatau the highest goal of lifeCC Madhya 22.84
parīṣṭa-gataye unto Him who is the ultimate goal, the highest success of lifeSB 6.9.45
ghṛta-pāyasa food prepared with ghee and milkSB 9.21.2
ghṛta-kulyāḥ rivers of gheeSB 12.12.63
sa-ghṛta-pāyasa sweet rice mixed with gheeCC Madhya 3.53
ghṛta-sikta parama-anna sweet rice mixed with gheeCC Madhya 15.217
ghṛta clarified butter, gheeCC Antya 6.58
ghṛta-sikta moistened with gheeCC Antya 10.29-30
sa-ghṛta mixed with gheeCC Antya 12.125
ghṛte in gheeCC Madhya 4.71
ghṛte bhājāila fried with gheeCC Antya 10.32
ghṛtete bhājiyā frying in gheeCC Antya 10.28
ghṛtete bhājiyā frying with gheeCC Antya 10.31
gokulam the highest planetSB 2.7.31
pārama-haṃsyam the highest stage of perfectionSB 1.18.22
hari-vallabha a sweetmeat like bread fried in ghee (like a doughnut)CC Madhya 14.30
hasati he also laughedSB 4.25.57-61
keha hāse some laughedCC Madhya 19.39
hāse they laughedCC Madhya 25.165
bahuta hāsilā laughed very muchCC Madhya 17.115
haviḥ the ghee meant for offeringSB 11.6.11
haviṣā by gheeSB 8.16.8
haviṣā with ghee (clarified butter)SB 11.12.18
havyavāṭ the carrier of Vedic offerings of grains and gheeSB 5.20.17
sādhya-śreṣṭha haya is the highest achievement of the goal of lifeCC Madhya 9.257
agni-hotrīm absolutely necessary for the production of yogurt, milk and ghee to offer as oblations in the fireSB 8.8.2
īśitavyāyati (the Supreme Lord) pretends to be subject to higher controlSB 10.84.16
vara-da-īśvarāt from the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the highest of the bestowers of benedictionsSB 4.20.23
jahāsa he laughedSB 3.18.2
jahāsa laughedSB 6.6.43
jahāsa he laughedSB 6.17.4-5
jahāsa laughedSB 7.5.6
jahāsa laughedSB 10.72.30
jahāsa laughedSB 10.75.38
jahasuḥ laughedSB 8.9.11
jahasuḥ laughedSB 10.66.7
jahasuḥ they laughedSB 10.85.47
puṇya-jana of higher living entitiesSB 9.3.35
dvija-janāḥ persons declaring themselves to be the higher three classes (brāhmaṇas, kṣatriyas and vaiśyas)SB 2.7.38
janmabhiḥ with births in a higher species like the demigods in the heavenly planetsSB 5.13.21
dvi-jāteḥ for one who is twice-born (being a member of one of the three higher social orders)SB 10.84.37
juhāva poured oblations of gheeSB 10.53.12
siddhi-prāpti-kāle at the time of his departure from this mortal world to achieve the highest perfection of lifeCC Madhya 10.133
śreyaḥ-kāmaḥ one who desires the highest goal in lifeSB 11.22.58-59
parama-kāṣṭhā the highest limitCC Adi 4.68
kāṣṭhaḥ the highest truthSB 3.28.36
keha hāse some laughedCC Madhya 19.39
khe in the higher planetary systems in the skySB 6.12.34
khe avasthitaḥ yaḥ this person Brahmā, who was situated in the higher planetary system in the skySB 10.13.15
krama-udaya gradually rising higher and higherCC Madhya 20.389
kriyā-yajñān activities and sacrifices (which elevate one to a higher planetary system)SB 7.15.52
kṣemāya for the highest welfareSB 11.17.8
uttama-kulam the highest classSB 3.16.23
ghṛta-kulyāḥ rivers of gheeSB 12.12.63
bhāgaṇa-loka the luminaries and higher planetsSB 5.26.40
loka-pālāḥ all the chiefs of various higher planetary systemsSB 8.10.26
sura-loka-vāsinaḥ the celestial denizens of the higher planetsSB 10.11.52
lokāḥ future accommodation in higher planetsSB 1.14.9
lokaḥ promotion to higher planetsSB 6.10.32
lokāḥ higher planetary systems like heaven, the moon, the sun and BrahmalokaSB 7.7.40
sva-lokam respective higher planetary systemsSB 4.6.45
lokān to the destination of the higher planetary systemSB 8.16.9
lokān elevation to higher planetsSB 10.4.46
brahma-lokāt from Brahmaloka, the highest planetSB 4.27.21
tri-lokyāḥ of the three worlds (the higher, middle and lower planetary systems)SB 6.8.1-2
mahā-ātmanaḥ strongheartedSB 4.5.12
mahā-rathāḥ mahā-rathas, the highest class of chariot warriorsSB 10.90.32
mahā-snāna a vast bath with ghee and waterCC Madhya 4.61
mahā-bhāva of higher ecstatic loveCC Madhya 24.31
mahatām of the higher personalitiesSB 4.4.15
parama-mańgalam the highest good fortuneSB 4.1.54-55
mantra-upaniṣadam Upaniṣad in the form of a mantra by which one can achieve the highest goal of lifeSB 6.15.27
asādhu-maryādaḥ who is without proper respect for the higher witnessesSB 5.14.9
sat-mataḥ well recognized by higher circlesSB 9.9.31
sambandha-abhidheya-prayojana-maya first one's relationship, then activities in devotional service, and then achieving the highest goal of life, love of GodheadCC Madhya 25.131
mumukṣavaḥ those who are perfectly learned, who desire the highest perfection, and who, unlike demons and nondevotees, are never envious of anyoneCC Madhya 24.123
muni-annam foodstuffs prepared with ghee and suitable to be eaten by great saintly personsSB 7.15.5
muni-annaiḥ by preparations made with ghee for saintly personsSB 7.15.7
muni-annena with food (prepared in ghee and offered to the Supreme Lord)SB 7.15.11
tri-mūrdhnaḥ beyond the three higher planetary systemsSB 2.6.19
ni-sakḍi food cooked in gheeCC Antya 6.72
niḥśreyasa the highest benedictionSB 2.3.11
niḥśreyasa of the highest blissSB 7.1.2
niḥśreyasa of the highest benefitSB 10.29.14
niḥśreyasa the highest perfection of lifeSB 11.18.47
niḥśreyasam highest stage of liberationSB 11.20.35
niḥśreyasam the highest goal of lifeSB 11.27.2
niḥśreyasāya for the highest benefitSB 10.69.17
diva-okasaḥ the demigods (who inhabit the higher planets)SB 3.17.1
pābe prema-dhana you will achieve the highest goal, ecstatic love of KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 25.154
param padam the highest position (according to their imagination and speculation)SB 10.2.32
loka-pālāḥ all the chiefs of various higher planetary systemsSB 8.10.26
para higherSB 3.5.10
para-avarasya and of lower and higher conditions of lifeSB 5.11.7
para-avare the source of all living entities, from the highest, Lord Brahmā, to the lowest, like the insignificant antsSB 5.15.7
para-avara of higher or lowerSB 7.9.27
para-avaratvam discrimination due to higher or lower levelsSB 7.9.27
para-avareṣām of all living entities, in higher or lower statuses of lifeSB 9.1.8
para the highestSB 10.42.5
para higherCC Adi 1.3
para higherCC Adi 2.5
para-tattva-sīmā the highest limit of the Absolute TruthCC Adi 2.110
para-prema-pātrī the giver of the highest loveCC Madhya 3.28
paraḥ the highestSB 10.29.24
parām the highestBG 6.45
param highestSB 1.10.30
param the highestSB 1.11.6
param param higher and higherSB 2.2.13
param param higher and higherSB 2.2.13
parām the highestSB 3.15.26
param highestSB 3.16.4
param the highestSB 3.16.17
param highestSB 3.22.20
param higherSB 6.3.16
param higherSB 6.7.13
param higherSB 7.3.32
parām highestSB 7.4.42
param padam the highest position (according to their imagination and speculation)SB 10.2.32
parām the highestSB 10.38.40
param the highestSB 10.47.47
parām the highestSB 10.71.26
param the highestSB 10.90.29
pārama-haṃsyam the highest stage of perfectionSB 1.18.22
parama the highestSB 3.16.21
parama-mańgalam the highest good fortuneSB 4.1.54-55
parama highestSB 5.7.12
parama highestSB 5.18.17
parama-āśiṣaḥ the highest benedictionsSB 9.5.13
parama-artha-vidām of those who know the highest goalCC Adi 3.87
parama-kāṣṭhā the highest limitCC Adi 4.68
parama highestCC Adi 4.132
parama highestCC Adi 7.27
parama the highestCC Adi 7.84
parama santoṣa highest satisfactionCC Madhya 14.157
ghṛta-sikta parama-anna sweet rice mixed with gheeCC Madhya 15.217
parama-utkarṣa in the highest excellenceCC Madhya 23.87-91
parama sukha the highest happinessCC Madhya 25.275
parama-puruṣa-artha the highest benediction of lifeCC Antya 4.12
parama highestNBS 2
paramāḥ the highest goal of lifeBG 16.11-12
paramaḥ the highestSB 1.1.2
paramaḥ supreme, highest, always engaged with all sensesSB 10.10.42
paramaḥ the highestCC Adi 1.91
paramaḥ the highestCC Madhya 24.100
paramaḥ the highestCC Madhya 25.149
pāramahaṃsyam the highest stage of perfectionSB 2.7.10
pāramahaṃsyam of the highest spiritual perfection of human lifeSB 5.1.26
pāramahaṃsye the highest stage of spiritual perfectionSB 2.4.13
paramam highestSB 2.9.22
tri-dhāma-paramam to the highest planetary systemSB 3.24.20
paramām the highestSB 6.14.32
paramām highestSB 10.6.43
paramām the highestSB 10.13.33
paramam the highest destinationSB 10.87.18
parameṇa samādhinā with the highest form of tranceSB 5.18.1
parameṣṭhī the highest personality in the universeSB 3.10.9
parataḥ parasmāt higher than the highestSB 5.5.25
parataḥ parasmāt higher than the highestSB 5.5.25
parayā highestSB 3.23.6
parāyaṇaḥ the highest resortCC Adi 3.49
parāyaṇaḥ the highest resortCC Madhya 10.170
pare in the higher status of lifeSB 4.22.36
parīṣṭa-gataye unto Him who is the ultimate goal, the highest success of lifeSB 6.9.45
dyu-patayaḥ the predominating deities of higher planetary systems (Lord Brahmā and others)CC Madhya 21.15
sat-pateḥ of the highest truthSB 2.8.27
para-prema-pātrī the giver of the highest loveCC Madhya 3.28
ghṛta-pāyasa food prepared with ghee and milkSB 9.21.2
sa-ghṛta-pāyasa sweet rice mixed with gheeCC Madhya 3.53
phuṭkalāi fused peas fried in ghee and soaked in sugar juiceCC Antya 10.32
tri-piṣṭapam the higher planetary system, where various demigods liveSB 7.4.8
prahasan laughedSB 10.82.40
prāhasat laughed loudlySB 10.61.29
prajātibhyām the higher birth of brāhmaṇa initiationSB 10.80.34
pralabdhaiḥ who were laughed atSB 10.34.12-13
siddhi-prāpti-kāle at the time of his departure from this mortal world to achieve the highest perfection of lifeCC Madhya 10.133
prastobhitāḥ laughed atSB 10.22.22
pratīcīnam obtainable by adopting a mode of life aimed at the highest goal, devotional serviceSB 6.5.33
pravara highestSB 5.1.6
sambandha-abhidheya-prayojana-maya first one's relationship, then activities in devotional service, and then achieving the highest goal of life, love of GodheadCC Madhya 25.131
para-prema-pātrī the giver of the highest loveCC Madhya 3.28
bhakta-prema-sīmā the highest limit of ecstatic love by the devoteeCC Madhya 4.211
pābe prema-dhana you will achieve the highest goal, ecstatic love of KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 25.154
puṇya-jana of higher living entitiesSB 9.3.35
parama-puruṣa-artha the highest benediction of lifeCC Antya 4.12
rasa-puṣṭim completion of the highest humorCC Madhya 8.206
rasa of liquids (oil, ghee, etc.)SB 11.21.12
rasa-puṣṭim completion of the highest humorCC Madhya 8.206
mahā-rathāḥ mahā-rathas, the highest class of chariot warriorsSB 10.90.32
rodasī both the higher planetary system and the earthSB 10.7.35-36
sa-sarpiḥ with ghee (clarified butter)SB 8.16.40
sa-ghṛta-pāyasa sweet rice mixed with gheeCC Madhya 3.53
sa-ghṛta mixed with gheeCC Antya 12.125
bhagavat-śabda-saṃjñam known in the higher sense as Bhagavān, or full of all opulencesSB 5.12.11
sarva-sādhya-sāra the highest perfectional stageCC Madhya 8.74
sarva-sādhya-sāra the highest perfectional stageCC Madhya 8.76
sarva-sādhya-sāra the highest perfectional stageCC Madhya 8.79
sādhya-avadhi the highest limit of perfectionCC Madhya 8.96
sādhya-śreṣṭha haya is the highest achievement of the goal of lifeCC Madhya 9.257
ni-sakḍi food cooked in gheeCC Antya 6.72
śam-tamam giving the highest satisfactionSB 10.31.13
parameṇa samādhinā with the highest form of tranceSB 5.18.1
sambandha-abhidheya-prayojana-maya first one's relationship, then activities in devotional service, and then achieving the highest goal of life, love of GodheadCC Madhya 25.131
bhagavat-śabda-saṃjñam known in the higher sense as Bhagavān, or full of all opulencesSB 5.12.11
saṃsiddhiḥ the highest perfectionSB 1.2.13
yoga-saṃsiddhim the highest perfection in mysticismBG 6.37
saṃyāva an oblong cake made of wheat, ghee and milk and covered with sugar and spicesSB 11.27.34
sannatiḥ obedience to the higher classes (the brāhmaṇas, kṣatriyas and vaiśyas)SB 7.11.24
parama santoṣa highest satisfactionCC Madhya 14.157
sarva-sādhya-sāra the highest perfectional stageCC Madhya 8.74
sarva-sādhya-sāra the highest perfectional stageCC Madhya 8.76
sarva-sādhya-sāra the highest perfectional stageCC Madhya 8.79
sa-sarpiḥ with ghee (clarified butter)SB 8.16.40
sarpīṃṣi and gheeSB 11.27.34
sarva-sādhya-sāra the highest perfectional stageCC Madhya 8.74
sarva-sādhya-sāra the highest perfectional stageCC Madhya 8.76
sarva-sādhya-sāra the highest perfectional stageCC Madhya 8.79
sarva-adhika the highest of allCC Antya 7.24
śaṣkulī a kind of large, ear-shaped cake made of rice flour, sugar and sesame and fried in gheeSB 11.27.34
sat-pateḥ of the highest truthSB 2.8.27
sat-annena with food prepared with ghee and milk, which is supposed to be very pureSB 8.16.54
sat-mataḥ well recognized by higher circlesSB 9.9.31
sat-tamaḥ of the highest qualitySB 10.46.1
sat-gatau the highest goal of lifeCC Madhya 22.46
sat-gatau the highest goal of lifeCC Madhya 22.84
satyam highest truthCC Adi 2.30
satyam highest truthCC Adi 3.69
satyam highest truthCC Adi 6.23
siddhi-prāpti-kāle at the time of his departure from this mortal world to achieve the highest perfection of lifeCC Madhya 10.133
ghṛta-sikta parama-anna sweet rice mixed with gheeCC Madhya 15.217
ghṛta-sikta moistened with gheeCC Antya 10.29-30
para-tattva-sīmā the highest limit of the Absolute TruthCC Adi 2.110
bhakta-prema-sīmā the highest limit of ecstatic love by the devoteeCC Madhya 4.211
sīmā the highest degreeCC Madhya 6.78
mahā-snāna a vast bath with ghee and waterCC Madhya 4.61
sādhya-śreṣṭha haya is the highest achievement of the goal of lifeCC Madhya 9.257
śreyaḥ the highest goodSB 10.47.59
śreyaḥ the highest goodSB 10.48.30
śreyaḥ about the highest goodSB 10.84.30
śreyaḥ uttamam about the highest goodSB 11.3.21
śreyaḥ the highest goodSB 11.7.46
śreyaḥ the highest goodSB 11.21.23
śreyaḥ-kāmaḥ one who desires the highest goal in lifeSB 11.22.58-59
parama sukha the highest happinessCC Madhya 25.275
sukhāya for achieving happiness by a so-called higher standard of lifeSB 7.7.42
dravya-sūkṣma-vipākaḥ the paraphernalia offered as oblations in the fire, such as food grains mixed with gheeSB 7.15.50-51
sura-loka-vāsinaḥ the celestial denizens of the higher planetsSB 10.11.52
dvija-śuśrūṣā the service of the three higher sections (the brāhmaṇas, kṣatriyas and vaiśyas)SB 7.11.15
sva-lokam respective higher planetary systemsSB 4.6.45
svarga in the higher planetary systemsSB 6.17.28
svargaḥ elevation to the higher planetary systemSB 8.21.33
svarge to higher planetary systemsCC Madhya 20.118
svargya gives promotion to the higher planetary systems (the goal of the karmīs)SB 5.14.46
svargyam giving elevation to higher planetary systemsSB 8.4.14
svarlokaḥ the higher planetary system, beginning with the heavenly planetsSB 2.5.42
tam those highest religious principlesSB 11.17.9
tara-tama lower and higher levelsCC Madhya 8.83
sat-tamaḥ of the highest qualitySB 10.46.1
śam-tamam giving the highest satisfactionSB 10.31.13
tara-tama lower and higher levelsCC Madhya 8.83
tat-bhāvam that highest stage of joyCC Adi 4.153
para-tattva-sīmā the highest limit of the Absolute TruthCC Adi 2.110
tri-mūrdhnaḥ beyond the three higher planetary systemsSB 2.6.19
tri-dhāma-paramam to the highest planetary systemSB 3.24.20
tri-lokyāḥ of the three worlds (the higher, middle and lower planetary systems)SB 6.8.1-2
tri-daśaiḥ by all the demigods from the higher planetary systemsSB 6.9.46
tri-piṣṭapam the higher planetary system, where various demigods liveSB 7.4.8
tri-adhīśaḥ the master of three places, namely Goloka Vṛndāvana, Vaikuṇṭhaloka and the material world, or the master of Mahā-Viṣṇu, Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu and Kṣīrodakaśāyī Viṣṇu, or the master of Brahmā, Viṣṇu and Maheśvara, or the master of the three worlds (the higher, lower and middle planetary systems)CC Madhya 21.33
ucca-avacaiḥ higher or lower according to the different positions in the varṇāśrama-dharma (brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya, vaiśya and śūdra)SB 5.22.4
ucca-avaceṣu the lower and higher living entitiesSB 7.10.20
ucca-avaceṣu having higher or lower bodily formsSB 8.24.6
ucca-avacatvam the quality of higher or lower grades of lifeSB 8.24.6
ucca-avacāni lower and higherSB 8.24.34-35
ucca-avacān higher and lowerSB 11.22.35-36
krama-udaya gradually rising higher and higherCC Madhya 20.389
upahāsitaḥ laughed atSB 10.61.36
mantra-upaniṣadam Upaniṣad in the form of a mantra by which one can achieve the highest goal of lifeSB 6.15.27
upari above (in the higher planetary systems)SB 5.14.41
upari upari higher and higherSB 8.20.34
upari upari higher and higherSB 8.20.34
upari upari higher and higherSB 11.25.21
upari upari higher and higherSB 11.25.21
upariṣṭāt situated higherSB 4.9.25
upariṣṭāt higher thanSB 10.59.15
ūrdhva of the higher species, the demigodsSB 12.12.11
ūrdhva higherCC Madhya 21.115
vara-ūru O beautiful-thighed oneSB 10.42.2
vāma-ūru O beautiful-thighed oneSB 10.60.18
parama-utkarṣa in the highest excellenceCC Madhya 23.87-91
uttama-kulam the highest classSB 3.16.23
uttamā the highestCC Adi 4.214
uttama-āptibhiḥ by attainment of the highest platform of perfectionCC Madhya 24.181
uttamaḥ highestCC Madhya 22.66
uttamam the highestBG 6.27
śreyaḥ uttamam about the highest goodSB 11.3.21
uttamām the highestBs 5.59
hari-vallabha a sweetmeat like bread fried in ghee (like a doughnut)CC Madhya 14.30
vāma-ūru O beautiful-thighed oneSB 10.60.18
vara-da-īśvarāt from the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the highest of the bestowers of benedictionsSB 4.20.23
vara-ārohām higher consciousnessSB 4.26.13
vara-ūru O beautiful-thighed oneSB 10.42.2
vara-darśanāt the sight of whom is itself the highest benedictionSB 12.10.33
divya-varṣa celestial years, or years counted according to the higher planetary systemSB 10.3.36
sura-loka-vāsinaḥ the celestial denizens of the higher planetsSB 10.11.52
parama-artha-vidām of those who know the highest goalCC Adi 3.87
vijahāsa laughedSB 10.66.15
vijahasuḥ laughed loudlySB 10.67.12
dravya-sūkṣma-vipākaḥ the paraphernalia offered as oblations in the fire, such as food grains mixed with gheeSB 7.15.50-51
vyoma in the higher regions of the universeSB 10.87.43
khe avasthitaḥ yaḥ this person Brahmā, who was situated in the higher planetary system in the skySB 10.13.15
kriyā-yajñān activities and sacrifices (which elevate one to a higher planetary system)SB 7.15.52
deva-yānasya which fulfills the desire to be elevated to the higher planetary systems and to BrahmalokaSB 8.8.2
yoga-saṃsiddhim the highest perfection in mysticismBG 6.37
4 results
gheraṇḍa noun (masculine) Name eines yoga-Meisters
Frequency rank 14874/72933
gheṭuka noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 51864/72933
dīrghervāru noun (masculine) a kind of cucumber
Frequency rank 54571/72933
megheśvara noun (neuter) name of a Tīrtha at the Narmadā
Frequency rank 62558/72933
 

ājñacakra

circle of higher control; one of ṣaṭcakras.

ajā

goat; ajāpancaka urine, feces, milk, curds and ghee of goat.

ajeyaghrita

invincible ghee, used as antidote in several poisons conditions.

ājya

ghee.

arśovartma

a form of trachoma; an infectious disease caused by the Chlamydia trachomatis, a micro-organism which produces a characteristic roughening of the inner surface of the eyelids. Al called granular conjunctivitis.

cūlika

cake of flour fried with ghee.

gheraṇḍasamhita

One of the three important texts on haṭhayoga appeared in the 17th Century AD; the others being Haṭhayogpradipika and Śivasamhita.

ghṛta

ghee (calrified butter); a pharmaceutical preparation in which ghee is boiled with prescribed decoctions (kaṣāya) and mash (kalka) of drugs according to formula; medicated ghee.

go

cow, gomayam cow dung; gomūtra cow’s urine, goghṛta cow’s ghee

homa

ritual offering ghee to fire.

jātakarma

a Hindu ceremony to welcome the newborn into the world, by stimulating senses by ghee, honey et Century and chanting oracles.

jātyādighrita

medicated ghee with jasmine as main ingredient for wound healing.

kruśara

rice boiled with sesamum or green gram and seasoned with spices, salt and ghee.

madhusarpi

honey and ghee.

mantha

cold infusion, demulcent drink; churned drink; powder of yava treated with ghee and then added cold water.

pañcagavya

milk, curd, ghee, urine, dung of cow.

pañcāmṛta

equal quantities of (cow’s) milk, curd, ghee & honey, sugar.

paramada

alcoholism; highest degree of intoxication.

pothaki

trachoma; an infectious disease caused by the bacteria Chlamydia trachoma, which produces a characteristic roughening of the inner surface of the eyelids. Also called granular conjunctivitis.

purāṇaghṛta

preserved ghee.

santarpana

nourishing therapy, restorative; drākṣa, dāḍima, kharjūra, lāja, water with sugar along with ghee and honey are well mixed.

sarpis

ghee, clarified butter.

śatadhautaghṛta

ghee processed in water for therapeutic use.

śikhariṇi

curds, fruits, cinnamon tvak, cardamom ela, honey madhu, ghee ājyam, pepper marīcam and crystal sugar śarkara are well mixed, churned and strained through a white cloth and kept in a vessel scented with camphor is known as śikhariṇi; eminent or excellent woman.

ullupta

minced meat fried in ghee and spiced.

vajramūṣa

crucible that withstands higher temperatures.

veśavāra

1.ginger (sunṭhi), pepper (marīca), long pepper (pippali), coriander (dhānyaka),black cumin (ajāji), pomegranate (dāḍima), piper chaba (pippalimūlam) together are known as veśavāra; 2. boneless meat minced, steamed and added with spices, ghee et Century

yamaka

1. two-fold; 2. oil and ghee.

Wordnet Search
"ghe" has 2 results.

ghe

ghevaram   

miṣṭānnaprakāraḥ।

bhāgalapurasya ghevarāṇi khyātāni।

ghe

baghelakhaṇḍakṣetram   

madhyabhāratasya ekaṃ kṣetraṃ yad madhyapradeśarājyasya īśānye sthitam asti।

baghelakhaṇḍakṣetre madhyapradeśarājyasya rīvā,satanā ityādīni maṇḍalāni uttarapradeśarājyasya sonabhadramaṇḍalaṃ tathā ca ilāhabādakṣetrasya prācyāḥ bhāgāḥ santi।

Parse Time: 1.774s Search Word: ghe Input Encoding: IAST: ghe